Skip to main content

Full text of "Calendar of Queen's College and University, 1897-98"

See other formats


(fumt’s Imuprattg 
i£ tbranj 

KINGSTON, ONTARIO 










1894, and to request that any required from you be delivered 
as it directs : — 


“ The Examiners for Matriculation and Supplementary 
Pass Examinations are instructed to leave their papers in 



Registrar. 



University = of = Queen’s = College, 

« - « ^iHGSTOfl. h « ' - 







) 




QUEEN’S UNIVERSITY AND COLLEGE. 










Queen’s University, Kingston, 







Kingston, Ont. 



iX» 80 <ft lliTAlHd 


(Queen’s College anb Hnir>erstty. 











CALENDAR 


OF 

Queen’s College and University 

KINGSTON, CANADA, 

FOR THE YEAR 1897-98. 

PART I. 



INCORPORATED BY ROYAL CHARTER A.D. 1841. 


KINGSTON: 

PRINTED FOR THE UNIVERSITY BY WM. BAILIE. 

1897. 



CONTENTS. 


PART I. PAGE. 

Academic Year 1 

Class Time-Table — Arts and Theology ... 2 

Matriculation Time-Table, 1897 4 

Pass Supplemental 4 

Pass Examinations, 1898 5 

General Announcements 6 

Fees 8 

Faculty of Arts 11 

Pass Matriculation 11 

Subjects, Part I 12 

“ “II 18 

“ Honour Matriculation, 1897-1898 17 

Matriculation Scholarships 22 

Special “ 24 

Ontario Teachers’ Certificates 25 

Extra-Mural Students 25 

Summer School in Science 27 

Degree of B, A 27 

Degree of M. A 29 

Specialists’ Courses 31 

Degrees of Ph.D. and D.Sc 33 

Degree of LL.D 33 

Subjects of Study for B.A, and M.A 34 

Latin 34 

Greek 36 

Comparative Philology and Sanscrit 37 

Moderns 37 

English Language and Literature 41 

History 45 

Mental and Moral Philosophy 50 

Political Science 54 

Mathematics 57 

Physics 60 

Botany 62 

Animal Biology 64 

Chemistry 67 

“ for Medical Students 69 

Mineralogy 70 

Geology 73 

Faculty of Theology 77 

Matriculation.. 77 

Subjects of Study 77 

Degree of B.D 78 

Faculty of Medicine 81 

Faculty of Law 84 

Faculty of Practical Science. . . 85 


99154 


PART II. 


PAGE. 

University Officers 99 

Board of Trustees 99 

University Council 100 

Staff — Divinity 102 

Arts 102 

Practical Science 103 

Medicine 104 

Law 105 

Other Officers 106 

College Societies 107 

Benefactions 110 

Endowment of Chairs and Tutorships Ill 

Donations to the Library . 112 

Donations to the Museum 112 

Faculty of Arts — Post-graduate Degrees 113 

Degree of Ph. D . . 113 

Degree of D. Sc 121 

Scholarships in Theology 124 

University Prizes 127 

Medals 128 

Medals, Prizes, &c., 1896-97 129 

Scholarships in Arts. . . . N . . . 129 

“ Theology 130 

Hospital Appointments— Medicine 131 

Testamurs — Theology 131 

Graduates, 1896-97 131 

Pass Lists in Arts 134 

Practical Science 151 

Theology 153 

“ Medicine 159 

Honour Lists 1896-97 167 

Honour Lists from 1877 170 

List of Students, 1896-97 — Arts 179 

Practical Science 187 

General.. 188 

Post-graduate 188 

Theology 189 

Medicine 190 


/ 


ACADEMIC YEAR . 


1897. 

Sept. 1 — Notice of intention to appear at Matriculation or Sup- 
plementary Pass examinations to be given in writing 
to the Registrar. The subjects upon which the can- 
didate intends to write must be stated in his notice. 

“ 16 — Examinations begin. (Held at the University). 

Oct. 1 — Classes in Arts, Applied Science, Mining and Medicine 

open. 

“ 8 — Public opening of Medical Faculty. 

“ 16 — University Day. 

“ 22 — Candidates for B.D. and Matriculation examinations 

in Theology must give notice of their intention to 
appear. 

“ 28 — Matriculation examinations in Theology begin. 

Nov. 1 — Classes in Theology open. 

Dec. 18 — Christmas Holidays begin. 

1898. 

Jan. 4 — Classes re-open. 

“ 12 — Statutory Meeting of Senate. 

Feb. 23— Holiday; 

Mar. 21 — Time expires for receiving Theses for M.A., M.D , 
Ph.D., D.Sc., and Essays for University Prizes. 

“ 25 — Examinations in Medicine begin. 

April 8 — Class work in Arts and Applied Science closes. 

“ 9 — Examination in Arts and Applied Science begin. 

“ 15 — Class- work in Theology closes. 

“ 18 — Pass examinations in Theology begin. 

“ 25 — Statutory Meeting of Senate for conferring Degrees, 

&c. 

“ 27 — Convocation for distributing prizes, announcing Hon- 

ours and laureating Graduates. 

“ 28 — Summer Session in Medicine begins. 

June 25 — Summer Session in Medicine ends. 

July 5 — Summer School begins. 


TIME TABLE— ARTS AND THEOLOGY. 


2 


Saturday. 

Assaying. 

Assaying. 

Assaying. 

Assaying. 

Friday. 

^Moderns. 

Jr Philosophy 
Jr. Greek. 

Jr. French. 

Jr. History. 

3rd Hebrew. 

Jr. Latin. 
^Geology. 
*Latin. 

Biol. Labor’y. 

Jr. Pol. Science 

Jr. Physics. 

■^Mathematics. 

^History. 

N. T. Criticism 

^Philosophy. 

Biol. Labor’y. 

Jr. German. 

Sr. Latin. 

*Botany. 

*Greek. 

Sr. Chemistry. 

Divinity. 

Thursday. 

* Moderns. 

Jr. Philosophy 
Jr. Greek. 

Jr. French. 

Sr. History. 

Sr. Philosophy 
3rd Hebrew. 

^Philosophy. 

Jr. Latin. 
^Geology. 
*Latin. 

Biol. Labor’y. 
Sr. Pol. Science 
Sr. Physics. 

Sr. Mathemat. 

0. T. Criticism 

Biol. Labor’y. 

Jr. German. 

Sr. Latin. 

*Botany. 

*Greek. 

Sr. Chemistry. 

^Mathematics. 

Divinity. 

Wednesday. 

^Moderns. 

Jr. Philosophy 
Jr. Greek. 

Jr. French. 

Jr. History. 

3rd Hebrew. 

^Philosophy. 
Jr. Latin. 
*Geology. 
*Latin. 

An. Biol. Bot f 
Jr. Pol. Science 
Jr. Physics. 
^Mathematics. 
^History. 
^Italian. 

N. T. Criticism 

^Philosophy. 

Jr. German. 

Sr. Latin. 
*Botany. 
*Greek. 

Jr. Prac.Chem. 

Analyt. Chem. 

Divinity. 

Tuesday. 

^Moderns. 

Jr. Philosophy 
Jr. Greek. 

Jr. French. 

Sr. History. 

Sr. Philosophy 
3rd Hebrew. 

^Philosophy. 

Jr. Latin. 
*Geology. 
*Latin. 

An. Biol <feBot.f 
Sr. Pol. Science 
Sr. Physics. 

Sr. Mathemat. 

0. T. Criticism 

Jr. German. 

Sr. Latin. 

■^Botany. 

*Greek. 

Jr. Chemistry. 
Analyt. Chem. 
*Mathematics. 
Divinity. 

Monday. 

^Moderns. 

Jr. Philosophy 
Jr. Greek. 

Jr. French. 

Jr. History. 
Mineralogy. 

3rd Hebrew. 

^Philosophy. 
Jr. Latin. 
^Geology. 
*Latin. 

An. Biol (feBot.f 
Jr. Pol. Science 
Jr. Physics. 

^History. 

*Italian. 

N. T. Criticism 

^Philosophy. 

Jr. German. 

Sr. Latin. 

^Botany. 

*Greek. 

Jr. Chemistry. 
Analyt. Chem. 
^Mathematics. 
Divinity. 

Hour. 

00 

C5 

o 

i— 1 

tH 

T-i 


3 


bo 

a 


k" • 

^ bf) . J ^ 03 

s I J>. § §■§,&“ 

^ m offl o S o ^ o o 

°^2d3^1 w oS 


Jdo 

© p 

© <3 


GO 


bO 


b ^ 
8*8 

’§•§ 

2 ® 


• . g . |> 

g bS b© 
a ^,3 

| a| £g 

o © g © ^ 

^ # o ^ 


. H— I 

t-. o c 

>-5 


W <w 

GO * 




. t>» So 

>r q,a o 

'© p 0.2 . § 

® © ® pq M .p 

^ ^ O " co 
^=3 5=1 S-, ^=3 

-~ ^ cl, <3 a p< 

GO GO * * * * 


•5M 

© 

bo ,P 

5 g 

<J o 


p So 

cc o 


* 

r^i • ® 

"Sog fe£ 

° ® o w 

.s|H 




ic?Ot 


Infill 
§ -| © 2 © 
_2 Sfl o © w 
0 ©^H c ^ 

.-0*2 0 r P 

h'S a 
GO * * >“S * CQ 


k/ ►>} 

• b^O 

P O 

§ °2 

£ on 

P P 
^Ph <1 
GO * * 


t>> 

P 

pu, 

* 


P 0 g 

*g © 

l§?f 

§ 1.1 

f<6 


bo 

a 

W 


GO 


b^ 

X2 © 

*| 5 

a 0 
©ffl 

6 M 


sbg 1 

22 °- ) 
© H ^ ^3 t-H 

0 ©g bo w 

P P ^0 

JH O >H* H P 

GO * Ha * w 


I Tab 

j3 P 


’ fc* ^ 

. P -S O 

iSS §\2 $ 

££§ffl -1 
Ofe ^ p b 

. .P A rP 

Ph <1 Ph 

GO GO * * * 


8 « 

.■gi® 

§i?f 

§11 


•Sfc* £ 

•l-H -+J . © 

'bh.a b£ 

p | £p' © 

w © *2 g 

rt O^ 

£ 0 ^ to 
GO * 0 t-h 


fl k (i l> 

S£ .2 8 

S-a 'Bb ■§ 

5-1 H * 

. *0 

fn O *4 p 

GO * **"5 03 


? 


• b So 

© p o .2 s 

© © M rri • .p 
p ^ o W p *5 

Of^-~ • 0 b 
. .P p cSp 
p u Cl <c j Qj 

GO GO* * * * 


•Sw 

boP 

^ g 

O p 
P-P3 

<^o 


'S 

.2 • o © 

r-H OD *“3 J-, 

bOO £3,0 

W |StS 

. rP 

P-! ^ OQ 

GO » » th 


if . a fei 

g £ O . o g 

P coPP'Pp 
Sh *p 00 £ © 
O g P ^3 0 HH 
0 © g QO p 1X1 

. rP P 0 T3 

^ O w g p 

GO # >-5 » * C3 


a 

© 

rP 


*Denotes Honours. 

fJr. Animal Biology to end of January, and Botany thereafter. (See Biological Department). 

The Biological Laboratory will be open every Thursday and Friday, from 10 to 12, for Jr. Animal Biology, until the 
end of January, and for Plant Biology thereafter. 


4 


PASS MATRICULATION EXAMINATIONS. 

September, 1897. 

9 A.M. 2 P.M. 

Sept. 20 — Eng. Comp, and Prose Lit.. .English Grammar. 

“ 21 — Physics German Gram, and Comp. 

and Authors. 

“ 22 — Arithmetic Algebra. 

“ 23 — History and Geography Euclid. 

“ 24 — Latin Authors French Authors. 

Latin Gram, and Comp French Gram, and Comp. 

“ 25 — Eng. Poetical Literature Greek. 

Chemistry. 


PASS SUPPLEMENTAL EXAMINATIONS. 


September, 1897. 


9 A.M. 

Sept. 16 — Jr. Philosophy . . . . , 

“ 17 — Jr. Latin 

“ 18 — Jr. History 

“ 20 — Jr. English 

“ 21 — Jr. Physics 

“ 22 — Jr. Mathematics . . 

“ 23 — Jr. Political Science 

“ 24 — Mineralogy 

Jr. French 

“ 25 — Jr. Greek 

Jr. German 

“ 27 — Botany 

“ 28 — Jr. Chemistry 


2 P.M. 

Sr. Philosophy. 

Sr. Latin. 

Sr. History. 

Sr. English. 

.Sr. Physics. 

.Sr. Mathematics. 

Sr. Political Science. 
, Geology. 

Sr. French. 

Sr. Greek. 

,Sr. German. 

Animal Biology. 

Sr. Chemistry. 


5 


PASS EXAMINATIONS. 

April, 1898. 


Arts . 


Saturday, 

9th April 

— French and Greek. 

Monday, 

11th “ 

— English. 

Tuesday, 

12th “ 

— Mathematics. 

Wednesday, 

18th “ 

—Latin. 

Thursday 

14th “ 

— Philosophy. 

Friday, 

15th “ 

— Physics. 

Saturday, 

16th “ 

— Chemistry. 

Monday, 

18th “ 

— Political Science. 

Tuesday, 

19th “ 

— Geology and Mineralogy. 

Wednesday, 

20th “ 

— German, 

Thursday, 

21st “ 

— History. 

Friday, 

- 22nd “ 

— Botany and Animal Biology. 


Theology. 

Saturday, 16th April — Apologetics. 

Monday, 18th “ — Second and Third Year Hebrew. 

Tuesday, 19th “ — O. and N. T. Criticism. 

Wednesday, 20th “ — Divinity. 

Thursday, 21st “ — First Year Hebrew. 

Friday, 22nd “ — Church History. 

Forenoon session 9 A.M. 

Afternoon “ 2 P.M. 


6 


GENERAL ANNOUNCEMENTS. 


Queen’s College has, under its Royal Charter, “ the 
style and privileges of a University.” 

The Fify-seventh Session will open on Friday, the 
first of October, 1897. 

Jjggp A compilation of statutes and by-laws containing 
information for students is published separately. Copies 
are to be obtained from the Registrar. 

Boarding. — Lists of Boarding houses are prepared 
before the opening of the Session, which may be obtained 
from the Registrar. 

Registration. — All students are required to have their 
names, wdth other particulars entered in the University 
Register. Before Registration they must pay the re- 
quired fees, or produce the Treasurer’s receipt for them. 
They must also present a certificate of character from 
their clergyman or other competent person, and sign a 
declaration promising due obedience to the University 
authorities. 

Attendance at Church. — All students are expected 
to attend the churches to which they profess to belong, and 
produce certificates of attendance from their clergymen 
when required. 

The Library contains about 35,000 volumes. Stu- 
dents are entitled to the use of it subject to by-laws. 




The Observatory. — The Astronomical Observatory, 
which was founded in 1858, by the joint assistance of the 
city corporation and private subscriptions, was transferred 
to the University in 1861. 

The building, which stands adjacent to the Science 
Hall, contains a transit room, an equatorial room, and 
working room, besides a room under the equatorial room 
which is at present used as a store room. 

The instruments are a Beaufoy transit loaned by the 
Royal Astronomical Society, an equatorial by Alvan 
Clark & Sons, a small transit by Troughton & Simms, a 
sidereal clock by Fauth & Co., a mean-time clock, and 
several smaller instruments. 

Time is supplied to the city, and mathematical and en- 
gineering students are taught how to make and reduce 
the more commonly occurring astronomical observations. 

Courses of lectures given upon descriptive astronomy, 
and on practical astronomy, in alternate years, are open to 
the citizens of Kingston. 

The Museum. — The geological collections, embracing 
minerals, rocks, and fossils, contain the following : — 

1. The Bell collections, illustrating a north and south 
stratigraphical section across the Province from Lake Erie, 
1000 specimens. Section across the Ottawa river, 500. 

2. Specimens of rocks and minerals from various 
sources, 8,600. 

3. Specimens of fossils, 5,000. 

4. The botanical collections contain 1,200 genera, 
3,650 species, and 9,450 sheets of mounted plants. The 
private herbarium in the museum contains 2,157 genera, 
8,654 species, and 14,731 sheets. These include large 
collections of Tasmanian, Australian, South African, Eu- 


8 


ropean, and Asiatic species. The flora of the British 
Islands is almost completely represented. 

5. The zoological collection contains : mammals, 26 ; 
birds, 130; fishes, 40; invertebrates, about 200 in 
alcohol and 150 dry ; a small collection of reptiles, and 
another of insects ; the mollusca are represented by about 
2,600 shells. A large addition has been recently made to 
the herbarium. The rocks and minerals contributed and 
collected during late years are deposited in the collections 
of the School of Mining. 

Academic Costume.— All graduate and undergrad- 
uates, when attending class or any college meeting, shall 
wear the costume prescribed by the University. 

Each degree has its destinctive hood, as follows : — B. A., 
black, bordered with red silk; M. A., scarlet ; B. Sc., black 
silk, bordered with yellow silk ; D.Se., black silk, lined 
with blue silk, bordered with white : M.D., scarlet, bor- 
dered with white ; B.D., white, bordered with crimson 
plush ; D.D., black silk, lined with white silk ; LL.B., 
blue, bordered with white fur ; LL.D., black silk, lined 
with blue silk. 

Fees. — Graduation fees must be paid before Convoca- 
tion day; examination fees before March 31st; all other 
fees on or before University day. 

Fees: (1) Faculty of Arts. 


Matriculation Examination (September) $ 5 00 

Registration. per session 10 00 

Class Fees “ 25 00 

Pass Examination “ 8 00 

Honour “ “ 4 00 

Any Class except those mentioned below “ 8 00 

Junior Chemistry “ 12 00 

Senior “ “ 12 00 


9 

Special Fees. 


Laboratory — Elementary Mineralogy & Blowpip’g “ $ 3 00 

Honour Qualitative Analysis “ 20 00 

“ “ Quantitative “ “ 20 00 

“ Physics, Pass Course “ 2 00 

“ “ Honour “ “ 10 00 

“ ^Herbarium “ 3 00 

“ Animal Biology, Honour Course. “ 12 00 

“ “ “ Pass “ “ 2 00 

Petrography “ 5 00 

Assaying “ 5 00 

Graduation — Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) 10 00 

Master of Arts (M.A.) 20 00 

Admission ad eundem gradum (B.A.) 20 00 

“ “ statum 10 00 


♦Students collecting 200 specimens for their own use will be exempt from 
this fee. 


Fees: (2) Faculty of Practical Science. 


Matriculation Examination (September) $ 5 00 

Registration per session 10 00 

Class Fees — 

1st year “ 31 00 

2nd “ “ 36 00 

3rd “ “ 41 00 

4th “ .: “ 46 00 

Pass Examination “ 3 00 

Mechanical and Engineering Laboratory. per term 5 00 

For Students not paying Class Fees as above. 

Any Class except those specified below per session $ 8 00 

Junior Chemistry ** 12 00 

Senior “ " 12 00 

Practical Trigonometry & Descriptive Astronomy “ 10 00 

Elementary Drawing “ 9 00 

Surveying “ 10 00 

Qualitative Analysis “ 20 00 

Study of Mathematical Instruments “ 8 00 

Practical Surveying. “ 10 00 

Mechanical and Engineering Laboratory “ 20 00 

Experimental Study of Electricity & Magnetism “ 10 00 

Laboratory — Elementary Mineralogy & Blowpip’g “ 3 00 

Honour Qualitative Analysis “ 20 00 

“ Quantitative “ “ 20 00 

" Practical Physics “ 10 00 

Pass “ “ 2 00 


10 


Laboratory — Animal Biology, Honour Course, per session $12 00 
“ “ “ Pass “ “ 2 00 

“ Petrography “ 5 00 

“ Assaying. “ 5 00 

Graduation — B.Sc. or M.E 20 00 

D.Sc 50 00 

Admissum ad eundem statum 10 00 

Fees: (3) Faculty of Medicine. 

Matriculation Examination (Sept.) $ 5 00 

The sessional fee, including Classes, Registration, Athletics, 
Library, Examination, Laboratories, and the required amount of 
dissection material is $95 per session. If paid before October 
31st, $90. Special arrangements will be made as to fees with 
those who do not take the full course of any year. 

Fee for Summer Session $20 00 

Special course on Eye, Ear, and Throat 6 00 

For further information on this Faculty, apply to the Dean of 
the Faculty, or to Dr. Herald, the Secretary. 

Fees: (4) Faculty of Theology. 

Registration . per session $ 5 00 

Pass Examination “ 3 00 

B.D. “ “ 4 00 

Special Fees. 

Testamur $ 2 00 

Graduation — Bachelor of Divinity 20 00 

Fees: (5) Faculty of Law. 

Registration $10 00 

Examination 4 00 

Special Fees. 

Graduation — Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.) $20 00 

Admissum ad eundem gradum 20 00 

“ “ statum 10 00 

(6) Mining, Agriculture, Veterinary. 

For information on these courses, apply to William Mason, 
Bursar School of Mining and Agriculture. 


11 


FACULTY OF ARTS. 


ART. I. PASS MATRICULATION. 


General Regulations . 

The classes in the University are open to unmatriculated 
students, but candidates for a degree must pass the matric- 
ulation examination before being admitted to examination 
on the University Courses. 

Any person presenting a Departmental Certificate of 
Matriculation will be admitted as an undergraduate upon 
paying the Registration fees. 

Any person presenting a J unior Leaving Certificate will, 
on passing the April examinations in Junior Latin and 
Junior Greek, or Moderns, be considered a student of the 
second year’s standing in these subjects. 

All candidates for Junior Matriculation shall take the following 
subjects: — Latin, English, History, Mathematics, French or Ger- 
man, and either (1) Greek or (2) the second Modern Language 
with Physical Science (Physics and Chemistry). 

The examinations may be divided into the following two parts, 
of which (I) shall be taken before (II) and in a different year: — 
(I) Arithmetic and Mensuration, English Grammar and Rhetoric, 
Physics and the History of Great Britain and Canada; (II) Greek, 
Latin, French, German, English Composition, English Literature, 
Ancient History, Algebra, Geometry, and Chemistry. 

The percentage for Pass shall be thirty-three and one-third per 
cent on each paper, at the examination taken by the candidate. 

The marks for sight work on each of the “Authors” papers 
shall constitute at least thirty-three and one-third per cent of the 
whole of the marks for the paper. 

Junior leaving certificates will be accepted pro tanto at both 
Part I and Part II of the Pass Junior Matriculation examination, 
but candidates who desire to compete for scholarships or relative 
standing will not be granted this exemption in the case of Part II. 

Candidates for Honours will be examined only on the Honour 
papers in a department, always provided that such candidates 
may receive Pass standing on these papers. 

Senior leaving examination certificates and certificates of work 
done in institutions recognized by the Senate wil be accepted 
pro tanto. 


12 


Pass Matriculation examinations are held annually at the Uni- 
versity in September. See Academic year, page 1. 

Matriculation Scholarships will be awarded on the results of 
the Departmental midsummer examinations (see article on Matric- 
ulation Scholarships). Due notice of these examinations will be 
given by the Department. 

Candidates for scholarships must notify the Registrar to that 
effect not later than July 20th, stating distinctly where they 
intend to write or have written, and declare their intention to 
enter on a course of study in Queen’s University. 


Subjects of Pass Matriculation for 1897—98 . 

PART I. 

English Grammar and Rhetoric. 

The main facts in the development of the language. Etymology 
and Syntax, including the inflection, classification and elementary 
analysis of words, and the logical structure of the sentence. 
Rhetorical structure of the sentence and paragraph. As far as 
possible the questions shall be based on passages from Authors 
not prescribed. 


Arithmetic and Mensuration. 

Arithmetic. 

Proofs of Elementary Rules; Fractions (Theory and Proofs); 
Commercial Arithmetic (omitting Annuities). 

Mensuration. 

Areas of rectilinear figures, and volumes of right parallelopipeds 
and prisms; the circle, cylinder, and cone. 


History of Great Britain and Canada. 

Great Britain and Canada from 1763 to 1871, with the outlines 
of the preceding periods of British History, 

The Geography relating to the period prescribed. 

Physics. 

An experimental course defined as follows: — 

Metric system of weights and measures. Use of the balance. 
Phenomena of gravitation. Matter attracts matter. Laws of 
attraction. Cavendish experiment. Attraction independent of 
condition. Illustration of weight of gases, liquids, and solids. 
Specific gravity. 


13 


Meaning of the term “ a form of matter.” All matter may be 
subjected to transmutation; “ Chemistry;” application of meas- 
urement by weight (mass) to such transmutation leads to the 
theory of elements/ Matter indestructible. 

Meaning of “Force.” Various manifestations of force, with 
illustrations from the phenomena of electricity, magnetism, and 
heat. Force measured in gravitation units; consequent double 
meaning of the terms expressing units of weight as mass, and 
units of weight as force. 

Meaning of “ Work.” Measurement of work in gravitation 
units. Meaning of “ Energy.” 

Effects of force continuously applied to matter. Laws of mat- 
ter in motion. Velocity. Acceleration, Statement of Newton’s 
Laws of Motion. Definition of “Mass.” Meaning, value, and 
application of “g.” Mass a measure of matter. 

Conservation of Energy. Energy, like matter, indestructible 
and transmutable. 

Study of the three states of matter. Properties and laws of 
gases, liquids, and solids. Laws of diffusion. 

Elementary laws of heat. Mechanical equivalent. Latent heat. 
Specific heat. Caloric. 

PART II. 

Greek. 

Translation into English of passages from prescribed texts. 

Translation at sight (with the aid of vocabularies) of easy Attic 
prose, to which special importance will be attached. Candidates 
will be expected to have supplemented the reading of the pre- 
scribed texts by additional practice in the translation of Greek. 

Grammatical questions on the passages from prescribed texts 
shall be set, and such other questions as arise naturally from the 
context. 

Translation from English into Greek of sentences and of easy 
narrative passages based upon the prescribed prose texts. 

f Selections from Xenophon, Anabasis I, in White’s Be- 

1897 J gi nn er’s Greek Book (pp. 304-428) with the exercises 

c ’ j thereon. 

[ Homer, Iliad I. 

f Selections from Xenophon, Anabasis I, in White’s Be- 

1898 J ginner’s Greek Book (pp. 304-428) with the exercises 

' j thereon. 

Homer, Iliad VI. 


14 


Latin. 

Translation into English of passages from prescribed texts. 

Translation at sight (with the aid of vocabularies) of passages 
from some easy prose author, to which special importance will be 
attached. Candidates will be expected to have supplemented 
the reading of the prescribed texts by additional practice in the 
translation of Latin. 

Grammatical questions on the passages from prescribed texts 
shall be set, and such other questions as arise naturally from the 
context. 

Translation from English into Latin of sentences and of easy 
narrative passages based upon the prescribed prose texts. 

The following are the prescribed texts: — 

Virgil, HSneid III and Caesar, Bellum Gallicum II, 
III, IV. 


1897. 


1898. 


Virgil, uEneid I 
IV. 


and Caesar, Bellum Gallicum II, III, 


Mathematics. 

Algebra. 

Elementary Rules; Highest Common Measure; Lowest Common 
Multiple; Fractions; Square Root; Simple Equations of one, two 
and three unknown Quantities; Indices; Surds; Easy Quadratics 
of one and two unknown Quantities. 

Geometry. 

Euclid: Books 1, 2, and 3, Easy Deductions. 


French. 

The candidate’s knowledge of Grammar will be tested mainly 
by questions based upon the prose extracts. 

The Examination in Composition will consist of (a) translation 
into French of short English sentences as a test of the candidate’s 
knowledge of grammatical forms and structure, (b) formation in 
French of sentences of similar character, and (c) translation of 
passages from English into French. 

Translation at sight of modern French, to which special im- 
portance will be attached. Candidates will be expected to have 
supplemented the reading of the following texts by additional 
practice in the transaction of French: — 


1897, 


j De Maistre, Voyage autour de ma chambre. 

1 _ " ‘ ’ ~ 


Labiche, La Grammaire. 
i QQQ \ finault, Le Chien du Capitaine. 
} Feuillet, La Fee. 


15 


German. 

The candidate’s knowledge of Grammar will be tested mainly 
by the questions based upon prose extracts. 

The Examination in Composition will consist of (a) translation 
into German of short English sentences as a test of the candi- 
date’s knowledge of grammatical forms and structure, ( b ) forma- 
tion in German of sentences of similar character, and ( c ) transla- 
tion of passages from English into German. 

Translation at sight of modern German, to which special im- 
portance will be attached. Candidates will be expected to have 
supplemented the reading of the following texts by additional 
practice in the translation of German: — 

1897. Leander, Traumerein. Selected by Van Daell. 

1898. Hauff, das Kalte Herz; Kalif Storch. 


English. 

Composition : — An essay, to which special importance will be 
attached, on one of several themes set by the examiners, In 
order to passin this subject, legible writing, correct spelling and 
punctuation, and proper construction of sentences are indispens- 
able. The candidate should also give attention to the structure 
of the whole essay, the effective ordering of thought, and the 
accurate employment of a good English vocabulary. About three 
pages of foolscap is suggested as the proper length for the essay; 
but quality, not quantity, will be mainly regarded. 

Literature : — Such questions only shall be set as may serve to 
test the candidate’s familiarity with, and intelligent and appre- 
ciative comprehension of, the prescribed texts. The candidate 
will be expected to have memorized some of the finest passages, 
and to have read carefully both prose and poetry outside of the 
specified work. In addition to questions on the following selec- 
tions, others shall be set on a ‘‘sight passage” to test the candi- 
date’s ability to interpret literature for himself: — 

1897. 

Goldsmith : — The Traveller, The Deserted Village. 

Byron: — Fourth Canto of Childe Harold. 

The following selections from Palgrave’s Golden Treasury: — 

Wordsworth : — She was a Phantom of Delight, The Green 
Linnet, To the Cuckoo, and the following Sonnets: England and 
Switzerland, Upon Westminster Bridge, The Inner Vision. 


16 


Keats : — Ode to Autumn, Ode to a Nightingale, and thefollow : 
ing Sonnets: On Chapman’s Homer, The Terror of Death, The 
Human Seasons. 

Shelley: — Ozymandias, To a Skylark, The Recollection. 

Scott : — The Outlaw, Jock o’ Hazeldean, The Rover, Rosabelle. 

1898. 

Tennyson : — Morte D’ Arthur, Elaine, Recollections of the Ara- 
bian Nights, To Virgil, Early Spring, Ulysses, You Ask Me 
Why, Of Old Sat Freedom, Love Thou Thy Land, Freedom, 
(Enone, The Lotus Eaters, Crossing the Bar, Lady of Shalott, 
St. Agnes Eve, Sir Galahad, The six interlude songs in the Prin 
cess, and Tears, Idle Tears. 

The following selections from Palgrave’s Golden Treasury: — 

Gray : — Ode on Vicissitude, Ode on the Spring, Elegy written 
in a Country Churchyard, Ode on Eton College. 

Cowper : — Sonnet to Mary Unwin, To the Same, The Castaway, 
The Poplar Field, The Shrubbery. 


Ancient History. 

Outlines of Roman History to the death of Augustus, and of 
Greek History to the battle Chaeronea. 

The Geography relating to the History prescribed. 

Chemistry. 

Properties of Hydrogen, Chlorine, Oxygen, Sulphur, Nitrogen, 
Carbon and their more important compounds. Nomenclature. 
Laws of combination of the elements. The Atomic Theory and 
Molecular Theory. 

ART. II. HONOUR MATRICULATION. 

Candidates who intend to pursue an Honour Course in 
the University are recommended to take the Honour Matricu- 
lation in as many subjects as possible . 

Candidates who have taken at least fifty per cent on the 
Honour papers at Matriculation, in Latin, Greek, French, 
German, Mathematics, English, Chemistry, or Biology, 
are not required to take the University Junior Class in 
the subject. 


17 


Subjects of Honour Matriculation for 1897-8 . 


Greek. 


Translation into English of passages from prescribed texts. 
Translation at sight of passages of average difficulty. 
Grammatical questions on the passages from prescribed texts 
shall be set, and such other questions as arise naturally from the 
context. 

Translation into Greek of ordinary narrative passages of 
English. 


The 

1897. 


following are the prescribed texts: — 

Xenophon, Anabasis I, chs. I-YIII. 

Homer, Iliad I. 

\ Odyssey XI. 

Demosthenes, Pro Phormione ) Paley and Sandys’ Pri- 
Contra Cononem. ( vate Orations, Part II. 


f Xenophon, Anabasis I, chs. I-YIII. 

| Homer, Iliad YI 
1888. \ Odyssey XIII. 

I Demosthenes, Pro Phormione. ) Paley and Sandys’ Pri 
[ _ Contra Cononem. \ vate Orations, Part II. 


Latin. 

Translation into English of passages from prescribed texts. 
Translation at sight of passages of average difficulty. 
Grammatical questions on the passages from prescribed texts 
shall be set, and such other questions as arise naturally from the 
context. 

Translation into Latin of ordinary narrative passages of 
English. 


1897. 


1898. 


f Caesar, Bellum Gallicum II, III, IY. 

! Yirgil, iEneid III. 
j Horace, Odes I, II. 

I Livy XXII. 

f Caesar, Bellum Gallicum II, III, IY. 

! Yirgil, iEneid I. 

] Horace, Odes I, II. 

[ Cicero, In Catilinam I, II, III, IY, and Pro Archia. 


18 

Mathematics. 

Algebra. 

Elementary Rules; Highest Common Measure; Lowest Com- 
mon Multiple; Fractions; Square Root; Simple Equations of one, 
two and three unknown Quantities; Indices; Surds; Quadratics 
of one and two unknown Quantities; Theory of Divisors; Ratio, 
Proportion, and Variation; Progressions; Notation; Permuta- 
tions and Combinations; Binomial Theorem; Interest Forms; An- 
nuities. 

Geometry. 

Euclid: Books 1, 2. 3, 4, and 6; Definitions of Book 5; Deduc- 
tions. 

Trigonometry. 

Trigonometrical ratios with their relations to each other; Sines, 
etc., of the sum and difference of angles with deduced formulas; 
Use Of Logarithms; Solution of triangles; Expressions for the 
area of a triangle ; Radii of circumscribed, inscribed, and escribed 
circles. 


French. 

The prescription of work in Grammar, Composition, and Sight 
Translation is the same for Honours as for Pass, but the exami- 
nation will be of a more advanced character. 

The following are the prescribed texts: — 

f De Maistre, Voyage autour de ma chambre. 

1 897 \ ^abiche, La Grammaire. 

1 Erckmann-Chatrian, Madame Th'rose. 

[Labiche, La Poudre aux Yeux. 

f Enault, Le Chien du Capitaine 

1898 l Feuillet, La Fee. 

Le Roman d’un jeune homme pauvre. 
[Labiche, Voyage de M. Perrichon. 


German. 

The prescription of work in Grammar, Composition, and Sight 
Translation is the same for Honours as for Pass, but the exami- 
nation will be of a more advanced character. 

The following are the prescribed texts: — 

( Leander, Traumereien. Selected by Van Daell. 

1897. -J Freytag, die Journalisten. 

( Gerstacker, Germelshausen. 


19 


f Hauff, das Kalte Herz; Kaliff Storch. 
i Eichendorff, Aus dem Leben eines Taugenichts. 
* ] Wilhelrai, Einer muss heiraten. 

[Benedix, Eigensinn. 


English. 

Composition: — An essay, to which spacial importance will be 
attached, on one of several themes set by the examiner. 

Literature: — The candidate will be expected to have memor- 
ized some of the finest passages, and to have read carefully both 
prose and poetry outside of the specified work. Besides ques- 
tions to test the candidate’s familiarity with, and comprehension 
of, the following selections, questions may also be set to deter- 
mine within reasonable limits his power of appreciating literary 
art. 

1897. 

Goldsmith : — The Traveller, The Deserted Village. 

Byron: — Fourth Canto of Childe Harold. 

Milton : — Comus. 

Shakespeare : — Macbeth, As You Like It. 

The following selections from Palgrave’s Golden Treasury: — 

Wordsworth: — “ She was a Phantom of Delight,” The Green 
Linnet, To the Cuckoo, and the following Bonnets: England and 
Switzerland, Upon Westminster Bridge, The Inner Vision. 

Keats : — Ode to Autumn, Ode to a Nightingale, and the follow- 
ing Sonnets: On Chapman’s Homer, The Terror of Death, The 
Human Seasons. 

Shelley : — Ozymandias, To a Skylark, The Recollection. 

Scott : — The Outlaw, Jock o’ Hazeldean, The Rover, Rosabelle. 

1898. 

Tennyson : — Morte D’ Arthur, Elaine, Recollections of the Ara- 
bian Nights, To Virgil, Early Spring, Ulysses, “You Ask Me 
Why,” “Of Old Sat Freedom,” “Love Thou Thy Land,” 
Freedom, (Enone, The Lotus Eaters, Crossing the Bar, Lady of 
Shalott, St. Agnes Eve, Sir Galahad, the six interlude songs in 
the Princess, and “ Tears, Idle Tears.” 

Milton : — L’ Allegro, II Penseroso, Lycidas, On the Morning of 
Christ’s Nativity. 

Shakespeare : — Julius Caesar, The Tempest. 


20 


The following selections from Palgrave’s Golden Treasury : — 
Gray : — Ode on Vicissitude, Ode on the Spring, Elegy written 
in a Country Churchyard, Ode on Eton College. 

Coicper : — Sonnet to Mary Unwin, To the Same, The Castaway, 
The Poplar Field, The Shrubbery. 


History. 

English History from the Discovery of America to 1763. 
Outlines of Roman History to the death of Augustus, and of 
Greek History to the battle of Chaeronea. 

The Geography relating to the History prescribed. 


Physics. 

An experimental course defined as follows: — 

Mechanics : — Uniformly accelerated rectilineal motion, particu- 
larly under gravity; composition and resolution of forces; triangle 
and parallelogram of forces; friction, polygon of forces; with 
easy examples. 

Hydrostatics : — Fluid pressure at a point; pressure on a hori- 
zontal plane; pressure on an inclined plane; resultant vertical 
pressure, and resultant horizontal pressure, when fluid is under air 
pressure and when not; transmission of pressure; Bramah’s press; 
equilibrium of liquids of unequal density in a bent tube; the 
barometer; air-pump; water-pump, common and force; siphon. 

Electricity : — Voltaic cells, common kinds; chemical action in 
the cell; magnetic effects of the current; chemical effects of the 
current; voltameter; astatic and tangent galvanometers; simple 
notions of potential; Ohm’s law with units; best arrangement of 
cells; electric light, arc and incandescent; magnetism; inclina- 
tion and declination of compass; current induction; induction 
coil; dynamo and motor; electric bell; telegraph; telephone; 
electro-plating. 

Sound — Caused by vibrations; illustrations of vibrations, pen- 
dulums, rods, strings, membranes, plates, columns of air; pro- 
pagated by waves; its velocity; determination of velocity; pitch; 
standard forks, acoustical, C=512, musical, A=870; intervals; 
harmonic scale; diatonic scale; equally tempered scale; vibration 
of air in open and closed tubes, with wave-lengths; resonators; 
nodes and loops; vibration of strings and wires; reflexion of 
sound; manometric flames. 

Light : — Rectilinear propagation, image through a pin-hole; 
beam, pencil; photometry; shadow and grease-spot photometers; 
reflexion and scattering of light; laws of reflexion; images in 


21 


plain mirrors; multiple images in inclined mirrors; concave and 
convex mirrors; drawing images; refraction; laws and index of 
refraction; total refraction; path through a prism; lenses; draw- 
ing image produced by a lens; simple microscope; dispersion and 
color; spectrum; recomposition of white light. 


Chemistry. 

Chemical Theory. The practical study of the following elements, 
with their most characteristic compounds, in illustration of Men- 
delejeff’s classification of the elements: Hydrogen; Sodium, Po- 
tassium; Magnesium, Zinc; Calcium, Strontium, Barium; Boron; 
Aluminium; Carbon, Silicon, Tin, Lead; Nitrogen, Phosphorus, 
Arsenic, Antimony, Bismuth; Oxygen, Sulphur; Fluorine, Chlor- 
ine, Bromine, Iodine; Manganese, Iron. Elementary Qualitative 
Analysis. 


Biology. 

1. Elements of Zoology. Thorough examination of the external 
form, the gills, and the viscera of some common fish. Study of 
the prepared skeleton of the same. Demonstration of the ar- 
rangement of the muscular and nervous systems and the sense- 
organs, as far as these can be studied without the aid of the 
microscope. 

Comparison of the structure of the frog with that of a fish. The 
skeleton of the pectoral and pelvic girdles, and of the appendages 
of the frog, should be studied and the chief facts in the develop- 
ment of its spawn observed, till the adult form is attained. 

Examination of the external form of a turtle and a snake. 

Examination of the structure of a pigeon or a fowl. 

Study of the skeleton, and also of the teeth and viscera of a 
cat or dog. 

Study of a crayfish as a type of the Arthropods. 

Comparison of the crayfish with an insect (grasshopper, cricket 
or cockroach): also with a millipede and a spider. 

Examination of an earthworm and a leech. 

Study of a fresh water mussel and a pond-snail. 

The principles of zoological nomenclature as illustrated by 
some of the common fresh-water fish, such as the sucker and 
herring, bass and perch. 

Study of an amoeba or paramoecium as a type of a unicellular 
animal. 

The modifications of the form of the body in vertebrates in 
connection with different methods of locomotion. 


22 


2. Elements of Botany. The examination will test whether the 
candidate has practically studied representatives of the flowering- 
plants of the locality in which the preparatory school is situated, 
and representatives of the chief sub divisions of cryptogams, suci 
as a fern, a lycopod, a horsetail, a liverwort, a moss, a lichen, a 
mushroom, and a chara. 

An elementary knowledge of the microscopic structure of the 
Bean and the Maize. Attention will be given in the examination 
to drawing and description of parts of plants supplied, and to the 
classification of these. Comparison of different organs, morphol- 
ogy of root, stem, leaves, and hair, parts of the flower, reproduc- 
tion of flowering plants, pollination, fertilization, and the nature 
of fruits and seeds. 

ART. III. MATRICULATION SCHOLARSHIPS. 

To be eligible for a scholarship a candidate must pass 
in English, Mathematics, Latin, and Greek or Moderns. 

A Scholarship cannot be held without attendance on 
University classes. 

Successful candidates must take two-thirds of the num- 
ber of marks allotted to the subject or subjects upon which 
the scholarship is awarded. 

The following numbered from 1 to 8 inclusive, will be 
awarded on the results of the Honour Departmental Mid- 
summer Examinations, and those from 9 to 12 on the Pass 
Departmental Examinations. 

1. THE PRINCE OF WALES. 

Endowed by H. R. H. the Prince of Wales. Value 
$60. Awarded in English, Mathematics, Latin, and 
Greek. 

2. THE GOVERNOR GENERAL. 

Given by His Excellency, Lord Aberdeen, LL.D. 
Value $75. Awarded in Mathematics. 

3. THE CHANCELLOR. 

Given by Sandford Fleming, C.E., C.M.G., LLD., 


23 

Chancellor of the University. Value $60. For general 
proficiency in Honours. 

4. WILLIAMSON. 

Founded in memory of the late James Williamson, 
LL.D., Professor and Vice-Principal. Value $60 and 
exemption from class fees. Awarded in Latin and Greek. 

5. LEITCH MEMORIAL NO. 1. 

Founded in memory of the late Principal Leitch. Value 
$57. Awarded in English and Moderns. 

6. CATARAQUI. 

Given by J. B. Carruthers, Esq., of Kingston. Value 
$50. For general proficiency in Honours. 

7. FORBES M’HARDY. 

Founded by the late Forbes McHardy, Esq., Toronto. 
Value $25 and exemption from class fees. For general 
proficiency in Honours. 

8. SENATE NO. 1. 

Exempts from class fees for the four years course. For 
general proficiency in Honours. 

9. THE MAYOR. 

Given by the Mayor, Kingston. Value $50. For 
general proficiency in pass subjects. 

10-12. SENATE NOS. 2, 3, AND, 4. 

Exempt from class fees for the four years course. For 
general proficiency in pass subjects. 

13. MO WAT. 

Founded by the late John Mowat, Esq., Kingston. 
Value $50. Awarded in Arithmetic at September Matric- 
ulation on special examination. 


24 


Special Scholarships and Exhibitions . 


WATKINS. 

Founded by the late John Watkins, Esq., Kingston. 
Value $60. For English, Mathematics, Latin, and Greek 
or Moderns, but tenable only by candidates who have 
spent one year in the Kingston Collegiate Institute. 

THE MCLENNAN GLENGARRY FOUNDATION FUND. 

Four exhibitions have been established in connection 
with this Fund, by R. R. McLennan, Esq., Alexandria, 
Value $75 a year each, with exemption from class fees. 
They are awarded for general proficiency, and are tenable 
for four years, but only by candidates from the county of 
Glengarry. Competition for one of these will take place 
annually, at the matriculation examination. 

MARION STEWART MCDONALD. 

Founded by John S. McDonald, Esq., Fond du Lac, 
Wis. Value $75. For general proficiency, but tenable 
only by candidates from Glengarry. 

M. C. CAMERON. 

Given by M. C. Cameron, Esq., Goderich. Value $60. 
Awarded to the best Gaelic scholar, reader and speaker. 
The examination takes place after the September matricu- 
lation examination. 

Note. — Work prescribed for Gaelic Scholarship: — 

Ossian’s Fingal, Duncan Ban MacIntyre’s Poems, Blackie’s 
Language and Literature of the Scottish Highlands, Translation 
at sight of Gaelic into English and English into Gaelic. 

This Scholarship will not be awarded to any candidate 
who does not take at least 50 per cent of the total number 
of marks in the examination. 


25 


st. Andrew’s church, Renfrew. 

Awarded after the September matriculation examina- 
tion on the nomination of the Kirk-session of Renfrew. 


ART. IV. ONTARIO TEACHERS CERTIFICATES. 

Teachers’ certificates which are of sufficiently recent 
date, will be accepted pro tanto. 

ART. V. EXTRA-MURAL STUDENTS. 

1. The Senate may, for special reasons, allow extra- 
mural students to enter upon the work of the Pass or 
Honour courses and to present themselves for examination 
without attendance upon classes ; but, candidates for a 
degree must, before being registered, pass the Matricula- 
tion, or an examination accepted by the Senate as 
equivalent. 

2. Extra-mural students must register and pay the 
registration fee of $10 before University day (Oct. 16th). 
The Registrar will then send them class tickets in the sub- 
jects upon which they propose to be examined in the fol- 
lowing April or September. These tickets must be for- 
warded at once to the professors of the respective classes. 

3. Extra-mural students must write the essays and ex- 
ercises prescribed, and send them to the professors of the 
subjects at the dates specified. For information regarding 
essays and exercises, and the fees to be paid in many 
classes to tutors, appointed bv the Professors and acting 
under their supervision, see the sections concerning extra- 
mural students in “ Subjects of Study for B.A. and M.A.” 

4. An examination may be held on application from 
candidates who have complied with the above regulations, 
in any locality where the Senate has appointed a presiding 
examiner or to which the University sends an examiner. 
In all cases the examination fee must be paid in advance 


26 


by the candidates, and in addition a minimum fee of $15 
when the examinations do not extend over more than one 
week, and $25 when they exceed that time. 

5. Students must make application to the Registrar, at 
least three weeks before the beginning of the University 
examinations in April and September, for the papers on 
the particular subjects, as laid down in the Calendar, on 
which they propose to write. 

6. Extra-mural students who have been unable to 
Complete the year’s work and take their examinations in 
the year of registration, may register again for the work 
of that year, on payment of half the usual fee ($5). 

7. When a student has done the regular work of the 
Session, but has been unable to take the examination, or 
has failed in his examination, he may write without ad- 
ditional registration on paying the examination fee ($3). 

8. Extra-mural students, taking only French or Ger- 
man, or one subject in Natural Science, may register on 
payment of $5. 

9. Oral examinations in Moderns and practical exami- 
nations in Science must be taken at the University. 

Special Provisions for the North- West Territories . 

The Senate will hold examinations in the North-West 
Territories, provided that all expenses be paid, and that 
not fewer than three candidates apply for examination at 
the same place. 

The Board of Education for the North-West Territories 
has been requested to name suitable persons as presiding 
examiners, to w 7 hom the sealed papers may be sent. 

Extra-mural students in the North-West Territor’es 
will be required to conform to the foregoing regulations, 
1, 2 and 3. 


27 


VI. SUMMER SCHOOL IN SCIENCE. 

This school is conducted by members of the staffs of 
the University and the School of Mining and Agriculture. 

Its object is to assist teachers and others who cannot 
attend the University during the winter session in com- 
pleting a University course in arts. Two or three sub- 
jects are to be taken up each session, their nature depend- 
ing on the applications that may be made by candidates. 
For the session of 1897, the subjects will be Chemistry 
and Mineralogy ; and Latin for Teachers who contem- 
plate teaching it in the public schools, with particular refer- 
ence to the practical part of the Specialists* examinations 
in these subjects. Attention will be given to the pre- 
paration of microscope specimens suitable for class work 
in schools. 

Classes will begin on July 5th, 1897, and continue 
in session for four weeks. Persons proposing to attend 
should apply for prospectus to the University Registrar. 


ART. VII. COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.A. 

The course, after matriculation, extends over four ses- 
sions. But students who take the Honour Matriculation 
in Latin, Greek or Moderns, Mathematics, and English 
may complete their course in three years. 

Pass and Honour Examinations are held annually in 
April, and Pass Examinations in September also. 

The degree of B.A. will be conferred on 

(1) Candidates who take third-class Honours (fifty per 

cent and less than sixty-six per cent ) or second-class 
Honours (sixty-six per cent and less than seventy- 
five) in any of the Honour courses (see page 29). 

(2) Candidates who take either of the following Pass 

courses : 


28 


Course I. 

Junior and Senior Latin, Junior and Senior Greek or Moderns, 
Junior and Senior English, Junior and Senior Philosophy, Junior 
and Senior Mathematics, Junior Physics, and Junior Chemistry, 
together with any two of the following: 

(1) Junior and Senior History, (2) Junior and Senior Political 
Science, (3) Junior and Senior French, ff (4) Junior and Senior 
German, ff (5) Hebrew, (6) any two of Senior Physics, Senior 
Chemistry, Botany, Animal Biology. Geology, Mineralogy, (7) 
any other two of those in (6), (8) "First year Honours in either 
Latin, Greek, Moderns, History, Philosophy, Political Science, 
Physics, Botany, Animal Biology, Chemistry, Mineralogy or 
Geology, (9) First year Honours in any other in (8), (10) Second 
year Honours in English, (11) Honours in Mathematics as speci- 
fied under the Honour Mathematical course. 

Course II. 

Junior Latin, Junior Greek or Moderns, Junior and Senior 
English, Junior and Senior Philosophy, Junior and Senior Mathe- 
matics, Junior Physics, and Junior Chemistry, together with any 
four of the following: 

(1) Senior Latin, (2) Senior Greek or Moderns, (3) Junior and 
Senior History, (4) Junior and Senior Political Science, (5) He- 
brew, (6) any two of Senior Physics, Senior Chemistry, Botany, 
Animal Biology, Geology, Mineralogy, (7) any other two of those 
in (6), (8) any other two of those in (6), (9) First year Honours in 
either Latin, Greek, Moderns, History, Philosophy, Political 
Science, Physics, Botany, Animal Biology, Chemistry, Mineral- 
ogy or Geology, (10) First year Honours in any other in (9), (11) 
First year Honours in any other in (9), (12) First year Honours 
in any other in (9), (13) Second year Honours in English, (14) 
Honours in Mathematics as specified under the Honour Mathe- 
matical course. 

Note. — Senior French will be accepted instead of Junior Ger- 
man, and Senior German instead of Junior French. 

No student is allowed to take a Senior class before 
passing the Junior in the same subject. 

No student is allowed to attend or pass more than 
five classes in any one year. A sixth class may be added 
in the case of a subject in which he has already failed. 

Students should take the classes in English, Classics, 
French, German, and Mathematics in the first two years 
of their course. 


t+Only for those who have not yet taken them. 


Calendar for 1897-98— Page 28 Revised. 

Course I. 

A. — Junior and Senior Latin. 

Junior and Senior Greek or Moderns. 

Junior and Senior English. 

Junior and Senior Philosophy. 

Junior and Senior Mathematics. 

B. — Any two of Junior Physics, Junior Chemistry, Biology. 

C. — Any two of the following: — 

(1) Junior and Senior History. 

(2) Junior and Senior Political Science. 

(3) Junior and Senior French. 

(4) Junior and Senior German. 

(5) Hebrew. 

(6) Any two of Senior Physics, Senior Chemistry, Geology, 

Mineralogy, and the class not taken in B. 

(7) Any other two of those in 6. 

(8) First year Honours in either Latin, Greek, Moderns, 

History, Philosophy, Political Science, Physics, Botany, 
Animal Biology, Chemistry, Mineralogy, or Geology. * 

(9) First year Honours in any other in 8. 

(10) Second year Honours in English. 

(11) Honours in Mathematics as specified under Honour Math- 

ematics, page 57-60. 

Course II. 

A, — Junior Latin. Junior and Senior Mathematics. 

Junior Greek or Moderns. Junior Physics. 

Junior and Senior English. Junior Chemistry. 

Junior and Senior Philosophy. Biology. 

B. — Any three of the following: — 

(1) Senior Latin. 

(2) Senior Greek or Moderns 

(3) Junior and Senior History. 

(4) Junior and Senior Political Science. 

(5) Hebrew. 

(6) Any two of Senior Physics, Senior Chemistry, Geology, 

Mineralogy. 

(7) The other two of those in 6. 

(8) First year Honours in either Latin, Greek, Moderns, 

History, Philosophy, Political Science, Physics, Botany, 
Animal Biology, Chemistry, Mineralogy, or Geology. 

(9) First year Honours in any other in 8. 

(10) First year Honours in any other in 8. 

(11) Second year Honours in English. 

(12) Honours in Mathematics as specified under Honour Math- 

ematics, page 57-60. 


Note. — (1) Senior French will be accepted instead of Junior German, and 
Senior German instead of Junior French. 

(2) Biology includes Botany and Animal Biology. 



29 


ART. VIII. COURSES OF STUDY LEADING TO THE 
DEGREE OF M.A. 

Students preparing for the position of High School Master 
are recommended to take one of the M.A . courses that qualify 
for Specialists' Certificates under the Departmental Regula- 
tions {See pages 31 , 32). 

The degree of M.A. is conferred on students who take 
first-class Honours (seventy-five per cent and over of the 
total number of marks) as described in the following sec- 
tions : 

Every Honour student must take the Pass classes of his 
Honour subjects. 

A. Literature and Philosophy. 

Candidates in this section must take the following sub- 
jects : 

Junior and Senior Latin, Junior and Senior Greek or 
Moderns, Junior and Senior English, Junior and Senior 
Philosophy, Junior Mathematics, and Junior Political 
Science or History. 

They must also take Honours in two of the following 
subjects : 

Latin, Greek, Moderns, English, History, Political Science, 
Mental Philosophy, Moral Philosophy. 

B. Mathematics and Physics. 

Candidates in this section must take the following sub- 
jects : 

Junior Latin, Junior Greek or Moderns. Junior English, 
Junior Philosophy, Senior English or Senior Philosophy, 
Junior and Senior Mathematics, Junior and Senior Physics. 

They must also take one of the following Honour courses : 

♦ 

1. Mathematics: 

Comprising Honour Mathen^atics, First Honour Physics, 
and Practical Astronomy. 


30 


2. Physics: 

Comprising Honour Physics, subjects 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, of 
Honour Mathematics, and Descriptive Astronomy. 

C. Science. 

Candidates in this section must take the following 
subjects : 

Junior Latin, Junior Greek or Moderns, Junior English, 
Junior Philosophy, Senior English or Senior Philosophy, 
Junior and Senior Mathematics, Junior Physics. 

They must also take one of the following Honour courses : 

1. Chemistry and Experimental Physics: 

Comprising Junior and Senior Chemistry, Honour Chem- 
istry, Senior Physics, and advanced Experimental Physios. 

2. Chemistry, with either Botany or Animal Biology: 

Comprising the Botany and Animal Biology of the Pass 
course, Junior and Senior Chemistry, Honour Chemistry, and 
Honours in Botany or in Animal Biology. 

3. Chemistry, with either Geology or Mineralogy: 

Comprising the Geology, Physical Geography, and Miner- 
alogy of the Pass course, Junior and Senior Chemistry, 
Honour Chemistry, and Honours in Geology or in Mineralogy. 

The following course in the University leads to the 
Degree of M.A. or B.A. : 

Junior Latin. 

Junior Greek or Moderns. 

Junior English. 

Junior Philosophy. 

Junior Mathematics. 

Senior Mathematics. 

Junior Physics. 

Senior Physics with Geo- 
metrical Optics. 

With one of the following options : 

I. II. III. 

2nd Hon Botany. 1st Hon. Chemistry. 1st Hon. Mineralogy. 
2nd Hon. An. Biol. 2nd Hon. Chemistry. 2nd Hon. Mineralagy. 

IV. 

1st Hon. Geology. 

2nd Hon. Geology. 


Junior Chemistry. 

Senior Chemistry with 
Laboratory Work. 
Botany and An. Biology. 
Geology and Mineralogy. 
1st Hon. Botany. 

1st Hon. Animal Biology. 


31 


Memorandum with regard to Specialists’ Courses . 

The following Honour courses leading to the degree of 
M.A. in Queen's University will, by agreement with the 
Education Department, be required for the non-profess- 
ional qualification of Specialists : — 

I. In Classics. 

Pass Glasses. 

Page, Calendar. 

Junior and Senior Latin 34 

Junior and Senior Greek 36 

Junior and Senior English 41, 42 

Junior and Senior Philosophy 50 

Junior Mathematics 57 

Junior History (Greek and Roman) 46 

Honour Classes. 

1st and 2nd Honour Latin 34, 35 

1st and 2nd Honour Greek . .36, 37 

II. In English and History. 

Pass Glasses. 

Junior and Senior Latin 34 

Junior and Senior Greek 36 

Junior and Senior English 41, 42 

Junior Philosophy 50 

Junior Mathematics 57 

Junior History (Modern) 45 

Junior History (Greek and Roman) 46 

Senior History 46 

Honour Classes. 

Honour English, 2nd and 3rd. 42, 43 

Honour History, 1st year 48 

Honour Latin, 1st year 34 

Honour Greek, 1st year 36 

III. In Moderns and History. 

Pass Glasses. 

Junior and Senior Latin 34 

Junior and Senior Moderns 37, 38, 39 

Junior and Senior English 41, 42 

Junior Philosophy 50 

Junior Mathematics 57 

Junior and Senior History (Honour percentage required). .45, 46 


32 

Honour Glasses. 

Page, Calendar. 

Honour English, 1st, 2nd and 3rd 42, 43 

Honour German, Final Honours 38, 39 

Honour French, Final Honours 40 

IV. In Mathematics. 

Pass Classes. 

Junior Latin 34 

Junior Greek or Moderns .36 or 37, 38, 39 

Junior and Senior English 41, 42 

Junior Philosophy 50 

Junior and Senior Physics 60, 61 

Junior Mathematics 57 

Honour Glasses. 

1st Honour Physics, with Practical Astronomy 61, 62 

Honour Mathematics 57, 58 

V. In Mathematics and Physics. 

Pass Glasses. 

Junior Latin 34 

Junior Greek or Moderns 36, or 37, 38, 39 

Junior and Senior English 41, 42 

Junior Philosophy 50 

Junior and Senior Physics 60, 61 

Junior and Senior Mathematics 57 

Honour Glasses. 

1st Honour Physics, with Descriptive Astronomy 61, 62 

Higher Honour Physics 62 

Honour Mathematics: Subjects, No. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 58 

VI. In Science. 

Pass Glasses. 

Junior Latin 34 

Junior Greek or Moderns 36 or 37, 38, 39 

Junior English 41 

Junior and Senior Mathematics 57 

Junior and Senior Physics (Laboratory practice in both). . .60, 61 

Junior and Senior Chemistry 67 

Botany .62, 63 

Animal Biology 64, 65 

Geology 73, 74 

Mineralogy 1 70, 71 

Honour Glasses. 

First Honour Chemistry 67, 68 

First and Second Honour Botany 63, 64 

First and Second Honour Animal Biology 65, 66 


33 


ART. IX. DEGREES OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (PI UL) 
AND DOCTOR OF SCIENCE (D.Sc.) 

1. Candidates for these degrees must have previousty 

taken the degree of M.A. in the subjects they propose to 
offer, or must satisfy the Senate of their ability to proceed 
with the course. . 

2. Neither of these degrees can be obtained in less than 
four years from the date of graduation as M.A. 

3. Candidates must give notice in writing to the Senate 
of the course they intend to take, at least two years before 
they present themselves for examination. 

4. All candidates must submit a thesis on some sub- 
ject connected with their special course, embodying the re- 
sults of original investigation. 


Doctor of Laws (LL D.) 

This degree is honorary, and is awarded for literary, 
scientific, or professional distinction. 


34 


SUBJECTS OF STUDY FOR B.A. AND ALA. 


LATIN. 

Professor: T. R. Glover, M.A. (Cambridge). 

Asst.- Professor: Rev. A. B. Nicholson, B.A. 

Tutors: A. W. Playfair, M.A., G. E. Dyde, B.A. 

Junior Class. 

Latin Grammar (Allen & Greenough). 

Latin Composition: (a) Sentences to illustrate Latin Syntax. 
(b) Translation into Latin of simple English based on 
the prescribed book of Livy (Text-book: Fletcher & 
Henderson’s Latin Prose Composition). 

Translation of simple Latin at sight. 

Livy, B. XXII. 

Horace, Odes , B. I, II. (Page). 

Virgil, E colognes. 

Senior Class. 

Latin Grammar. 

Latin Composition. 

Translation of simple Latin at sight. 

Cicero, Pro Archia (Reid). 

Virgil, ^Eneid, B. IV, V, VI. 

Horace, Odes I, II, III. 

Tacitus, Agricola. 

Honours. 

First Year. 

(This class must be taken at least one year before the Final ex- 
amination. It may also be taken as a Pass class). 

Latin Grammar and Composition. 

Translation from authors not specified. 

Roman Literature (Mackail). 

Virgil, AEneid. 

Horace. 

Cicero, Philippic II (Mayor). 

Pro Murena (Heitland). 

Orator (Sandys). 

Letters (vol. 1, Tyrrell). 

Tacitus, Annals I, II, (Furneaux). 


35 


Final Examination (. M.A . course). 

1898. 

Virgil (Coningtpn, Sidgwick, Papillon). 

Horace, (Welldon, Macleane, Page Odes , Palmer Satires, 
Wilkins Epistles). 

Cicero, Philippic II (Mayor). 

Pro Murena (Heitland). 

In Oatilinam I-IV. 

Divinatio in Oaecilium (Heitland). 

Orator (Sandys). 

Letters (vol. I, Tyrrell). 

Propertius Selection (Postgate). 

Livy, XXI, XXII (Capes, Tatham). 

Juvenal, The 13 Satires (Mayor, Hardy). 

Persius, (Conington). 

Pliny, Letters X (Hardy). 

Tacitus, Annals I-IV (Furneaux). 

1899. 

Virgil. 

Horace. 

Cicero, Philippic II. 

Pro Murena. 

In Oatilinam I-IV. 

Dimnatio in Oaecilium . 

De Oratore I (Wilkins). 

Letters (vol. II, Tyrrell). 

Catullus Selection. 

Livy, XXI, XXII. 

Juvenal, The 13 Satires. 

Lucan, Pharsalia VII (Haskins). 

Sallust, Catiline. 

Tacitus, Annals I-VI. 

Roman Literature (Mackail, Sellar). 

Latin Grammar and Composition. 

Translation from authors not specified. 

Note: Students will find the Teubner Series of Latin Authors 
accurate, serviceable and inexpensive. The Latin Dictionary of 
Lewis and Short is recommended. 

Questions will be set on Roman History, Roman Literature, and 
on the subject-matter of the prescribed books. 

Candidates must also take the paper in Roman History of the 
class in Junior History. 

Extra-mural students taking Senior or Honours classes in Latin 
may, by registering their names and remitting a fee of $5 before 
Oct. 16, obtain such exercises as are set during the session. Their 
work will be corrected by Tutors, under the Professor's super- 
vision, and returned to them. 


36 


GREEK. 

Professor: Rev. J. MacNaughton, M. A. 

Asst. -Professor: Rev. A. B. Nicholson, B.A. 

Tutor: Arthur E. Ross, B.A. 

Junior Class. 

Greek Grammar. 

Greek Composition (Text-hook: Fletcher and Nicholson’s 
Elementary Greek Prose Composition). 

Translation from authors not specified. 

Plato, Laches , Euthyphro. 

Demosthenes, Pro Phormione ) /X) , _ « . TTN 

Contra Cononem [ (Pale y & 8and y s P 1 ' n >- 

Senior Class. 

Thucydides, B. Ill (Spratt). 

Homer, Odyssey , XVII-XX, (Merry). 

Greek Grammar and Composition. 

Translation from authors not specified. 

Honours. 

First Year. 

(The examination in this class must be taken at least one year 
before the Final examination). 

Thucydides, B. III. 

Homer, Odyssey, B. V-XII (Merry). 

Euripides, Orestes (Wedd). 

Sophocles, Ajax (Jebb). 

Aristophanes, Clouds (Merry). 

Greek Grammar and Composition. 

Greek Literature (Jevons). 

Translations from authors not specified. 

Final Examination. 

Herodotus, B. VIII. 

Thucydides, Two Books. 

Demosthenes, De Corona (Holmes) 

Aristotle, Ethics, B. I, II, X. 

Plato, Republic, B. I, II, III, IV (Campbell & Jowett). 
Homer, Odyssey. 

Hesiod, Works and Days (Paley). 
iEschylus, Agamemnon (Sidgwick). 

Prometheus. 

Sophocles, Electra. 

Theocritus, Idylls, I, IV, VI, VIII, XV (Snow, Fritzsche). 
Bion, Idyll I. 


37 


Moschus, Idyll , I. 

Euripides, Medea. 

Aristophanes, Clouds (Merry). 

Pindar, Isthmia (Fennell). 

Greek Grammar and Composition. 

Translation from authors not specified. 

Books recommended : 

Mahaffy’s Greek Literature. 

Jevons’ Greek Literature. 

Goodwin’s Greek Grammar. 

Grote’s Greece. 

Curtius’ Greece. 

Candidates for Honours must also take the paper on Greek 
History of the Junior History class. 

For extra-mural students in Greek the same arrangements as to 
class-exercises apply as in Latin. (See p. 35). 


COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGY AND SANSCRIT. 

Lecturer: Rev. A. B. Nicholson, B.A. 

1. A Course of Lectures on Greek and Latin Philology (one 
hour a week). 

For reference: Henry’s Compar. Grammar of Greek and 
Latin. 

Brugmann’s Compar. Grammar. 

This course must be taken by all Honour candidates in Latin 
and Greek. 

2. Elements of the Sanscrit Language. 

Text-books: Perry’s Sanscrit Primer. 

Whitney’s Sanscrit Grammar. 

Lanman’s Sanscrit Reader. 

Students for Honours taking this course will be exempted from 
one Greek and one Latin author (other than Cicero or Virgil). 


MODERNS. 

j l, German. 

Professor: John Macgillivray, Ph.D. (Leipsic). 
Tutor: A. M. Robertson, M.A. 

Junior Class. 

Rosseger, Waldheimat (Ginn & Co). 
Gerstacker, Irrfahrten (Henry Holt & Co). 
Benedix, Die Hochzeitsreise. 


38 


Hodges, Scientific German, Pt. I (Heath & Co). 
Translation from authors not specified. 

German Grammar (High School). 

Writing German from Dictation. 

Oral and Written Composition and Translation into Ger- 
man, based on the works read. 

Senior Class. 

Theodor Storm, Geschichten aus der Tonne (Ginn & Co). 
Eaumbach, Der Schwiegersohn (D. C. Heath & Co). 
Heinrich Heine, Balladen (Balladenbuch, Simonson [Henry 
Holt & Co]). 

Haas, Sturm-und Drangperiode der Erde, II. 

Hodges, Scientific German, Pt. II. 

Translation from authors not specified. 

Writing German from Dictation. 

Translation into German (Otto’s Materials, Pt. I). 

Oral and Written Composition, based on the literature read. 

Honours. 

First Tear. 

Flaischlen, Neuland. 

Schiller, Maria Stuart, Balladen (Simonsons Balladenbuch). 
Goethe, Egmont. 

Lessing, Emilia Gallotti. 

Translation from authors not specified. 

History of German Literature in the 18th and 19th cen- 
turies (Kluge, Geschichte der deutschen National- 
Litteratur). 

Writing German from Dictation. 

Translation into German (Otto I). 

Oral and Written Composition, based on the works read. 

Final Examination. 

Flaischlen, Neuland. 

Felix Dahn, Gelimer. 

Freytag, Die Yerlorene Handschrift. 

Scheffel, Ekkehard, Der Trompeter von Sakkingen. 
Deutsches Balladenbuch (Simonson). 

Schiller, Don Carlos, Wallenstein, Maria Stuart, Die Jung- 
frau von Orleans, Wilhelm Tell. 

Goethe, Faust, Egmont, Torquato Tasso, Werther. 

Lessing, Nathan der Weise, Emilia Gallotti. 

Braune, Gothische Grammatik (Ulfilas, Matt. 6-7, Mark 1-2). 


39 


Wright’s Primer of Old High German, Musspili, Das Lud- 
wigslied, Otfrid’s Evangelienbuch. 

Wright’s Primer of Middle High German, Hartman von 
Ouwe, Walter von der Vogelweide, Das Nibelungenlied, 
Behagel, Die Deutsche Sprache. 

Kluge, Geschichte der deutschen National-Litteratur. 
Translation into German (Otto, Pt. 1). 

Oral and Written Composition based on the works read. 


2. French. 

Professor : John Macgillivray, Ph.D. (Leipsic), 

Tutor : J. W. McIntosh, M.A. 

Junior Class. 

Theureit, Bigarrean (Heath & Co). 

Jules Verne, Le Tour du monde en quatre-vingt jours (Heath 
& Co). 

La Fontaine, Fables, Bk. T. 

Herdler, Scientific French Reader, I-XXXV (Ginn & Co). 
Translation from unspecified authors. 

Grammar (High School). 

Writing French from Dictation. 

Oral and Written Composition, based on the works read. 
Senior Class. 

Fontaine, Fleurs de France (Heath & Co). 

Halevy, L’Abbe Constantin. 

La Fontaine, Fables, Bk. II. 

De Molinari, Au Canada. 

Herdler, Scientific French Reader. 

Translation from unspecified authors. 

Translation into French (French Prose [Gage & Co]). 
Writing French from Dictation. 

Oral and Written Composition, based on the works read. 
Honours. 

First Year. 

A Daudet, Tartarin sur les Alpes. 

Balzac, Eugenie Grandet. 

Pierre Loti, Pecheur d’Islande. 

Voltaire, La Mort de Cesar. 

Moliere, Les Precienses Ridicules. 

La Fontaine, Fables, B. VI-IX. 

Translation from unspecified authors. 

Translation into French (Gage & Co). 

Writing French from Dictation. 

Oral and Written Composition. 


40 


History of French Literature during the 17th, 18th, and 
19th centuries, with the outlines of the preceding 
periods. (Petit de Julleville). 

Final Examination. 

(Unabridged editipns only are to be used). 

A. Daudet, Tartarin sur les Alpes, Lettres de mon raoulin. 

Pierre Loti, Pecheur d’Islande. 

E. Zola, La Debacle. 

About, Roman d’un brave homme. 

Balzac, Eugenie Grandet. 

Victor Hugo, Ruy Bias, Cromwell, Orientales, Les Mis6- 
rables, Vol. I. 

Chateaubriand, Atala, Rene. 

Beaumarchais, Le Barbier de Seville. 

Voltaire, La Mort de Cesar, Mahomet, M6rope. 

La Fontaine, Fables. 

Moliere, Les Precienses Ridicules, Le Bourgeois gentil- 
homme, L’Avare. 

Racine, Mithridate, Athalie, Iphigenie. 

Corneille, Le Cid, Pompee, Polyeucte, Horace. 

Translation into French (Gage & Co.) 

Oral and Written Composition. 

Cledat, Morceaux choisis des auteurs fran^ais du moyen age 
(Vie de Saint Alexis, Chanson de Roland, Huon de 
Bordeaux, Le Cheavalier au Lion, Villehardouin). 

Brachet, Grammaire Historique de la Langue Fran§aise. 

Petit de Julleville, Lemons de Litterature Fran§aise. 


3. — Italian. 

Professor: John Macgillivray, Ph.D.(Leipsic). 

Honours. 

Final Examination. 

De Amicis, II piu bel Giorno della Vita 
Del Testa, Le Conscienze Elastische. 

Carcano, La Nunziata. 

L. Marenco, Perch e al cavallo gli si guarda in bocca? 
Tasso, La Gerusalemme Liberata, I— II. 

Dante, Inferno, I-VII. 

Writing Italian from Dictation. 

Translation from unspecified authors. 

Grammar (Grandgent). 

Translation into Italian (Grandgent’ s Italian Composition). 
History of Italian Literature in outline (Snell’s Primer of 
Italian Literature [Macmillan & Co]. 

Note: For extra-mural students in Moderns the same arrange- 
ments as to exercises apply as in Latin. (See p. 35). 


41 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE. 

Professor: James Cappon, M.A. 

Tutor: R. Burton. 

Junior Class. 

1. Practical course in Rhetoric and Composition. 

2. Lectures on style in connection with the study of passages 

from Bacon, Jeremy Taylor, Sir Thomas Browne, Addison, 
Johnson, Burke, Macaulay. 

3. A detailed study (in class) of the following works: 

Chaucer, Prologue to Canterbury Tales. 

Shakespeare, Merchant of Venice. 

Carlyle, Essay on Burns. 

Lowell, Emerson The Lecturer. 

Tennyson, Morte d’ Arthur. 

Senior Class. 

I. 

The following works will be read in class: 

(а) Shakespeare, Macbeth. 

Milton, Paradise Lost, Books I, II. 

(б) Dryden, Absalom and Achitophel. 

Alexander’s Feast. 

Pope, Epistle to Richard Boyle (Moral Essays). 

Epistle to Arbuthnot (Satires). 

Johnson, Vanity of Human Wishes. 

Gray, Elegy. 

Goldsmith, Deserted Village. 

Crabbe, The Village. 

Burns, Selections in Ward’s “ English Poets.” 
Wordsworth, Ruth, The Solitary Reaper. 

( c ) Johnson, Life of Dryden. 

Gibbon, Decline and Fall, chap. XXXV. 

Arnold, Heinrich Heine (Essays in Criticism). 

In addition an acquaintance with the following Works is re- 
quired: 

Addison, The Roger de Coverley Papers in the Spectator 
Goldsmith, Vicar of Wakefield. 

Gilbert White, Natural History of Selborne. 

II. 

Development of poetry and poetic forms. 

The development of the rhymed couplet. 


42 


The stanza in Chaucer, Spenser and Byron. 

Development of Blank Verse. 

History of the ballad form, with modern developments. 
History of the Sonnet. 

III. 

(- 7 ) Lectures on the History of the English Language. 

(5) Specimens of Early English (Morris & Skeat, Part II). 
Extracts I (Robert of Gloucester) and VII (Carsor Mundi). 

(c) For Extra-mural students: O. E. Emerson’s History of the 
English Language (Macmillan & Co). Chaps. Ill, IV, V, 
VII, VIII, IX, X, XV, XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI, 
XXII. 

Honours. 

First Yenr. 

1. Anglo-Saxon: (Sweet’s Anglo-Saxon Reader). 

Alfred’s Preface to the Cura Pastor alls. 

Alfred’s Translation of Bede (account of the poet 
Caedmon). 

Alfred’s Translation of Boethius. 

Alfred’s Wars with the Danes. 

HSlfric’s Life of King Oswald. 

Extract from the Beowulf; lines 1-150. 

The Battle of Maldon. 

2. Skeat, Principles of English Etymology (chaps. VII, X, XI, 

XVIII, XIX, XXI). 

For Extra-mural students: O. E. Emerson’s History of the 
English language (Macmillan & Co). 

9. Ten Brink, Early English Literature, Bk. I; Bk. II (chaps. I, 
II, VII, VIII, X); Bk. Ill (chaps. I, III, VI). 

Morris and Skeat, Specimens of Early English Literature 
(Extracts I and VII). 

Second Year. 

Tennyson, Ulysses. 

Byron, Bride of Abydos. 

Wordsworth, The Prelude; Selections as found in Golden 
Treasury Series. 

Coleridge, Shelley, Keats. (Ward’s Selections in “The 
English Poets”). 

Clough, Poems. 

Matthew Arnold, Poems. 


43 


Browning, (a) Grammarian’s Funeral, Andrea del Sarto, 
Fra Lippo Lippi, Pictor Ignotus, The Bishop orders 
his Tomb* Bishop Blougram, How it Strikes a Contem- 
porary, Epistle of Karshish, Cleon, A Soul’s Tragedy; 
(6) Abt Yolger, Saul, A Toccata of Galuppi’s, The 
Laboratory, The>Glove; Dis Aliter Visum, Youth and 
Art, Waring, The Englishman in Italy. 

Arnold, On Translatiug Homer; Essays on Wordsworth 
and Byron (Essays in Criticism, Second Series). 

Carlyle, Sartor Resartus. 

Third Year. 

Scott, Old Mortality, Guy Mannering, Redgauntlet. 

Thackeray, The Newcomes, Vanity Fair. 

Hawthorne, House of the Seven Gables, Twice-Told Tales. 

Emerson, The Method of Nature (Essays), Representative 
Men. 

Carlyle, Essay on Johnson; on Goethe’s Works. 

Browning, The Ring and the Book. 

Arnold; Essays in Criticism (First Series). 

A general knowledge of the following works is required for 
the final examination in Honours: 

Macaulay, Essays from the Edinburgh Review; Comic 
Dramatists of the Restoration, Horace Walpole. 

Lowell, My Study Windows. 

Stedman, Victorian Poets. 

Dowden, Studies in Literature. 

Sainte Beuve, Causeries du Lundi, vol. I. 

Edmund Scherer, Etudee sur La Literature Contempo- 
raine, vol. I. 

Carlyle, Life of John Sterling. 


For Extra-mural Students . 

First Year Pass. 

Subjects of study the same as those for intra-mural students. 
Second Year Pass. 

Subjects of study the same as those for intra-mural students. 
Honours. 

The subjects of study for Honours are the same as those for 
intra-mural students. A corresponding class will be formed for 
the purpose of assisting the extra-mural students in this depart- 


44 


ment, and in connection with it, a special course of lectures will 
foe given. The course, of which a synopsis is given below, will 
consist of extracts from Professor Cappon’s lectures, selected 
Chiefly for the purpose of suggesting methods of analysis and 
criticism. This course is voluntary, and a corresponding tutor 
has been appointed to communicate with extra-mural students 
who may wish to take it. A written copy of each of the lectures 
will be sent to the student every fortnight, and an exercise will 
foe prescribed which the student must write and forward to the 
tutor within the same period. 

A special fee of ten dollars will be charged for this course. 
Wordsworth. 

1. Style in relation to thought and life. The problems of 

criticism. Wordsworth's theory of poetic diction. 
Analysis of the Artificial Style and the New Style. 
Illustrations. 

2. Wordsworth’s Development. Psychological analysis of 

the Prelude. Wordsworth’s strengths and defects. 

8. Criticism of Ruth, The Solitary Reaper , Michael , and other 
poems. Wordsworth’s revelation of nature. Words- 
worth as an interpreter of human life. 

4. Philosophic basis of the poetic interpretation of nature. 

Wordsworth and Shelly compared from this point of 
view. 

Shelley. 

5. Function of poetry. Fundamental ideas in Shelley’s poetry. 

Critical Analysis of Alasior , Prometheus Unbound , Ode 
to the West Wind and other poems. Characteristics of 
Shelley’s style and rhythm. 

Browning. 

6. Introductory remarks. Analysis of The Grammarian 1 s 

Funeral , The Bishop at St. Praxed's , An Epistle , and 
other poems. 

7. Browning, Interpretation of Life. Analysis of Andrea 

del Sarto. The leading ethical principle in Browning. 
Illustration from various poems. 

8. Browning on the artistic side. The lyrical and dramatic 

standards in rhythm. Illustrations. 

9. Quality and range of Browning’s dramatic power. His 

development of dramatic methods. The dramatic 
monologue. 


45 


The Novelists. 

10. The novel as a form of the literary art. Descriptive and 

dramatic elements. Scott and Hawthorne as types. 

11. The Morality of Art. Ethical value of the work of Scott 

and Hawthorne. 

12. Critical and ethical tests. Illustrations from Old Mor- 

tality and The House of the Seven Gables. Constructive 
art. Dramatic art. Reflective power. Style. 

Critical Methods and Illustrations. 

13. Rhythm. Methods of Analysis. The development of 

blank verse : Surrey, Marlowe, Shakespeare, Milton ; 
Rhythmical development from Shakespeare to Pope ; 
Epic and lyrical rhythm of Wordsworth, Shelley and 
Tennyson. 

14. Diction. Methods of analysis. Johnson, Burke, Mac- 

aulay, Carlyle, Ruskin, Arnold. 


HISTORY. 

Professor: Rev. George D. Ferguson, B.A. * 

Tutor: James C. Brown, M.A. 

Junior Class. 

A. 

Lectures on : 

The Study of History, its methods and purposes. 

The Fall of the Roman Empire and rise of new nation- 
alities 

The Feudal System. * 

The Crusades. 

The struggle of the Towns in the Middle Ages for inde- 
pendence. 

The growth of Monarchy, especially in France. 

Students will also be examined on : 

Hallam’s Middle Ages, Chaps. I to VII. 

Henderson’s Historical Documents of the Middle Ages. 

Books recommended to be read : 

Gibbon’s Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire. 

Guizot’s History of France. 

Guizot’s History of Civilization in Europe. 

Instead of the above, Honour students in Classics, will 
be allowed to substitute Greek and Roman History as 
follows : 


46 


Greek History. 

{a) A knowledge of the general history of Greece as contained 
in Smith’s Student’s History of Greece. 

(b) The history in detail of the Peloponnesian war and of the 
rise of the Macedonian power. 

Roman History. 

(a) A knowledge of the general history of Rome as contained 
in Mommsen’s History of Rome (abridged). 

(b) Roman History in detail, from the time of the Gracchi 
(inclusive) to the accession of Tiberius. 

Senior Class. 

Lectures on : 

The development of representative Government. 

The British Constitution. 

The Constitution of the United States. 

The Canadian Constitution. 

Students will also be Examined on : 

Hall am’ s Middle Ages, Chaps. VIII and IX. 

Green’s Larger History of English people. 

Bourinot’s Constitution of Canada. 

Books recommended to be read : 

Freeman’s Growth of the English Constitution, 

Kingsford’s History of Canada. 

Bryce’s American Commonwealth. 

Fortnightly essays are required in each class. 


For Extra-mural Students. 

Junior Class. 

Text-books: Hallam’s Middle Ages, Chaps. I to VII. 

Henderson’s Historical Documents of the 
Middle Ages 

Students are also required to make themselves familiar 
with other books mentioned below, and to write essays in 
connection with them, which are to be given in punctually 
at the time stated. 


47 


The Beginning of the Middle Ages, by the Very Rev. R. 
W. Church. (Epoch Series). 

Essay : The condition of France under Charlemagne, 
socially, politically, and in regard to learning. Oct. 
15 th. 

Guizot’s History of Civilization in France. Hallam’s 
Middle Ages, ch. II, part 2. 

Essay: The States-general of France and the Parliament 
of Paris. Nov. 10th. 

The Tuscan Republics. (Story of the Nations Series). 
Hallam’s Middle Ages, ch. III. 

Essay: The Lombard and the Tuscan Leagues. Dec. 1st. 
Hallam’s Middle Ages, ch. IV. 

Essay: The Cortes of Spain. Dec. 22nd. 

The Crusades, by Rev. G. W. Cox, M.A. (Epoch Series). 
Prescott’s Robertson’s Charles V, Introduction on the pro- 
gress of the History of Europe to the XVI century. 
The Crusades. (Story of the Nations series). 

Essay: The influence of the Crusades on Europe. Jan. 
18th. 

The French Revolution and the First Empire, by Wm. 
O’Connor- Morris. (Epoch Series). 

Essay: The state of Europe just before the French 
Revolution. Feb. 10th. 

Allison’s History of Europe, 1st series, ch. LXXVII. 

Life and correspondence of Prince Talleyrand, part VIII. 
Essay: The Congress of Vienna. March 10th. 

Senior Class. 

Text-books: Hallam’s Middle Ages, ch. VIII and IX. 

Green’s Larger History of the English people. 

Hallam’s Middle Ages, ch. VIII. 

Essay: The English Courts under the Anglo-Saxons. 
Oct. 20th. 

The Early Plantagenets, by Rev. W. Stubbs, D.D., Bishop 
of Chester. (Epoch Series). 

Essay: The Constitutional changes made in the reign of 
Henry II and Edward I. Nov. 17th. 


48 


Hallam’s Middle Ages, ch. VIII, and Green's Larger His 
tory of the English people, vol. 2nd. 

Essay: The formation of the House of Commons and 
the growth of Parliament. Dec. 15th. 

The Puritan Revolution, by J. Langton Sanford. (Epoch 
Series). 

Essay: The state of parties at the time of the Puritan 
Revolution. Jan. 12th. 

The Age of Queen Anne, by Ed. G. Morris, M.A. (Epoch 
Series). 

Essay: The accession to power of the Whigs. Feb. 9th. 
Bryce’s American Commonwealth, part I. 

Essay: A comparison of the American Congress with 
the British Parliament. March 8th. 

Honours. 

First Year. 

Lectures on the general principles of Government. 

Students will also be examined on : 

Stubbs’ Constitutional History of England, vols. I, II, and 
III, and Select Charters. 

Gneist’s English Constitution. 

Guizot’s Representative Government. 

Rousseau’s Social Contract. 

Mill’s Representative Government. 

Books recommended : 

Machiavelli’s Prince. 

Dicey’s The Law and the Constitution. 

Hearn’s Government of England. 

Kemble’s Anglo-Saxons in England. 

Second Year. 

Lectures: (a) A comparison of the British Constitution with 
other constitutions, especially with that of the United 
States. ( b ) On the government of Colonies. 

Students will also be examined on : 

Hallam’s Constitutional History of England. 

May’s Constitutional History. 

Bryce’s American Commonwealth. 

Bagehot’s English Constitution. 

Houston’s Constitutional Documents of Canada. 


49 


Books recommended : 

Todd’s Parliamentary Government in England. 

Todd’s Parliamentary Government in the British Colonies 

De Tocqueville’s Democracy in America. 

Besides the Essays mentioned, frequent exercises will be pre 
scribed in both Honour and Pass classes, based on the text-books, 
which the Tutor will carefully examine and submit to the 
Professor, and notes and suggestions will be offered which will 
afford assistance to the student, and for this a fee of $5 will be 
exacted, payable with the registration fee not later than the 16th 
October. 

The books mentioned in connection with the prescribed essays 
are suggested as easily procured and at little cost, but others of 
equal value may be substituted. 

Both Intra and Extra-mural Students in Honours are required 
to write the following essays — and in writing them to show some 
acquaintance with original authorities: 

First Year. 

1. The Judicial Systems of the Anglo-Saxons, including an 

account of the Manorial Courts. Oct. 28th. 

2. The administration of the Norman kings in regard to (a) 

Feudalism, ( b ) the Church, ( c ) the Army. Nov. 23rd. 

3. The Curia Regis, especially in its development under the 

Plantagenet kings. Dec. 22nd. 

4. A critical review of Magna Charta. Jan. 17th. 

5. Government by Estates. Feb. 16th. 

6. Municipal government in the fifteenth century. Mar. 22nd. 

Second Year. 

1. The development of English Guilds. Oct. 20th. 

2. The Parish in its earlier form under the Anglo-Saxon and 

Norman governments, and later after the Reformation. 

Nov. 17th. 

3. The influence of the Crown since the Revolution. Dec. 15th. 

4. The government of Colonies. Jan. 19th. 

5. Party government, its evils and its merits. Feb. 18th. 

6. The Federal Government of the United States. March 16th. 


50 

MENTAL AND MORAL PHILOSOPHY. 

Professor of Moral Philosophy : John Watson, M.A., LL.D. 
Professor of Mental Philosophy : S. W. Dyde, D.Sc. 

Junior Class — Professor Dyde. 

Lectures on the method and aim of Philosophy. The history 
of Greek reflection. Study of Plato’s Thesetetus and Aristotle’s 
Ethics (Peters’ or Welldon’s translation). This class meets on 
Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. Attendance is compulsory. 
Question class. Thursday. Attendance voluntary. 

Books recommended to be read : 

Plato Republic; Wallace, Epicureanism; Tolstoi, War and 
Peace; Herbert Spencer, Justice. 

Senior Class — Professor Watson. 

Critical study of the Philosophy of John Stuart Mill (Watson’s 
Selections). 

Supplementary Lectures. Text-book : Watson’s Comte , Mill 
and Spencer. Tuesday and Thursday. Attendance is compulsory. 


For Extra-mural Students . 

Junior Class. 

Students are expected to show familiarity with the substance 
of the books mentioned below. They are recommended to take 
up the work in the following order: 

1. Schwegler, History of Philosophy, XI-XIV. 

Ferrier, Lectures on Greek Philosophy, pp. 210-803. 

Plato, Thesetetus (Dyde’s Translation). 

Plato, Republic, Bks. I, II. 

Essay for 15th Oct.: The relation of Plato to the Soph- 
ists. 

2. Plato, Republic, Bks. II-VII. 

Schwegler, History of Philosophy, XIV. 

Ferrier, Lectures on Greek Philosophy, pp. 304-365. 

Essay * for 1st Nov.: Plato’s Theory of Education. 

3. Aristotle, Nicomacheati Ethics (Peters’ Translation). 
Schwegler, History of Philosophy, XVI. 

Ferrier, Lectures on Greek Philosophy, pp. 366 419. 

Essay for 21st Dec.: The relation of Aristotle’s Ethics 
to his Psychology. 

*Nettleship’s article on “Plato’s Theory of Education” in Hellenica 
(Jjtivington’s) is very valuable, but a knowledge of it will not be required. 


51 


4. Schwegler, History of Philosophy, XYII-XXI. 

Ferrier, Lectures on Greek Philosophy. 

Capes, Stoicism (New York: Pott, Young & Co.) 

Wallace, Epicureanism. 

Essay for 1st Feb. : Stoicism and Epicureanism. 

5. Schwegler, History of Philosophy, XXII-XXYI.f 

Essay for the 15th Feb. : The Principles of the Cartesian 
Philosophy. 

6. Schwegler, History of Philosophy, XXVII-XXXY. 

Fraser, Selections from Berkeley, 

Fraser, Berkeley (Blackwood’s Philosophical Classics). 

Essay for 15th March: The Development of the Phil- 
osophy of Berkeley. 

For the examination, correction and return of the essays a 
tutorial fee of three dollars is changed. The essays are to be sent 
to Professor Dyde, and the fee to the Registrar. 

Senior Class. 

Students will be examined upon Watson’s “Selections from 
Mill,” “Comte, Mill and Spencer,” and “Hedonistic Theories.” 
Weekly exercises will be prescribed, covering the whole of this 
work. These are compulsory; and they will be examined and 
corrected by a Tutor, under supervision of the Professor. To 
compensate the Tutor, a special fee of $5 is charged, which must 
be sent to the Registrar at the time of registration. The first 
exercise must be sent in at the end of October. 

First Honour Class — Professor Watson. 

(This class may be taken as a Pass class). 

Critical study of the Philosophy of Kant. 

Text-books: Watson’s Selections from Kant, and Caird’s 
Critical Philosophy of Immanuel Kant. 

Honours. 

Students desiring to write for Honours in Latin, Greek, 
Moderns, English, History or Political Science, may com- 
plete their Honour course by taking any one of the foL 
lowing departments : 


tSee also Caird’s article “ Cartesianism , 11 in the Encyclopaedia Britannica. 


52 

A. First Department. 

Critical Study of the Philosophy of Kant (See First Honour Class). 
Professor Watson. 

Special Glasses for Session ’ 97- 98 . 

Lectures on Hegel's Phanomenologie des Geistes. Professor 
Watson. 

English Philosophy in the 17th and 18th centuries. Professor 
Dyde. 

Essays for the class of English Philosophy: 

15th Nov. : Relation of Locke to Hobbes. 

20th Dec. : Green’s Analysis of Locke. (Green’s Introduction 
to Hume). 

7th Feb. : Spencer’s Unknowable. (Spencer’s First Principles. 

Caird’s Evolution of Religion, Yol. I). 

14th March: Bradley’s Interpretation of the Absolute. 

Bradley’s Appearance and Reality; a new Theory 
of the Absolute. Contemp. Rev. for Nov. and 
Dec., 1894. 

Candidates will be examined on the following works : 

Kant, as in First Honour Class. 

Bacon, Novum Organum. 

Hobbes, Leviathan. 

Locke, Essay on the Human Understanding. 

Hume, A Treatise on Human Nature. 

Mill, Watson’s Selections. 

Spencer, First Principles, Data of Ethics. 

Books recommended to be read : 

Bacon, Essays and Advancement of Learning; Spedding, 
The Life and Times of Bacon; Selections from Milton’s Prose 
Works; Dryden, Religio Laici, The Hind and the Panther; 
Pope, Essay on Criticism, An Essay on Man; Green, Introduc- 
tion to Hume; Carlyle, Heroes and Hero-worship; Darwin, 
Origin of Species; Matthew Arnold, Literature and Dogma; 
Bradley, Appearance and Reality. 

B. Second Department. 

Critical study of the Philosophy of Kant (See First Honour 
Class). Professor Watson. 

Special Classes for Session ’97-98. 

Lectures on Aristotle’s Ethics. Professor Watson. 

Greek thought with special reference to Plato’s Republic and 
Aristotle’s Poetics. Professor Dyde. 


53 


Essays for class in Plato; 

15th Nov.: Pater’s conception of Plato. (Pater’s Plato and 
Platonism). 

20th Dec. : HegeUs Estimate of Greek Individualism. (See 
Hegel’s Philosophy of Right and History of 
Philosophy). 

7th Feb. : Greek ^Esthetics. 

14th March: Stoicism and Early Christianity. 

Candidates will be examined on the following works : 

Kant, as in First Honour Class. 

Plato, Thesetetus, Republic. 

Aristotle, De Anima, Ethics and Politics. 

Mill, System of Logic, Utilitarianism. 

Books recommended to be read : 

Campbell, Translation of iEschylus: Whitelaw, Transla- 
tion of Sophocles; Way, Translation of Euripides; Butcher, 
Some Aspects of the Greek Genius; J. E. Harrison, Intro- 
ductory Studies in Greek Art; Bosanquet, History of ^Es- 
thetic; Pater Plato and Platonism; Wallace, Epicureanism. 

C. Third Department. 

Critical study of the Philosophy of Kant. (See First Honour 
Class). Professor Watson. 

a Special Glasses for Session ’97-98. 

Lectures on Hegel’s Phanomenologie des Geistes. Professor 
Watson. 

Examination of Hegel’s Philosophy of Right (Dyde’s translation), 
Professor Dyde. 

Essays for class in Hegel: 

15th Nov. : Morality and Social Ethics. (Wallace’s Philos- 
ophy of Mind, Essay V and text, pp. 113-166). 
20th Dec. : Realization of Idea in History. (Philosophy of 
History). 

7th Feb.: Time and Hegel’s Dialectic. (McTaggart’s Studies 
in Hegelian Dialectic, chap. V). 

14th March: Art, Religion and Philosophy. 

Candidates will be examined on the following works : 

Kant, as in First Honour Class. 

Descartes, Discourse on Method and Meditations. 

Spinoza, Ethica, De Intellectus Emendatione. 

Hegel, Philosophy of History, Philosophy of Right. 


54 


Books recommended to be read : 

Caird, Hegel, Wallace, Hegel’s Philosophy of Mind, Pro- 
legomena to to the Study of Hegel’s Philosophy. 

Mental and Moral Philosophy. 

Students desiring to write for honours in Mental and 
Moral Philosophy may take A and B, A and C, or B 
and C. 

Students taking the full course in Mental and Moral 
Philosophy will meet Professor Watson for the independ- 
ent investigation of philosophical systems and theories. 

Books recommended to be read, and essays : 

See the several departments. 

It is strongly recommended that candidates for [Honours in 
Mental and Moral Philosophy should acquire a competent^know- 
ledge of German. 


POLITICAL SCIENCE. 

Professor: Adam Shortt, M.A. 

Students are recommended to take the class of Junior Philoso- 
phy not later than that of Junior Political Science. 

Junior Class. 

The lectures will include a discussion of the general 
principles of Political Economy. 

Text-book for general reference: Marshall’s Economics of 
Industry. 

Senior Class. 

The lectures will include a critical examination of the 
leading theories of the State, and a discussion of the 
nature of Social and Political Relations. 

In both classes essays will be required. 


55 


For Extra-mural Students . 

- Junior Class. 

Political Economy. 

Candidates will be examined on the following books : 

Marshall’s Economics of Industry. 

Jevon’s Money and Mechanism of Exchange. 

Toynbee’s Industrial Revolution. 

Essays during Session 1897-8. 

Relation of the economic to the social life, Marshall, Bk. 
I; Toynbee. 

The growth of free industry. Marshall, Bk. I; Toynbee. 
Rent, its nature and the conditions on which it depends. 
Toynbee, chap. 12; Marshall. 

Trade Unions and their influence. Marshall, Bk. VI; 
Toynbee, chaps. 11 and 14. 

Credit documents and their function in modern trade. 
Jevons. 

Nature of modern industrial organization. Marshall, Bk. 
IV; Toynbee. 

The place of capital R in production. Marshall, Bk. II; 
chap. 4; Bk. VI, chaps. ,6, 7, 8. 

Senior Class. 

Theory of the State. 

Candidates will be examined on the following books : 

Plato’s Republic, Books I-VI. 

Locke’s Treatise on Civil Government, Book II. 

Leroy Beaulieu, The Modern State. 

Essays during Session 1897-8. 

Socrates’ argument in support of Justice. Republic, Bk. I. 
A comparison of the views of Plato and Locke as to the 
origin of the State. □ Plato, Bk. II; Locke, Bk. II, 
chaps. 2, 7, 8. 

A general examination of Locke’s view of the State, 

A general examination of Plato’s view of the State. 


56 


The relations of Individuals to Society. Leroy Beaulieu. 
Comparison of the Ancient and Modern State. 

The function of the State. Leroy Beaulieu. 

Honours. 

First Year. 

This class will meet for the discussion of Economic, 
Social and Political Principles, and for the critical read- 
ing of portions of the works prescribed for Honours. 

A course of lectures will be given on Canadian Eco- 
nomic History. 

Candidates will be examined on the following books : 

Political Economy. 

Smith’s Wealth of Nations. 

Mill’s Principles of Political Economy. 

Nicholson’s Principles of Economics, Yol. I. 

Ingram’s History of Political Economy. 

Society and the State. 

Aristotle’s Politics. 

Mill’s Representative Government. 

Maine’s Ancient Law. 

Carlyle’s Sartor Resartus and Past and Present. 
Willoughby’s The Nature of the State. 

Second Year. 

The class will meet for the more detailed discussion of 
Economic, Social, and Political Principles. 

During the present session special attention will be 
given to the subject of Finance. 

Candidates must show familiarity with the substance of 
the following books : 

Political Economy. 

Cunningham’s Growth of English Industry and Commerce. 
Wells’ Recent Economic Changes. 

Jevons’ Money and Mechanism of Exchange. 

Seligman’s Essays in Taxation. 

Brentano, The Relation of Labour to the Laws of to-day. 


57 


Society and the State. 

Bluntschli’s Theory of the State. 

Holland’s Elements of Jurisprudence. 

Arnold’s Culture and Anarchy. 

Rae’s Contemporary Socialism. 

An essay embodying independent work in some sectioB 
of the honour course will be required from every cai>- 
didate for honours. 


MATHEMATICS. 

Professor: N F. Dupuis, M.A., F.R.S.C. 
Assistant: N. R. Carmichael, M.A. 

Junior Class. 


The theory and practice of Algebra to the Binomial theorem 
inclusive. Dupuis’ Algebra — the first thirteen chapters, omitting 
chapters XI and XII. 

Geometry of the point, line, and circle in the plane. Parts I 
and II of Dupuis’ Plane Geometry. 


Besides numerous class-exercises, weekly written exercises will 
be required. 


Senior Class. 


Algebra — Dupuis’ Algebra, from the twelfth chapter to the end. 

Geometry — Part III of Dupuis’ Plane Geometry, and the first 
131 pages of Dupuis’ Solid Geometry. 

Trigonometry — Preceding De Moivre’s theorem. 

Besides numerous class-exercises periodical written exercises 
will be required. 

Honours. 

Candidates who matriculate with Honours in Mathematics, are 
not required, in their subsequent Honour course, to take either 
the Junior or the Senior Class, but they are advised to read the 
Geometry of the Junior Class. 


58 


Candidates who do not matriculate with Honours must take 
the Junior Class as preparatory to their Honour work, but they 
need not take the Senior Class inasmuch as the work of this class 
is covered in the first group of honour subjects. 

The Honour work includes the following subjects: 

Group I. 

1. Synthetic Modern Geometry. Dupuis’ Geometry, parts 

III, IV, V. 

2. ( a ) Algebra. Dupuis’ Algebra, from chap. XI to the 

end. Reference to Hall and Knight’s Higher 
Algebra, the first twenty-seven chapters. 

( b ) Plane Trigonometry, preceding De Moivre’s theorem, 
with various problems and applications. Hobson 
and Jessop’s Plane Trigonometry. 

3. Elementary Co-ordinate Geometry, through the Conics. 

Chas. Smith’s Conics, supplemented by lectures. 

Group II. 

4. (a) Synthetic Solid Geometry. Dupuis’ Solid Geom- 

etry. 

5. (a) Algebra. Hall and Knight’s Higher Algebra, from 

chapter XXVII to the end. 

(b) Trigonometry, following De Moivre’s theorem. 

6. Elementary Differential and Integral Calculus. Ed- 

wards. 


A 


Groups III and IV. 

'7. Analytic Solid Geometry. Aldis’ Geometry, supple- 
mented by lectures and examples. 

8. (a) Higher Differential Calculus. Edwards. 

(b) Integral Calculus. Williamson. 

9. (a) Finite Differences. Boole. 

(b) Differential Equations. Johnson. 


' 10. Spherical Trigonometry, Geodosy and Astronomy. 


B 


11. (a) Determinants and Theory of Equations. 
(b) Quaternions. 


, 12. Higher Conics and Curves. Salmon. 


59 


Time-Table for Classes in Mathematics. 



X. 

XI. 

III. 

IV. 

Monday 


Syn. Solid 
Ge( metry. 

Junior. 

Syn Modern 
Geometry. 

Tuesday 

Senior. 

Algebra and 
Trig, of Gr. 
II. 

Descriptive 
Astronomy, 
Second term 
(Optional). 

Algebra and 
Trig, of 
Group I. 

Wednesd’y 

Det. & Theo. 
of Eq., Quat. 

Calculus, 
Gr. Ill & IV. 


Junior. 

Analytic 
Solid Geom., 
Spl. Trig. & 
Astronomy. 

Thursday 

Senior. 

Calculus of 
Group II. 

El. Co-ord. 
Geometry 
and Conics, 
Group I. 


Friday 

Conics, Gr. 
Ill & IV. 
Finite Diff. 
Diff. Equa. 


Junior. 



Candidates who take group I as a part of their Pass Course, 
and who make a minimum of 33 per cent upon each subject and 
50 per cent upon the whole group, may substitute this group for 
Senior Mathematics, together with any one of the optional sub- 
jects mentioned in courses I and II on page 28. 

Candidates for Honours must make a minimum of 40 per cent 
upon each subject of group I, and 60 per cent upon the whole 
group, after which no further examination on this group will be 
required. 

Candidates for Honours must make at least 50 per cent upon 
the subjects numbered 4, 6, and 10, but honour standing will be 
determined by the examinations on the subjects numbered 5, 7, 
8, 9, 11, and 12. 

The subjects of Groups II, III and IV must be taken in not more 
than two examinations, and at any examination a candidate may 


60 


offer any subject upon which he has failed at a previous examina- 
tion. But 5, 7, 8, 9, 11 and 12 must be taken at the final exami- 
nation. 

A and B of Group III will be taken up in alternate years. A 
m 1897-8. 

Candidates are recommended to follow the order of subjects as 
indicated above, as nearly as may be practicable. 


PHYSICS. 

Professor: D. H. Marshall, M.A., F.R.S.E. 

Demonstrator : W. C. Baker, M.A. 

Junior and Senior Classes. 

Lectures and Experiments are given in the following 
subjects : 

Properties of Matter. 

Extension — Inertia — Mass — Density — Gravitation — Specific 
weight — Weight of gases — Molecular forces — Energy. 

Dynamics. 

Kinematics — Statics of solids and fluids — Kinetics of solids 
and fluids. 

Meat. 

Thermometry — Calorimetry (Specific and Latent Heats)— 
Hygrometry — Transference of Heat (Conduction and 
Radiation) — Dynamical theory of heat. 

Light. 

General Laws of Radiant Energy — Geometrical Optics — 
Physical Optics — Construction and use of Optical Instru- 
ments — Spectrum analysis. 

Acoustics. 

Propagation of Waves — Physical Theory of Music. 

Magnetism. 

With special reference to terrestrial magnetism. 

Electricity. 

Frictional Electricity — Voltaic Electricity — Electro-Mag- 
netism — Dia-Magnetism — Magneto-Electricity — Thermo- 
Electricity — Electro-Dynamics. 


61 


Algebra, Geometry, and Trigonometry are applied to the solu- 
tion of problems, and weekly exercises are given throughout the 
session. 

In the Junior Class the following subjects are principally 
studied: Properties of matter, dynamics, heat, magnetism, and 
frictional electricity. In the Senior: dynamics, voltaic electricity, 
electro-magnetism, magneto-electricity, thermo-electricity, light, 
and sound. 

Text-book: Marshall’s Introduction to the Science of Dy- 
namics , parts I and II (to be obtained from the Registrar, 
price $1.00 for each part). 

The following books should be consulted in connection 
with the lectures : 

Deschanel’s Natural Philosophy or Ganot’s Physics. 

Gage’s Elements of Physics. 

Clerk Maxwell’s Matter and Motion. 

Tait’s Properties of Matter. 

Balfour Stewart’s Heat. 

Taylor’s Sound and Music. 

Silvanus Thompson’s Electricity and Magnetism. 

Chambers’ Mathematical Tables. 

Students who have not studied the Ontario High School Physics 
are recommended to do so, as questions from this work will be 
given at the monthly examinations. 

Students in the Junior and Senior Classes are offered the privi- 
lege of experimenting in the Physical Laboratory under regula- 
tions to be explained at the beginning of each session. 

The classes of Junior and Senior Mathematics should be taken 
if possible before the Physics classes. 

First Honour Class. 

Students should take Groups I and II of the Honour Mathematics 
before entering this class. 

The work will be a continuation of that done in the Junior 
and Senior, with applications of higher mathematics. Marshall’s 
Dynamics, Part III, will be used as a text-book (to be obtained 
from the Registrar, price 50c.) Also two or more of the following: 

Thompson and Tait’s Natural Philosophy. 

Besant’s Hydrostatics. 

Frost’s Newton’s Principia. 

Clerk Maxwell’s Theory of Heat. 

Tait’s Thermodynamics. 


62 


Aldis’ Geometrical Optics. 

Lloyd’s Wave Theory of Light. 

Cumming’s Theory of Electricity. 

J. J. Thompson’s Elements of Electricity and Magnetism. 

Higher Honours. 

Students studying for Higher Honours will be directed by the 
Professor in reading the applications of the higher mathematics 
to physical science. A knowledge of Differential and Integral 
Calculus, and of Analytical Geometry of three dimensions is 
necessary. 

The subjects first taken up should be Dynamics of a particle 
and of a rigid body, for which the student may read the follow- 
ing works: 

Tait and Steele’s Dynamics of a Particle. 

Todhunter’s or Minchin’s Analytical Statics. 

Pirie’s Lessons on Rigid Dynamics. 

Physical Laboratory. 

The Physical Laboratory is open daily during the 
session from 10 to 4 o’clock. 

Instruction is given in experimentation; and facilities are 
offered for studying the construction and use of physical 
apparatus, and for doing independent or original work. 


BOTANY. 

Professor: Rev. James Fowler, M.A. 

Pass Class. 

This class will commence about the end of January after the 
Pass class in Animal Biology has been discontinued : 10 A.M. 
daily. 

Lectures embrace the following subjects : 

General morphology of the plant body, segmentation, sym- 
metry, ■errangement of lateral members on the common 
axis, branch-systems. 

Special morphology of the members, (1) Roots, different 
forms, duration, parasites ; (2) Stems, their forms, 
climbing stems, &c. • (3) Leaf, phyllotaxis, venation, 
vernation, forms; (4) Trichomes, &c . ; (5) Flowers; (6) 
Fruits ; arrangements for cross-fertilization, close- 
fertilization. 


63 


Anatomy of plants (Histology), cell, cell- wall, protoplasm, 
chlorophyll, starch, &c. ; formation of new cells, tissues, 
systems of tissues. 

Physiology, elementary constituents, plant-food, absorp- 
tion, metabolism, respiration, transpiration, move- 
ments of water and gases, chemical processes, root 
pressure, bleeding, growth, effects of moisture, tem- 
perature, light, &c. 

Classification, principles of natural classification, examples. 

Laboratory work, consisting of study of specimens belong- 
ing to leading orders. 

Honours. 

First Year. 

An extended examination of the structure of flowering 
plants, with microscopical analysis of tissues. 

Careful study of the Phgenogamous plants of Canada. 

Vegetable Histology and Physiology. 

Daily laboratory work. 

Essays are required on prescribed subjects. 

Books for study and laboratory work : 

Gray's Structural Botany. 

Bessey’s Botany. 

Gray’s Manual. 

Spotton’s Canadian Flora. 

Prantl & Vines’ Text-book of Botany. 

Spalding’s Introduction to Botany. 

Clark’s Practical Methods in Botany. 

The structure of flowers, ovaries, stems, &c., is illustrated by 
models, charts and diagrams. 

Students are required to bring at least two hundred 
specimens of plants for their own use. 

Second Year. 

Structure and Classification of Cyperacese, Graminese and 
Cryptogamic plants of Ontario, with practical know- 
ledge of typical forms of the various orders. 

A more extended study of Vegetable Histology, and Physi- 
ology. 

Microscopic dissection and mounting of specimens. 

Essays required on prescribed subjects. 

Daily laboratory work. 


64 


Books for laboratory work and reference : 

Vines’ A Student’s Text-book of Botany. 

Gray’s Manual. 

Sack’s Text-book of Botany. 

Sack’s Physiology of Plants. 

Lesquereux and James’ Mosses of N. America. 
Tuckerman’s Lickens. 

Bessey’s Botany. 

Gray’s Botanical Text-book, vol. II. 

Strasburger & Hillkouse’s Practical Botany. 

Arthur, Barnes & Coulter’s Plant Dissection. 

The Honour examinations are held at the University 
only. 


ANIMAL BIOLOGY, 

Professor: A. P. Knigkt, M.A., M.D. 

Tutors: W. Moffatt, M.A., A. R. Williamson, M.A. 

Students in medicine are required to take the Pass class. 

Students in arts who intend subsequently to study med- 
cine are advised to take the pass and honour classes, and 
thus complete their physiology and histology during their 
undergraduate course. 

Pass Class. 

The course in this subject begins on the 1st of October 
and lasts until the end of January. Lectures or demonstra- 
tions will be given daily, 10 to 11 A.M. For laboratory 
work, the class will be divided into two sections, one of 
which will be taken on Wednesdays and Thursdays at 
10 and 11 A.M. respectively, and the other on Fridays, 
10 to 12 M. 

The lectures treat of protoplasm, cells, cell division, 
reproduction, early stages of development, tissues, organs, 
differences between animals and plants, general view of 
invertebrata and of vertebrata. 


65 


The laboratory work consists of such dissections and 
demonstrations as will elucidate the subject of the lectures. 
The lectures are illustrated by diagrams, charts, and lan- 
tern transparencies. 

The senior leaving examination in Biology of the 
Education Department is accepted in lieu of attendance 
and examination in this class. 

Text-books: Campbell’s Introduction to the Study of Ele- 
mentary Biology (Macmillan & Co). 

Foster & Shore’s Elementary Physiology (Mac- 
millan & Co). 

Honours. 

Candidates who have not matriculated with honours in 
biology, and who intend to take an honour course in the 
subject, must first take the pass class. 

The course in comparative and practical anatomy ex- 
tends over two years, and the work of each year is read 
in class every alternate session. 

Final honours are awarded on the honour papers of 
both sessions taken together. 

The lectures and demonstrations in “ physiology ” and 
“ histology ” are attended simultaneously by students in 
medicine and arts. 

Graduation in honours in the department of biology 
lessens, by one year, the length of the course required by 
the Medical Council of Ontario. 

One year in honours is accepted as equivalent to a pass 
class. 

Preliminary honours are awarded on the honour papers 
of the first session in honours. 


66 


Session 1897-98 — 12 M. to 1 P,M. Daily. 

Biology of Vertebrata. 

Study of types of the different divisions of Vertebrata. 
Histology and Embryology. 

Physiology, 10 A.M. to 11 A.M. 

Daily laboratory work. 

Dissection of balanoglossus a tunicate amphioxus, a fish, 
frog, bird and mammal. 

Books for study and laboratory work : 

Foster’s text-book of Physiology, one vol., edition of 1895. 
Claus & Sedgwick’s or J. Arthur Thompson’s Zoology. 
Huxley & Martin’s Practical Biology. 

Parker’s Zootomy. 

Weidersheim’s Elements of Comparative Anatomy. 

Eimer’s Organic Evolution. 

Heilprin’s Distribution of Animals 
Foster & Langley’s Histology. 

Session 1898-99, 12 M. to 1 P.M. Daily. 

Biology of Invertebrata. 

Examination of typical specimens of the different classes. 
Histology and Embryology. 

Physiology, 10 A.M. to 11 A.M. 

Daily laboratory work. 

Dissections of all the forms in Huxley & Martin’s text-book 
(last edition), and in addition, a grasshopper, star fish, 
or sea-urchin, squid, sponge, and hy droid. 

Books for study and laboratory work : 

Foster’s text-book of Physiology, one vol., edition of 1895. 
Claus & Sedgwick’s or J. Arthur Thompson’s Zoology. 
Huxley & Martin’s Practical Biology. 

Brook’s Handbook of Invertebrate Zoology. 

Balfour & Foster’s Elements of Embryology. 

Darwin’s Origin of Species. 

Foster & Langley’s Histology. 

The honour examinations in this department are held 
at the University only. 


67 


CHEMISTRY. 

Professor: William L. Goodwin, D.Sc., Edin. 
Demonstrators : R. W. Brock, M.A., F. J. Pope, M.A,, Isaac 
Wood, M.A., M.D., W. Moffat, M.A. 

' Junior Class. 

Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday (or Thursday) at 11 A.M. 

Chemical Species — Crystals and Crystallization — Chemical 
Change — Laws of Combination — Relations of Heat to 
Chemical Changes — Notation — Equations — Nomencla- 
ture — Volume relations of gases in Chemical Change — 
Volume Formulas — The Atomic theory — Descriptive 
Chemistry of the commoner elements and their com- 
pounds — Electrolysis — Spectrum Analysis — Laboratory 
Practice on Wednesdays, 11 A.M. 

Books : Goodwin’s Chemistry (Henderson & Co., Kingston). 
Mixter’s Elementary Chemistry (Wiley & Sons). 
Remsen’s Inorganic Chemistry (Advanced Course). 

Senior Class. 

Thursday and Friday at 11 A.M. 

1. Special Chemistry of the Metals, their occurrence in 

nature, reduction and uses. 

2. Chemical Laws and Theories. 

3. Crystallography, or Organic Chemistry and Physiological 

Chemistry of Medical course. (See p. 69). 

Books : Dobbin & Walker’s Chemical Theory (Macmillan & Co). 

Goodwin’s Chemistry, Sections 288-437 and Supplement 
(Henderson & Co). 

Williams’ Crystallography (Henry Holt & Co). 

Honours. 

I. 

(May be taken as a Pass Class). 

1. Organic Chemistry. 

Wednesday at 3 P.M. (First Term). t 

2. Technical Chemistry, or ^Physiological and Pathological 

Chemistry. 

Monday at 3 P.M. (Second Term). 

3. Crystallography, 

Monday, Tuesday and Thursday at 3 P.M. (First Term). 


*These options are for students who intend to take a course in Medicine. 


68 


4. Qualitative Analysis and Blowpiping. 

Wednesday, 2-4 P.M. 

Tuesday at 3 P.M. 

Friday at 2 P.M. 

5. Qualitative analysis of Minerals, &c., or *Urinalvsis, &c. 

(See p. 70). 

Subjects (1), (2) and (3) must be taken at one examination. 
Subjects (6) and (7) must be taken at one examination. 

Books: 

Remsen’s Organic Chemistry (D. C. Heath & Co). 

Turpin's Lessons in Organic Chemistry (Macmillan & Co). 
Bernthsen’s Organic Chemistry (Blakie & Sons). 

Bunge’s Physiological and Pathological Chemistry. 
Charles’ Physiological and Pathological Chemistry. 
Williams’ Crystallography (Henry Holt & Co). 

Roberts- Austen’s Metallurgy (Griffin & Co). 

II. 

6. General Chemistry: Kinetic Theory of Gases: Properties 

of Solutions: The Periodic Law; Thermochemistry; 
Electrochemistry ; Photochemistry ; 

Wednesday at 3 P.M. (Second Term). 

7 History of Chemistry. 

Tuesday at 3 P.M. (Second Term). 

8. Quantitative Analysis. 

Monday and Tuesday at 2 P.M. 

Wednesday, 2-4 P.M. 

9. Assaying (See p. 73). 

Books: 

Ostwald’s General Chemistry (Macmillan & Co). 

Srlvanus Thompson’s Elementary Electricty and Magnet- 
ism, Lessons VIII, XIV, XV, XVIII, and XXXVIII. 
Meyer’s Modern Theories of Chemistry. 

Von Meyer’s History of Chemistry (MacMillan & Co). 

Rod well’s Birth of Chemistry Macmillan & Co). 

Bolton’s Quantitative Analysis (J. Wiley & Sons). 

Leffman & Beam’s Water Analysis. 


*These options are for students who intend to take a course in Medicine. 


69 


For Extra-mural Students . 

Tutors are appointed to give assistance by correspondence to 
Extra-mural students taking classes in Chemistry, Mineralogy 
and Geology. The tutorial fee for any one of the three subjects 
is five dollars; and for more than one, ten dollars. The fees are 
to be paid by all Extra-mural students taking these subjects. 
Assistance is given in both the practical and the theoretical parts 
of the subject. 

Junior. 

Books to be read: 

Remsen’s Inorganic Chemistry (Advanced). 

Goodwin’s Chemistry (with Supplement to Section 6) 
omitting Sections 238-487. 

Senior. 

Books to be read: 

Dobbin & Walker’s Chemical Theory (Macmillan & Co). 
Goodwin’s Chemistry, sections 238-437 and Supplement. 
Williams’ Crystallography (Henry Holt & Co.), pp. 1-61; 
81-95; 104-114; 142-150; 158-164; 170-175. 

A small set of models will be necessary for the study of crystal- 
lography. A set may be had on loan on application to the bursar 
of the School of Mining. 

Extra-mural students are required to do the work set by the 
tutor. 


For Students of Medicine . 

First Year. 

Monday, Tuesday and Thursday, at 11 A.M. 

The Lectures and Laboratory Practice of the Junior Arts Class. 
Second Year. 

Thursday and Friday, at 11 A.M. 

First Term. — Special chemistry of the metals (Senior Arts Class). 
Second Term. — Organic and Physiological chemistry (Dr. Wood). 
Analytical Chemistry. 

First Term. — Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday, at 11 A.M. 

Before taking this class students must pass the examination in 
Junior Chemistry. 


70 


Systematic Testing of Chemical Substances. 

Use of the Blowpipe and Spectroscope. 

Chemical Toxicology. 

Second Term. — Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday, at 11 A.M. 
Urinalysis. 

Physiological Chemistry. 

Analysis of Milk and of Water. 

Books for Consultation: 

Goodwin’s Chemistry (with Supplement). 

Crum Brown’s Chemistry. 

Attfield’s Chemistry. 

Bernthsen’s Organic Chemistry, translated by George 
McGowan, Ph.D. 

Charles’ Physiological and Pathological Chemistry. 

The Urine, the Common Poisons, and the Milk, by Prof. 
J. W. Holland. 

Leif man & Beam’s Water Analysis. 

Junior , Senior and Honours I of the Arts course cover 
all the Chemistry required of Students of Medicine. 


MINERALOGY. 

Professor: William Nicol, M.A. 

Students in Mineralogy are expected to take part in the field 
excursions, held during the fall term. The cost of the field work 
will not exceed five dollars. 

Sections I and II may be taken in one year by students in 
Honours. 

Divisions one and two of Section I are required of students in 
Geology. 

Students intending to take Mineralogy are advised to attend 
the session before commencing it, the lectures on crystallography 
of the Senior Chemistry class. 

In addition to essays and correspondence, extra-mural students 
are required to determine and describe the minerals in collec- 
tions furnished by the tutor. 

I. 

1. Elementary Mineralogy. 

2. Description and determination of the following minerals: — 

Graphite, native silver, native gold, native copper, stib- 
nite, molybdenite, galenite, chalcocite, sphalerite, nicco- 


71 


lite, pyrrhotite, bornite, chalcopyrite, pyrite, arsenopyrite, 
halite, fluorite, quartz and prin. vars, haematite, magne- 
tite, chromite, pyrolusite, limonite, calcite, dolomite, 
siderite, orthoclase, plagioclase, pyroxene and vars, am- 
phibol and vars, garnet, tourmaline, stilbite, muscovite, 
biotite, serpentine, talc, sphene, apatite, barite, celestite, 
gypsum, coal and vars. 

Text-books: Dana’s Minerals and How to Study Them, 2nd Ed. 
(Wiley & Sons). 

Frazer’s Tables for the Determination of Minerals, 
3rd Ed. (J. B. Lippincott Co., Phila). 

3. Blowpipe Analysis — (a) A course of practical demonstrations 
to illustrate and explain reactions in studying the chemi- 
cal properties of minerals (one hour per week) ( b ) A 
practical class in which the experiments seen in the lec- 
tures are performed by the students (one hour per week). 

Text-book: Chapman’s Blowpipe Practice, 2nd Ed. (Copp, 
Clark Co., 1893). 

Books for reference: 

Cornwall’s Translation of Plattner’s Manual of Qualitative 
and Quantitative Analysis with the Blowpipe, 7th Ed. 
(Van Nostrand Co). 

Brush and Penfield’s Manual of Determinative Mineralogy 
and Blowpipe Analysis. 

Cornwall’s Manual of Blowpipe Analysis (Van Nostrand 
Co). 

Landauer’s Blowpipe Analysis. 

Endlich’s Manual of Qualitative Blowpipe Analysis. 

Moses & Parson’s Mineralogy, Crystallography, and Blow- 
pipe Analysis. 

Students must supply their own Blowpipe apparatus . 

II. 

(May be taken as a Pass Class). 

1. Systematic Mineralogy illustrated by specimens, charts, etc. 

Text-book: Bauerman’s Systematic Mineralogy (Longman’s, 
Green & Co). 

Books for reference: 

Naumann-Zirkel’ s Miner alogie. 

Tschermark’s Mineralogie. 

Dana’s Text-book of Mineralogy, 15th Ed. (Wiley & Sons). 


72 


2. Practical Crystallography. 

Practical study of crystal forms by means of crystals, and 
wire and wooden models. 

Text-book: Williams’ Crystallography (Henry Holt & Co). 

3. Qualitative Analysis of Minerals by blowpipe and wet re- 

agents. 

Lectures on Qualitative Analysis. 

Text-book: Fresenius’ Qualitative Analysis. 

Books for reference: 

Ostw aid’s Foundations of Analytical Chemistry (Macmil- 
lan & Co). 

Menschutkin’s Analytical Chemistry (Macmillan & Co). 

4. Essays on prescribed subjects. 

III. 

1. Descriptive Mineralogy. 

Description and classification of the commonly occurring 
minerals, special attention being given to Canadian ores. 

Text-book: Dana’s System of Mineralogy, 6th Ed. (Wiley & 
Sons). 

Books for reference: 

Chapman’s Minerals and Geology of Ontario and Quebec, 
3rd Ed. (Copp, Clark Co). 

Commissioners’ Report on Mineral Resources of Ontario, 
1890. 

Reports of Bureau of Mines, 1891-96. 

English’s Catalogue of Minerals. 

2. Determinative Mineralogy. 

Practical instruction in the determination of minerals by 
means of the blowpipe and by field tests. 

Examination of specimens from cabinets. 

Text-books: Frazer’s Tables for the Determination of Minerals, 
3rd Ed., 1891 (J. B. Lippincott Co., Phila). 
Brush and Penfield’s Manual of Determinative 
Mineralogy and Blowpipe Analysis. 

Crosby’s Tables of the Determination of Common 
Minerals. 

3. Quantitative Analysis of Minerals (selected samples). 

Text-book: Fresenius’ s Quantitative Analysis. 

Lectures on Quantitative Analysis. 


73 


4. Ore Deposits. 

(See under Geology). 

5. Petrography. 

(See under Geology). 

6. Assaying. 

The assaying of gold, silver, iron, copper, lead, zinc, and ! 
nickel ores, by furnace, wet, and electrolytic methods. 

Text-books: Chapman’s Assay Notes, 2nd Ed. (Copp, Clark Co.) 

Brown’s Manual of Assaying, 6th Ed. (Sargent & Co.) 
Blair’s Chemical Analysis of Iron, 2nd Ed. (J. B. 
Lippincott Co.) 

Picket’s and Miller’s Notes on Assaying (Wiley & 
Sons). 

Books for reference: 

Beringer’s Text-book of Assaying (C. Griffin & Co.) 
Bodeman & Kerl’s Assaying. 

Furman’s Manual of Practical Assaying (Wiley & Sons). 

7. Essays on prescribed subjects. 


GEOLOGY. 

Lecturer: Willet G. Miller, B.A. 

Students taking work in this department have access 
to the museums of Queen’s University and the School of 
Mining. 

The petrographical laboratory is supplied with electric 
power, diamond saws and other apparatus required in the 
preparation of thin sections of rocks and minerals for ex- 
amination under the microscope. 

The microscope room is provided with several instru- 
ments of the latest and most approved designs. 

Students and others interested in Geology are advised 
to take advantage of the excursions in connection with the 
meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of 
Science, which will be held in Toronto, beginning the 18th 
of August, 1897. It is proposed to make excursions to 


74 

different parts of the Province, and it is likely that cheap 
fares will be offered. 

A Summer session in Mineralogy and Geology will be 
held in July, 1897. 

A corresponding tutor has been appointed to com- 
municate with extra-mural students. 

Pass » 

(Students taking Geology are required to take Mineralogy I.) 
The following themes will be treated of in the lectures : 

The planetary relations of the earth; the atmosphere; waters; 
solid crust; probable nature of the earth’s interior; rocks, 
their general megascopic and microscopic characters and 
•classification; volcanic action; earthquakes; upheaval; sub- 
sidence; geological effects produced by heat, air, water, 
and life; bosses; dykes; veins; stratification; dip; strike; 
anticline and syncline; faults; foliation; nature and uses 
of fossils; stratigraphical geology; outline of the geologi 
cal history of the globe; economic geology; etc. 

The lectures are illustrated by means of maps, dia- 
grams, and lantern views. 

The laboratory work will consist of the examination of 
typical specimens of the different groups of fossil plants 
and animals, and of hand specimens of the more common 
rocks. 

During the months of October and November excur- 
sions will be made to places of geological interest in the 
vicinity of Kingston. All students are expected to join 
these excursions. The cost will not exceed five dollars. 

Essays are required on prescribed subjects. 

Students are expected to provide themselves with some 
elementary book on the subject. Le Conte’s Compend. 
of Geology is recommended. 


75 


Books for reference: 

Dana's Manual of Geology. 

Le Conte’s Elements of Geology. 

Chapman’s Minerals and Geology of Central Canada. 
Kemp’s Handbook of Rocks. 

Extra-mural students are advised to read Le Conte’s 
Elements of Geology (last edition), or Geikie’s Text- 
Book of Geology. They will also be required to write 
essays on prescribed subjects. 

FIRST HONOURS. 

(May be taken as a Pass Class). 

(Students taking First Honour Geology are required to take, or 
to have taken Crystallography in Senior Chemistry). 

Lectures on : 

Physical Geography, Petrography, and Palaeontology. 

The laboratory work will consist of the preparation of 
thin sections of minerals and rocks and their microscopic 
determination. 

The museum work will consist of the megascopic de- 
termination of rocks and the naming and classification of 
Canadian fossils. 

Field work. Essays are required on prescribed sub- 
jects. Candidates will also be examined on the following : 

Page’s or Geikie’s Physical Geography. 

Chapman’s Minerals and Geology of Central Canada. 
Part IY. 

Dana’s Manual of Geology. 

Books for reference : 

Elis6e Reclus, The Earth, The Ocean. 

Johnstone’s Physical Atlas. 

Wood’s Elementary Palaeontology. 

Hatch’s Petrology. 

Harker’s Petrology for Students. 

Dana’s Manual of Mineralogy and Petrography. 

Cole’s Aids in Practical Geology. 


76 


Students are advised to devote as much time as possible 
to field work during the preceding long vacation, and to 
collect material for study in the laboratory during the 
winter. 

SECOND HONOURS. 

Lectures on : 

Petrography. 

Paleontology. 

Geology of Canada. 

Geology in its relations to Mining and Agriculture. 

Construction of geological maps and sections. 

Laboratory, Museum, and Field work. 

Candidates will also be examined on the following : 

Geikie’s Text-book of Geology. 

Geikie’s Field Geology. 

Chapman’s Minerals and Geology of Central Canada, 
Parts IV and V. 

Dawson’s Handbook of Canadian Geology. 

Chapman’s Outline of the Geology of Canada. 

Books for reference : 

Rosenbusch’s Microscopical Physiography of Rock Form- 
ing Minerals. 

Zirkel’s Petrographic, vols I, II, aad III. 

Marker’s Petrology for Students. 

Nicholson’s Palaeontology. 

Dawson’s Ice Age in Canada. 

Wright’s Ice Age in North America. 

Phillips’ Ore Deposits. 

Kemp’s Ore Deposits of the United States. 

Students are advised not to undertake the work in 
Second Honour Geology until they have acquired a suf- 
ficient knowledge of chemistry and mineralogy. They 
should be prepared to devote a large part of their time to 
the subject throughout the session. Each member of the 
class will be encouraged to undertake research work, for 
which the surrounding district offers exceptional oppor- 
tunities. 


77 


FACULTY OF THEOLOGY. 


Matriculation . 


Matriculation Examinations begin on Thursday, Oct. 
28th. Candidates must give notice to the Secretary of 
the Faculty before Oct. 21st. 

Subjects of Examination . 

Westminster Confession. 

Hill’s Lectures, Book I. 

Acts 1-12 in Greek. 

Dods’ Introduction to the New Testament, pp. 1-75. 
Examination in Hebrew on regular verb and pronouns, and 
on the translation and analysis of Gen. I and XXXV. 


Subjects of Study . 

I. — DIVINITY. 


Lectures will be given on : 

Comparative Religion. 

Revelation. 

The Canonicity, Authenticity, Genuineness and Credibility 
of the Biblical Records. 

The Inspiration and Authority of the Scriptures. 
Systematic Theology. 

The Pastoral Office and Homiletics. 

Text-book: Hill’s Lectures in Divinity. 


II.— HEBREW AND CHALDEE. 


First Year. 


Second Year. 


Wolfe’s Hebrew Grammar. 
Gen. II-IV. 

Exodus II, III. 

I Sam. XVIII-XX. 

Ps. XVIII-XXXV. 


Gesenius’ Hebrew Grammar. 
Deut. XXIX-XXX. 

Job I, II, XXXVIII-XLII. 
Prov. I-IX. 

Ps. XXXVI-LXX. 


78 


Third Year. 

Hebrew. Chaldee. 

Gesenius’ Hebrew Grammar. Winer’s Grammar, or 

Isa. XL-LXVI. Higgs’ Manual. 

Ps. CI-CXX. Dan. II-VII. 

Ezra IV-V. 

III. — APOLOGETICS. 

1. Lectures on the history of Apologetics from the beginning 
of the 16th century. 

2. Lectures on Historical Apologetics. 

8. Examination of Bruce’s Apologetics Introduction and Book 
III, Chaps. IV-X. 

IV. — BIBLICAL CRITICISM. 

1. O. T. Exegesis. Septuagint. 

Num. XV-XVII, 1 Kings XI-XIII, Isa. I-XII. 

2. New Testament Exegesis: — 

The Epistles to the Galatians, Ephesians, Philippians, 
Colossians, Thessalonians, Timothy and Titus. 
Lectures on Introduction and Criticism. 

V.-CHURCH HISTORY. 

Lectures on the second and third centuries. 

The Church requires the following discourses to be de- 
livered during the course : — Homily, Lecture and Greek 
Critical Exercise, Sermon and Hebrew Critical Exercise. 

Pass Examination . 

On the work of the Session. 


Degree of Bachelor of Divinity . 

Regulations. 

1. Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Divinity 
(B.D.) must be graduates in Arts of this University, or 
of a University whose degrees are recognized by the 


79 


Senate, and must follow the prescribed order of classes in 
Theology. 

2. The degree shall not be conferred until the candi- 
date has completed the theological curriculum, with a 
view to the ministry in the church to which he belongs, 
and has passed a satisfactory examination in the branches 
of Theology taught in the University. 

3. The subjects of examination shall be (1) Hebrew 
and Chaldee, (2) Comparative Religion, (3) Biblical In- 
troduction and Inspiration of Scripture, (4) Biblical 
Criticism, (5) Systematic Theology, (6) Evidences of 
Religion, (7) Church History. 

4. Candidates who have completed the theological 
course may be examined in all the subjects, or may defer 
their examination in any subject. 

5. Students may be admitted to examination in not 
more than four subjects at the end of the second session 
of their theological course. 

6. A candidate may, subject to the preceding regula- 
tions, appear at any University examination in Theology, 
provided he gives two weeks notice of his intention to the 
Registrar. 

Autumn examinations begin on Thursday, Oct. 28th. 
Candidates must give notice to the Secretary of the 
Faculty before Oct. 21st. 

Subjects of Examination : 

1. Hebrew. Isaiah XL-LXVI. Chaldee. Daniel II, III, IV, 
VII. 

2. Comparative Religion. Books to be consulted : Grant's 
“The Religions of the World"; Hardwick’s Christ and other 
Masters. 

3. Biblical Introduction and Inspiration. Books to be con- 


80 


suited : Driver’s O.T. Introduction; Robertson’s Early Religion 
of Israel; Westcott on the Canon of the N.T. ; Salmon’s Introduc- 
tion to the N.T. ; Sanday’s Bampton Lectures on Inspiration. 

4. Biblical Criticism. (The Latter Prophets in LXX. Epistle 
to the Romans in Greek.) Books to be consulted : Sanday and 
Headlam on Romans; Biblical Hermeneutics (Elliott & Harsha); 
Hammond’s Textual Criticism of the N.T. ; Stevens’ Pauline 
Theology. 

5. Systematic Theology. Books to be consulted : Gore’s 
Bampton Lectures on Our Lord’s Divinity; Tulloch on the Chris- 
tian Doctrine of Sin; Crawford on the Atonement; Anselm’s 
Cur Deus Homo; Christian Dogmatics (Van Osterzee’s and Mar- 
tensen’s). 

6. Evidences of Religion. Books to be consulted : Paley’s 
Evidences; Butler’s Analogy; Flint’s Theism and Antitheistic 
Theories; Mozley’s Bampton Lectures on Miracles; Bruce’s 
Apologetics. 

7. Church History. Books to be consulted : Lightfoot’s Apos- 
tolic Fathers; Farrar’s Early Christianity; Fisher’s History of 
the Reformation ; Cunningham’s History of the Church of Scot- 
land. 


81 


FACULTY OF MEDICINE . 


The degree of Doctor of Medicine (M.D.) is conferred 
upon candidates who comply with the following regu- 
lations : — 

1. Except as provided in the next regulation, every 
candidate must pass a successful examination upon the 
following subjects : — 

English Language, Grammar and Composition. 

Arithmetic. 

Algebra, to the end of Simple Equations. 

Geometry, first two books of Euclid. 

Latin, as in Arts matriculation, or a full equivalent. 

Options, one of which must be taken; Stewart’s Physics, 
or one book in Greek, French or German. 

2. Matriculants in Arts, graduates from a recognized 
University, and students who have passed the matricula- 
tion examination of the College of Physicians and Sur- 
geons of Ontario, or of Quebec, are not required to pass 
the above examination. 

Note. — As the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons 
(England) requires Physics in matriculation, those intending to 
take its degree should pass in Stewart’s Physics. 

3. Candidates who are not graduates in Arts must fur- 
nish evidence of having attended some recognized Medi- 
cal School for not less than four full sessions, and must 
pass all the required examinations. 

Candidates who are graduates in Arts will be required 
to attend only three sessions. 

4. All candidates must furnish evidence of having had 
six months’ experience in dispensing medicines in a 
physician’s office. 

Students in Arts who intend subsequently to study 
medicine are advised to take the honour classes in 


82 


Chemistry and Animal Biology, and thus complete their 
Chemistry, Physiology and Histology during the under- 
graduate course in Arts. 

Examinations are required at the end of every session 
as follows : 

At the end of the first session : — 

Botany, if not taken at matriculation, Anatomy — Bones, 
Muscles and Ligaments, Animal Biology and Physiology, 
Theoretical Chemistry, Materia Medica. 

At the end of the second session : — - 

Anatomy, Physiology, Histology, Materia Medica, Thera- 
peutics, Chemistry — Theoretical and Analytical. 

At the end of the third session 

Practice of Medicine, Surgery, Obstetrics and Gynsecology, 
Pathology, Jurisprudence. 

At the end of the fourth session : — 

Practice of Medicine, Surgery, Obstetrics and Gynsecology, 
Medical and Surgical Anatomy, Sanitary Science. 

On each paper the examiner will put pass and honour 
questions. Students desiring rank must answer both. 

A candidate cannot obtain University rank for any of 
the foregoing examinations until he has matriculated. 

EQUIVALENT EXAMINATIONS. 

The following courses and examination in Arts will 
be accepted in Medicine : — 

Faculty of Arts. Faculty of Medicine. 

1. Course and examination 1. Course and examination 

in Botany (Pass). in Botany. 


2. Honour course and ex- 
amination in 1st year Animal 
Biology. 


2. Course and examination 
in 1st year Physiology. 


3. Honour course and ex- 
amination in 2nd year Animal 
Biology, including Histology. 


3. Course and examination 
in 2nd year Physiology and 
Histology. 


4. Course and examination 
in Junior Chemistry. 


4. Course of 1st year Chem- 
istry. (See Calendar). 


S3 


5. Course and examination 
in Senior Chemistry. 


5. Course and examination! 
in 2ud year Chemistry. 


6. Course and examination 
in 1st year Honours in Chem- 
istry. 


6, Course and examination 
in Analytical Chemistry. 


PRIZES. 


Besides University prizes, scholarships, and honours* 
open to medical students, the following are offered every 
year : — 

1. At the end of the second session : — 

Two demonstrators and four prosectors in Anatomy will 
be chosen by the professor of Anatomy and the lecturer on 
Practical Anatomy. 

A prize of $25 to be awarded to the student making the 
highest number of marks on this year’s examinations in 
Anatomy, Physiology, and Materia JVIedica. 

2. At the end of the fourth session : — 

Two University medals to be awarded to the two students 
making the highest percentages on the pass and honour ex- 
aminations of the year. 

Two House Surgeoncies at the Kingston General Hospital, 
of twelve months each, are to be awarded to the two students 
making the highest percentages on the examinations of the 
year. Candidates for these appointments must have passed 
all previous examinations. 


NOTICES. 


1. The examinations of the Medical Council are held 
in the City of Kingston. 

2. Natural Philosophy is now compulsory for all stu- 
dents in medicine. 

3. The Calendar of the Medical Faculty, with full in- 
formation respecting the curriculum in Medicine, fees, etc., 
can be had by applying to the Secretary of the Faculty. 

4. The fee, including Registration, Examination, La- 
be ratories, Library, Gymnasium, and the required amount 
of dissection material is $90 per session if paid on or be- 
fore Oct. 31st ; and after that date the fee is $95. Special 
arrangements will be made as to fees with those who do 
not take the full course of any year. 


FACULTY OF LAW. DEGREE OF LL.B. 


1. Undergraduates who are taking the Honour course 
of the University in History and Political Science may, 
after completing that course, proceed to the degree of 
LL.B. by passing on the following works : — 

Dicey’s Law of the Constitution. 

Harris’ Principles of Criminal Law. 

Hardcastle on Statutes. 

Westlake’s Private International Law. 

T. A. Walker’s International Law. 

Justinian’s Institutes (Sandars). 

2. Graduates will be allowed any subjects in the above 
course which they may have already passed in Arts. 

3. Barristers-at-law or persons who may have been 
admitted as Students-at-law by the Law Society of Upper 
Canada and have passed their second Intermediate Ex- 
amination will be admitted to the degree by passing on 
the Honour course of the University in History and Po- 
litical Science, together with the works specified in sec- 
tion 1. 

4. Graduates of this or any recognized University, 
being barristers-at-law, will be admitted to the degree by 
passing on the following works, in addition to those speci- 
fied in section 1 : — 

Bourinot’s Mauual of Constitutional History of Canada. 

Bryce’s American Commonwealth. Yol. I. 

Bagehot’s English Constitution. 

Gneist’s History of the English Constitution. 

Holland’s Elements of Jurisprudence. 

Maine’s Ancient Law. 

5. Candidates are required to send notice to the Regis- 
trar, before the 1st day of March, of their intention to 
present themselves at any of the examinations. 


85 


FACULTY OF PRACTICAL SCIENCE. 


The object of the Faculty is to give a theoretical, and, 
as far as possible, a practical education in the various 
branches of applied science. 

The complete course extends over four years, but a 
diploma will be awarded to those who complete three 
years of the course and pass the necessary examinations. 
The four years’ course leads to the degree of B.Sc. 

Admission. 

A candidate may enter upon a course with a view to 
obtaining a diploma or the degree of B.Sc. upon any one 
of the following conditions — 

1. Having matriculated in any university in the Brit- 
ish possessions or in the United States. 

2. Having passed the Junior Leaving Examination of 
the Department of Education of Ontario. 

3. Having been engaged for one year in engineering 
or surveying or a manufacturing establishment, and hav- 
ing passed an examination in (a) arithmetic, ( b ) algebra 
to quadratic equations inclusive, and (c) the first three 
books of Euclid, or their equivalent in any other work on 
geometry. 

Special students may be admitted to such courses of 
instruction as the Faculty may think proper. 

The work will be carried on partly in the University 
buildings, partly in the Mining School, and partly in the 
Agricultural School. 

The courses are classified under three following groups : 


86 


Group L 

(A.) Mining Engineering (B.Sc. and M.E.) 

(B.) Chemistry and Mineralogy (B.Sc.) 

(C.) Mineralogy and Geology (B.Sc.) 

Mining Engineering . 

The combined degrees of Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) 
and Mining Engineer (M.E.) are awarded on the follow- 
ing course, but candidates may omit the subjects marked *, 
and graduate with the degree of Bachelor of Science only. 

Certificates of proficiency in applied mathematics and 
mechanics may be accepted pro tanto for the mathematics 
of this course. 


A diploma of the School of Mining is granted on the 
completion of the first three years of the course. 


First Year. 


First Term. 

Algebra and Geometry, 
Junior English, 

Junior Physics, 

Junior Chemistry, 
Drawing, 

Blowpipe Analysis, 
Surveying, 

Workshop. 


Second Term. 
Algebra and Geometry, 
Descriptive Astronomy, 
Junior English, 

Junior Physics, 

Junior Chemistry, 
Drawing, 

Blowpipe Analysis, 
Qualitative Analysis, 
Workshop. 


Second Year. 

First Term. 


*Higher Algebra, 

Solid Geometry, 

Senior Physics, 

Chemistry of Metals, 
Elementary Crystallography, 
Qual. Analysis of Minerals, 
Systematic Mineralogy, 
Geology, 

Drawing and Designing, 
Workshop. 

Surveying. 


Second Term. 
*Higher Algebra, 

Solid Geometry, 

Plane Trigonometry, 
Senior Physics, 
Quantitative Analysis, 
Systematic Mineralogy, 
Geology, 

Drawing and Designing, 
Workshop. 


87 


Third Year. 


First Term. 

Coordinate Geometry, 
^Elementary Differential and 
Integral Calculus, 

Spherical Trigonometry, 
Descriptive Mineralogy, 
Determinative Mineralogy, 
Geology and Petrography, 
Assaying, 

Mining, 

Ore Dressing, 

Surveying, 

Civil Engineering, 
Elementary Electrical Engi- 
neering. 


> 

Second Term. 

Co-ordinate Geometry, 
^Elementary Differential and 
Integral Calculus, 

Practical Astronomy, 
Technical Chemistry, 
Descriptive Mineralogy, 
Determinative Mineralogy, 
Geology and Petrography, 
Assaying, 

Economic Geology, 

Mining, 

Ore Dressing, 

Milling. 


Fourth Year. 


First Term. 

Metallurgy, 

Mechanism, 

Materials and Construction 
Mining Engineering, 
Milling, 

Mining Law. 


Second Term. 

Metallurgy, 

Mechanism, 

Materials and Construction, 
Mining Engineering, 
Milling, 

Mining Law. 


Chemistry and Mineralogy. 


The degree of Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) is conferred 
upon candidates who complete the following course. A 
diploma of the School of Mining is granted on the com- 
pletion of the first three years of the course. 

First Year, 

First Term . Second Term. 

Algebra and Geometry, Algebra and Geometry, 

Junior English, Junior English, 

Junior Physics, Junior Physics, 

Junior Chemistry, Junior Chemistry, 

Drawing, Qualitative Analysis, 

Blowpipe Analysis, Drawing, 

Surveying. Blowpipe Analysis. 


88 


Second Year. 


First Term. 

Solid Geometry, 

Adv. Algebra and PI. Trig. 
Chemistry of Metals, 

Elementary Crystallography, 
Qualitative Analysis, 

Systematic Mineralogy. 

Third 

First Term. 

Organic Chemistry, 
Crystallography, 

Descrip, and Det. Mineralogy, 
Geology and Petrography, 
Quantitative Analysis, 

Assaying, 

Metallurgy. 


Fourt: 


Second Term. 

Adv. Algebra and PI. Trig. 
Chemical Physics, 
Qualitative Analysis, 
Systematic Mineralogy. 


Year. 

Second Term. 

General Chemistry, 

Technical Chemistry, 

Descrip, and Det. Mineralogy, 
Geology and Petrography, 
Quantitative Analysis, 
Assaying, 

Metallurgy, 

Ore Deposits. 

[ Year. 


Special work along lines to be chosen by the candidate ; an 
original research in Chemistry or Mineralogy. 

Mineralogy and Geology . 

The degree of Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) is conferred 
upon candidates who complete the following course. A 
diploma of the School of Mining is granted on the com- 
pletion of the first three years of the course. 


First Year. 


First Term. 

Algebra and Geometry, 
Junior English, 

Junior Physics, 

Junior Chemistry, 
Drawing, 

Blowpipe Analysis, 
Animal Biology. 


Second Term. 

Algebra and Geometry, 
Junior English, 
Descriptive Astronomy, 
Junior Physics, 

Junior Chemistry, 
Drawing, 

Blowpipe Analysis, 
Botany. 


89 


Second Year. 


First Term . 


Second Term. 


Solid Geometry, Chemical Physics, 

Plane Trigonometry, Plane Trigonometry, 

Chemistry of Metals, ' Qualitative Analysis, 

Elementary Crystallography, Systematic Mineralogy, 
Qualitative Analysis, Geology. 

Systematic Mineralogy, 

Geology, 

Surveying. 

Third Year. 


First Term. 
Crystallography, 

Assaying, 

Descrip, and Det. Mineralogy, 
Geology and Petrography, 
Topographical Surveying, 
Field Geology. 


Second Term. 
Spherical Trigonometry, 
Assaying, 

Simple Quantitative Analysis, 
Descrip, and Det. Mineralogy, 
Geology and Petrography, 
Geological Maps and Sections. 


Fourth Year. 


Petrography, 
Economic Geology. 


Petrography, 
Economic Geology. 


Special work along lines to be chosen by the candidate; an 
original research in Mineralogy or Geology. 


Group II. 

(A.) Civil Engineering. 

(B.) Mechanical Engineering. 

(C.) Electrical Engineering. 

The work for the first three years is common to all 
three courses, any particular differentiations being made 
in the fourth year. 

The following arrangement into years is suggested for 
the convenience of the student, and he should follow it as 
nearly as is practicable, but a strict following of it is not 
compulsory : — 


90 


First Year. 


First Term . 

Algebra and Geometry. 
Junior English. 

Junior Chemistry. 

Drawing. 

Elementary Surveying (for 
Courses A and C). 


Second Term . 

Algebra and Geometrj^. 

Junior English. 

Junior Chemistry. 

Drawing. 

Descriptive Astronomy. 
Workshop (Carpentry and wood 
turning). 


Second Year. 

J unior Physics. 

Practical Mathematics. 

Elementary Conics. 

Experimental Physics. 

Chemistry of Metals (1st term). 

Mathematical Instruments (1st term). 

Drawing. 

Workshop, (patterns, models, and various constructions); 
blacksmithing. 

Third Year. 


Differential and Integral Calculus. 

Synthetic Solid Geometry. 

Senior Physics. 

Spherical Trigonometry and Practical Astronomy (for 
Course A only, given in 1898-9. 

Heat and Electricity. 

Machine Drawing. 

Strength of Materials and Machine design. 

Elements of mechanism. 

Workshop (Machine building). 

Fourth Year. 


Course A . Civil Engineering . 

Analytic Solid Geometry; Practical Surveying; Elements of 
Geology; Principles of Engineering, with their application to 
Roads, Bridges, Sewers, Drainage, &c. 

In the workshop, models of Roofs, Bridges, and other large 
engineering constructions. 


Course B. Mechanical Engineering. 

Analytic Solid Geometry; Machine Designing and Drawing; 
Special study of certain machines, such as the lathe, the steam 


91 


engine, the clock, pumps, &c.; Metallurgy of Iron, Steel, and 
Brass; the Dynamo and the Motor. 

In the workshop, the building of some complex machine. 

Course C. Electrical Engineering. 

Analytic Solid Geometry; Special study of Electricity and Mag- 
netism; the Dynamo and Motor; Electrical appliances; the Steam 
Engine. 

Electrical Engineering in its application to Electric-lighting, 
Electric Railways, Electro-chemistry, Electrotyping, Telegraphy, 
&c. 


Group III. 

(A.) Architecture. 

(B.) Navigation. 

(C.) Veterinary. 

The first year in these courses will be the same as for 
those of Group II. 

Course A. Architecture. 


Second Year. 

First Term. Second Term. 


Alg. and PI. Trig. 

Drawing. 

Mathematical Instruments. 
Statics. 

Principles of Architecture. 
Lighting, Heating and Drainage. 


Algebra and PI. Trig. 

Strength of Materials. 

Principles of Architecture. 
Sanitary Plumbing and condi- 
tions of healthy buildings. 


Course B. Navigation. 

Second Year. 

First Term. Second Term. 

Alg. and PI. Trig. Algebra and PI. Trig. 

Special study of Logarithms and Spherical Trigonometry. 

Tables. Theory of Navigation. 

Mathematical Instruments. Spherical Astronomy. 

Drawing. Descriptive Geometry. 

Meteorology. Practice of Navigation. 

Experimental Physics. 

The Steam Engine. 


92 


Regulations affecting Students in the Faculty of 
Practical Science. 

1. No person will be considered to be a student in Prac- 
tical Science until after he has registered as such in the 
Faculty. 

2. No person who is not registered in the Faculty of 
Practical Science will be allowed to attend any of the 
special classes of that Faculty. 


Discussion of Subjects . 

Chemistry . — Chemistry, as the science of those changes by 
which given species of matter become transformed into other 
species, is the basis of biology and medicine, and forms an essen- 
tial part of the groundwork of mineralogy, geology and various 
technical studies, such as assaying, engineering and mining. A 
knowledge of the elements of chemistry is also essential to a prac- 
tical education. The work of the first year has been arranged 
with the view to set the subject in a clear and pleasant light and 
to give a broad view of its nature and scope rather than a mastery 
of its infinite details. As chemistry is an experimental science, 
the student should, at his entrance upon the study, learn to ex- 
periment. The work of the Junior class is therefore divided into 
lectures and laboratory practice, the latter being of such a nature 
as to illustrate the subjects dealt with in the lectures. 

In the second year specialisation begins, those intending to pur- 
sue a course in arts, engineering, or mineralogy devoting them- 
selves especially to chemical laws and theories, and to crystallog- 
raphy; while students of medicine take up organic chemistry and 
the analysis of urine, milk, &c. All students of the second year, 
however, engage in study of the special chemistry of the metals. 
In the second year, too, those who are preparing themselves for 
assaying or mining engineering study systematic qualitative an- 
alysis. 

In the third year, those who are taking chemistry as part of a 
liberal education extend their knowledge of organic chemistry 
and of crystallography, while students intending to take a medi- 
cal course attend lectures on physiological chemistry. Technical 


93 


students learn to analyse qualitatively minerals, alloys, <fcc., and 
may begin quantitative analysis. 

The fourth year is devoted mostly to qualitative analysis and 
assaying, work which calls for patience, care and industry, and 
which forms an unsurpassed means of cultivating these qualities. 
In order to give the Arts student a comprehensive view of the 
subject, courses of lectures on general chemistry and the history 
of chemistry are provided. Under the head of general chemistry, 
the chemical laws and theories are discussed somewhat minutely, 
and such subjects as the relations of chemical change to heat, 
light, and electricity are examined. 

The well-equipped laboratories of the School of Mining afford 
every opportunity for the practical work without which the study 
of an experimental science loses half its value. Experimenta- 
tion is therefore a feature of the chemical course thoroughout the 
four years. 

The chemical and assay laboratories are also used for work by 
post-graduate and other advanced students. Original investiga- 
tion of chemical and mineralogical problems is carried on. This 
is a most important, in fact an essential, feature of a progressive 
scientific school. 

Mechanism . — Machinery and mechanism play so important a 
part in modern appliances and modern civilization, that no per- 
son can be said to be practically educated who does not know 
something of the working principles of the more important ma- 
chines. A machine should be studied along three lines — (1) as to 
the fundamental mechanical principles and movements which it 
involves; (2) with reference to its actual construction and to the 
most appropriate materials enteriug into it, and (3) as to the 
mathematical principles of its action, the velocities of the moving 
portions, the stresses which come npon its several parts, &c. 

It is along these three divisions that the study of mechanism 
and machines will be carried out. The theoretical, but non- 
mathematical principles of mechanism will be illustrated by 
means of models and diagrams, and by reference to the action 
taking place in the various parts of working machines. In order 
to make this more effective, students will, from time to time, be 
accompanied to the machine shops of the city, and especially to 
the works of the Canadian Locomotive and Engine Company, 
where efficient and complex machines are to be seen in actual 
work. 

For the purpose of making the student more familiar with the 
construction of machines, he will be required to construct, or 
assist in constructing, in the workshop, not only models, but 


94 


working machines, such as lathes, steam engines, dividing-plates, 
gear-cutting engines, &c., and these, although necessarily limited 
in size, will be complete in form and action. Different machines 
will be taken up in different sessions. 

Besides the foregoing, students will be required to obtain a 
thorough knowledge of the principles of construction, and of the 
methods of use of the different scientific instruments commonly 
employed in the varions applications of science, such as scales, 
slide rules, sectors, pantagraphs, planimeters, verniers, sextants, 
transits, &c., and of the means of discovering the errors of such 
instruments and, where practicable, of correcting them. 

Experimental Physics and Electricity . — The purpose of this 
class is to bring to the notice of the student the more import- 
ant of the physical properties of matter, and of the physical 
forces of the universe, by means of Experimentation. Experi- 
ments will be arranged and carried out under the guidance of 
a competent instructor, and will have reference to such sub- 
jects as gravitation, equilibrium, motion on inclined planes, 
by suspended cords, &c., impact, friction, flotation, &c. Also, 
a series of experiments will be performed in order to study the 
properties of heat, under the subjects of dilitation, liquefac- 
tion, gasification, thermometry, specific and latent heats — the 
properties of light under the subjects of refraction, reflection, 
polarization, &c. — and a special series of experiments will be 
conducted for the study of electricity in all its variations of 
thermo-electricity, voltaic-electricity, magneto-electricity, and 
magnetism, and illustrations will be given by means of various 
models and small machines, of the application of this wonderful 
form of energy to telegraphy, telephony, electric lighting, and 
the driving of machinery. 

Civil Engineering . — This phrase is so wide in its import that no 
complete definition of its meaning can be given. It involves the 
general application of scientific principles to all kinds of material 
constructions, such as bridges, canals and roads, and an extensive 
and practical knowledge of the subject can be obtained only by 
actual experience in carrying out large and varied engineering 
operations. But the mathamatical knowledge and the scientific 
theory which form the foundation of all engineering work are 
most readily and conveniently obtained in mathematical classes 
and in science laboratories. Hence, the subject of Civil Engi- 
neering will be taught mostly in theory, illustrated and enforced 
by diagrams and models of great and notable structures built by 
eminent engineers, some of whom will give short courses of lec- 
tures. 

The theoretical part of the subject will include, in addition to 
the purely mathematical and physical requirements, such matters 


95 


as mechanism, surveying, strength of materials, structural geol- 
ogy, drawing, &c,, &c. Students will be accompanied from time 
to time, to any engineering operations which may be under way 
within reasonable distances. 

Surveying . — This subject will be taught both theoretically and 
practically. The theoretical part will include such matters as 
geodsey, plain and spherical trigonometry with the uses and ap- 
plications of tables and of the ephemeris, theory of surveying in- 
struments with their errors and corrections, principle of least 
squares, &c. For practice students will be required to make 
and work out observations for the meridian, for time, for longi- 
tude and for latitude, and to carry on and plot small surveys on 
both level and unlevel ground. 

The sextant, the theodolite and the transit will principally be 
employed in practical work, and lessons will be given as required 
in the astronomical observatory. 

For special information regarding Mining Engineering 
and Veterinary, see the Calendar of the School of Mining, 
to be had of Win. Mason, Kingston. 



CALENDAR 

OF 

Queen’s College and University 

KINGSTON, CANADA, 

FOR THE YEAR 1897-98. 

PART II. 


INCORPORATED BY ROYAL CHARTER A.D. 1841. 



KINGSTON: 

PRINTED FOR THE UNIVERSITY BY WM. BAILIE. 

1897. 









UNIVERSITY OFFICERS. 


Retire 

April, 

1902 


Retire 

April, 

1901. 


Retire 

April, 

1900. 


Retire 

April, 

1899. 


BOARD OF TRUSTEES. 


«{ P. C. McGregor, B.A Almonte. 

I 

Rev. G. M. Milligan, B.A., D.D Toronto. 

Rev. Robert Campbell, D.Sc Renfrew. 

Rev. W. Cochrane, D.D Brantford. 

Mr. Justice Maclennan, BA., LL.D., Q.C. Toronto. 

Francis H. Chrysler, B.A Ottawa. 

J. Roberts Allan Ottawa. 

E. W. Rathbun Deseronto. 

Donald M. McIntyre, B.A Kingston. 

Rev. M. Macgillivray, M.A Kingston. 

Rev. John Mackie, M.A Kingston. 

Rev. M. W. Maclean, M.A Belleville. 

W. C. Caldwell, B.A Lanark. 

G. M. Macdonnell, B.A., Q.C Kingston. 

Hugh Waddell. Peterboro. 

John McIntyre, M.A., Q.C Kingston. 

H. A. Calvin Kingston. 

r R. Vashon Rogers, B.A., LL.D Kingston. 

Rev. James Murray, B.D St. Catharines. 

Rev. W. T. Herridge, B.D Ottawa. 

D. B. Maclennan, M.A., Q.C Cornwall. 


.Sandford Fleming, C.E., C.M.G., LL.D. .Ottawa. 

^ John Maclennan, B.A Lindsay. 


Retire 

April, 

1898. 


Rev. Thomas Wardrope, D.D Guelph. 

Rev. Robert Campbell, M.A., D.D. . . .Montreal. 

Rev. James Barclay, M.A., D.D Montreal. 

And. T. Drummond, B.A., LL.D Montreal. 

Hon. E. H. Bronson, M.P.P Ottawa. 

Matthew Leggat Hamilton. 

George Gillies, B.A Gananoque. 

L Michael Lavell, M.D.,LL.D Toronto. 


Hon. Mr. Justice Maclennan, LL.D 


Chairman. 


Rev. T. G. Smith, D.D General Secretary. 


J. B. McIver, Esq., Kingston, Secretary-Treasurer. 


The Annual Meeting of the Board is held in the Senate Cham- 
ber on the evening of the last Wednesday in April. 


UNIVERSITY COUNCIL. 


The Council consists of the Chancellor, the Trustees, the Mem- 
bers of the Senate, and an equal number of elective members. 

The Chancellor is elected by the Council, except when two or 
more candidates are nominated, in which case the election is by 
registered graduates and alumni. He holds office for three years, 
and, as highest officer of the University, presides at meetings of 
Council and Convocation, and at statutory meetings of Senate. In 
his absence he is represented by the Vice-Chancellor. 

Of the elective members eight retire annually, except in every 
sixth year when ten retire. Successors are elected by registered 
graduates and alumni. Retiring members may be re-elected. 

The Council has power to elect five trustees, one trustee re- 
tiring annually, to discuss all questions relating to the College 
and its welfare, to make representations of its views to the Senate 
or the Board of Trustees, to decide on proposals for affiliation and 
to arrange all matters pertaining to the installation of the Chan- 
cellor, its own meetings and business, the meetings and proceed- 
ings of Convocation, and the fees for membership, registration 
and voting. 

Convocation for the conferring of degrees, etc., is held upon the 
last Wednesday in April. 


ELECTIVE MEMBERS IN THE ORDER OF THEIR RETIRING. 


W. F. Nickle, B.A Kingston. 

Rev. N. Macpherson, M.A., B.D Hamilton. 

Rev. T. J. Thompson, M.A., B.D. .... . .Belleville. 

Rev. D. Strachan, B.A Hespler. 

Retire . J. J. Maclennan, B.A Toronto. 

1903. * Rev. R. Laird, M.A Campbellford. 

Rev. Jas. Binnie, M.A., B.D Macdonald's Cor’ s. 

Rev. R. J. Hutcheon, M.A. Almonte. 

T. A, Bertram, M.D Dundas. 

Francis King, M.A. Kingston. 


101 


R. V. Rogers, B.A., LL.D Kingston. 

H. A. Calvin Kingston. 

Rev. D. McTavisii, D.Sc Toronto. 

Retire } J. M. Farrell, B.A Kingston. 

1902. Rev. J. K. McMorine, M.A Kingston. 

W. J. Gibson, M.A., M.D , Belleville. 

George W. Mitchell, M.A Cobourg. 

Rev. D. J. McLean, B.A Arnprior. 


" Rev. George Macarthur, B.A Cardinal. 

Vincent H. Moore, M.D Brockville. 

Rev. Jas. A. Grant Richm’d Hill. 

Retire , R. J. McLennan, B.A Toronto. 

1901. ' Rev. A. H. Scott, M.A Perth. 

F. G. Kirkpatrick, B.A Kingston. 

Herbert M. Mowat, B.A ....Toronto. 

[ Alex. G. Farrell, B.A Smith’s Falls. 


G. R. Webster, B.A Brockville. 

William Spankie, B.A., M.D Wolfe Island. 

T. G. Marquis, B.A Brockville. 

Retire . John McIntyre, M.A., Q.C Kingston. 

1900. ’ Rev. John Hay, B.D Cobourg. 

George Bell, B.A Toronto. 

P. C. McGregor, B.A.... Almonte. 

[ Rev. J. Cormack, B.A Maxville. 


Rev. J. J. Wright, B.A Lyn. 

R. K. Kilborn, M.D Kingston. 

H. R. Duff, M.D Kingston. 

Retire . Rev. J. D. Boyd, B.A Kingston. 

1899. Lennox Irving, B.A ..Pembroke. 

Rev. James Cumberland, M.A Stella. 

Rev. J. A. Sinclair, M.A Spencerville. 

^ J. Jones Bell, M.A Toronto. 


M. Lavell, M.D Kingston. 

Judge Fraleck, B.A Belleville. 

John R. Lavell, B.A Smith’s Falls. 

Retire . W. A. Logie, M.A., LL.B Hamilton. 

1898. j H. W. Day, M.D Belleville. 

John Marshall, M.A St. Thomas. 

' Robert H. Cowley, M.A Ottawa. 

, Rev. James Carmichael, D.D Strange. 


102 


CHANCELLOR. 

Sandford Fleming, C.E., C.M.G., LL.D, 

PRINCIPAL AND VICE-CHANCELLOR. 

Very Rev. George Monro Grant, M.A., D.D., LL.D. 

VICE-PRINCIPAL. 


REGISTRAR. 

Geo. Y. Chown, B.A. 


OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION. 

J . — In Theology . 

The Principal . . . .Primarius Professor of Divinity. 

Rev. J. B. Mowat, M.A., D.D . .Professor of Hebrew, Chaldee, 

and Old Testament Exegesis. 

Rev. Donald Ross, B.D., D.D. Professor of Apologetics and 

New Testament Criticism. 

Rev. J. Thompson, D.D Lecturer on Pastoral Theology. 

Rev. J. Macnaughton, M.A. and 

T. R. Glover, M.A Hugh Waddell Lecturers on 

Church History. 

Rev. James Carruthers Watkins Lecturer on Elocution. 

II. — In Arts . 

Rev. J. B. Mowat, M.A., D.D. .Professor of Hebrew. 

Nathan F. Dupuis, M.A., F.B.S , 

Edin. . . Professor of Mathematics. 

Rev. Geo. D. Ferguson, B.A. . .Professor of History. 

John Watson, M.A., LL.D Professor of Moral Philosophy. 

D. H. Marshall, M.A., F.R.S.E. Professor of Physics. 

James Cappon, M.A Professor of English Language 

and Literature. 

JohnMacgillivray,Ph.D.,Leipsic.Professor of Modern Languages. 

S. W. Dyde, M.A., D.Sc Professor of Mental Philosophy. 

Rev John Macnaughton, M.A. .Professor of Greek. 

Rev. Jas. Fowler, M.A., F.R.S.C.“ The John Roberts Allen ” Pro- 
fessor of Botany. 


Queen* s University Calendar, 1897-98 


Adam Shortt, M.A Professor of Political Science. 

A. P. Knight, M.A., M.D “The John Roberts” Professor 

of Animal Biology and Physi- 
ology. 

TerrotR. Glover, M.A. (Cantab.). Professor of Latin. 

Rev. Alex. B. Nicholson, B.A. . .Assistant Professor of Latin and 

Greek and Lecturer on Compar- 
ative Philology and Sanscrit. 

N. R. Carmichael, M.A. The Wm. Nickle Tutor and As- 

sistant to the Professor of 
Mathematics. 

William C. Baker, M.A The Robert Waddell Tutor of 

Physics. 

James W. McIntosh, M.A ... .The T. A. Dawes Tutor of Modern 

Languages. 

A. M. Robertson, M.A Tutor in German. 

A. W. Playfair, M.A Tutor in Latin. 

Tutor in Greek. 

R. Burton Tutor in English. 

III. — In Practical Science. 

Nathan F. Dupuis, M.A., F.B.S. , 

F.R.S.C. Professor of Mathematics and 

Dean of the Faculty. 

D, H. Marshall, M.A., F.R.S.E. .Professor of Physics. 

Rev. Jas. Fowler, M.A. , F.R.S.C. Professor of Botany. 

A. P. Knight, M.A., M.D Professor of Animal Biology and 

Physiology. 

R. Carr Harris, C.E Professor of Civil Engineering. 

N. R. Carmichael, M.A Lecturer in Electrical Engineer- 

ing and Assistant to the Pro- 
fessor of Mathematics. 

William C. Baker, M.A Demonstrator in Experimental 

Physics on “The Robert Wad- 
dell Foundation.” 

J. Campbell Instructor in the Practice of 

Electrical Engineering. 

Capt. T. Donnelly, Dominion 
Marine Inspector Lecturer on the Practice of Navi- 

gation. 


104 


Arthur Ellis, Architect Lecturer on the Principles of 

Architecture. 

S. Birch Lecturer on the Principles and 

Practice of Heating, Sanitary 
Plumbing and Ventilation. 

T. W. Nash, P.L. S Lecturer on the Principles and 

Practice of Plane Surveying. 

& 

For Instructors in Chemistry, Assaying, Mineralogy, Metal- 
lurgy, Geology, Petrology, Mechanism and Drawing, see Calendar 

of the School of Mining. 

IV. — In Medicine. 

Medicine. 

Fife Fowler, M.D., L.R.C.S., Edin., 

Professor of the Principles and Practice of Medicine, 
Dean of the Faculty. 

D. Cunningham, B.A., M.D., Assistant. 

John Herald, M.A., M.D., 

Professor of Clinical Medicine and Dermatology, 
Secretary of the Faculty. 

James W. Campbell, M.D., 

Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics. 

Surgery. 

Hon. Michael Sullivan, M.D., 

Professor of the Principles and Practice of Surgery. 

D. E. Mundell, B.A., M.D., Assistant. 

W. G. Anglin, M.D., M.R.C.S., F.O.S., 

Professor of Clinical Surgery. 

Anatomy. 

Edward Ryan, B.A., M.D., 

Professor of Systematic Anatomy. 

D. E. Mundell, B.A., M.D., 

Professor of Surgical Anatomy. 

D. V. Sullivan, B.A., M.D., M.R.C.S., Eng., L.R.C.P., Lond., 
Demonstrator of Anatomy. 


105 


Obstetrics and Gynaecology. 

R. W. Garrett, M. A., M.D., Professor. 

Isaac Wood, M.A., M.D., M.R.C.S., Eng., F.O.S., Edin., 

Assistant Professor and Lecturer on Paediatrics. 

' Sanitary Science. 

W. T. Connell, M.D., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P. 

Pathology and Bacteriology . 

W. T. Connell, M.D., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P. 

Medical Jurisprudence. 

D. Cunningham, B.A., M.D., Professor. 

Opthalmology , Otology , Laryngology and Bhinology . 

J. C. Connell, M.A., M.D., Professor. 

Mental Diseases. 

C. K. Clark, M.D., Med. Supt., Asylum for the Insane. 

Biology , Physiology and Histology. 

James Fowler, M.A., F.R.S.C., 

Professor of Botany, and Vegetable Histology. 

A. P. Knight, M.A., M.D., 

Professor of Animal Biology, Physiology, and His- 
tology. 

J' RWmiamson, M. A., } Demonstrators in Biology & Histology. 

Chemistry , and Applied Chemistry. 

W. L. Goodwin, B.Sc., Lond., D.Sc., Edin., Professor. 

Isaac Wood, M.A., M.D., Tutor in Chemistry. 

V. — In Law. 

John Maule Machar, M.A Lecturer on Roman Law. 

Byron M. Britton, M.A., Q.C. . .Lecturer on Criminal Law. 

R. Vashon Rogers, B.A., LL.D. .Lecturer on Common Law. 

G. M. Macdonnell, B.A., Q.C. . .Lecturer on the Law of Real 

Property. 

R. T. Walkem, LL.D., Q.C Lecturer on Equity. 

John McIntyre, M. A., Q.C Lecturer on Medical Jurispru- 

dence. 


106 


OTHER OFFICERS. 

Registrar of University Council. 

J. C. Connell, M.A., M.D. 

Observatory Board. 

The Principal, M. Flanagan, Esq, 

Director of Observatory . 

Professor Dupuis, M.A., F.B.S., Edin. 

Curators of Library. 

Professors Boss, Macnaughton and Knight. 

Librarian. 

Professor Shortt. 

Assistant to the Librarian. 

James H. Turnbull, M.A. 

Postmaster. 

James S. Shortt. 

Curators of Museum. 

Professors of Botany and Geology. 
Examiner for Matriculation in Medicine. 

Examiners in Gaelic. 

Professors Macgilliyray and Macnaughton, and 
Rey. M. Macgilliyray, M.A. 


Janitor . 


107 


SOCIETIES AND COMMITTEES . 


ALMA MATER SOCIETY. 


Honorary President 

President 

1st Vice-Presidenl 
2nd Vice-President 

Secretary 

Asst. Secretary. . . 

Treasurer 

Critic 

Committee 


..Rev. Geo. Bel], LL. D. 

..W. F. Nickle, B. A. 

. .T. A. Grange. 

. .C. E. Smith. 

..M. A. Griffith. 

. . A. S. Williams. 

. . A. W. Poole. 

. .A. J. McNeill. 

. .A. Scott, Rev. A. J. Richardson, 
W. A. Grange, Harvey Black. 


President 

Vice-President 

Recording Secretary .... 
Corresponding Secretary 

Treasurer 

Librarian 


Y. M. C. A. 

Thurlow Fraser. 

John W. Marshall. 

J. D. Byrnes. 

.... J. F. Millar, 

D. M. Solandt. 

T. C. Brown. 


Y. W. C. A. 


Honorary President 

President. 

Vice-President 

Recording Secretary 

Corresponding Secretary 

Treasurer 

Curators . . ,. 

Pianist 

Convener of Programme Com. . . 

Convener of Missionary Com 

Convener of Lookout Com 


Mrs. Macgillivray, M.A. 
Miss Ethel Mudie. 

Miss Brown. 

Miss Eva Miller. 

Miss Drennan. 

Miss Larmer. 

Miss McRae, Miss Bennett. 
Miss Kennedy. 

Miss Cryan, 

Miss Emily Allen. 

Miss E. C. Murray. 


MISSIONARY ASSOCIATION. 


President 

Vice-President 

Recording Secretary 

Corresponding Secretary . 

Treasurer 

Librarian 


.A. Rannie. 

.H. Feir, B.A. 

.R. Burton. 

.J. H. Turnbull, M.A. 
.J. S. Watson, B.A. 
.T. F. Heeney. 


108 

Home Mission Committee . 


Divinity. Arts. 

Robert Young, B.A. G. Edmison. 

J. K. Clark, B.A. T. Fraser. 


Foreign Mission Committee. 


Alumni. 

Rev. John Hay, B.D. 

Rev. J. J. Wright, B.A. 
Rev. A. K. McLennan, B.D. 
Rev. James G. Potter, B.A. 
Rev. James Binnie, M.A. 


Students. 
J. H. Turnbull, M.A. 
Robert Burton. 
Thurlow Fraser. 
Alex. Nugent. 

T. R. Wilson. 


JOURNAL STAFF. 

Editor-in-Chief R. Herbison, M.A. 

Managing Editor J. A. McCall urn. 

Editor for Arts T. Fraser. 

Editor for Medicine C. P. Johns, B.A. 

Editor for Science Reginald W. Brock, M.A. 

Editor for the Ladies Miss E. McKay. 

Business Manager W. R. Tandy. 

Assistant Business Manager. . . W. H. Gould. 


J. S. Shortt, M.A. 
A. J. Meiklejohn. 
A. Scott. 

J. Hugh Laidlaw. 
P. M. Thompson. 


READING ROOM. 
Curators. 

R. Burton. 

J. F. Harvey. 

J. A. McCallum. 
C. M. Stratton. 


LITERARY AND SCIENTIFIC SOCIETY, 

Honorary President T. G. Marquis, M.A. 

President. N. R. Carmichael, M.A. 

1st Vice-President R. Burton. 

2nd Vice-President W. C. Baker, M.A. 

Secretary-Treasurer N. M. Leckie. 

Critic J. S. Shortt, B.A. 

CLASSICAL AND PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 


Honorary President .... 

President 

Vice-President 

Secretary. 

General Committee 

Programme Committee. 

Membership Committee 


Prof. Glover. 

J. H. Dolan. 

Miss R. Mills. 

P. F. Munro. 

Miss G. Misener, K.P.R. Neville. 
Miss Mills, D. H. Laird, J. C. 

Smith, T. Fraser, J. Marshall. 
Miss Misener, J. A. McCallum, 
A. W. Poole. 


109 


GLEE CLUB. 

Honorary President A. E. Lavell, B.A. 

President J. H. Turnbull, M.A. 

1st Vice-President A. J. Meiklejohn. 

2nd Vice-President D. W. Best. 

3rd Vice-President A. Bellamy. 

Secretary-Treasurer J. S. Macdonnell. 

Committee * W. R. Tandy, W. Lavell, H. 

Carmichael. 

ARTS SOCIETY. 

President J. M. Scott. 

Secretary G. Edmison. 

Treasurer D. L. Gordon. 

Auditor R. W. Anglin. 

Committee John Munro, A. A. McGibbon, 

W. M. Ewart, H. H. Black, 
J. Baker. 

LEYANA SOCIETY. 

Honorary President Mrs. Shortt, M.D. 

President. .Miss E. A. Malone. 

Vice-President Miss M. Boyd. 

Secretary Miss M. Mills. 

Treasurer Miss H. Anglin. 

Poetess Miss N. Macdonald. 

Critic Miss Mackay. 

Prophetess Miss McKeracher. 

ATHLETIC COMMITTEE. 

E. C. Watson, M.A. J. S. Shortt, M.A. 

J. W. Merrill. W. Bain. 

A. J. Meiklejohn. F. Mohr. 

J. Harty. Rev. A. W. Richardson, B.A. 

Secretary-Treasurer — N. R. Carmichael, M.A. 

AESCULAPIAN SOCIETY. 

Honorary President R. W. Garrett, M.A., M.D. 

President A. B. Ford, M.A. 

Vice-President W. Moffatt, M.A. 

Secretary E. A. Croskery. 

Assistant Secretary.. E. C. Watson, M.A. 

Treasurer T. A. Grange, B.A. 

Committee J. H. McArthur, B.A., C. Mc- 

Cambridge, A. R. Williamson, 
M.A., C. P. Johns, B.A. 


110 

BENEFACTIONS. 


BEQUESTS AND SPECIAL ENDOWMENTS. 

St. Andrew’s Church Ladies’ Association, Toronto— Schol- 
arship $ 800 00 

Ladies of Kingston — Scholarship 1180 00 

His Royal Highness The Prince of Wales — P rize. . . . 800 00 

The late John Mow at, Kingston — Scholarship 800 00 

The late John Alexander Lewis, Mono — Prize 400 00 

The late George Michie, Toronto 2000 00 

The late Edward H. Hardy, Kingston 400 00 

Mrs. Glass, Sarnia, for Henry Glass Memorial Schol- 
arship 500 00 

A Gentleman in New Brunswick — Dominion Scholarship 1000 00 
Friends of the late Principal Leitch — M emorial Schol- 
arship 2462 08 

The late Rev. Alexander Buchan, Stirling— Scholar- 
ship 3000 00 

The late Mrs. Margaret W. McIntyre, Perth — Schol- 
arship 400 00 

The late John Watkins, Kingston — Elocution Lecture- 
ship 4000 00 

The late John Watkins, Kingston — Scholarship 1300 00 

David Strathern Dow, Toronto — Scholarship 1500 00 

The late Robert Sutherland, B.A., Walkerton 11735 00 

The late Alexander Rankin, Leamington, England — 

Scholarship 930 00 

The late Alexander Spence, D.D., Ottawa 3427 00 

“ “ “ “ Scholarship 1000 00 

The late James Michie, Toronto 4000 00 

The late David Greenshields, Montreal 5000 00 

The late James Anderson, Acton 500 00 

John S. Macdonald, Fond du Lac, Wis. — Bursary 1500 00 

Hon. Senator Gowan, LL.D., Barrie — Scholarship in 

Science, Law, and Political Science 1236 00 

Mrs. Nicols, Peterborough 24500 00 


Ill 


Forbes McHardy, Toronto — Scholarship. . . $ 500 00 

Hugh Waddell, South Monaghan — for Scholarship in 

Divinity 2000 00 

Hon. Senator Gowan, LL.D., for a nucleus of a Sir 

John A. Macdonald Memorial Chair 2606 80 

Hon. Alexander Morris, P.C., to found the Hon. 

William Morris Bursary 1000 00 

Mrs. Editha P. Bronson, Ottawa, towards endowment 

of Theological Faculty 500 00 

A. T. Fulton, Toronto 3000 00 

M. Doran, Kingston 16500 00 

Mrs. MALLoch, Hamilton 2000 00 

Hugh Waddell — for additional Chair in Theology 5000 00 


ENDOWMENT OF CHAIRS AND TUTORSHIPS. 

In 1888, William Nickle, Esq., Kingston, gave the sum of $2500 
to found “The William Nickle Tutorship in Mathematics. ” 

In 1892, Hugh Waddell, Esq., South Monaghan, gave the sum 
of $2500 to found in memory of his father, “The Robert Waddell 
Tutorship ” in Physical or Natural Science. 

In 1893, John Roberts, Esq., Ottawa, bequeathed the sum of 
$40,000.00 to the University. The Trustees applied the money to 
endow the Chairs of Botany and Animal Biology, Mr. John 
Robert Allan supplying the additional amount required. 

Dr. Williamson has prepared for “ Doomsday Book ’’ a history 
of the first fifty years of the University. He has given an account 
* of the Funds raised at different times for general or special pur- 
poses during this period, with the names of subscribers, down to 
the Jubilee fund of 1887-90. When the history is completed, an 
abridgement with a sketch of the different Funds and the princi- 
pal contributors will be published in the Calendar. 


ANNUAL AND OTHER CONTRIBUTIONS. 

Session of St. Andrew’s Church, Toronto — Scholarship. .$100 00 


M. C. Cameron, Goderich— Gaelic Scholarship 60 00 

J, S. Skinner, B.A., the Mayor’s Scholarship 50 00 


112 


Sandford Fleming, LL.D., the Chancellor’s Scholarship^ 60 00 


St. Andrew’s Church, Renfrew 50 00 

J. Roberts Allan, Ottawa 150 00 

Lord Aberdeen, Governor General Scholarship No. 1. . 75 00 
“ “ “ “ “ “ 2. . 35 00 

Lieut. -Governor Schultz, Winnipeg, Scholarship 35 00 

Rev. John Mackie, M.A., Kingston 25 00 


DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY. 

May 1st, 1896 to May 1st, 1897. 

No. of vols. purchased 908 

“ “ donated 308 

Total 1216 


British Government — 8 vols. 

Dominion Government — 49 vols. 

Ontario Government — 38 vols. 

Nova Scotia Government — 1 vol. 

Quebec Government — 14 vols. 

Manitoba Government — 2 vols. 

British Columbia Government — 8 vols. 

United States Government — 39 vols. 

New Zealand Government — 12 vols. 

New South Wales Government — 1 vol. 

Cape of Good Hope Government — 8 vols. 

Royal Society of Canada — 2 vols. 

Institution of Civil Engineers — 5 vols. 

Royal Society of Edinburgh — 2 vols. 

Dominion Archives — 28 vols. 

United States Universities — 10 vols. 

British Universities — 5 vols. 

Canada Universities — 9 vols. 

Public Libraries — 4 vols. 

Other Institutions and Associations — 11 vols. 

The Church — 3 vols. 

Macmillan & Co. — 25 vols. 

Individuals — 20 vols. 

General — 4 vols. 

Volumes consulted during the year — 2224. 


DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. 

A number of manufactured specimens of Asbestos from Dr. G. 
M. Dawson, Director of Geological Survey. 

For other donations, see Calendar of School of Mines. 

The Curator of the Museum will cheerfully receive any dona- 
tions, especially Botanical specimens or rare animals. 


113 


FACULTY OF ARTS. POST-GRADUATE 
DEGREES. 


DEGREES OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D.) 
AND DOCTOR OF SCIENCE (D.Sc.) 


All candidates must submit a thesis on some subject 
connected with their special course, embodying the results 
of original investigation. (See Part I, Art. VII). 

I. Degree of Ph.D. 

1. Course for the Degree of Ph.D. in Classics. 

Candidates for the Degree of Ph.D. in Classics will be 
examined on : 

(a) The General History of Greece. 

(b) The General History of Rome. 

(c) A special period of Greek History to be studied in de- 

tail, mainly from original authorities. 

(d) A. special period of Roman History to be studied in 

detail, mainly from original authorities. 

(e) Plato’s Republic and Aristotle’s Nicomachean Ethics . 
if) Aristotle’s Politics. 

The period of Greek History selected is, Greek History to the 
dose of the Peloponnesian War. 

Original Authorities. 

Herodotus. 

Thucydides. 

Xenophon’s Hellenics , B. I and II. 

The period of Roman History selected is Roman History from 
the end of the Third Punic War to the death of Vespasian. 

Original Authorities. 

Plutarch’s Lives of the Gracchi 
Cicero’s Letters (Watson’s Selections). 

Sallust’s Jugurtha and Catiline. 

Tacitus’ Annals, B. I-VI. 


114 


Candidates must show acquaintance with modern au- 
thorities on Greek and Roman History and with the best 
modern critics of Plato and Aristotle. They are expected 
to be familiar with the substance of the books prescribed, 
as well as to be able to translate them. 


2. Course for the Degree of Ph.D. in English and 

Modern Literature . 


( a ) English Language and Literature. 


1. Candidates are expected to show a general know- 
ledge of the following subjects : — 

The history of English Literature from 449 A.D. 

The growth of the English Language. 

The development of English metres. 

Anglo-Saxon Grammar and Language. 

2. Candidates are also required to offer a special course, 
Periods I, II and V, or Periods III, IV and V, according 
to the scheme given below : 

I. From 449 to 1280 A.D. 

II. From 1200 to 1580 A.D. 

III. From 1550 to 1700 A.D. 

IV. From 1700 to 1800 A.D. 

Y. From 1800 to present time. 


Period I. (449 to 1280). 

Besides general papers on the literature of this period, special 
papers will be set on the following works: — 

Beowulf. 

Battle of Maldon. 
iElfric’s Homilies. 

Bede’s Ecclesiastical History. 

The Anglo-Saxon Chronicle. 

Candidates who choose this period are expected to show 
a competent knowledge of contemporary English history. 


115 


Period II. (1200 to 1580). 

Special papers on the following works: — 

Piers the Plowman. 

Chaucer’s Canterbury Tales. 

Skeat’s Specimens of English Literature from 1394 to 1579. 
Spenser’s Works. 

Sir Thomas Malory’s Morte D’ Arthur, Bks. XVII to XXI. 
Percy’s Reliques of Ancient English Poetry. 

Period III. (1550-1700). 

Special papers on the following works: — 

Marlowe — Dr. Faustus, Jew of Malta. 

Shakespeare— Richard II, Henry IV, Henry V, Julius 
Caesar, Antony and Cleopatra, Coriolanus, Lear, Mac- 
beth. 

Ben Johnson — Every Man in his Humour, The Alchemist, 
Sejanus. 

Webster — Appius and Virginia, Vittoria Corombona. 
Massinger — The Duke of Milan, A New Way to Pay Old 
Debts. 

Bacon — Essays, Advancement of Learning. 

Milton — Paradise Lost, Comus, Lycidas. 

Dryden — Annus Mirabilis, Absalom and Achitophel. 

Period IV. (1700-1800). 

Special papers on the following works: — 

Pope — Rape of the Lock, Satires and Epistles. 

Addison — Papers in the Spectator (T. Arnold’s Selection). 
Johnson — Lives of the Poets (M. Arnold’s Selections). 
Burke — Speech on Fox’s East India Bill, on the Nabob of 
Arcot’s Debts, Reflections on the French Revolution. 
Richardson — Clarissa Harlowe. 

Fielding — Amelia. 

Boswell — Life of Johnson. 

Letters of Chesterfield and Horace Walpole. 

Works of Bray, Cowper and Crabbe. 

Period V. 

1. A critical knowledge of the works of the following 
authors : — 

Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats, Tennyson, 
Carlyle (French Revolution, Oliver Cromwell, Reminis- 
cences). 


116 


Emerson (Essays and Orations, Representative Men). 

Scott, Thackeray, Hawthorne. 

Browning (Dramas, Men and Women, Dramatic Romances, 
The Ring and the Book). 

M. Arnold (Essays in Criticism, 1st and 2nd Series, On 
Translating Homer, Culture and Anarchy). 

2. A special knowledge of the following subjects : — 

The development of historical writing in the 19th century. 
The development of literary criticism in the 19th century. 


(b) Modern Languages. 

I. German. 

1. Gothic. 

Middle High German. 

Old High German. 

2. Eighteenth Century. 

3. Nineteenth Century. 

II. French. 

1. From the origins to the beginning of the 15th century. 

2. Age of Louis XIY. 

3. Eighteenth century. 

4. Nineteenth century. 

III. Italian or Spanish. 


IV. Comparative Grammar of the Romance 
Languages. 

Candidates will be expected to show an intimate know- 
ledge, at first hand, of the periods and works professed, 
and a general knowledge of the history of the language 
and literature. 

Two essays will be required, one written in French and 
the other in German, on approved subjects connected with 
these languages, or their literature. The essays must be 


117 


the candidate’s unaided composition, give evidence of 
originality of treatment, be correct as to orthography and 
syntax, and show, at least, an ordinary mastery of style. 

A short composition must, in addition, be written in 
presence of the examiner. 

Candidates must also be able to converse fluently in 
French and German on any ordinary theme. 

Candidates are requested to put themselves in com- 
munication with the Professor, who will prescribe the 
authorities to be consulted. 


Course for the Degree of Ph.D . in History and 
English Literature . 

( a ) History. 


1 . The History of England. 

Continuous Constitutional History. 

Continuous Political History. 

A Selected Period to be studied in detail from the original 
authorities. 

2. A period of general history to be studied in detail * 
from original authorities. 

3. The literature of the special periods selected. 

The books on the constitutional history of England to 
be studied are : — 

Stubbs’ Constitutional History and Select Charters. 
Hallam’s Constitutional History. 

May’s Constitutional History. 


Periods for detailed study : — 

English History. 
449 - 1066 . 

1066 - 1272 . 

1272 - 1485 . 

1485 - 4608 . 

1608 - 1714 . 

1714 - 1880 . 


General History 
493 - 1095 . 
1095 - 1273 . 
1273 - 1530 . 
1530 - 1648 . 
1648 - 1788 . 
1788 - 1880 . 


118 


Candidates are required to take the special periods most 
nearly corresponding with each other in English and gen- 
eral history, and in studying the selected periods they are 
expected to make themselves acquainted with their social 
and literary history. 

Candidates are requested to put themselves in commu- 
nication with the Professor, who will prescribe the author- 
ities to be consulted. 


(b) English Literature. For subjects, see Course 2. 


1^. Course for the Degree of Ph.D. in History and 
Modern Literature . 

(а) History. For subjects, see Course 3. 

(б) Modern Literature. For subjects, see Course 2. 


5. Course for the Degree of Ph.D . in English 
Literature and Political Science. 

(a) English Literature. For subjects, see Course 2. 

(b) Political Science. 

1. Politics : — 

Aristotle’s Politics. 

Dante’s De Monarchia. 

Spinoza’s Tractatus Politicus. 

Rousseau’s Contrat Social. 

Bluntscbli’s Theory of the Modern State. 

Sidgwick’s Elements of Politics. 

Green’s Political Obligation. 

2. Economics — 

Ricardo’s Principles of Political Economy. 

Roscher’s Political Economy. 


119 


Marshall’s Principles of Economics. 

Cairnes’ Leading Principles of Political Economy. 
Sidgwick’s Principles of Political Economy. 

Knies’ Die Politische Oekonomie vom geschichtlichen 
Standpuncte. 

Candidates are recommended to consult the works of 

such authors as the following : 

In Politics — Mackiavelli, Bentham, Burke, Austin, Hegel, 
Montesquieu, Pollock, Freeman, Giddings. 

In Economics — Rogers, Walker, Jevons, Bagehot, Toynbee, 
Ashley, Schonberg, Kautz, Wagner, Cohn. 

3. All candidates must offer one of the following special 
subjects. They are expected to be familiar with the 
standard books on the subject offered. Names of books 
recommended will be given by the Professor on applica- 
tion : 

1. Origin and Development of Social and Political Institu- 

tions. 

2. Relations of Capital and Labour, Socialism, &c. 

3. Money, Banking, Stock Exchange. 

4. Land and Land Questions. 

5. Taxation, Local Municipal Government: 

6. Development of English Industrial and Economic Rela- 
tions. 

7. Colonies and Colonial Policy, Immigration and Emigra- 

tion. 

8. A period of Canadian, Economic or Political History. 


6 . Course for the Degree of Ph,D. in History and 
Political Science . 


(a) Histoky. For subjects, see Course 3. 

(b) Political Science. For subjects, see Course 5. 


120 


# 


7. Course for the Degree of Ph.D. in Mental and 
Moral Philosophy . 

(a) Philosophical Systems. 

Candidates may offer any one of the following : — 

1. The Philosophy of Aristotle, with special reference 
to the De Anima, Nicomachean Ethics and Politics. 
Ability to translate these books is presumed. 

2. The Philosophy of Hegel, with special reference to 
the Encyklopadie, I and III, Wissenschaft der Logik, I 
and III, Phanomenologie des Geistes, pp. 1-168, and 
Philosophic des Rechts. 

3. The Philosophy of Comte, as contained in the Cours 
de Philosophie Positive and System of Positive Polity. 

4. The Philosophies of Schopenhauer, Hartmann and 
Lotze, with special reference to Schopenhauer’s World as 
Will and Idea, Hartmann’s Philosophy of the uncon- 
scious, and Lotze’s Microcosm us and System of Phil- 
osophy. 

5. English Empirical Philosophy, as represented by 
James Mill’s Analysis of the Human Mind, J. S. Mill’s 
Logic, Examination of Hamilton and Utilitarianism, 
Bain’s Senses and Intellect, Emotions and Will, Herbert 
Spencer’s First Principles, Psychology and Data of Ethics. 

Acquaintance with the best recent criticism is in all 
cases required. 

( b ) Principles of Philosophy. 

Candidates must profess one of the following branches 
of Philosophy : 

1. The Principles of Logic. References : The logical 
treatises of Hegel, Mill, Jevons, Venn, Lotze, Bradley, 
and Bosanquet. 


121 


2. The Principles of Psychology. References : The 
psychological works of James Mill, J. S. Mill, Bain, 
Wundt, Sully, Ladd, James, and Lotze. 

3. The Principles of Ethics. References : The ethical 
works of J. S. Mill, Bain, Sidgwick, Green, Bradley, 
Spencer, Stephen, and Martineau. 

4. The Principles of ^Esthetics. References : The 
aesthetic treatises of Aristotle, Kant, Schiller, Lessing, 
Hegel, Lotze, Schasler, and Ruskin. 

5. The Principles of Political Science. References : 
See Honour work in Political Science for degree of M.A. 


II. Degree of D.Sc. 

1. Course for the Degree of D.Sc. in Pure and Applied 
Mathematics. 

Candidates for this degree must take first-class honours 
in course 9 (Pure Mathematics) and first-class honours in 
course 10 (Physics). 

They must, in addition, show an intimate knowledge of 
at least one subject from each of the following groups : — 

. j Modern Synthetic Geometry. 

* ‘ \ Higher Algebra, 

o j Dynamical theory of Heat. 

( Dynamical theory of Electricity. 

The titles of books bearing on the foregoing subjects can 
be obtained by communicating with the Professors. 

2. Course for the Degree of D.Sc. in Chemistry , 
Mineralogy , Botany , Zoology , and Geology. 

Candidates are required to have a thorough knowledge, 
practical and theoretical, of the subjects in one of the fol- 
lowing divisions : — 


122 


1. Chemistry — one of the following groups : 

A. Inorganic Chemistry. 

Chemistry in its relations to Mineralogy. 

Inorganic Analysis and Assaying. 

B. Organic Chemistry. 

Chemistry in its relations to Biology. 

Organic Analysis. 

C. General Chemistry, including Chemical Theory in rela- 

tion to Physics. 

2. Mineralogy : 

(1) Systematic Mineralogy. 

(2) Mineralogy in its relations to Chemistry and Geology. 
(8) Petrography. 

(4) Ore Deposits. 

(5) Determinative Mineralogy. 

(6) Assaying. 

(7) Economic Mineralogy of Canada. 

3. Biology : 

Comparative Anatomy and Physiology, Chemistry of 
Ferments, Bacteriology, with either of the following 
groups 

I. (1) Special studies in Vegetable Histology and Physiology. 
(2) A practical acquaintance with the Cryptogamic Flora 
of Canada. 

II. (1) Animal Physiology and Embryology. 

(2) Osteology and Odontography of Vertebrates. 

(8) Special study of Invertebrates (Canadian). 

(4) Physiological Chemistry. 

A thesis containing original work done in one of these subjects. 

4. Geology : 

Standing equivalent to First Year Honours in Chem- 
istry and Honours in Mineralogy II will be required of 
candidates in this department. 


123 


Either of the following groups may be chosen by a 
candidate as his chief subject , and he will be required to 
take the other group as a subordinate subject. 

(1) Dynamical Geology and Petrography. 

(2) Stratigraphical Geology and Palaeontology. 

The candidate will be expected to show an acquaintance 
with his subordinate subject equivalent to Honours in the 
undergraduate course. An intimate knowledge of the 
chief subject must be shown. 

Detailed information to be obtained from the professors. 


SCHOLARSHIPS IN THEOLOGY. 


I. MATRICULATION SCHOLARSHIPS. 

DAVID STRATHERN DOW. 

Founded in 1866 by David Strathern Dow, Esq., 
Whitby, Ont. Value $80. 

DOMINION. 

Founded in 1870 by a gentleman now resident in 
Scotland. Value $70. 

BUCHAN no. 1. 

Founded in 1875, by bequest of the Rev. Alexander 
Buchan, Stirling, Ont. Value $65. 

BUCHAN no. 2. 

Founded by Rev. A. Buchan. Value $60. 

BUCHAN no. 3. 

Founded by Rev. A. Buchan. Value $50. 
m’intyre. 

Founded in 1876 by Mrs. Margarot W. McIntyre, 
Perth, Ont. Value $20. 

II. SCHOLARSHIPS AWARDED AT CLOSE OF SESSION. 

ANDERSON NO. 1. 

Given by Robert Anderson, Esq., Montreal. Value 
$40. Awarded in First Year Divinity. 

ANDERSON NO. 2. 

Given by Robert Anderson, Esq. Value $40. Award- 
ed in Second Year Divinity. 


125 


GLASS MEMORIAL. 

Founded in memory of the late Henry Glass, Esq., of 
Sarnia, by his widow. Value $30. Awarded in Church 
History. 

TORONTO. 

Founded by the .Ladies’ Association of St. Andrew’s 
Church, Toronto. Value $60. Awarded in Second 
Year Hebrew. 

st. Andrew’s church, Toronto. 

Given by the Session of St. Andrew’s Church, Toronto. 
Value $50. Awarded in O. and 1ST. Testament Exegesis. 

RANKINE. 

Founded in 1881 by the late Alexander Rankine, 
Esq., Leamington, England. Value $55. Awarded in 
Apologetics. 

leitch memorial no. 2. 

Founded in 1867 in memory of the late Principal 
Leitch, by subscribers in Scotland and Canada. Value 
$80. Awarded upoma Sessional Examination, and ten- 
able during three successive years, should the successful 
candidate, after the completion of his theological curricu- 
lum at this University, continue his studies at this or any 
European University. Candidates must have the degree 
of B.A. The next competition will take place in April, 
1 900. Subjects of examination : — -The Epistles to the Ro- 
mans and Hebrews in Greek, Psalms I— XXV in He- 
brew, Butler’s Analogy and the Divinity Lectures of the 
session. 

SPENCE. 

Founded in 1879 by the late Rev. Alex. Spence, D.D., 
formerly minister of St. Andrew’s Church, Ottawa. Value 


126 


$60. Awarded upon the Sessional Examination at the 
close of the first year in Divinity, O. and N. T. Exegesis, 
and Apoloegtics or Hebrew. Tenable during the second 
and third year in Theology. The next competition will 
take place in 1898. 

SARAH MCCLELLAND WADDELL MEMORIAL. 

Founded in 1889 by Hugh Waddell Esq., South Mon- 
aghan, Ont., in memory of his mother, Sarah McClelland, 
Value $120. Awarded upon the Sessional Examination 
at the close of the first year in Divinity, O. and N. T. 
Exegesis and Elocution. Competition will take place in 
1898. 

JAMES ANDERSON BURSARY. 

Founded by the late James Anderson, Acton, Ont., 
Value $30. Awarded by the Senate to a student who 
can preach in Gaelic. 

WILLIAM MORRIS BURSARY. 

Founded by the late Hon. Alexander Morris, P.C., in 
memory of his father. Value $60. Awarded by the 
Senate to a Divinity student taking a post-graduate course 
in the University. 

MACKIE. 

Given by Rev. John Mackie, M.A., St. Andrew's 
Church, Kingston, to the student who passes the best ex- 
amination on The Early Apologists. Value $25 in books. 
May be taken by a student holding another scholarship. 


127 


UNIVERSITY PRIZES. 


These are prizes in money for literary articles, essays, 
etc., as specified under each particular prize, and are open 
to students of the present or preceding session. 

CONDITIONS OF COMPETITION. 

1. Competitive papers must be given in to the Registrar not 
later than the 7th November. 

2. Each paper is to bear a motto, instead of the author’s name, 
and must have attached to it a sealed envelope, bearing the same 
motto and containing a written declaration over the author’s sig- 
nature, to the effect that it is his unaided composition. 

8. The envelopes attached to successful papers shall be opened 
and the writers name made known at Convocation at the close of 
the session. 

4. The best productions must be reported by the examiners to 
be of sufficient merit. 

5. All successful productions shall be the property of the Uni- 
versity, and be at the disposal of the Senate. 

LEWIS. 

Value $25. Given for the best lecture on Matthew 
XV, 21-28. 

m’bean. 

Value $25. Given by A. G. McBean, Esq., B.A., 
Montreal, for the best essay on “ The principle of Evolu- 
tion in its application to Philosophy.” 

GOWAN FOUNDATION. 

Value $25. Given by the Honourable Senator Go wan, 
LL.D., for the best essay on “ Trusts.” 

GOWAN FOUNDATION. 

Value $25. Given by the Honourable Senator Gowan, 
LL.D., for “ The best collection of Canadian Plants.” 
The collection must be delivered before the 15th December. 


128 


NICHOLLS FOUNDATION. 

Value $100. Founded by the late Charlotte J. Nicholls 
of Peterboro. Awarded to a student taking a post-graduate 
course and assisting the Librarian. 

LATIN AND GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 

Two prizes, each of the value of $10 in books, are 
offered for competition for the best composition in Latin 
and Greek Prose respectively. Subjects for composition, 
1897-98 : — Latin Prose, Burke’s Speeches, Nabob of 

Ar cot’s Debts , from “ I know that the ministers” to 

“ a lesson to the world.” Greek Prose, Grote’s History 
of Greece , Chap. LX, from “ Such despair ” to “ after 
adequate preparation.” 


MEDALS. 

University Medals will be awarded to the candidates 
who obtain the highest number of marks in the Honour 
courses leading to the degree of M.A. 

Candidates for medals will be required at final exam- 
ination to take all the honour papers in the work of the 
courses which they select. No medal will be awarded to 
any candidate who fails to obtain three-fourths of the 
whole number of marks. 


129 


MEDALS, PRIZES AND SCHOLARSHIPS 

FOR 1896-97. 


UNIVERSITY MEDALS AND PRIZES. 

Latin Neville, Kenneth P. R., M.A., 

Newburg. 

Greek Patterson, Andrew 0., M. A., 

Carleton Place. 

Moderns Robertson, A.M., M. A. Newburg 

English Marty, Sophia E., M. A., Mitchell. 

History Lochead, Wm., Caledonia. 

Philosophy Carmichael, H., M.A., Spencer- 

ville. 

Political Science Shortt, Jas. S., M.A., Calgary. 

Mathematics Mathews, S.W., M.A., Peterboro. 

Biology Furlong, T. H., M.A., Simcoe. 

University Medals in Medicine. . .Dyde, C. B., B.A., Kingston, G. 

W. Mylks, Glenmore. 

Gowan Prize in Botany Baker, W. R., Newburg. 

Wm. Morris Bursary 

NicholV s Foundation Turnbull, J. H., M.A., Orange- 

ville. 

Gowan Prize for Essay — The re- 
lation of the Municipality to 

Natural Monopolies Munro, Wm. B., M.A., LL.B. 

The prize of $25, awarded upon the examinations in Senior 
Anatomy, Senior Physiology, and Materia Medica, was taken by 
W. J. Simpson, Kingston. 


SCHOLARSHIPS IN ARTS. 

1. MATRICULATION SCHOLARSHIPS. 

Mackerras Memorial , Latin and 

Greek Shelton, Oscar, Orangeville (with 

honour of Prince of Wales). 

Governor General , No. 1 , Mathe- 
matics Bond, A. T., Hamilton. 

Prince of Wales, English, Mathe- 
matics, Latin and Greek Hunter, W. R. , Smith’s Falls. 

Chancellor, General Proficiency . .Galloway, M. W., Hamilton. 

Mayor, General Proficiency Dickson, C. W., Kingston. 

Forbes McHardy, General Pro- 
ficiency . .Wilkie, Isabelle, Carleton Place. 

B. B. McLennan McGregor, Arch., Williamstown. 


130 


Marion 8. McDonald McLennan, Elizabeth, Lancaster, 

and McNab, A. J., Douglas. 
Senate, No. 1, General Proficiency. Gracey, Georgina, Deseronto. 

44 44 2, “ “ Squire, Richard, Kingston. 

4 4 “3, 44 4 4 Gould, Wm. H., Kingston. 

4 4 4 4 U, 44 ' 44 Bennett, W. H., Almonte. 


SCHOLARSHIPS IN THEOLOGY. 

1. MATRICULATION SCHOLARSHIPS. 


Dow Scholarship Cram, W. H. , B. A. , Carleton Place. 

Dominion Shortt, J. S., M.A., Calgary. 

Buchan No. 1 Lowe, Geo. R., B.A., Ottawa. 

44 4 4 2 Feir, Harry, B.A., Omemee. 

4 4 4 4 3 Walker, Andrew, Caledon East. 

McIntyre Currie, Peter W., Sonya. 


2. SESSIONAL SCHOLARSHIPS. 


Sarah McClelland , Waddell Me- 
morial Shortt, J. S., M A., Calgary. 

Leitch Memorial No. 2 , tenable for 
three years Dyde, Geo. E., M.A., Kingston. 

Spence, tenable for two years Young, Robert, B.A., Trenton. 

Anderson, No. 1, first year Di- 
vinity Burton, R., Dundas. 

Anderson, No. 2, 2nd year Di- 
vinity .Turnbull, J.H.,M. A., Orangeville. 

Anderson , No. 3, 3rd year Di- 
vinity McKinnon, A. D., B.D., Lake 

Ainslie, C.B. 

Toronto, 2nd year Hebrew Wilson, M. H., B.A., Renfrew. 

Class Memorial, Church iZ^w/.Herbison, R., M.A., Sand Bay. 

44 44 2nd Hebrew ... .Feir, Harry, B. A., Omemee, and 

McIntosh, J. W., M.A., Mar- 
tintown. 

St. Andrew's Church, Toronto , 

0. and N. T. Exegesis Cram, W.H.,B.A., Carleton Place. 

St. Paul’s Church, Hamilton , 3rd 
year Hebrew and Chaldee Miller, J. L., B.A., Brighton. 

Rankine Apologetics Gandier, D.McG..B.A., Newburg 

James Anderson, Bursary, Gaelic 
preaching .... McNeill, A. J., Orangedale. 

The Mackie Prize in books, for ex- 
amination in Driver’ s 0. T. In- 
troduction Herbison, R., M.A., Sand Bay, 

and Dyde, G.E.,M.A. Kingston. 


131 

HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS. 

Dyde, C. B., B.A ..Kingston. 

Mylks, G. W Glenmore. 

Croskery, E. A Perth. 

Barber, V Toronto. 

TESTAMURS IN THEOLOGY. 

Best, B. W Toronto. 

Dyde, G. E., M.A Kingston. 

Gandier, D. McG., B.A Newburg. 

Hunter, R. F., M.A Smith's Falls. 

McIntosh, J. W., M.A Martintown. 

'‘McKinnon, A. D., B.D Lake Ainslie. C.B. 

^McKinnon, J., B.D Strathlorne, C.B. 

Miller, J. L., B.D Brighton. 

Runnie, A Menie. 

Rose, G. W Warsaw, 


LIST OF GRADUATES FOR 1896-97. 

MASTER OF ARTS (M.A.) 

Anglin, R. W Kingston. 

Carmichael, Harvey Spencerville. 

Cloney, S. Louise St. Catharines. 

Dyde, G. E., B.A Kingston. 

Furlong, Thomas H Simcoe. 

Henstridge, Elizabe th Portsmouth. 

Hunter, R. F Smith's Falls. 

Marty, Sophia E Mitchell. 

Matthews, S. W Peterboro. 

Neville, Kenneth P. R., B.A Newburg. 

Patterson, Andrew O Carleton Place. 

Reid, M. A. Fellows. 

Shortt, James S,, B.A Calgary. 

BACHELORS OF ARTS (B.A.) 

Alcombrack, R. W Cataraqui. 

Baker, James G Summerstown. 

Bamforth, Richard Belleville. 

Beaton, Kate F Kingston. 

Bennett, J. W. C Almonte. 

Boyd, Annie A Kingston. 

Cameron, Jessie Almonte. 

Craig, J. D Kingston. 

Crozier, J. A Grand Valley. 

Dolan, J. H Carleton Place. 


132 


Fraser, Annie E 

Frizell, J. R 

Ferguson, C. A. 

Galbraith, R 

Gordon, Annie A 

Gordon, D. L 

Guy, W. A. ......... . 

Hall, J. R. 

Hamilton, J. C 

Hawley, A. T 

Harvey, Katherine . . . 

Ingram, J. R 

Irvine, Richard W 

Johnston, J 

Johnston, G. L 

Kellock, W. McC. . . . 

Munro, J 

Murray, May L ...... 

McEwen, J. S 

McIntosh, Alexander. 

McLennan, A. L 

McKinnon, H. L 

McKinnon, M. A 

McNab, Robert C 

McVicar, John 

MacPherson, Hattie G 

Neville, K. P. R 

Nugent, A 

Pitts, F. E 

Russell, Margaret 

Row, R. K 

Seaton, E. T 

Smith, Violet B 

Thorne, James 

Tudhope, M. B 

Wilson, T. K 

Wilson, W. A. ...... . 

Young, M. R 


Victoria, B.C. 
Munster. 
Adamston. 
Guelph. 

Ottawa. 

Stapleton. 

Camden East. 

Teeswater. 

Smith’s Falls. 

Napanee. 

Sydenham. 

Lindsay. 

Forrester’s Falls. 

Hamilton. 

Richmond, Que. 

Maxville. 

Kingston. 

Carleton Place. 

Alexandria. 

Lancaster. 

LakeAinslie, C.B. 

Lake Ainslie, C.B. 

Douglas. 

Harrietsville. 

Prescott. 

.Newburg. 

Lindsay. 

Woodland. 

Arnprior. 

Kingston. 

Port Hope. 
Kingston. 

Ottawa. 

Orillia. 

Marathon. 

Tyrone, 

Millsville, N.S. 


DOCTORS OF MEDICINE (M.D.) AND MASTERS OF SURGERY (c.M.) 


Bannister, P. G. . . 

Barber, V 

Bellamy, A. W . . . 
Carscallen, W. E. 
Douglas, H. E. N 
Drummond, S. J. 
Dunning, J. C 


. Kingston, J amaica 
Toronto. 

North Augusta. 
Tamworth. 
Kingston, Jamaica 
Almonte. 

Napanee. 


133 


Dyde, C. B., B.A 

Ford, A. B., M.A...... 

Gould, Rev. S. H., B.A 

Harty, J. J. . . 

Hill, F. L 

Huffman, F. G 

Kelly, W. G 

Knight, A. S 

Letellier, A. . . . 

Mylks, G. W 

McArthur, J. H 

McCarthy, A. W 

McDermott, M. F 

McLaren, A. F 

McLennan, Donald R.. 
McManus John P. C. . . 

Neish, James 

Neish, D. B. 

Ross, A. E., B.A 

Scott, W. B 

Turner, Adelaide 

Wager, Ephraim N 

Walker, H ... 


Kingston. 

Kingston. 

Kingston. 

Kingston. 

Economy, N.S. 

Napanee. 

Kingston. 

Cataraqui. 

Peterboro. 

Glen more. 

Ottawa. 

Stapleton. 1 

Kingston, 

Lancaster. 

Williamstown. 

Bath. 

Kingston, J amaica 
Port Royal, “ 
Cobden. 

Port Hope. 

Hayburn. 

Belleville. 


E. A. Croskery has passed all classes for his degree, but, being 
under age, the degree was not awarded. 

BACHELORS OF SCIENCE (B.SC.) 


Kirkpatrick, G. H., B.A. (Mining Engineering).Toronto. 

Scott, T. S., B.A. (Civil Engineering) Galt. 

DOCTOR OF SCIENCE (D.SC.) 

Shorey, E. C. M.A. Hawaii. 

BACHELORS OF DIVINITY (B.D.) 

McKinnon, A. D., B.A Lake Ainslie, C.B. 

McKinnon, J., B.A Strathlorne, C.B. 

DOCTOR OF LAWS (LL.D.) 

Gordon, Ishbel, Countess of Aberdeen Ottawa. 


DOCTORS OF DIVINITY (D.D.) 

Campbell, Rev. J. Fraser Rutlam, Central India. 

Chambers, Rev. Robert Bardezag, Turkey. 


134 


PASS LISTS. 

ARTS. 

I. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS, SEPTEMBER, 1896. 


Junior Latin. 


Fraser, A. E. 
Fletcher, W. H. 
Miller, E. M. 

Britton, M. G. 

Clark, L. J. 

Tandy, J. H. 

Ferguson, A. 
Kayler, W. B. 
McVicar, J. 

Moore, J. L. 
McLeod, J. A. 

Junior Greek. 

Fraleck, E. L. 

Bamforth, R. 

Marshall, W. F. 

Me Vicar, J. 

McNab, R. C. 


Junior French. 

McDonald, P. D. 

McGaughey, G. 

Scott, J. M. 

Park, G. C. 


Senior French. 

McDonald, P. D. 
McKee, M. L. 
Bernstein, J. S. 
Black, J. B. 
McLennan, J. D. 

Campbell, A. L. 
Anglin, R. W. 
Clarke, J. T. A. 
Williamson, G. H. 

Junior German. 

Shortell, D. H. 

Senior German. 

McKee, M. L. 

Junior English. 

McKinley, M. 
Henderson, M. 
Munro, G. 

Bower, T. T. 

Caldwell, D. 
Anglin, H. 
Ferguson, A. 

Senior English. 

Bernstein, J. S. 

Powell, G. L. 

Allen, E. 

Clarke, J. T. A. 

Galbraith, R. 

McLennan, J. D. 

Boyd, A» A. 
Williamson, E. J. 
Mills, R. 

Murray, M. L. 
Paul, H. E. 

Tyner, W. G. 

Sinclair, H. H. 


135 


Junior History. 


Gordon, A. E. 

Frizell, J. R. 

Allan, L. E. 
Cameron, J. 

Cryan, G. 

Senior History. 

Shortell, D. H. 

Powell, G. L. 

Cleary, I. R. S. 

Clark, L. J. 

McColl, J. A. 

Frizell, J. R. 

McNeill, A. J. 
Jamieson, G. 

Gray, H. A. 

Junior Philosophy. 

Froats, W. C. 

Marshall, J. W. 

Dalton, G. F. 

Goodwill, T. W. : 

Clark, L. J. 

Gray, H. A. 

Bain, W. J. 

Mills, R. 

Baker, W. R. 
Henstridge, E. 

Currie, P. W. 

Senior Philosophy. 

Cloney, S. L. 

Carmichael, R. F. 

Durie, C. L. 
Baker, J. Y. 

Dawson, A. L. 

Junior Political Science. 

Munro, J. 

Ewart, W. M. 

Powell, G. L. 

Senior Political Science. 

Baker, J. Y. 

Morrison, A. S. 

Gordon, A. E. 

Clarke, J. T. A. 

Powell, G. L. 

Lochhead, L. A. 

First Honour Political Science. 

Walker, A. 

Junior Mathematics. 

Wilson, R. A. 

McIntyre, A. D. 

Stewart, F. B. 

Kellock, W. M. 

Senior Mathematics. 

English, J. W. 

McIntosh, A. 

Meade, R. 

Reid, M. R. 

Nichol, C. 0. 



136 


Junior Physics. 


Morgan, J. 

Nugent, A. 

Paul, H. E. 
Edmison, J. H. 


Senior Physics. 

English, J. W. 
Carmichael, It. F. 

McIntosh, A. 
Morgan, J. 


Junior Chemistry. 

Dawson, A. L. 
Neville, K. P. R. 
Dargavel, R. B. 
Gould, S. H. 
Graham, R. S. 
Harvey, J. F. 

Cusin, J. 

Walker, A. 
Merritt, C. P. 
Cleary, I. R. S. 
Fr aleck, E. L. 


Senior Chemistry. 

Cummings, J. G. 
Bower, T. T. 
Morgan, J 

Shurtleff, M. 
Baker, J. Y. 
Boyd, M. 

Mundson, G. 

Geology. 


Botany. 

Carmichael, R. F. 
Lindsay, E. 

Boyd, M. 

Meade, H. 

Morrison, A. S. 
Walker, A. 

Snell, G. W. 

Day, H. E. 


Animal Biology. 

Boyd, A. A. 

Seaton, E. T. 

Boyd, M. 

Thompson, P. M. 
Walker, A. 
Bamforth, R. 

Bower, T. T. 

English, J. W. 
Saunders, W. J. 
Snell, G. W. 
Youngson, M A. 
Cleary, I. R. S. 
Lindsay, E. 


137 

II. SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, APRIL, 1897. 


Bannister, J. A. 

Junior Latin. 

Div. I. 

Dowsley, W. C. (Specialist). 


Beckstedt, J. H. Petrie, J. A. 

Black, H. H. (Specialist). Snowden, H. A. 
Campbell, J. A. ' Sparks, J. 


Dickson, C. W. 

Div. II. 

Baker, M. 

Crawford, W. F. 
Greenhill, E. 

Laidlaw, J. H. 

Hagar, A. E. 
McKinnon, G. 

Mackie, M. S. 

McNab, A. J. 

McRae, D. 

Pooke, M. E. 

Squire, R. F. 

Div. III. 

Bajus, C. 

Brown, W. E. 

Burr, L. 

Burrows, A. G. 
Campbell, M. A. 
Dickey, E. L. 

Fowlie, A. J. 
Galbraith, R. 

Girvin, H. S. 
Henderson, M. 

Gould, W. H. 
Johnston, E. 

Johnston, G. L. 
Lindsay,' C. Y. 
Millions, E. M. 

Mortin, A. 

McGregor, A. A. 
McCaughey, G. 

McLean, A. K. 

McKinnon, H. L. 
McPherson, M. C. 
McPherson, E. A. 

Murray, M. L. 

Reid, Y. 

Row, R. K. 

Ruttan, A. C. 

Sparks, W. 

Tandy, W. R. 

Watson, A. 

Whitney, C. C. 

Williams, A. S. 

Wilson, R. A. 

Senior Latin. 

Duff, J. 

Kemp, W. 

Skelton, 0. 

Macdonald, J. F. 
McCallum, J. A. 
McLennan, E. 
McNaughton, E. J. 
Mills, M. Y. 

Brandon, M. W. 

Div. I. 

Hord, A. H. 

Britton, M. G. 

Grenfell, M. E. 

McKinnon, A. G. 
Macdonald, Norval 

Wright, E. A. 

Kennedy, J. M. 

Kingsbury, H. C. W. 


138 


Div. II. 


Macdonald, W. 

Fraser, A. E. 

Dolan, G. R. 

Solandt, D. M. 

Miller, E. M. 

Bajus, C. 

Tandy, J. H. 

Gordon, A. E. 

Petrie, J. A. 

Lewis, T. N. 

Davitt, G. H. 

Mitchell, G. 

Munroe, P. F. 

Anthony, J. 

Anglin, H. 

Campbell, L. V. 


Div. III. 

Goodwill, T. W. 

Young, J. A. 

Wilkie, J. 

Dempster, J. H. 

Shortell, D. H. 

Marshall, W. F. 

Henstridge, E. 

Poole, A. W. 

Brandon, J. S. 

Stewart, R. T. 

Orser, T. H. 

McKee, M. L. 

Johnston, E. 

McConnell, J. A. 

Millar, J. F. 

Allen, L. 

Bryson, M. G. 

Campbell, M. A. 

Hamilton, J. C. 

Gober, M. 

Harper, A H. 



Junior Greek. 


Div. I. 


Bannister, J. A. 
Black, H. H. 
Campbell, J. A. 


Burrows, A. G. 
Fowlie, A. J. 
Hagar, A. E. 
Kennedy, T. 


Back, W. G. 
Crawford, W. F. 
Davitt, G. H. 
Galbraith, R. 
Henderson, M. 
Kellock, W. 
Longwell, A. 
McGregor, A. A, 


Dowsley, W. C, 
Petrie, J. A. 

Div. II. 

Laidlaw, J. H. 
McNab, A. J. 
Moore, W. 

Div. III. 

McKinnon, G. 
Reid, M. R. 
Seaton, E. T. 
Snyder, J. B. 
Watson, A. 
Whiting, C. E. 
Wilson, R. A. 


139 


Skelton, O. 
Duff, J. 

Brandon, M. W. 


Monroe, P. F. 
McLennan, A. L. 
Dolan, G. R. 
Mitchell, G. 


McKinnon, A. G. 
Petrie, J. A. 
Kingbury, H. C. W. 
Hartin, G. H. 
Dempster, J. H. 


McPherson, W. E. 
Moore, J. L. 
Squire, R. 
McPherson M. C. 


Knight, W. 
Reid, V. 
McLean, A. E. 
Gould, W. H. 
Lindsay, C. V. 


Larmer, E. E. 
McRae, A. D. 


Moore, J. L. 
McKeracher, M. 
McPherson, W. E. 


Senior Greek . 

Div. I. 

Macdonald, J. F. 
McCallum, J. A. 
McNaughton, E. J. 

Div. II. 

Purvis, W. 
McPherson, R. J. 

' Orser, T. H. 


Div. III. 

Sinclair, H. H. 
Falkner, J. A. 
Wilson, T. R. 
Fee, S. McL. 


Junior French. 

Div. I. 

Dickson, C. W. 
Sparks, J. 

Flack, U, J. 
Johnston, E. J. 

Div. II. 

Baker, M. 

Dickey, E. L. 
Pooke, M. E. 
Girvin, H. S. 
Williams, A. S. 

Div. III. 

McConville, J. 
Briscoe, N. A. 

Senior French. 

Div. I. 

Prendergast, A. R. 
Jamieson, G. 


140 


Greenhill, E. E. 
Tandy, H. 
McRae, D. 
Millions, E. M. 
Wilkie, I. 
Clothier, J. O. 
McLennan, E. 


Millar, M. D. 
Campbell, L. V. 
McCullagh, R. J. 
Hamm, B. N. 


Flack, U. J. 
McPherson, W. E. 
Moore, J. L. 


McPherson, M. C. 
Squire, R. 

Baker, M. 

Reid, V. 


Campbell, M, A. 
Caldwell, D. 


Greenhill, E. E. 
Shireff, R. M. 
Flack, U. J. 


Moore, J. L. 
Jamieson, G. 
Wilkie, I. 
Millions, E. M. 
McKeracher, M. 
Grenfell, M. E. 


Div. II. 

Grenfell, M. E. 
Kennedy J. M. 
Flack, U. J. 
Young, J. A. 
Britton, M. G. 
Deacon, M. A. 

Div. III. 

Caldwell, D. 
Ryckman, F. 
Campbell, M. A. 4 
Minnes, E. G. 

Junior German. 

Div. I. 

Goold, W. H. 
McLean, A. E. 
Tandy, H. 

Div. II. 

Lindsay, C. Y. 
Black, J. B, 

Girvin, H. S. 
Hendry, A. S. 

Div. III. 

Bryson, M. 

McRae, A. D. 

Senior German. 

Div. I. 

McRae, D. 
McPherson, W. E. 

Div. II. 

Deacon, M. A. 
McLennon, E. 
Kennedy, J. M. 
Young, J. A. 


141 


Div. III. 


Clothier, J. 0. 

McLean, A. 

Britton, M. G. 

Ruttan, E. 

Hamm, B. 



Junior English. 


Div. I. 

Tandy, Norma 

Byrnes, Marie 

Gould, W. H. 

McRae, D. 


Div. II. 

Laidlaw, J. H. 

Bradley, J. 

McLean, N. J. 

Brown, T. C. 

McPherson, E. A. 

Bryson, M. G. 

Squire, R. 

McPherson, M. C. 

Sparks, J. 

McQuarrie, W. J. 

Baker, M. 

Meade, H. 


Div. III. 

Arthur, S. W. 

McKay, D. A. 

Anglin, J. P. 

McKinnon, G. 

Bennett, M. 

McLean, A, K. 

Campbell, J. A. 

Reid, V. 

Crawford, W. F. 

Scott, A. K. 

Dempster, J. H. 

Smeaton, W. F. 

Fowlie, A. J. 

Smallwood, H 

Hagar, A. E. 

Shibley, J. 

Johnston, E. L. 

Snyder, J. B. 

Jackson, F. W. 

Watson, Alice 

Munroe, W. A. 

Whiting, C. C. 

Moore, W. 

Jackson, W. V. 

McDowall, J. L. 


McGregor, A. A. 



Senior English. 

Div. I. 

Poole, A. W. 
McLennan, Elizabeth 
Grenfell, M. E. 
Gober, M. 

McCallum, J. A. 


Skelton, O. 
Tandy, W. R. 
Macdonald, J. F. 
Duff, J. 

Rawlins, J. W. 


142 


Kennedy, J. 
Bower, T. T. 
Bell, J. M. 
Beckstedt, I. N. 
Brandon, M. W. 
Dalton, G. F. 
Deacon, M. A. 
Drennan, E. 
Harper, A. M. 


Allen, Laura 
Brandon, J. S. 
Brisco, N. A. 
Britton, M. S. 

Burr, L. 

Byers, D. R. 
Byrnes, J. D. 
Butler, G. 

Caldwell, D. 
Campbell, M. A. 
Croft, L. Y. 
Dewitt, G. H. 
Goodwill, T. 
Greenhill, E. E. 
Hawley, A, T. 
Hunter, W. R. 
Johnston, J. K. 
Kelly, J. V. 
Langwell, A. 
McConnell, J. A. 
Macdonald, Korval 


Hord, A. H. 
Mudie, E. 
Walker, C. W. 


Barnard, A. S. 
Bellamy, M. 
Dowsley, W. C. 
Edwards, C. H. 
Edmison, G. A. 
Murray, E C. 


Div. II. 

Huffman, A. F. 
McNab, A. J. 
McNaughton, E. 
McPhail, A. C. 
Miller, J. F. 
Tandy, H. 

Young, K. A. 
Dolan, G. R. 
Barnard, A. T. 

Div. III. 

Macdonnell, J. S. 
McGaughey, G. 
McKeracher, M. 
Millar, M. D. 
Minnes, E. 
Mitchell, G. 

Orser, T. H. 
Pringle, H. S. 
Purvis, W. 
Ruttan, A. C. 
Scammell, G. 
Sheffield, E. 
Smith, J. H. 
Stewart, R. T. 
Wilkie, Isabella 
Wilson, T, R. 
Cleary, I. R. S. 
English, J. W. 
Snowden, H. A. 
Young, J. A. 

Junior History. 

Div. I. 

Williamson, E. J. 
Williamson, G. H, 

Div. II. 

Snell, G. W. 
Watson, W. F. 
Wilmur, G. 
Woods, S. 

Gober, M. 


143 


Div. III. 


Ingram, J. R. 

Lindsay, C. B. 

Kelly, J. Y. 

McQuarrie, W. J. 

Harvey, J. F. 

McIntyre, W. C. 

Senior History. 

Div. I. 

Dowsley, W. C. 

Russell, M. J. 

Johnston, J. K. 

Walker, C. W. 

Kemp, W. 

Longwell, A. 

Woods, S. 


Div. II. 

Edwards, C. H. 

McKenzie, A. 

Gober, M. 

Mudie, E. 

Gordon, A. E. 

Murray, M. L. 

Ingram, J. R. 

Snell, G. W. 

Keillor, J. 

Kelly, J. V. 

Volume, D. M. 

Div. III. 

Craig, J. D. 

Yates, B D. 

Goodfellow, J. 


Shorten, D. H. 

Specialist. 

Junior Philosophy. 

Div. I. 

Skelton, 0. 

McKeracher, M. 

Beckstedt, I. N. 

Duff, J. L. 

Macdonnell, J. S. 

Millar, J. F. 

Macdonald, J. F. 

McLennan, E. 

Div. II. 

Williams, H. S. 

Bell, J. A. M. 

McNaughton, E. 

Dolan, G. R. 

Allen, L. E. 

Drennan, E. 

McGaughey, G. 

McCallum, J. A. 

McIntyre, A. 

Macdonald, Norval 

Britton, M. G. 

Mitchell, G. A. 

McLean, N. J. 

Shurtleff, M. 

Grenfell, M. E. 

Keillor, J. 

Murray, E. C. 

Meade, H. 

Jamieson, G. 

Belfour, P. F. 

Rawlins, J. W. 

Kennedy, J. M. 


144 


McLean, A. K. 

Caldwell, D. 

Murray, M. L. 

Macpherson, E. A. 

Harton, G. H. 

Hunter, W. R. 

Brisco, N. A. 

Poole, A. W. 

Brandon, W. M. 

Brandon, J. S. 

Grenfell, C. K 

Div. III. 

McConnell, J. A. 

Ruttan, A. C. 

Orser, T. H. 

Munroe, H. B. 

Campbell, L. V. 

Scammell, G. 

Henderson, M. 

Millar, M. D. 

Mortin, A. 

Millar, E. M. 

Sutherland, J. C. 

Dempster, J. H. 

Pringle, H. S. 

Smith, T. C. 

Kingsbury, H. C. W. 

Wilkie, I. 

Hayler, W. B. 

Deacon, M. A. 

McPhail, A. C. 

Longfellow, J. 


Senior Philosophy. 


Div. I. 

Anthony, J. 

Fraser, T. 

Hord, A. H. 

Laird, D. H. 

McKinnon, M. A. 


Div. II. 

Barnard, A. T. 

McKinnon, H. L. 

Misiner, J. 

Cryon, G. 

Murray, E. C. 

Cummings, J. G. 

Tandy, W. R. 

Ferguson, C. A. 

Gordon, D. L. 

Froats, W. C. 

Williams, H. S. 

Williamson, E. J. 

Dowsley, W. C. 

Kemp, W. 

Munroe, H. B. 

Allen, E. 

Heeney, T. F. 

Black, H. H. 

McLaren, W. W. 
Guy, W. A. 

Frizzell, J. R. 


Div. III. 

Detlor, W. T. 

Maudson, G. 

Henstridge, E. 

Ferguson, T. J. S. 

Ewart, W. M. 

Kelly, J. V. 

McPherson, R. J. 

Shortell, D. H. 

Edmison, G. 

Macdonald, W. 

Reid, G. M. 

Rowlands, E. J. 

Farquharson, R. 

Malone, E. 

Burgess, H. H. 

Huffman, A. F. 


145 


Lewis, T. H. 

Mills, R. 

Murray, M. L. 

Craig, J. D. 

Campbell, A. L. 

Smart, I. 

Dargaval, R. R. 

Solandt, D. M. 

Dalton, G. F. 

Wilmer, G. H. 

Dickson, E. H. 

Goodwin, T. W. 

Ryckman, F. 

Watson, W. F. 

Munroe, P. F. 

Hawley, A. T. 

Edmison, J. H. 

Seaton, E. T. 

Brown, A. B. 

Dunkley, A. W. 

Williamson, G. H. 

McCullagh, R. J. 

Byrnes, J. D. 
Marshall, J. W. 

Stewart, Flora. 

Junior Political Science. 

Div. II. 

Anthony, J. 

Byrnes, J. D. 

Beckstedt, I. N. 

McGaughey, G. A. 

Edmison, G. A. 

Henderson, M. 

Heeney, T. F. 
Solandt, D. M. 

McNab, A. J. 

Div. II. 

Ruttan, A. C. 

Williamson, G. H. 

Malone, E. 

McIntyre, W. C. 

Harper, A. M. 

Hagar, A. E. 

Lindsay, C. Y. 
Fraser, W. A. 

McLeod, J. A. 

Div. III. 

Longwell, A. 

Byers, D. R. 

McLean, A. K. 

Harvey, J. F. 

Senior Political Science. 

Div. I. 

Anthony, J, 

Munroe, J. 

Ferguson, C. A. 

Gordon, D. L. 

Alexander, W. A 
Heeney, T. F. 

Millar, J. L. 

Div. II. 

Guy, W. A. 

Dalton, G. F. 

McLaren, W. W. 
Ewart, W. M. 

Robertson, D. M. 


146 


Div. III. 


Williamson, G. H. 

Byers, D. R. 

Wilmur, G. H. 

McKenzie, A. 

Prettie, W. T. 
Graham, R. S. 

Devitt, G. H. 

Junior Mathematics. 

Div. I. 

McKinnon, G. 

Anglin, J. P. 

Cameron, J. H. S. 

Seaton, E. T. 

Cummings, J. G. 

Sparks, J. 

McLean, N. J. 

Baker, M. 

McPherson, E. A. 

Arthur, S. W. 

Dickson, C. W. 

McGregor, A. A. 

Div. II. 

McRae, A. D. 

McRea, D. 

Campbell, J. A. 

McDowall, J. L. 

Smeaton, W. F. 

Bennett, M. 

Crawford, W. F. 

Macdonnell, J. S. 

Dickey, E. L. 

Reid, G. M. 

Fowlie, A. J. 

Caldwell, D. 

Shibley, J. 

McKay, D. A. 

Jackson, F. W. 

Munroe, G. 

Brown, C. T. 

Hagar, A. E. 

Squire, R. 

Mcllroy, W. A. 

McNeil, A. J. 
Laidlaw, J. H. 

Drennan, E. D. 

Div. III. 

MacQuarrie, W. J. 
Munroe, W. A. 

Lindsay, C. V. 

Williams, A. S. 

Girvin, H. S. 

McPherson, M. C. 

Harris, R. R. C. 

Maudson, G. 

Reid, Y. 

Clark, G. W. 

Scott, J. M. 

Currie, P. W. 

Senior Mathematics. 

Div. I. 

Burrows, A. G. 

Campbell, L. V. 


Div. II. 


Graham, S. N. 


147 


Div. III. 


McIntyre, W. C. 

Byrnes, J. D. 

Ferguson, T. J. S. 

Hodgson, R. T. 

Macdonald, W. 

Scammell, G. 

Devitt, G. H. 

Weatherhead, G. 

Robertson, D. M. 

Belfour, P. F. 

Pringle, H. S. 

Brandon, J. S. 

Chisholm, G. W. 

Dargavel, R. R. 

Harvey, K. 

Johnston, J. 

Dickson, E. A. 
Johnston, J. K. 

Ewart, W. M. 

Junior Physics. 

Div. I. 

Cameron, J. 

Hamilton, J. C. 

Seaton, E. T. 

McDonald, W. 

Kennedy, T. 

Wilmur, G. H. 

Rawlins, J. W. 

Pringle, H. S, 

Miller, M. D. 

Saunders, W. J. 

McPherson, E. A. 

Wilson, T. R. 

Menzies, A. D. 

Yates, B. D. 

Gordon, A. E. 

Griffith, M. A. 

McIntyre, W. C. 

Balfour, P. F. 

Dawson, A. L. 

Bruels, I. D. 

Hunter, W. R. 

Anglin, J. P. 

Davis, J. S. 

Div. II. 

Byrnes, J. D. 

Walker, A. 

Hanley, A. T. 

Larmer, E. E. 

Murray, M. L. 

Fralick, E. L. 

Campbell, L. V. 

Snowden, H. A. 

Div. III. 

Allen, E. 

Smallwood, H. 

Dargavel, R. R. 

Harvey, T. F. 

Gould, W. H. 

Butler, G. A. 

Mcllroy, W. A. 

Merritt, C. P. 

Moore, W. 

Sutherland, J. C. 

Smeaton, W. F. 

Cleary, R. S. 

Kelly, J. V. 

McCullagh, R. T. 

Harvey, K. 

Currie, A. M. 

Cotton, M. 


148 


Cameron, J. S. 
Eawlins, J. W. 
Kennedy, T. 
Brown, P. W. 
McPhail, A. W. 
Huffman, A. F. 


Saunders, W. R. 


Munro, J. 
Nicholl, C. O. 
Crozier, T. A. 


Seaton, E. T. 
Taylor, J. A. 
Bruels, I. D. 


Collinson, J. C. 
McLennan, A. L. 
Bell, J. A. M. 
Crozier, J. A. 


McKinnon, H. L. 
McRae, A. D. 
Croft, L. Y. 
Tudhope, M. B. 


Sinclair, H. H. 
Nugent, A. 
Graham, R. S. * 


McLennan, A. L. 


Senior Physics. 

Div. I. 

Hunter, W. R. 
Rogers, W. C. 
Boyd, A. A. 
Kirkland, W. S. 
Ruttan, E. 

Div. II. 

Longford, T. E. 

Div. III. 

McNeill, A. J. 
Davis J. S. 


Geometrical Optics. 

Smith, T. C. 
Langford, T. E. 


Botany. 

Div. I. 

Ferguson, T. J. S. 
Bruels, I. D. 
McKinnon, M. A. 
Allen, E. 

Div. II. 

Menzies, A. D. 
Ewart, W. M. 
Gray, E. A. 

Div. III. 

Pringle, H. S. 
Mohr, F. C. 


Animal Biology , 

Div. I. 

Carmichael, B, F. 


McKinnon, M. A. 
Collinson, J. C. 
Menzies, A. D. 


McRae, A. D. 
Ferguson, T. J. S. 
Croft, L. V. 
Tudhope, M. B. 
Graham, R. S. 


Dickson, C. W. 
Girvin, H. S. 
McLennan, A. L. 
Jackson, F. W. 
Baker, M, 

Bell, J. A. M. 
Edmison. G. 
Moore, W. 


McRae, A. D. 
Ferguson, T. J. S. 
Lewis, T. 
McLennan, J. 
Smallwood, H. 
Johnston, J. 
Jackson, V. W. 
Fee, S. McL. 
Wilmur, G. H. 


Stewart, F. 
Scott, A. 
Snyder, J. B. 


149 

Div. II. 

Heeney, T. F. 
Nugent, A. 

Div. III. 

Solandt, D. M. 
Crozier, J. A. 
Bell, J. A. M. 
McKinnon, H. L. 
Allen, E. 


Junior Chemistry. 

Div. I. 

Mann, M. E. 
Dickey, E. L. 
Menzies, A. D. 
Hawley, A. T. 
Smeaton, W. F. 
McKeracher, M. 
Fortescue, C. 
Anglin, J. P. 

Div. II. 

Gordon, A. L. 
Huffman, A. F. 
Gray, E. A. 
Murray, M. L. 
Mcllroy, W. A. 
Rothwell, C. G. 
Wilson, T. R. 
Ferguson, A.' 
Merrill, J. W. 

Div. III. 

Mohr, F. C. 
Edmison, J. H. 
Robertson, D. M. 

Senior Chemistry. 

Div. I. 

Bell, J. A. M. 
Kirkland, W. S. 
McIntyre, A. 
Saunders, W. J. 


Brown, P. W. 
Griffith, M. A. 
Boyd, A. A. 


150 


Div. II. 


Kirkpatrick, G. H., B.A. 
Belfour, P. F. 

Graham, S. N. ) 
Stratton, C. M. ) 

Craig, J. D. 

Croft, L. 


Div. III. 

Sheffield, A. 

Crozier, J. A. 

Merritt, C. P. 


Geology. 

Div. I. 

Brown, P. W. 

Sexton, J. H. 

Rogers, W. C. 


Div. II. 

Saunders, W. J. 

Kirkland, W. S. 

Belfour, P. F. 

Bradley, J. 

Boyd, A. A. 
Youngson, M. A. 
Taylor, J. A. 

Div. III. 

Langford, T. E 

Boyd, M. 

McLennan, J. D. 


Mineralogy. 


Div, I. 


Sexton, J. H. 

Mann, W. E. 

Boyd, A. A. \ 

Brown, P. W. f 

Kirkland, W. S. 


Div. II. 

Smeaton, W. F. 

Belfour, P. F. 

Saunders, W. J. 

Rothwell, C. G. 

McLennan, J. D. 

Smith, T. C. 
Bradley, J. 


Div. III. 

Langford, T. E. 
Boyd, M. 

Youngson, M. A. 


Blowpiping {only). 


Div. II. 

Neish, A. C. 

Stratton, C. M. 

Tyner, W. G. 

Croft, L. Y. 


151 


PRACTICAL SCIENCE. 

SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, APRIL, 1897. 
Junior English. 


Anglin, J. P. 
Jackson, F. W. 

Smeaton, W. F. 
Smallwood, H. 

- Junior Mathematics. 

Anglin, J. P. 
Smeaton, W. F. 

Jackson, S. W. 

Algebra I. 

Fortescue, C. L. 

Baker, H. S. 

Fortescue, C. L. 

Modern Geometry. 

Calculus I. 

Baker, H. S. 

Elementary Trigonometry. 

Smeaton, W. F. 

Anglin, J. P. 
Electricity. 

Scott, T. S., B.A. . 

.Fortescue, C. L. 

Descriptive Anatomy. 

Fortescue, C. L. 
Anglin, J. P. 

Jackson, F. W. 


Mechanism. 

Kirkpatrick, G. H., B.A. 


Scott, T. S., B.A. 
Fortescue, C. L. 

Workshop. 

Lavell, W. 

Wells, J. W. 


Baker, H. S. Cotton, M. P. 

Kirkpatrick, G. EL, B.A. Mcljennan, 

Squire, S. H. Spotswood, M. G. 

Merritt, C. P. Graham, S. W. 

Jackson, F. W., Instructor in Machine Shop. 
Anglin, J. P., Instructor in Carpentry. 


Anglin, J. P. 
Smeaton, W. F. 
Smallwood, H. 

Junior Physics. 

Merritt, C. P. 
Cotton, M. P. 


152 


Junior Chemistry. 

Jackson, F. W. Smallwood, H. 

Mann, W. E. Rothwell, C. G. 

Smeaton, W. F. Cotton, M. P. 

Fortescue, C. L. 

Senior Chemistry. 

Kirkpatrick, G. H., B.A. Merritt, C. P. 

Graham, S. N. 

Mineralogy { First year). 

Mann, W. E. Rothwell, C. G. 

Smeaton, W. F. 


Scott, O. N. 


Blowpiping. 


Assaying and Quantitative Analysis. 


Kirkpatrick, G. H., 

B.A. Wells, J. W. 

Mann, W. E. 

Assaying {only). 


Junior Civil Engineering. 

Lindsay, H. 
Smeaton, W. F. 
Spotswood, M. G. 
Graham, S. N. 

Wells, J. W. 
Smallwood, H. 
Donnelly, Jno., Jr. 


Senior Civil Engineering. 

Scott, T. S,, B.A. 
Lindsay, H. 

Graham, S. N. 
Donnelly, Jno., Jr. 


Drawing {First year). 

Anglin, J. P. 

Squire, S. H. 
Smeaton, W. F. 

Smallwood, H. 
Wells, J. W. 


Drawing {Second year). 

Graham, S' N. 
Cotton, M. P. 

Merritt, C. P. 


Surveying {First year). 

Anglin, J. P. 
Smeaton, W. F. 
Jackson, F. W. 
Merritt, C. P. 

Wells, J. W. 

Cotton, M. P. 
Donnelly, Jno., Jr. 
Smallwood, H. 
Squire, S. H. 

I \ 


153 

Surveying ( Second year). 

Graham, S. N. 

Mining ( Third year). 

Kirkpatrick, G. H., B.A, Wells, J. W. 

Mining ( Fourth year). 

Kirkpatrick, G. H., B.A. Spotswood, M. G. 

Donnelly, Jno., Jr. 

Geology (First year). 

Mann, W. E. Merritt, C. P. 

Rothwell, C. G. 

Economic Geology. 

Wells, J. W. Mann, W. E. 

Kirkpatrick, G. H., B.A. 

Petrography. 

Kirkpatrick, G. H., B.A. Wells, J. W. 

Mineralogy ( Descriptive ). 

Kirkpatrick, G. H., B.A. Donnelly, Jno., Jr. 

Wells, J. W. Spotswood, M. G. 

Mineralogy (Determinative). 

Kirkpatrick, G. H., B.A. Rothwell, C. G. 


THEOLOGY. 

MATRICULATION (NOY., 1896 ). 

Walker, A. 
Currie, P. W. 
McRae, F. A. 
Volume, D. 

SUPPLEMENTARY PASS (NOV., 1896 ). 
Divinity. 

(Second Year). 

Bennett, J. W. C. Millar, J. L. 

0. T. Exegesis. 

Div. II. 


Cram, W. H. 
Shortt, J. S. 
Lowe, G. R. 
Feir, H. 


Turnbull, J. H. 


154 


Div. III. 


Millar, J. L. 

Bennett, J. W. C. 


N. T. Exegesis. 


Div. II. 

Turnbull, J. H. 

Millar, J. L. 


Div. III. 

Bennett, J. W. C. 

1894-5. Div. I. 

McIntosh, J. W. 

Hebrew. 


(Second Year). 


Div. I. 

Pitts, F. E. 

Div. III. 

Millar, J. L. 

Apologetics 


Div. II. 

Gandier, D. M. 

Millar, J. L. 


Div. III. 

Bennett, J. W. C. 

1894-5. Div. I. 

McIntosh, J. W. 

Church History , 


Div. II. 

Bennett, J. W. C. 


B.D. 

EXAMINATIONS (NOV., 1896). 


Biblical Introduction. 

McKinnon, J. 

Apologetics. 

Young, C. G. 

N. T. Exegesis and Comparative Religion. 
Young, C. G. 


155 


B.D. EXAMINATIONS (APRIL, 1897 ). 

Best, D. W. and J. L. Millar, B. A. Hebrew and Chaldee. 

Best, D. W., Kannawin, W. M., 

B.A., Millar, J. L., B.A., 

Young, R., B.A O. and N. T. Exegesis. 

Best, D. W Apologetics. 

McKinnon, A. D., B.A., McKin- 
non, J., B.A Church History, Inspiration and 

Biblical Introduction. 


PASS EXAMINATIONS (APRIL, 1897 ). 


First Year Divinity. 


Burton, R. 

Shortt, J. S., M. A. 
Low, G. R., B.A. 


McRae, F. A. 
Currie, A. M. 
Currie, P. W. 
Purdy, Y. M. 


Div. I. 

Cram, W. H., B.A. 
Fier, H., B.A. 

Div. II. 

McNeill, A. J. 
Munroe, J. 
Walker, A. 

Abrey, J. 

Second Year Divinity. 

Div. I. 


Turnbull, J. H., M.A. Herbison, R., M.A. 

Conn, J. R., M.A. Kannawin, W. M., B.A. 

Div. II. 


Young, R., B.A. 
Hall, J. R. 
Clark, J. Knox 

Campbell, G. D. 


Watson, J. S. 
Glover, T. J., B.A. 

Div. III. 

McIntyre, A. D. 


Third Year Divinity. 

Div. I. 

Gandier, D. McG„ B.A. McIntosh, J. W., M.A. 

Dyde, G. E., M.A. Best, D. W. 

McKinnon, A. D., B.A. 

■ 

. 


156 


Div. II. 

Rannie, A. Rose, G. W. 

Millar, J. L. Grant, H. R. 

Pitts, F. E. Back, W. G. 

McKinnon, J., B.A. 


Div. I. 


Gandier, D. McG., B.A. 
Feir, H., B.A. 

Millar, J. L., B.A. 
Glover, T. J., B.A. 

Best, D. W. 

Shortt, J. S., M.A. 
McKinnon, A. D., B.A. 
Cram, W. H. 

Young, R. 


McKinnon, J., B.A. 
Hall, J. R. 

Burton, R. 

Rannie, A. 

Rose, G. W. 

McIntosh, J. W., M.A. 


Purdy, V. M. 


Dyde, G. E., M.A. 
Herbison, R., M.A. 
Kannawin, W. M., B.A. 
Low, G. R., B.A. 
Windell, H. C., M.A. 
Conn, J. R., M.A. 

Pitts, F. E. 


Div. II. 

Abrey, J. 

Campbell, G. D., B.A. 
Clark, J. K. 

Currie, P. W. 

Watson, J. L. 


Div. III. 


Currie, A. M. 

New Testament Criticism. 


Sbortt, J. S„ M.A. 
Gandier, D. McG., B.A 
Cram, W. H. 


McKinnon, A. D., B.A. 
McKinnon, J., B.A. 
Dyde, G. E.,M.A. 

Best, D. W. 

Burton, R. 

Conn, J. R., M.A. 
McRae, F. 


Div. I. 

Young, R. 
Feir, H., B.A. 


Div. ‘II. 

Campbell, G. D. 

Low, G. R., B.A. 
McIntosh, J. W., M.A. 
Kannawin, W. M., B.A. 
Winded, H. C., M.A. 
Herbison, R., M.A. 


157 


Rose, G. W. 
Purdy, Y. M. 
Millar, J. L. 
Currie, P. W. 
Rannie, A. 


Div. III. 

Glover, T. J., B.A. 
Abrey, J. 

Clark, J. K. 

Hall, J. R. 

Watson, J. S. 


Gandier, D. McG., B.A 
Herbison, R., M.A. 
Tnrnbull, J. H., M.A. 


Apologetics. 

Div. I. 

Best, D. W. 

Kannawin, W. M., B.A. 
Fier, H., B.A 

Div. II. 


Dyde, G. E.,-M.A. # Walker, E. 

Rannie, A. Purdy, Y. M. 

Conn, J. R., M.A. Grant, H. R. 

Div. III. 


Watson, J. S. Clark, J. K. 

Glover, T. J., B.A. Rose, G. W. 

McIntyre, A. D. Hall, J. R. 

Campbell, G. D., B.A. Currie, A. M. 

Currie, P. W. 

First Year Hebrew. 


W. A. Guy. 


Gordon, D. L. 
Herbison, R., M.A. 
Ferguson, C. A. 
Prettie, W. T. 

Conn, J. R., M.A. 
McKinnon, M. A. 
Turnbull, J. H., M.A. 
Fee, S. McL. 
McKinnon, H. L. 
Alexander, W A. 
Burton, R. 


Div. I. 


Div. II. 

Gallup, E. C. 
Fraser, W. A. 
Mcllroy, W. A. 
Ewart, W. M. 
Munroe, J. 
McNeil, A. J. 
Clark, J. K. 
Purdy, Y. M. 
McIntyre, A. D. 
Wilson, T. R. 


158 


Second Tear Hebrew. 


McIntosh, J. W. , M.A. 

Div. I. 

Feir, H., B.A. 

Campbell, G. D., B.A. 
Young, R., B.A. 

Div. II. 

Hunter, R., B.A. 

Low, G. R., B.A. 

Kannawin, W. M., B A. 

Div. III. 

Glover, T. J., B.A. 

Third Year Hebrew and Chaldee. 

Best, D. W. 

Div. I. • 

Millar, J. L., B.A. 

Herbison, R., M.A. 

Church History. 

Div. I. 

McIntosh, J. W., M.i 

Turnbull, J. H.,M,.A. 

Best, D. W. 

Dyde, G. E., M.A. 

Windell, H. C., M.A. 

Burton, R. 

Young, R. 

Gaudier, D. McG., B.A. 
Shortt, J. S., M.A. 

Kannawin, W. M., B.A. 

Div. II. 

Rannie, A. 

Feir, H., B.A. 

McKinnon, A. D., B. 

McRae, F.A. 

Pitts, F. E. 

Millar, J. L., B.A. 

Campbell, G. D. 

Clark, J. K. 

Purdy, Y. M. 

Grant, H. R, 

Div. III. 

Munro, J. 

Rose, G. W. 

Walker, A. 

McKinnon, J. 

McIntyre, A. D. 

Robertson, D. M. 

Watson, J. S. 

Hall, J. R. 

Glover, T. J., B.A. 

Abrey, J. 


159 

MEDICINE. 


I. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS, SEPTEMBER, 1896. 
Senior Materia Medica. 


McLaren, A. F. 

Harty, J. J. 

Wager, E. N. 

Harty, J. J. 

Turner, Adelaide 

Birkett, F. W. 
Anatomy. 

Pathology. 

Sanitary Science. 

Medical Jurisprudence. 

Clinical Surgery. 

McDermott, M. F. 
Neish, J. 

McLennan, D. R. 

Surgical Anatomy. 

Neish, J. 

McDermott, M. F, 

Wager, E. N. 

Turner, Adelaide 

Senior Obstetrics. 

Turner, Adelaide 

McLaren, A. F. 

McDermott, M. F. 
McLennan, D. R. 

Walker, H. 

Clinical Medicine. 

Turner, Adelaide 

Walker, H. 

McDermott, M. F. 

McLaren, A. F. 


II. SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, MARCH, 1897. 
First Year. 


Junior Anatomy . 


Power, J. F. 

McDowall, W. 

Johnston, T. H. 

Bridge, B. B. 

Hiscock, R. C., M.A. 

Ferrier, G. 

Young, W., M.A. 

Allison, D. M. 

Hall, 

Ash, A. F. 

Baker, J. F., B.A. 

Carmichael, R. F. 

Genge, T. S. 

Burton, S.. B.A. 

Grant, A. F. 

Porter, S. E. 

McDermott, J. W. 

O’ Hagan, T. F. 

Hurdman, A. G. 

Barnett, T. J. 

Johns, C. P., M.A. 

Smith, S. M. 


160 


Junior Animal Biology and Physiology. 


Johnston, T. H. 

Carmichael, R. F. 

Hall, W. A. 

Goodwill, V. L. 

Johns, C. P. 

Ferrier, G. 

Hiscock, R. C., M.A. 

Ash, A. F. 

McDermott, J. W. 

Curtin, T. V. 

McDowall, W. 

Lazier, D. B. 

Bridge, B. B. 

Smith, S. M. 

Baker, J. F. 

Barnett, T. J. 

Genge, T. S. 

Elliott, E. S. 

Nugent, A. 

McAuley, E. 

Allison, D. M. 

McDonald, A. F. 

Burton, S. 

O’ Hagan, T. F. 

Junior Chemistry. 

Johnston, T. H. 

McDermott, J. W. 

Bridge, B. B. 

Allison, D. M. 

Genge, T. S. 

Counter, J. A. 

Hills, W. H. 

McDonald, T. 

Harty, J. J. 

Smith, S. M. 

Curtin, T. V. 

Lazier, D. B. 

Ferrier, G. 

Woodruff, D. A. 

Johns, C. P. 

Barnett, T. J. 

Hurdman, A. G. 

Junior Materia Medica. 

Bridge, B. B. 

McDermott, J. W. 

Grant, A. F. 

Genge, T. S. 

Power, J. F. 

Allison, D. N. 

Porter, S. E. 

Hills, W. H. 

Ferrier, G. 

Young, W. 

Hall, W. E. 

Counter, J. A. 

Barnett, T. J. 

Nugent, A. 

Burton, S. 

McDonald, T. A. 

Johns, C. P. 

Hurdman, A. G. 

Hiscock, R. C., M.A. 

Sullivan, P. H. 

Ash, J. F. 

Carmichael, R. F. 

Johnston, T. H. 

Curtin, A. C. 

Baker, J. F. 

Smith, S. M. 

Second Year. 

Senior Anatomy. 

Honours. 

Shaw, A. 

Simpson, W. J. 

Menzies, R. D. 

Connolly, E. W. 

Williamson, A. R. 

Goodwill, Y. L. 


Watson, E. C. 

161 

Pass. 

McKenty, D. F. 

Young, W. 

Counter, J. A. 

Amys, C. H. 

Birkett, F. W. 

McCrae, D. P. 

Sullivan, P. H. 

Devlin, J. 

Sadler, G. S. 

Connor, F. E. 

Richardson, Rev. 4 

Chapman, A. B. 

Huffman, R. W. 

McCrae, D. P. 

Goodchild, J. F. 

Hanley, J. H. 

Gould, S. H. 

Mitchell, J. 

Hunter, H. A. 

Hunter, H. A. ' 

Senior Physiology. 

Goodchild, J. F. 

Devlin, J. 

Richardson, Rev. . 

Watson, E. C. 

Counter, J. A. 

McKenty, D. F. 

Mitchell, J. 

Simpson, W. J. 

Sadler, G. 

Chapman, A. B. 

Goodwill, Y. L. 

Shaw, A. 

Hanley, J. H. 

Grant, A. F. 

Hastings, F. R. 

Connolly, E. W. 

Huffman, R. W. 

Amys, C. H. 

Connor, F E. 

McCrae, D. P. 

McKenty, D. F. 

Senior Chemistry . 

McCrae, D. P. 

Berger, C. H. 

McLaren, A. F. 

Simpson,' W. J. ) 

Hanley, J. H. 

Watson, E. C. ) 

Birkett, F. M. [ 

Goodchild, J. F. ) 

Shaw, A. \ 

Harty, J. J. \ 

Gage, J. E. 

McCrea, H. H. 

Elliott, E. S. | 

Chapman, A. B. ) 

Hastings, F. R. ) 

Corrigan, D. J. ) 

McConville, A. P. 

Hunter, H. A. 

Mitchell, J. 

Devlin, J. 

Sadler, G. S. 

Grant, A. F. ) 

Huffman, R. W. 

McDermott, M. F. \ 

Connor. F. E. 

Gould, S. H. 

McKay, M. H. 

Senior Materia Medica and Pharmacy . 

Simpson, W. J. 

Honours. 

McDowall, W. 

Goodchild, J. F. 



Chapman, A. B. j 

162 

Pass . 

[ Menzies, R. D. 

Young, W. ! 

f Mitchell, J. 

Williamson, A. B. 

Parker, R. 

Watson, E. C. 

Huffman, R. W. 

Shaw, A. 

O’Hara, J. J. 

McKenty, D. F. 

McCrae, D. P. 

McCrae, EL H. 

Hunter, H. A. 

Devlin, J. 

Connor, F. E. 

Connolly, E. W. 

Richardson, Rev. A. 

Hastings, F. R. 

McConville, A. P. 

Sadler, G. S. 

Goodwill, Y. L. 

Hanley, J. H. 

Histology. 

Watson, E. C., M.A. Devlin, J. 

Amys, C. H, 

Huffmann, R. 

Simpson, W. J. 

Hiscock, R. C., M.A 

Hall, M. A. 

Sadler, G. S. 

Hunter, H. A., B.A. " McCrae, H. H. 

Shaw, A. 

McCrae, D. P. 

Goodwill, V. L. 

Hanley, J. H. 

Baker, J. Y., B.A. 

Richardson, Rev. A. 

Carmichael, R. F. 

Hastings, F. R. 

McKenty, D. F. 

Nugent, A. 

Burton, S., B.A. 

Connolly, E. W. 

Parker, R. 

Connor, F. E. 

Goodchild, J. F. 

Mitchell, J. 

Chapman, A. B. 

Baker, J. Y. 

Analytical Chemistry. 

McCrae, D. P. 

Gould, S. H. 1 

Nugent, A. 

Shaw, A. ( 

Richardson, A. W. 

Hastings, F. R. 

Mitchell, J. ) 

Chapman, A. B. | 

[ Simpson, W. J. ) 

Connolly, E. W. j 

i Devlin, J. 

Richardson, Rev. A. W. Goodwill, Y. L. 

Harty, J. J. 

Hunter, H. A. 

Goodchild, J. F. 

McAuley, E. 

Connor, F. E. 

McKay, M. H. 

Elliott, E. S. ) 

Meek, C. F. ) 

Grant, A. F. \ 

Sadler, G. ( 

Hall, W. A. 

McCrea, H. H. 

Huffman, R. W. 

Watson, E C. 

Hanley, J. H. 



163 

Third Year. 

Junior Practice of Medicine . 


Elliott, H. H. 
Fadden, W. S. 
Hanley, R. 

Jaquith, W. A. 
Hills, W. H. 
Grange, T. A. 
Redmond, R. C. ) 
Tripp, J. H. ) 
Davis, N. A. 
Berger, C. H. 
Malone, H. V. 
Condell, W. N. ) 
Corrigan, D. J. \ 
Gould, S. H. 
Edmison, J. H. ) 
Stewart, A. E. \ 


Elliott, H. H. 
Hanley, R, 
Fadden, W. S. 
Jaquith, W. A. 
Davis, N. A. 
Collinson, G. W. 
Anderson, N. W. 
Grange, T. A. 
Morrison,. C. A. 
Moffatt, W. ) 

Hills, W. H. [ 

Gould S. H. ) 

Ilett, A. E. 
Tripp, J H 
O’Connor, C. 
Redmond, R. C. 


Moffatt, W. 
Jaquith, W. A. 
Hills, W. H. 
Anderson, N. W. 
Stewart, A. E. 
Davis, N. A. 
Tripp, J. H. 
Calfas, W. F. 


Gage, J. E. 

Kilborn, H. F. 
O’Connor, C. | 
Moffatt, W. \ 
McCambridge, C. J. 
Waldron, H. M. 
Morrison, C. A. 
Calfas, W. F. 
Birkett, F. W. 
Doyle, J D. 
O’Hara, J. J. 

Paul, J. H. 
Collinson, G. W. 
McDowell, W. 


Junior Surgery . 

Edmison, J. H. ) 
Corrigan, D. J. \ 
Burgess, C. 

Gage, J. E. 
Bellamy, A. W. ! 
Condell, W. N. f 

Paul, J. H. J 

Birkett, W. 
Waldron, H. N. } 
Stewart, A. E. ) 
Malone, H. V., B.A, 
Kilborn, H. F. 
O’Hara, J. J 
Calfas, W. F. 
Woodruff, G. A. 
Doyle, J. D. 

Junior Obstetrics. 

Gould, S. H. 
Redmond, R. C. 
Hanley, R. 
Collinson, G. W. 
Fadden, W. S. 

Ilett, A. E. 

Malone, H. V. 
Grange, T. A. 


164 


Condell, W. N. 

Berger, C. H. 

O'Connor, C. 

Gage, J. E. 

Paul, J. H. 

Doyle, J. D. 

McCambridge, C. J. 

Edmison, J. H. 

Kilborn, H. F. 

Waldron, H. M. 

Elliott, H. H. 

Morrison, C. S. 

Fadden, W. S. 

Medical Jurisprudence . 
Honours. 

Jaquith, W. A. 

Moffatt, W. 

Paul, J. H. 

Elliott, H. H. 

Tinkess, A. L. 

Kilborn, H. F. 

Morrison, C. A. 

Redmond, R. C. 

Davis, N. A. 

Malone, H. V. 

Stewart, A. E. 

Grange, T. A. 

Tripp, J. H. 

Pass. 

Hanley, R. 

Gage, J. E. 

Anderson, N. W. 

Collison, G. 

Armstrong, C. C. 

Edmison, J. H. 

Hills, W. H. 

Hall, W. A. 

Doyle, J. D. 
O’Connor, C. 

Condell, W. N. 

Berger, C. H. 

Calfas, W. F. 

Corrigan, D. J. 

Harty, J. J. 

Rett, E. 

Mather, J. F. 

Waldron, H, M. 

O’Hara, J. J. 

Morrison, C. A. 

Pathology. 

Honours. 

Redmond, R. C. 

Fadden, W. S. 

Armstrong, C. C. 

Power, J. F. 

Moffatt, W. 

Anderson, N. W. 

Pass. 

Doyle, J. D. \ 

Collison, G. W. 

Grange, T. A. j 

McCambridge, C. J. 

Stewart, A. E. 

Tinkess, A. L. 

Paul, J. H. 

Elliott, H. H. 

McLaren, A. ) 

Tripp, J H. 

Dunning, J. f 

O’Connor, C. 

Hanley, R. ) 

Hills, W. H. 

Malone, H. V. J 

Condell, W. N. 

Rett, A. E. 


165 


Berger, C. H. 
Corrigan, D. J. 
Mather, J. F. 
Jaquith, W. A. 
Edmison, J. 
Davis, N. A. 
Baker, J. F. 
Calif as, W. F. 
Porter, S. E. 


Waldron, H. 
Gage, J. E. 
Grant, A. F. 
Birkett, F. W. 
Kilborn, H. F. 
O’Hara, J. J. 
Walker, H. 
Harty, J. J. 


Senior Year. 


Surgery and Clinical Surgery. 


Mylks, G. W. 
Huffman, F. G. ) 
McCarthy, W. A. ( 


Ford, A. B. 
Gould, S. H. 

Ross, A. E. 
Barber, V. 
Croskery, E. A. 
Scott, W. B. 
Carscallen, W. G. 
Knight, A. S. 
Douglas, A, G. 
Dunning, J. C. 


Honours. 

Dyde, C. B. ) 
Hill, F. L. J 

Pass. 

Drummond, S. J. 
Bellamy, A. W. 
Bannister, P. G. 
Letellier, A. 
McArthur, J. H. 
Neish, D. B. 
Harty, J. J. 
Kelly, W. G. 
McLaren, A. F. 
Walker, H. 


Senior Obstetrics and Gynaecology. 
Honours. 

Barber, V. ) 
Ross, A. E. ) 
Mylks, G. W. 

Pass. 


Dyde, C. B. 
Huffman, F. G. 


Scott, W. B. 
Croskery, E. A. 
Ford, A. B. 
Douglas, H. E. 
Carscallen, W. E. 
McArthur, J. H. 
Letellier, A. 
Gould, S. H. 
Knight, A. S. 


Drummond, S. J. 
McCarthy, A. W. 
Bellamy, A. W. ) 
Neish, D. B. \ 
Hill, F. L. ) 
Kelly, W. G. \ 
Bannister, P. G. 
Harty, J. 


166 


Medical and Surgical Anatomy . 


Honours. 


Dyde, C. B. 

Barber, V. 

Mylks, G. W. 


Pass. 

Croskery, E. A. 

Scott, W. B. 

Knight, A. S. 
Bellamy, A. W. 

Boss, A. E. 

Crozier, J. A. 
Carscallan, W. E. 
McCarthy, A. W. 
Ford, A. B. ) 

Huffman, F. G. [ 
Letellier, A. \ 

Drummond, S. J. 
Gould, S. H. 
McArthur, J. H. 
Hill, F. L. 1 
Kelly, W. G. f 
Harty, J. J. 
Bannister, P. G. 
Neish, D. B. 
Dunning, J. C. 
Walker, H. 


Sanitary Science. 


Honours. 

Boss, A. E. 

Bacteriology. 

Fadden, W. S. 
Barber, Y. 

Huffman, F. G. 

Jaquith, W. A. 
Boyle, J. 


Senior Practice of Medicine and Clinical Medicine . 
Honours. 


Dyde, C. B. 
Croskery, E. A. 
Barber, Y. 

Mylks, G. W. 
Douglas, H. E. ) 
Huffman, F. G. [ 
Scott, W. B. ) 


Ford, A. B. 
Carscallen, W. E. 
Kelly, W. G. 
Drummond, D. J. 
McArthur, J. H. 
Knight, A. S. 


Boss, A. E. 
Bannister, P. G. "1 
Letellier, A. ! 

Hill, F. L. f 

Neish, D. B. J 


Pass. 

McCarthy, A. W. 
Gould, S. H. 
Harty, J. J. 
Bellamy, A. W. 
Dunning, J. 


ARTS HONOUR LISTS, APRIL, 1897. 


Latin, Final. Cl. I. Neville, K. P. R. Allan, J.W. McGibbon, A. 

Cl. II. .Dolan, J. H. Alcombreck, R. W. Laird, 
D. H. 

Cl. III. Smythe, G. H. 

Preliminary. Cl. I. Misener, I. G. Macdonald, J. Black, 
H. H. Lingwood, F. H. Dowsley, 
W. C. Bannister, J. A. 

Cl. II. Bunkley, A. W. Clark, G. W. 

Hawley, A. T. Munroe, P. F. 
Cl. III. Marshall, J. W. 

Greek, Final. Cl. I. Patterson, A. O. Neville, K. P. R. Dolan, 
J. H. 

Cl. II. Stewart, E. J. Smythe, G. H. 

Cl. III. Bennett, W. C. 

Preliminary. Cl. I. Misener, I. G. Black, H. H. Dow- 
sley, W. C. 

Cl. II. Macdonnell, J. Clark, G. W. Ban- 
nister, J. A. Lingwood, F. H. 
Hawley, A. T. 

Cl. III. Dunkley, A. W. Munroe, P. F. 

Marshall, J. W. Parker, J. 

Classical Specialists, including Greek History. Black, H.H. Ling- 
wood, F. H. Munroe, P. F. Bannister, J. A. 
Dowsley, W. C. 

French , Final. Cl. I. Cloney, S. L. Robertson, A. M. 

Cl. III. Cryan, G. Smith, Y. B. Graham, P. E. 
Farquharson, R. A. 

Preliminary. Cl. I. Moore, J. L. Clarke, L. J. 

Cl. II. McPherson, W. E. Shireff, R. W. 
McKerracher, M. 

Cl. III. Flack, U. J. Henstridge, E. Dick- 
son, E. A. Clothier, J. O. Daw- 
son, A. L. McLean, A. E. Suth- 
erland, J, C. 

Pass. Campbell, A. L. 

German, Final. Cl. I. Robertson, A. M. 

Cl. II. Cloney, S. L. Cameron, J. 

Cl. III. Smith, Y. B. Graham, P. E. Mc- 
Pherson, H. G. Farquharson, R. A. 


168 


Preliminary. Cl. I. Moore, J. L. Slack, V. J. 

Clark, J. L. 

Cl. II. Shireff, R. W. McPherson, 
W. E. 

Cl. III. McKerracher, M. Dickson, 
E. A. Henstridge, E. Clo- 
thier, J. O. 

Pass. McLean, A. E. 

Italian. Cl. I. Robertson, A. M. Graham, P. E. 

Cl. II. Cryan, G. Grenfell, C. 

Cl. III. Farquharson, R. A. 

Anglo-Saxon. Cl. I. Duff, J. Grenfell, M. E. McLennan, Eliza. 

Hord, A. H. Gober, M. Skelton, O. 
Cl. II. Allen, Laura. Walker, C. W, Stewart, 
R. T. Tandy, W. R. 

CL III. Greenhill, Eva E. Shortell, D. H. John- 
ston, J. K, Mitchell, G. Macdonald, 
J. F. Mudie, Ethel. Dolan, G. Mur- 
ray, Eliza. Munro, H. B. Tandy, H. 
Macpherson, R. J. Edwards, C. H. 
Graham, E. P. Detlor, W. T. Bell- 
amy, M. Durie, C. 

English. Cl. I. Marty, S. E. Fraser, T. Cameron, J. Hunter, 
R F 

Cl. II. McRea, F. A. McEwen, J. S. Dowsley, W.C. 
(Specialist). Gober, M. 

Cl. III. Powell, G. L. Brown, A. B. Sinclair, E. 

Goodfellow, J. Beaton, K. McPherson, 
H. G. Campbell, A. L. 

Pass. Ferguson, T. Y. S. McIntyre, W C. Maud- 
son, G. Gordon, A. E. Hamilton, J. C. 
Ingram, J. R. McKinnon, M. A. McKin- 
non, H. L. Murray, M. L. Russell, M. 
Scott, J. M. 

History. CL I. Lochhead, W. M. Bernstein, J. S. Morrison, 
A. S. Dalton, G. F. Henstridge, E. 

Cl. II. Detlor, W. T. 

Philosophy , Final. Cl. L Carmichael, H. 

Cl. II. Pitts, F. 

Partial course. Hall, J. R. 

Political Science, Final. Shortt, J. S., M.A. Davis, J. S. 

Volume, D. A. 

Pass. Grange, W. A. Young, M. R. Scott, 
J. M. Dargavel, R. B. McLennan, 
A. L. McNeil, A. J. Edmison, 
J. H. Woods, S. A. Powell, G. L. 


169 


Mathematics, Final, Cl. I. Matthews, S. W. Anglin, R. W. 

Preliminary . Cameron, J. S. Gould, W. H. Mc- 
Phail, A. C. Rawlins, J. W. 
Seaton, E. T. 

Group I. 

Synthetic Solid Geometry, Cl. III. Huffman, A. F. 

Algebra 1 Cl. II. Kennedy, T. 

Cl. III. Fortescue C. Hunter, W. R. Ruttan, E. 

Trigonometry I, Cl. I. Cummings, J. C. Hunter, W. R. 

Cl. III. Moore, W. Ruttan, E. Wilson, W. A. 

Modern Geometry. Cl. III. Fortescue, C. Huffman, A. F. 

Conics I. Cl. I. Cummings, J. C. Knight, 

Cl. II. Kennedy, T. Morton, A. Collier, W. H. 

Group II. 

Calculus I. Cl. I. Collier, W. H. Morton, A. 

Cl. II. Cameron, J. S. Cummings, J.S. Kennedy, T. 
Lochead, H. S. 

Spherical Trigonometry and Astronomy. Cl. I. Cameron, J. S. 

Cl. III. Collier, W. H. 
Morton, A. 

Physics , Final. Cl. II. Baker, W. C., M.A. 

Preliminary . Cummings, J. C. 

Botany , Final. Cl. I. Furlong, T. H. Reid, M. R. Johnston, 
J. K. Asselstine, F. Row, R. K. 
Smith, T. C. 

Cl. II. Taylor, J. A. 

Preliminary. Cl. I. Boyd, A. A. Thompson, P. M. 

Brown, P. W. Sexton, J. H. 
Boyd, M. Kirkland, W. S. 
Collinson, J.C. Langford, T.E. 
Stratton, C. W. 

Cl. III. Snell, G. W. Youngson, M. A. 

Animal Biology, Final. Cl. I. Furlong, T. H. Reid, M. R. 

Johnston, J. K. 

Cl. II. Row, R. K. Taylor, J. A. 

Cl. III. Smith, T. C. 

Preliminary. Cl. I. Sexton, J. H. Kirkland, W. S. 
Brown, P. W. 


170 


Cl. II. Boyd, A. A. Langford, T. E. 

Thompson, P. M. Bower, T.W. 
Neish, A. C. 

Cl. III. Boyd, M. Tyner, W. G. 

Pass . Cl. I. Bruels, D. Saunders, W. J. 
Youngson, M. A. 

Chemistry , Preliminary. Cl. I. Collinson, J. C. 

Cl. II. Stratton, C. M. Neish, A. C. 

Tyner, W. G. 

CL III. Langford, T. E. 

Specialist Course in Qualitative Analysis, etc. Kirkland, W. S. 

Croft, L. Y. Sexton, J. H. Brown, P. W. 
Boyd, A. A. Belfour, P. F. Youngson, M. A. 


HONOUR LISTS FROM 1877. 

1877. 

Classics. Cl. I. Mackenzie, Arch. A. 

Mathematics and Physics. Cl. I. Irvine, Wm. H. 

Philosophy. Cl. I. Mackenzie, Arch. A. 

English Literature and History. Cl. I. Mackenzie, Arch. A. 

1878. 

Classics. Cl. I. Macdonald, Geo. 

Mathematics. Cl. I. Givens, D. A. McLennan, F. M. 
Philosophy. Cl. I. Macdonald, Geo. 

English Literature and History. Cl. I. Macdonald, Geo. 

1879. 

Classics. Cl. I. Briden, Wm. H. McTavish, D. 
Mathematics. Cl. I. Stewart, W. 

Cl. II. McMillan, H. H. 

History. Cl. I. McKay, M. 

Chemistry. Cl. I. Dupuis, J. M. 

1880. 

Classics . Cl. I. Linton, A. R. 

Philosophy. Cl. I. McCallum, A. B. 

Political Economy. Cl. I. Shibley, H. T. 

Chemistry. Cl. I. Shannon, L. W. 

Moderns. Cl. I. Robertson, M. S. 


171 


1881. 

Classics. Cl. I. Dyde, S. W. 

Creek. CL I. Smith, A. L. 

Latin. Cl. I. McKay, R. 

Cl. II. Irving, R 

Mathematics. Cl. I. Davis, B. N. Hume, J. P. 

Philosophy. Cl. I. Linton, A. R McTavish, D, 

Political Economy . Cl. I. O’Reilly, J. R. 

English Literature and History. Cl. I. Young, J. Fowler, H. C. 
Chemistry. Cl. I. Hume, J. P. Davis, B. N. 

1882. 

Creek. Cl. I. Cameron, C. J. 

Latin. Cl. I. Cameron, C. J. 

Cl. II. Smith, A. L. 

Philosophy. Cl. I. Hay, J. 

Political Economy. Cl. I. McLeod, A. 

English Literature and History. Cl. I. Ferguson, R. 

Cl. II. Johnston, J. R. 

History. Cl. I. Shibley, H. T. 

1883. 

Mathematics. Cl. I. Givan, A, 

Philosophy. Cl. I. Shortt, A. 

English Literature and History. Cl. I. Gandier, A. Smith, A. L. 
Chemistry. Cl. I. Ricol, W. 

1884. 

Creek. Cl. I. Fitzgerald, Eliza S. 

Latin. Cl. I. Fitzgerald, Eliza S. 

Cl. II. Cooke, J. 

Philosophy. Cl. I. Dyde, S. W. 

Political Economy. Cl. I. Hay, J. 

English Literature. Cl. I. Henderson, G. F. 

Chemistry. Cl. I. McGillivray, Alice. 

1885. 

Greek. Cl. II. Mitchell, G. W. Drummond, W. J. 

Latin. Cl. II. Mitchell, G. W. Drummond, W. J. 


172 


Mathematics . Cl. I. Connell, J. C. 

Cl. II. McColl, A. E. 

Chemistry. Cl. I. Scott, C. A. 

Natural Science. Cl. I. Nicol, W. 

Cl. II. Scott, C. A. 

1886. 

Creek. Cl. I. Clyde, W. 

Mathematics. Cl. I. Horsey, H. E, McKinnon J. 

Philosophy. Cl. I. Gandier, A. 

English Literature and History. Cl. I. Hunter, J. McF. McRae, 

T. W. R. Nicol, W. 

Cl. II. Miller, J. 

English. Cl. II. Elliott, E. 

History. Cl. I. Elliott, E. 

Chemistry. Cl. I. Gardiner, S. H. Shorey, E. C. 

Natural Science. Cl. I. Gardiner, S. H. Shorey, E. C. 
Moderns. Cl. I. Dunlop, J. G. Folger, Marion. 

Cl. II. Elliott, E. Miller, J. 

1887. 

Greek. Cl. I. Logie, W. A. Parker, F. R. 

Cl. II. Wilson, H. L. 

Latin. Cl. I. Logie, W. A. Parker, F. R. 

Cl. II. Wilson, H. L. 

Mathematics. Cl. I. Findlay, J. 

Philosophy. Cl. I. Marshall, J. 

Political Economy. Cl. I. McLeod, P. A. Wright, J. J. 
English Literature and History. Cl. II. Dunlop, J. G. 
Chemistry. Cl. I. Kilborn, O. L. 

Cl. II. McClement, W. T. 

1888. 

Creek. Cl. I. Wilson, H. L. Finlay, W. A. 

Cl. II. Hartwell, G. E. 

Latin. Cl. I. Wilson, H. L. Finlay, W. A. Beall, A. W. 

Cl. II. Claxton, J. Barclay, W. B. C. 

Mathematics. Cl. I. Patterson, W. J. 

Cl. II. Ross, A. H. D. 

Philosophy. Cl. I. Mackenzie, M. 


173 


Political Economy. Cl. I. Hay, A. G. Binnie, J. Sharp, J. 
English Literature and History. Cl. II. Barclay, W. B. C. 
Chemistry. Cl. I. Hales, J. 

Cl. II. Haig, A. Morden, G. W. White, J. W. 
Natural Science. Cl. I. Allen, T. G. McClement, W. T. 
Moderns. Cl. I. Beall, A. W. Claxton, J. A. 

1889. 

Greek. Cl. I. Drummond, D. R. Dyde, G. E. Mills, J. H. 

Cl. II. Cooke, J. 

Latin. Cl. I. Drummond, D. R. Dyde, G. E., and Mills, J. H., 
equal. 

Cl. II. Griffin, E. S. 

Mathematics. Cl. I. Minnes, R. King, F. Farrel, T. H., 
Curie, W. 

Philosophy. Cl. I. McLeod, P. A. 

Cl. II. Sharp, J. Binnie, J. Hay, A. G. 

Political Economy. Cl. I. Patterson, W. J. Curie, W. Sinclair, J, 
Cl. II. Phalen, R. M. 

English Literature. Cl. II. Lett, R. M. McDonald, N. 

History. Cl. I. Lett, R. M. 

Chemistry. Cl. I. Walker, T. L. 

Cl. II. Corkill, E. J. Pope, F. J. 

Botany. Cl. I. Bowerman, J. T. 

Cl. II. Corkill, E. J. Walker, T. L 
Zoology. Cl. I. Bowerman, J. T. 

Geology. Cl. I. Bowerman, J. T. 

Moderns. Cl. II. Griffin, E. S. Lett, R. M. 

1890. 

Greek. Cl. I. Heap, F. 

Latin. Cl. I. Heap, F. 

Mathematics. Cl. I. Snell, J. Carmichael, N. R. 

Philosophy. Cl. I. Sinclair, J. A. Findlay, J. 

English Literature. Cl. I. Hamilton, C. F. 

History. Cl. I. Hamilton, C. F. Shibley, L. 

Cl. II Smellie, el. F. 

Chemistry. Cl. I. Pope, F. J. 

Natural Science. — Botany. Cl. I. Lees, R. Fenwick, A. M. 

Geology. Cl. I. Fenwick, A. M. Lees, R. 
Zoology. Cl. I. Fenwick, A. M. Lees, R. 


174 

1891. 

Greek . Cl. I. Ireland, F. A. W. Carmichael, N. R. 

Latin. Cl. I. Ireland, F. A. W. Carmichael, N. R. 

Cl. II. Downing, J. J. 

Mathematics. Cl. II. McPherson, W. A. Boyle, J. 

Philosophy. Cl. I. Millar, J. McPherson, N. 

English Literature. Cl. I. Kellock, J. M. Marquis, T. G. 

Marshall, J. Ireland, F. A. W, 

History. Cl. I. Peck, W. W. 

Cl. II. Wilson, C. L. M. 

Chemistry. Cl. I. Wood, I. Arthur, C. C. 

Natural Science. — Botany. Cl. I. Arthur, C. C. Baker, H. M. 

Cowley, R. H. 

Zoology. Cl. I. Pope, F. J. Arthur, C. C. 

Wood, I. Cunningham, D. 
Baker, H. M. Lockhart, T. J. 
Geology. Cl. I. Baker, H. M, 

Moderns. Cl. I. Campbell, Annie G. 

Cl. II. Wilson, C. L. M. 

1892. 

Latin. Cl. I. McDonald, J., and Laird, R., equal. Hutcheon, 
R. J. McIntosh, W. D. 

Cl. II. Ross, A. E. Connell, J. Downing, J. 

Greek. Cl. I. McDonald, J. Laird, R. Hutcheon, R. J. 

Cl. II. Ross, A. E. Connell, J. 

Moderns. — French. Cl. II. Downing, J. 

German. Cl. II. Downing, J. 

Italian. Cl. I. Downing, J. 

English. Cl. I. Sharp, J. 

Cl. II. Gallup, E. C. O’Shea, J. Hugo, F. 

History. Cl. I. Pergau, P. Kellock, J. McC. 

Cl. II. Malcolm G. 

Philosophy. Cl. I. Thompson, T. J. 

Political Science. Cl. I. Peck, W. W. Sinclair, J. A. 

Cl. II. Hugo, F. 

Mathematics. Cl. I. Stewart, J. A. Gibson, J. C. Reid, Etta A. 
Cl. II. Campbell, P. McG. 

Natural Science. — Geology. Cowley, R. H. Smith, J. H. 

1893. 

Latin. Cl. I. Macdonnell, G. F. 

Cl. II. Ross, A. E. Bryan, H. W. 


175 


Greek. Cl. I. Macdonnell, G. F. Ross, A. E. 

Cl. II. Bryan, H. W. 

Sanscrit. Cl. I. Ross, A. E. 

English. Cl. I. Peck, W. W. McManus, Emily. Haydon, A. 
Millar, J. M. Hugo, F. 

Cl. II. Dyde, G. E. McIntosh, J. W. 

French. Cl. I. Marty, Aletta E. 

Cl. II. McIntosh, J. W. Thompson, Margaret J. 
Nicol, Jennie. 

German. Cl. I, Marty, Aletta E. McIntosh, J. W. 

Cl. II. Nicol, Jennie. 

Italian. Cl. I. Marty, Aletta E. Thompson. Margaret J. 
McIntosh, J. W. 

Cl. II. Nicol, Jennie. 

History. Cl. I. Haydon, A. Lavell, C. F. 

Cl. II. Nicol, Jennie. 

Philosophy. Cl. I. Easton, W. H. Davis, W. H. 

Political Science. Cl. I. Haydon, A. Hugo, F. 

Mathematics. Cl. I. Norris, J. 

Chemistry I. Cl. I. Guess, H. A. Ross, A. H. D. Fox, C. B. 
Cl. II. Ford, A. B. 

Qualitative Analysis, Crystallography , and General Chemistry 
{only). Mac Vicar, J 

Qualitative Analysis {only). Williamson, A. R. B. Moffatt, W. 
Mineralogy II. Cl. I. Guess, H. A. 

Cl. II. MacVicar, J. 


Systematic Mineralogy {only). Boddy, Martha. 


Natural Science. — Botany. 

Cl. I. 

Allen, Maggie D. 

Geology. 

Cl. I. 

Allen, Maggie D. 

Cl. II. 

Cameron, C. K. 0. 

Zoology. 

Cl. I. 

Chisholm, W. J. Guess, G. 
A. Ford, A. B. Moffatt, W. 


Cl. II. 

Fox, C. B. Boddy, Martha. 
Allen, Maggie D. Ross, A. 
H. D. 

Histology. 

Cl. I. 

Ford, A. B. Moffatt, W. 
MacVicar, J. Boddy, Mar- 
tha. Cameron, C. K. O. 
Guess, G. A. Ross, A. H. D. 
Fox, C. B. 


Cl. II. 

Kayler, W. B. Allen, 

Maggie D. 


176 


1894. 


Latin . Cl. I. Grant, W. L. Bryan, H. W. 

Cl. II. Shortt, J. S. Bennet, C. Y. Gray, S. H. 

Greek. Cl. I. Grant, W. L. Bryan, H. W. Shortt, J. S. 

Cl. II. Bennet, C. Y. Gray, S. H. Herbison, R. 
French. Cl. I. McIntosh, J. W. 

Cl. II. Connolly, H. A. 

German. Cl. II. McIntosh, J. W. Thompson, M. J. Connolly, 
H. A. Anglin, F. R. 

Italian. Cl. I. Menish, Janet I. Connolly, H. A. McIntosh, J.W. 

Cl. II. Barr, J. Harvey, K. Anglin, F. R. 

English. Cl. I. Peacock, E. R. Snyder, H. Adell. McColl, 

J. A. McIntosh, J. W. 

Cl. II. Newman, G. E. Marty, Aletta E. Thompson, 
M. J. Mowat, J. McD. 


History. Cl. I. Beaton, A. H. Hugo, F. Snyder, H. Adell. 
Cl. II. Newman, G. E. 

Philosophy. Cl. I. Stewart, J. Murray, Minnie. 

Political Science. Cl. I. Peacock, E. R. Lavell, C. F. 

Cl. II. McManus, Emily. Irving, W. G. 
Beaton, A. H. 

Mathematics. Cl. I. Mitchell, S. A. 

Cl. II. Norris, I. T. 

Botany. Cl. I. Chisholm, W. I. Johnston, J. W. Moffatt, W. 
Animal Biology. Cl. I. Chisholm, W. I. Moffatt, W. 

Cl. II. McYicar, J. Johnson, J. W. 

Geology. Cl. I. Boddy, Martha. 

Chemistry. Cl. I. Fox, C. B. Guess, G. A. 

Mineralogy. Cl. I. Guess, G. A. 


1895. 


Latin. Cl. I. King, W. W. Watson, E. C. Windel, H. C. 

Cl. II. Anglin, F. R. Bennett, W. C. Campbell, C. D. 

Clark, R. J. Clark, W, T. Croskery, R. A. 
Denyes, J. M. Macdougal, C. A. McDougall, 
J. B. 


Greek. Cl. I. Watson, E. C. Playfair, F. King, W. W. 
Clark, R. J. 

Cl. II. Macdougal, C. A. Clark, W. T. 

French. Cl. I. Connolly, H. A. Day, A. E. 

Cl. II. Menish, Janet I. Anglin, R. F. Denyes, J. M. 
Harvey, Katherine. 


177 


German. Cl. I. Connolly, H. A. Day, A. E. 

Cl. II. Menish, Janet I. Denyes, J. M. 

Italian. Cl. I. Connolly, H. A. Menish, Janet I. Day, A. E. 
Cl. II. Denyes, J. M. 

English. Cl. I. Fraser, Annie E. Poison, Susan C. Connolly, 
H. A. Clark, R. J. Rogers, J. C. Thomp- 
son, T. J. Griffith, Agnes J. 

Cl. II. Millar, J. L. Conn, J R. Menish, Janet I. 

Day, A. E. Herbison, W. J. Smith, Violet 
B. Fitzpatrick, A. 

History. Cl. I. Munro, W. B. 

Cl. II. Hunter, R. F. Hermiston, G. M. 

Philosophy. Cl. I. Patterson, W. J. Fraser, J. R. Laird, R. 
Political Science. Cl. I. McColl, J. A. Mow at, J. McD. 

Cl. II. Clark, R. J. Herbison, W. J. 
Mathematics. Cl. I. Sills, W. R. Ryerson, S. E. 

First Honour Physics. Cl. II. Matthews, S. W. McEwen, J.S. 

Cl. III. Griffiths, Edna B. Seaton, E.T. 
Second Honour Physics. Cl. I. Mclnnes, C. R. Mitchell, S. A. 
Animal Biology . Cl. I, Ewing, W. C. Williamson, A. R. B. 

McCreary, R. N. 

Cl. II. Attwood, A. E. Menzies, R. D. 
Young, W. 

Botany. Cl. I. Ewing, W. C. McCreary, R. N. Attwood, 
A. E. Young, W. 

Geology. Cl. I. Staples, L. E. 

Cl. II. Clark, J. W. 

Chemistry. Cl. I. Guess, H. A. Brock, R. W. Baker, W. C. 

Cl. II. Menzies, R. D. Williamson, A. R. Clark, 
J. K. 

Mineralogy . Cl. I. Breck, R. W. Guess, H. A. Baker, W. C. 

1896. 

Latin. Cl. I. Playfair, A. W. Patterson, A. C. Shortt, E. J. 
Cl. II. McDougall, J. B. Geddes, R. W. Currie, P. W. 
Beaton, K. Berlanquet, H. S. 

Greek. Cl. I. Windel, H. C. 

Cl. II. Campbell, C. D. Berlanquet, H. S. Alcombrack, 
R. W. McDougall, J. B. Geddes, R. W. 
Stewart, E. J. 

French. Cl. I. Marty, S. E. Johns, C. P. Griffith, A. J. 

Cl. II. Spooner, A. C. Cameron, J. Cloney, S. L. 

Munro, M. E., and McPherson, H. G., equal. 


178 


German. Cl. I. Marty, S. E. Griffith, A. J. 

Cl. II. Spooner, A. C. Johns, C. P. 

Italian . Cl. I. Griffith, A. J. Cloney, S. L., and Marty, S. E., 
equal. Munro, M. E. Cameron, J. 

Cl. II. Johns, C. P. McPherson, H. G., and Smith, 
V. B., equal. Spooner, A. C. 

English. Cl. I. Burton, R. Brown, J. C. Day, A. E. Hen- 
stridge, E. Cloney, S. E. 

Cl. II. McCaig, J. McPherson, W. E. Johns, C. P. 

Kellock, W. McC. McNab, R, C. Miller, 
J. D. Spooner, A. C. Instant, F. P. 
History. Cl. I. Brown, J. C. Burgess, H. H. Hunter, R. F. 
Poison, S. C. 

Cl. II. McDowall, E. Lindsay, E. 

Philosophy. Cl. I. Turnbull, J. H. Herbison, R. 

Cl. II. Lang, G. R. 

Political Science. Cl. I. Conn, J. R. Munro, W. B. 

Cl. II. Hall, J R. Kellock, W. McC. McNab, 
R. C. McRae, F. A. Millar, J. L. 
Miller, J. D. Volume, D. A. 
Mathematics. Cl. I. Robertson, A. M. Mclnnes, C. R. 

Cl. II. Griffith, E. B. 


Botany. Cl. I. Moore, J. R. Gavin, F P. Power, J. F. 
Meade, R. 

Cl. II. Gilfillan, J. Baker, W. R. 

Animal Biology. Cl. I. Moore, J. R. Williamson, A. R. B. 

Power, J. F. Meade, R. Menzies, 
R. D. 


Cl. II. Gavin, F. P, Porter, S. E. 


Chemistry. Cl. I. Hiscock, R. C. Williamson, A. R. B. 

Cl. II. Me Vicar, J. 

Mineralogy. Cl. II. Hiscock, R. C. 

Petrography and Economic Geology. Cl. II. Hiscock, R. C. 


179 


LIST OF STUDENTS , 

Session 1896-97. 


IN ARTS. 

Those marked with an asterisk are Students for the Ministry of the 
Presbyterian Church of Canada. 

Year of 


Name. 

Atten- Summer Residence. Where Educated, 

dance. 

Adam, Maggie B. . 

1 

Hamilton 

. .Hamilton C. I. 

Alcombrack, R.W. 

6 

Cataraqui ... . 
Bishop’s Mills. 

. .Napanee H. S. 

* Alexander, W. A. 

4 

. . Kemptville H. S. 

Allan, Laura E. . . . 

2 

Marlbank 

. .Carleton Place H. S. 

Allen, Emily 

Anderson, D. G. . . 

8 

Kingston 

. .Kingston C. I. 

2 

Listowel. ...... 

. .Listowel H. S. 

Anglin, H 

2 

Kingston ...... 

. . Kingston C. I. 

Anglin, J. P 

1 

Kingston 

. .Kingston C. I. 

Anglin, R. W. . . . 

5 

Kingston 

. .Kingston C. I. 

*Anthony, J 

8 

Owen Sound. . 

. .Owen Sound C. I. 

Asselstine, T. M. . . 

1 

Kingston . ... 

. .Kingston C. I. 

*Bain, Wm. J 

4 

Elora 

. .Elora H. S. 

Bajus, Carrie 

2 

Kingston 

. .Kingston C. I. 

Baker, Jas. Y 

4 

Summerstown . 

.. Cornwall H. S. 

Baker, Manley B . . 

1 

Stratford 

. .Stratford C. I. 

Bannister, J. A. . . 

3 

Port Dover 

. .Port Dover H. S. 

Barnard, A. T. . . . 

2 

Hamilton 

. .Private. 

Beckett, S. E. J. . . 

2 

Goderich 

. .Goderich C. I. 

Beckstedt, I. N. . . 

2 

Chesterville . . . 

. .Morrisburg C. I. 

Belfour, Percy F. . 

2 

Bath 

. .Napanee C. I. 

Bell, James A. M. . 

2 

Almonte 

. .Almonte H. S. 

Bellamy, Mabel G.. 

3 

Prescott 

. .Athens H. S. 

Bernstein, J. S 

3 

Kingston 

. .London C. I. 

Bircb, Ada L 

2 

Kingston 

. .Kingston C. I. 

Black, Harvey H . . 

3 

Kingston 

. .Kingston C. I. 

Black, Jean B 

2 

Hamilton 

. . Hamilton C. I. 

Bower, Thos. T. . . 

3 

Tweed 

. . Svdenham H. S. 

Boyd, Annie A. . . . 

4 

Kingston 

. . Ottawa Normal Sch. 

Boyd, A. Montrose 

3 

Calgary, Alta. . 

. .Harriston H. S. 

Boyd, Mabel 

3 

Kingston 

. . Kingston C. I. 

Brandon, J. S 

3 

Ancaster 

. . Hamilton C. I. 

Brandon, W. M. . . 

2 

Ancaster 

. . Hamilton C. I. 

Brisco, Norris A. . 

3 

Napanee 

. .Napanee C. I. 

Britton, Millie G. . 

2 

Kingston 

.Kingston C. I. 


180 


Year of 

Name. Atten- Summer Residence. Where Educated, 

dance. 

Brown, Amelia B. 3 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Brown, Percy W. . 2 Elgin Smith’s Falls H. S. 

Bryson, Minnie G. 2 Ottawa Coligny Coll., Ottawa. 

Burgess, Herb. H. 4 Owen Sound Private. 

Burgess, J. A 2 Bradford Aylmer (W.) C. I. 

Burke, T. E 1 Westport Wes. Theo. College. 

Burr, Lenne 2 Ameliasburg ... Albert College. 

Burrows, Alf. G.. 2 Napanee .Napanee C. I. 

^Burton, Robert.. 5 Dundas Dundas H. S. 

Butler, George A. . 4 Deseronto Deseronto H. S. 

Byers, D. Ricb’nd. 2 Gananoque Gananoque H. S. 

^Byrnes, John D.. 3 Cumberland Almonte H. S. 

Caldwell, Daisy. . . 2 Sydenham ..... .Sydenham H. S. 

Cameron, Jessie.. 4 Almonte.: Almonte H. S. 

Cameron, John S.T 3 Goderich Picton H. S. 

Campbell, Agnes L. 3 Rose Island Norwood H. S. 

^Campbell, C. D. . 7 Dunvegan Renfrew H. S. 

Campbell, J. A. . . . 1 Keene Peterboro C. I. 

Campbell, Lizzie V. 3 Smith’s Falls. . . .Smith’s Falls H. S. 

Campbell, Marg.A. 2 Smith’s Falls Smith’s Falls H. S. 

Cannon, John D.. 3 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Carmichael, H.... 6 Spencerville Kemptville H. S. 

Carmichael, R. F. 5 Strange Parkdale C. I. 

Carswell, Wm. G. 2 Carleton Place. .Carleton Place C. I. 

Chisholm, Geo. W. 3 Windsor Ridgetown H. S. 

Clark, Geo. W. . . . 3 Kingston Kingston, C. I. 

Clarke, Luther J.. 2 Walkerton 

Clarke, J. T. A. . . 4 Lindsay Lindsay C. I. 

Cloney, S. Louise. 4 St. Catharines. . .St. Catharines C. I. 

Clothier, J. 0 4 Kemptville Kemptville H. S. 

Clow, Charles N. . 3 Lyn Brockville C. I. 

Collier, Wesley H. 3 Napanee Napanee H. S. 

Collinson, John C. 3 Kingston Athens H. S. 

Craig, John D. . . . 5 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

*Crawford, Wm.F. 1 Brockville Brockville C. I. 

Croft, Lawrence V. 3 Middleville Almonte H. S. 

Crozier, Alex. J. . . 4 Grand Valley. . . .Orangeville, H. S. 

Cryan, Georgiana. 3 Demorestville .. .Kingston C. I. 

Cummings, J. G.. 3 Ragged Rapids. .Peterboro C. I. 

Currie, Peter W. . . 4 Sonya Toronto C. I. 

Currie, J. J 2 Port Elgin Owen Sound C. I. 

Curtis Guy 4 Elgin Albert College. 

Dalton, Geo. F..., 3 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Dargavell, R. B. .. 2 Newboro Athens H. S. 

Davis, John S 4 Madoc. St. Catharines C. I. 


181 


Year of 

Name. Atten- Summer Kesidence. Where Educated, 

dance. 

Dawson, Annie L. 4 Ompah Trenton H. S. 

Day, Henry E . . . . 2 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Deacon, Mary A.. 2 Brockville Brockville C. I. 

Dempster, J. H. . . 2 - Ridgetown. Ridgetown C. I. 

Detlor, Wm. T 5 Napanee Napanee C. I. 

Devitt, G. Howard 2 Easton’s Corners. Easton's Corners H. S. 

Dickey, Ethbert L. 1 Lyn Brockville C. I. 

Dickson, Ethel A. 3 Kingston Kingstou C. I. 

Dickson, C. W 1 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Dolan, Geo. R. . . . 2 Carleton Place. . .Carleton Place C. I. 

Dolan, John H . . . . 4 Carleton Place . . . Carleton Place C. I. 

Donovan, Gert. A. 2 Kingston Kngston C. I. 

Dowsley, Wm. C. . 3 Frankville Athens H. 8. 

Drennan, Ethel... 2 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Duff, Jas 2 Burnstown Renfrew H. S. 

Dunkley, A. W. . . 3 Morven.. Napanee C. I. 

Durie, Corbet L. . . 3 Ottawa. Private. 

Edmison, Geo. A. 3 Rothsay. .Owen Sound C. I. 

Edmison, John H. 3 Peterboro Peterboro C. I. 

Edwards, C. B. . . . 3 London Woodstock C.I. 

Edwards, C. H... 4 Keene Norwood H. S. 

Ellicott, T. W. H. 2 Montreal MontrealH.S. 

English, John W. 2 Minden Iroquois H. S. 

Ettinger, J. C.... 1 Kingston Listowel H. 8. 

Ewart, Wm. M. . . 3 Smith’s Falls Smith’s Falls H. S. 

Falkner, James... 2 Williamstown . . . Wiiliamstown H. S* 

Farquharson, R. A. 3 Kincardine Whitby C. I. 

Fee, Samuel McL. 5 Camden East . . .Newburg H. S. 

Fee, Wm. M 5 Morton Newburg H. S. 

Ferguson, Alex... 2 Williamstown Wiiliamstown H. S. 

Ferguson, C. A. . . 4 Admaston Renfrew H. S. 

Ferguson, T. J. S. 3 Blackstock Port Perry H. S. 

Forbes, Herbert C. 1 London St. Thomas C. I. 

Forbes, Wm. B... 3 Sarnia Hamilton C. I. 

Fowlie, Alfred J.. 1 Erin Paris H. S. 

Fraleck, Ernest L. 5 Belleville Belleville H. S. 

Fraser, Marion 3 L’ Original Hawkesbury H. S. 

Fraser, Thurlow.. 4 Orleans .Almonte H. S. 

Fraser, Wm. A. . . 3 Big Harbor, C.B. .Sydney Academy. 

Frizzell, John R. . 4 Munster Carleton Place H. S. 

Froats, Willis C. . . 3 Morrisburg Morrisburg C. I. 

Furlong, Thos. H. 4 Simcoe Collingwood C. I. 

Galbraith, Robert. 5 Guelph Galt C. I. 

Girvin, Harry 1 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Gober, Mai 2 Atlanta, Ga Harwood Seminary. 


182 


Year of 

Name. Atten- Summer Residence. Where Educated, 

dance. 


Goodfellow, Jas. . . 
Goodwill, T. W. M. 
Gordon, Annie E. , 
Gordon, D. L. ... 
Gould, Wm. H.... 
Graham, Peter E. . 
Graham, Roberts. 
Grange, Wm. A. . . 
Gray, Henrietta A. 

Gray, John M 

Greenhill, Eva E. . 

Grenfell, C. P 

Grenfell, Mary E. 
Griffith, Milton A. 
Grey, Wm ....... . 

Hager, Arthur E . . 

Hall, John R 

Hamilton, John C. 
Hamilton, Gavin.. 

Hamm, Ben 

Harper, And. M. . . 
Harvey, John F. . . 
Hawley, Albert I. . 
Heeney, Thos. F. . 
Henderson, Magnus 
Henstridge, Eliz’h. 

Hindle, Geo 

Hodgson, Robt. T. 
Hord, Alfred H. . . 
Huffman, A. F. . . . 
Hunter, W. R. . . . 
Ingram, John R. . 
Instant, Fred. P. . 
Irving, Robert M. . 

Irwin, Wm 

Jackson, F. W 

Jackson, V. W. . . 
J amieson, Georg’ na 
Jonnston, Ethel L. 
Johnson, John K. . 
Kayler, W. Ben. . . 
Keillor, James.... 
Kellock, W. McC. 

Kelly, Jas. V 

Kemp, Wm 


3 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

3 Charlottetown, P.E.i.Prince of Wales Coll. 

5 Ottawa. ........ .Private. 

4 Stapledon Carleton Place H. S. 

1 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

4 Campbellford. . . . Campbellford H. S. 

3 Elginburg Elginburg. 

4 Napanee Napanee C. I. 

4 Kingston. . Kingston C. I. 

4 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

2 Prescott Prescott C. I. 

3 Kingston Athens H. S. 

2 Kingston Carleton Place H. S. 

3 Kingston Winnipeg C I. 

4 Camden East Newburg H. S. 

1 Prescott Athens H. S. 

6 Teeswater St. Catharines C. I. 

4 Smith’s Falls St. Catharines C. I. 

2 McLeod, Alta. . . 

2 Bath Private. 

2 Madoc Madoc H. S. 

3 Sydenham Sydenham H. S. 

3 Napanee Napanee C. I. 

3 Woodstock Woodstock C. I. 

2 Sooke, B.C Private. 

4 Portsmouth Kingston C. I. 

2 Orilia. Barrie C. I. 

3 Guelph Guelph C. I. 

3 Mitchell Mitchell H. S. 

3 Gilead «... .Belleville H. S. 

2 Smith’s Falls Smith’s Falls H. S. 

4 Lindsay Lindsay C. I. 

5 Emerald Kingston C. I. 

4 Riverside Riverside H. S. 

4 Listowel Collingwood C. I. 

1 Kingston Private. 

1 Fulton Hamilton C. I. 

2 Napanee Napanee C. I. 

1 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

3 West Lome London C. I. 

5 Morrisburg Napanee H. S. 

6 Ridgetown Port Elgin H. S. 

6 Richmond, Que. .Kemptville H. S. 

4 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

3 Kingston Kingston C. I. 


183 


Year of 

Name. Atten- Summer Residence. Where Educated, 

dan ce. 


Kennedy, Jen’ieM. 

2 

Apple Hill. .... 

. .Williamstown H. S. 

Kennedy, Thos... 

8 

Agincourt 

. .Markham H. S. 

Kerfoot, H. W . . . 

2 

Minesing. .... 

. . Barrie C. I. 

Kingsbury, H. C. W. 

2 

Roham, Que. . . 

. .Cassenovia Seminary. 

Kingston, E. A. . . 

2 

Picton 

. .Picton H. S. 

Kirkland, Wm, S.. 

2 

Smith’s Falls. . . 

. .Smith’s Falls H. S. 

Knight, Wm 

2 

Belleville 

. .Private. 

Laidlaw, J. Hugh. 

1 

Georgetown.. . . 

. . Georgetown H, S. 

Laird, David H... 

8 

Sunbury 

. .Kingston C. I. 

Langford, Thos. E. 

8 

Camella 

. Orangeville H. S. 

Larmer, E. Effie. . 

2 

Millbrook 

. .Port Hope H. S. 

Lavell, Walter H. . 

8 

Kingston 

. . Kingston C. I. 

Leckie, Neil M 

4 

Hamilton 

. . Hamilton C. I. 

Lewis, Thos. N... 

3 

Smith’s Falls. . . 

, .Smith’s Falls H. S. 

Liebun, Ernest 0. 

2 

Morpeth. 

. . Ridgetown H. S. 

Lindsay, C. Val.. 

1 

Kingston 

, .Kingston C. I. 

Lingwood, F. H . . 

2 

Kingston 

. .Gram. Sc., Suffolk, Eng. 

Lochead, Herb S. 

3 

Centreville 

, .Napanee C. I. 

Lochead, Wm. M. 

4 

Centreville 

. .Napanee C. I. 

Longwell, Alex . . . 

2 

Foxboro 

. .Albert College. 

Mabee, G. E 

1 

Port Hope 


Malone, Edith 

3 

Kingston 

. .Kingston C. I. 

Mars, Samuel 

1 

Maitland 

.Brockville C. I. 

Marshall, Wm. F. 

3 

Westbrook . . . . 

. .Kingston C. I. 

Marty, Sophia E . . 

4 

Mitchell 

. .Mitchell H. S. 

Matthews, S. W . . 

5 

Peterboro 

.Peterboro C. I. 

Maudsop, George. 

3 

Mitchell 

.Mitchell H. S. 

Maudson, Wm. H. 

4 

Manitou, Col. . . 

.Mitchell H. S. 

Meade, Hugh. .... 

3 

Nassagaweya. . . 

, .St. Catharines C. I. 

Meiklejohn, A. J. . 

4 

Big Springs 

. .Stirling C. I. 

Menzies, Alex. D. . 

4 

Glen Tay 

.Bath C. I. 

Millar, J. F 

2 

Millar ton 

. .Kincardine H. S. 

Miller, Eva M 

2 

Switzerville. . . . 

.Napanee C. I. 

Miller, Margaret D. 

2 

Keene 

, Peterboro C. I. 

Milliken, John B. . 

4 

Mimico 

. .Strathroy H. S. 

Millious, Edna M. . 

2 

Carleton Place. . 

, .Carleton Place C. I. 

Mills, Mable V.... 

1 

Kingston 

. .Kingston C. I. 

Mills, Rhoda. . . . 

3 

Kingston 

. Kingston C. I. 

Minnes, Ethel G.. 

2 

Kingston 

. .Kingston C. I. 

Misener, Geneva. . 

3 

Niagara Falls. . . 

.Niagara Falls C. I. 

Moore, John L 

3 

Toronto 

. .Toronto C. I. 

Moore, Wm 

1 

Carleton Place. . 

.Carleton Place C. I. 

Morgan, Jos 

2 

Bath 

. . Stratford C. I. 

Morris, F. J. A. . . 

1 

Smith’s Falls. . 

. .Dulwich, Col., Semin’ry 

Morrison, Alex. S. 

4 

Hanover 

. .Owen Sound C. I. 


184 


Year of 

Name. Atten- Summer Residence. Where Educated, 

dance. 

Mortin, Alice. ... 3 Aylmer Aylmer C. I. 

Mudie, Ethel 3 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Munro, Gustavus. . 2 Harriston Harriston H. S. 

Munro, H, B 2 Almonte Almonte H. S. 

Munro, John 5 Maxville Ottawa C. I. 

Munro, Maud E. . . 5 Perth Perth C. I. 

Munro, Peter 3 Lancaster Williamstown H. S. 

Murray, Eliz 2 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Murray, Eliz. C. . . 3 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Murray, May L. . . 4 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

McCallum, John A. 2 Brewer’s Mills. . .Gananoque H. S. 

McCullogh, R. J. . 2 Cobourg Cobourg C. I. 

MacDonald, J. F. . 2 Williamstown Williamstown H. S. 

Macdonald, Norval. 2 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Macdonald, P. D.. 1 Ottawa Ottawa C. I. 

McDonald, Wm. . . 3 Blakeney Almonte H. S. 

MacDonnell, J. S.. 3 Toronto Upper Canada College. 

McEwen, John S.. 4 Ashton Carleton Place H. S. 

McGaughey, Geo.. 2 Deseronto Deseronto H. S. 

McGregor, A. A. . . 1 Williamstown ...Williamstown H. S. 

McGibbon, A. A.. 4 Hawkesbury Hawkesbury H. S. 

Mcllroy, Wm. A.. 4 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

McIntosh, Alex... 5 Alexandria Alexandria H. S. 

McIntosh, J. A.... 2 Minden Lindsay C. I. 

McIntosh, Grace A. 4 Vancouver, B.C. .Reno (Nevada) H. S. 

McIntyre, Alex... 2 Brandon Private. 

McIntyre, Wm. C. 3 Newington Cornwall H. S. 

McKay, Donald, A. 1 Kingston Ingersoll H. S, 

McKay, James, D. 2 Newmarket ..... 

McKee, Marg’tL. . 2 Peterboro Peterboro C. I. 

McKenzie, Alex. . . 4 Godfrey Kincardine H. S. 

McKenzie, D. A. . . 4 Centreton Cobourg C. I. 

McKeracher,Mary. 2 Ottawa Ottawa C. I. 

McKinley, Mary M. 5 Perth Perth C. I. 

McKinnon, A. Geo 1 Ottawa Ottawa C. I. 

McKinnon, H. L. . 4 Lake Ainslie,C B.Sydney Academy. 

McKinnon, M. A. . 4 Lake Ainslie,C. B.Sydney Academy. 

McLaren, W. W.. 3 Renfrew Renfrew H. S. 

McLean, Allan E. . 3 Williamstown . . .Oshawa H. S. 

McLean, Arch K. . 2 Berwick Private. 

McLennan, A. L.. 4 Lancaster Williamstown H. S. 

McLennan, Eliz... 2 Lancaster Williamstown H. S. 

McLennan, J. D.. . 3 Port Hope Port Hope H. S. 

McLeod, Janey A. 3 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Maclean, John C.. 1 Belleville Belleville C. I. 


185 


Year of 

Name. Atten- Summer Residence. Where Educated, 

dance. 

McLennan, K. R.. 1 Lindsay Lindsay C. I. 

McNab, Alex. J. . . 1 Douglas Renfrew H. S. 

McNab, Lizzie M. . 3 Bredaltane Renfrew H. S. 

McNaughton, E.J. 2 Cornwall Cornwall H. S. 

MacNeill, A. J. . . . 4 Orangedale Sydney Academy. 

McPhail, Alex. J. . 2 Campbellville. . . .Hamilton C. I. 

McPherson, H. G. . 4 Prescott Prescott H. S. 

McPherson, E. A. . 1 Prescott Prescott H. S. 

McPherson, R. J. . 3 Kincardine Kincardine H. S. 

McPherson, May C. 1 Prescott Prescott H. S. 

McQuarrie, Wm.J. 1 West Bay Cape Breton H. S. 

McRae, Alex. D. . . 2 Athens Athens H. S. 

McRae, D. M 1 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

McRae, Farq’r A.. 5 Gamebridge Orillia H. S. 

McRae, John F. . . 4 Glen Robertson. .Alexandria H. S. 

Nelson, John 2 Lucan St. Catharines C. I. 

Nicholl, Chas. O.. 3 Binbrook Hamilton C. I. 

Nimmo, Harry M. 4 Brockvile . Brockville C. I. 

Newlands, Law. C. 2 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Nugent, Alex .... 4 Lindsay Lindsay C. I. 

O’Brien, Michael.. 3 Peterboro Peterboro C. I. 

Orser, Thos. H. . . . 3 Glen vale Kingston C. I. 

Parker, Annie B. . 3 Cayuga Hamilton C, I. 

Parker, James 3 Stirling Stirling H. S. 

Paterson, A. O... 4 Carleton Place. . .Carleton Place H. S. 

Paul, Henry E 3 Newburg Newburg H. S. 

Petrie, John A. . . . 1 Belleville Belleville H. S. 

Poole, Albertus W. 2 Poole’s Resort. . .Kingston C. I. 

Porter, Wm. C 3 Portsmouth... Kingston C. I. 

Prendergast, H. S. 2 Montreal St. Fran. Coll. Rich. Q. 

Pringle, Herb. S. . 2 Napanee Napanee H. S. 

Prettie, Wm. T. . . 4 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Purvis, Wm 2 Junetown Athens H. S. 

Putnam, J. Harold. 1 Ottawa Ottawa Nor. School. 

Rannie, Alex 6 Menie Campellford H. S. 

Rawlins, Jos. W.. 1 Perth Perth. 

Read, Geo. E 1 Rock Island, Que.Romsey, Eng. 

Reid, Edwin J. . . . 1 Dundas Dundas H. S. 

Reid, Geo. M 3 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Reid, Marvin R. . . 4 Fellows Napanee C. I. 

Reid, Victoria.... 1 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Robertson, D. M. . 3 Shakespeare Woodstock C. I. 

Rogers, Wm. C. . . 3 Linden Valley ... Picton H. S. 

Rowlands, E.J... 4 Walkerton 

Russell, Margar’t I. 4 Arnprior Arnprior H. S. 


186 


Year of 


.Name. Atten- Summer Residence. Where Educated, 

dance. 

Rattan, Arthur C. 

2 

Kingston. 

.Kingston C. I. 

Ruttan, Emily E. . 

8 

Kingston 

.Kingston C. I. 

Ryckman, Flora F. 

3 

Kingston 

.Coaticoke Academy. 

Saunders, W. J. . . 

2 

Kingston 

.Kingston C. I. 

Saunders, W. R. . . 

3 

Varency 

.Port Dover H. S. 

Scammell, Gertr’de 

2 

Joyceville 

.Kingston C. I. 

Scott, Albert 

3 

Glenmorris 

.Galt C. I. 

Scott, JohnM.... 

4 

Brockville 

.Brockville C. I. 

Seaton, E. T 

5 

Port Hope. 

.Private. 

Sexton, James H. . 

3 

Elgin 

.Brockville C. I. 

Sheffield, Edward. 

2 

Kingston 

.Kingston C. I. 

Sherreff, R. W 

2 

Fitzroy Harbor . 

Shortell, David H. 

3 

Washburn 

. Sydenham H. S. 

Shurtleff , Morley . . 

3 

Glenburnie . . . . 

.Kingston C. I. 

Sinclair, Herb. H. . 

3 

Carleton Place. . 

.Carleton Place H. S. 

Skelton, Oscar. . . . 

2 

Cornwall 

.Orangeville H. S. 

Smart, V. Irving. . 

4 

Toronto 

.San Bernadino, Cal. 

Smith, Clifford E. . 

3 

Fairfield East . . . 

.Brockville C. I. 

Smith, John C 

3 

Kingston 

.Kingston C. I. 

Smith, James H. . . 

2 

Moncton ....... 

.Mitchell H. S. 

Smith, Thos. C. . . 

6 

Chatham. 

.Collingwood C. I. 

Smythe, Geo. H. . . 

5 

Kingston 

.Kingston C. I. 

Snell, Geo. W 

4 

Portsmouth 

.Private. 

Snowden, H. A... 

5 

Wetaskiwin, N.W.T.Elora H. S. 

Snyder, Judson B v 

1 

Lancaster 

. Williamstown. 

Solandt, D. McK. . 

3 

East Berksh’e, Yt. Inverness Academy. 

Sparks, John 

1 

Kingston 

.Kingston C. I. 

Sparks, Wm 

3 

Chatham 

.Chatham C. I. 

Spence, JohnC... 

3 

Ottawa 

.Collingwood 0. I. 

Spotswood,McL. G. 

3 

Kingston 

.Kingston C. I. 

Squire, Richard L. 

1 

Kingston 

.Kingston C. I. 

Squire, Samuel H. 

1 

Kingston 

.Kingston C. I. 

Stewart, Jessie W . 

1 

Montreal 

.Montreal H. S. 

Stewart, Robert T. 

3 

Mitchell 

. Stratford C. I. 

Stiff, Louisa M. . . . 

3 

Burlington ..... 

.Hamilton C. I. 

Stratton, Chas. M. 

3 

Napanee 

.Napanee C. I. 

Sutherland, J. C . . 

3 

Richmond, Que. 

.Galt C. I. 

Tandy, James H . . 

2 

Kingston 

.Kingston C. I. 

Tandy, M. H. N. . 

1 

Kingston 

.Kingston C. I. 

Tandy, Wm. R 

2 

Kingston 

.Kingston C. I. 

Thompson, P. McK 

3 

Allan’s Mills... 

.Perth C. I. 

Tudhope, M. B . . . 

6 

Orillia 

.Orillia H. S. 

Twohey, H. E 

3 

Hamilton .... 

.Hamilton C. I. 

Tyner, Wm. G. . . . 

3 

Kingston 

.Kingston C. I. 

Yooden, Arthur. . . 

2 

St. Thomas 

.St. Thomas C. I. 


187 


Year of 

Name. Atten- Summer Residence. Where Educated, 

dance. 

Walker, Andrew.. 6 Caledon East Walkerton H. S. 

Walker, C. Wesley 3 Kingston Napanee C. I. 

Wallace, James... 4 Renfrew Renfrew H. S. 

Watson, Alice.... f Kingston Kingston C. I. • 

Weatherhead, G.F. 5 Brockville Brockville C. I. 

Whiting, Chas. 0. 1 Toledo Smith’s Falls H. 8. 

Wilkie, Isabella... 2 Carleton Place. .Carleton Place H. S. 

Williams, Angus S. 1 Newmarket Newmarket H. S. 

Williams, H. Sophia 4 Ottawa Hamilton C. I. 

Williamson, E. J. 3 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Williamson, G. H. 3 Kingston. ..... .Kingston C. I. 

Wilmer, Geo. H... 3 Rockspring Athens H. S. 

Wilson, J. W. S. . Clayton, Ont. . . .Almonte H. S. 

Wilson, Richard A. 1 Renfrew Renfrew H. S. 

Wilson, Thos. R.. 4 Marathon Almonte H. S. 

Wilson, W. L. A.. 6 Newburg Peterboro C. I. 

Witherel, Eben. R 4 Weese 

Woods, Stuart A. . 5 Bath Kemptville H. S. 

Wright, Edgar A.. 2 Renfrew Renfrew H. S. 

Yates, B. Daintry. 4 Kingston Bishop Strachan’s Sch. 

Young, Edmund T. 3 Hamilton 

Young, Milton R. . 4 Millsville, N.S. . .Pictou Academy. 

Youngson, Mary.. 3 Kingston Kingston C. I. 


IN PRACTICAL SCIENCE. 

Anglin, Jas. P 1 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Baker, Henry S .. . 2 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Cotton, Miles P. . . 2 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Donnelly, John. . . 3 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Fortescue, C. L. G. 3 Kingston Private. 

Graham, Stan. M. . 2 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Kirkpatrick, G. H. 1 Toronto. Kingston C. I. 

Lindsay, Hamilton 2 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Mann, Wm. E 1 Kingston Gram. School, N. B. 

Merritt, C. P 2 St. Catharines. . .Bishop Ridley College. 

Merrill, J. W. . . . 2 Ottawa Ottawa C. I. 

McLennan, K. R. . 1 Lindsay Lindsay C. I. 

Rothwell, C. G. . . . 1 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Scott, Thos. S 3 Glenmorris Galt C. I. 

Smallwood, Harold 1 Toronto 

Smeaton, Wm. F.. 1 Oakville Oakville H. S. 

Squire, S. H 1 Kingston Kingston C. I. 

Wells, Jas. W... 1 Toronto Jamieson Av. C.I., Tor. 


188 


GENERAL STUDENTS. 


Allen, Sarah 

2 

Kingston. . . 


Arthur, Samson W. 

1 

Latimer 


Baker, Ellen E 

1 

Kingston . . . 

Private. 

Bennett, Margaret. 

1 

Omemee. . . 

Omemee H. S. 

Bradley, James... 

1 

Peterboro . . 

Peterboro C. I. 

Cartwright, C 

3 

Kingston . . . 


Draffin, Isobel B. . . 

2 

Ottawa 


Dulmage, C. A. R. 

1 

Almonte . . . 

Almonte H. S. 

Gardiner, F. V ... 

2 

Kingston . . . 


*Hartin, Geo. H. . . 

2 

Gouverneur,N. Y. Gouverneur Seminary. 

Johnston, Flor. E. 

1 

Windsor . . . 

Windsor N.S. Acad’y. 

Mackay, Elizabeth. 

1 

Detroit 


Mohr, Fred. C 

2 

Arnprior . . 

Arnprior H. S. 

Munro, Wm. A. . . 

1 

Chesterville 

Kemptville H. S. 

McCallum. E. A. . . 

1 

Kingston . . . 

Almonte H. S. 

♦McConnell, J. A. . 

2 

Elphin . . . . . 

. . . .Perth C. I. 

McDowall, J. L . . . 

1 

Kingston . . . 


McDowall, E 

5 

Kingston. . . 

. . . .Kingston C. I. 

Poison, J. C 

2 

Kingston. . . 


Scott, A. K 

1 

Milford 

Woodstock C. I. 

Walker, Arch. 0.. 

2 

Bridgetown, 

, N.S. Bridgetown H. S. 

Williams, E. J. F. 

1 

Brockville . 



POST-GRADUATE STUDENTS (in Arts). 


Name. 

Baker, Wm. C., M.A. 

Conn, James R 

Cram, Wm. H 

Fleming, David 

Gandier, D. McG 

Hunter, Robert F., B.A . 
Lingwood, Fred. H., B.A 

Lochead, S. T. 

Neville, K. P. R 

Playfair, Alf. W 

Robertson, A. M 

Shortt, James S., B.A 

Stewart, Ernest J 

Taylor, John A., B.A 

Turnbull, James H 


Residence. 
Kingston. 
Ottawa. 
Carleton Place. 
Nova Scotia. 
Newboro. 
Smith’s Falls. 
Kingston. 

Newburg. 

Playfair. 

Newburg. 

Calgary. 

Renfrew. 

Blyth. 

Orangeville. 


189 


v 

IN THEOLOGY. 


Name. ✓ 

Abrey, James 

Back, Wm. G * 

Bennett, J. W. C., B.A 

Best, David W 

Burton, Robert 

Campbell, Geo. D., B.A 

Carmichael, Harvey, M.A 

Clark, J. Knox 

Conn, James R., M.A 

Cram, W. H., B.A 

Currie, Edward C 

Currie, A. M 

Currie, P. W 

Dyde, Geo. E., M.A 

Fee, S. McL 

Fee, Wm. M 

Feir, Henry 

Frizzel, John R., B.A 

Gallup, Eleazar C 

Gandier, Daniel McG., B.A 

Grant, Hugh R , 

Hall, John R., B.A 

Herbison, Robert, M.A 

Herbison, Wm. J., B.A 

Hunter, Robt. F., M.A.. 

Kannawin, Wm. M., B.A 

Lowe, Geo. R 

Menzies, Alex. D 

Millar, James L., B.A 

Munro, John, B.A 

Macdonald, Ken. J., B.A. , B.D. 
McIntosh, James W., M.A ... . 

McIntyre, Arch. D 

McKinnon, A. D., B.A 

McKinnon, John, B.A 

McNeil, Alex. J 

McRae, F. A 

Pitts, Frank E., B.A. 

Playfair, A. W 

Purdy, Y. M 

Rannie, Alex 

Rose, Geo. W 

Shortt, Jas. S., M.A . 


(Ye. 

!! 3 
.> 2 

:Pi 

.i i 

:: 1 
.. 1 
.. 3 

.. 1 
.. 1 
.. 2 
.. 1 
.. 1 
.. 1 
.. 4 

.. 3 

•3 2 
..m 3 
. .V 1 
..^1 
2 
3 


1 

1 

3 

2 

1 

3 
2 
1 
2 
2 

4 

5 
2 
1 
1 
2 
2 
1 



r. Eesidence. 
Kingston. 

Ottawa. 

Almonte. 

Toronto. 

Dundas. 

Renfrew. 

Spencerville. 

Powassen. 

Ottawa. 

Carleton Place. 
Kingston. 

Lavant. 

Sonya. 

Kingston. 

Camden East. 
Morton. 

Omemee. 

Munster. 

Ottawa. 

Hamilton. 

Sharbot Lake. 
Teeswater. 

Sand Bay. 

Kingston. 

Smith’s Falls. 
Shelborne. 

Ottawa. 

Glen Tay. 

Marmora. 

Maxville. 

Big Harbour, N. S. 
Oakwood. 
Newington. 
Ashcroft, B. C. 
Strathlorne, C. B. 
Orangedale. 
Gamebridge. 
Woodland. 

Playfair. 

Cannington. 

Menie. 

Warsaw. 

Calgary. 


190 


Name. 

Snell, Geo. W 

Stewart, Jas,, M.A 

Turnbull, Jas. H., M.A. . 

Volume, David A 

Walker, Andrew 

Watson, Jas. S 

Wilson, Matthew H., B.A 

Young, Colin G., B.A 

Young, Robert, B.A 


Year. Residence. 

1 Arundel, Que. 

8 (Deceased). 

2 Orangeville. 

1 Kingston. 

1 Caledon East. 

1 Wellman's Corners. 

2 Calabogie. 

3 Carlow. 

1 Trenton. 


IN MEDICINE. 


Name. Year. Residence. 


Allison, D. M. 

1 

Adolphustown. 

Amys, C. H. . . . . . ......... 

2 

Lakefield. 

Anderson, N. W 

8 

Anderson. 

Armstrong, C. C 

3 

Kingston. 

Ash, A. F .......... 

1 

Kingston. 

Baker, J. Y 

1 

Summerstown. 

Bannister, P. G 

4 

Kingston, Jamaica. 

Barber, V 

4 

New York, N. Y. 

Barnett, F. J 

1 

Clayton. 

Bellamy, A. W 

4 

N. Augusta. 

Birkett, F. W . . 

3 

Ottawa. 

Boyle, J 

4 

Kingston. 

Bridge, B. B 

1 

Westbrook. 

Burger, C. H 

3 

Kingston, Jamaica. 

Burton, S 

1 

Kingston, Ont. 

Calfas, W. F 

3 

Kingston, Ont. 

Carmichael, R. F 

t 

Strange. 

Carscallen, W. E 

4 

Tamworth. 

Chapman, A. B 

2 

Seeley's Bay. 

Collison, G. W 

4 

Brinston's Corners. 

Condell, W. N 

3 

Ventnior. 

Connor, F. E 

2 

Gananoque June. 

Connolly, E. W 

2 

Cataraqui. 

Corrigan, D. J 

3 

Kingston. 

Counter, J. A 

1 

Kingston. 

Croskery, E. A 

4 


Crozier, J. A 


Grand Valley. 

Curtin, T. Y 

1 

Brockville. 

Davis, N. A 

3 

Fallowfield. 

Devlin, J 

2 

Kingston. 

Dix, O. J 

2 

Kingston. 

Douglas, H. E. M 

4 

Kingston. 


191 


Name. Year. Residence. 


Doyle, J. D 

3 

Belleville. 

Drummond, S. J. 

4 

Almonte. 

Dunning, J 

4 

Demorestville. 

Dyde, C. B., B.A. . . ..... 

4 

Kingston. 

Edmison, J. H .-. . . 

3 

Rothsay. 

Elliott, E. S 

2 

Kingston. 

Elliott, H. H 

3 

Frankville. 

Fadden, W. S 

2 

Brockville. 

Ferrier, Geo 

1 

Kingston. 

Ford, A. B 

4 

Kingston. 

Gage, J. E 

3 

Riverside, Cal. 

Genge, T. S 

1 

Holliford. 

Goodchild, J. F 

2 

Craigleith. 

Goodwill, V. L. . . 

2 

Charlottetown, P.E. I. 

Gould, S. H 

4 

London. 

Grange, T. A 

3 

(Deceased). 

Grant, A. F 

:... 1 

Bridgeworth. 

Hall, W. A..... . 

1 

Walkertown. 

Hamilton, D. J 

2 

Cataraqui. 

Hanley, J. H 

2 

Kingston. 

Hanley, R 

3 

Kingston. 

Harty, J 

4 

Kingston. 

Hastings, F. R 

3 

Kingston. 

Hills, W. H 

3 

Acadia Mines, N. S. 

Hill, F. L 

4 

Economy, N. S. 

Hiscock, R. C 

1 

Kingston. 

Huffman, F. G 

. . 4 

Napanee. 

Huffman, R. W 

2 

Bath. 

Hunter, H. A 

2 

Smith’s Falls. 

Hurdman, A. G 

1 

Ottawa, + 

Ilett, A. E 

3 

Kingston. 

Jaquith, W. A 

3 

Sydenham. 

Johns, C. P 

1 

Kingston. 

Johnston, T. H 

2 

Stirton. 

Kelly, W. G 

4 

Kingston. 

Kilborn, H. F 

3 

Oso. 

Knight, A. S 

4 

Cataraqui. 

Lazier, D. B 

1 

Belleville. 

Letellier, A 

4 

Peterboro. 

Malone, H. V 

3 

Garden Island. 

Mather, J. F 

3 

Plainfield. 

Meek, C. F 

2 

Kingston. 

Menzies, R, D 

2 

Glen Tay. 

Mitchell, J 

2 

Beachburg. 

Moffatt, Wm 

4 

Carleton Place. 

Morrison, C. A 

3 

Kingston. 


192 


Name. Year. Eesidence. 


Mylks, G. W 

...... 4 

Glenmore. 

McArthur, J. H 

4 

Ottawa. 

McAuley, E. M 

2 

Ramsay’s Corners. 

McCambridge, C. J. 

3 

Kingston. 

McCarthy, W. A. . . 

4 

Stapledon. 

McConville, A 

3 

Kingston. 

McCrae, D. P. 


Easton’s Corners. 

McCrae, H. H ......... . ...... 

2 

Easton’s Corners. 

McDermott, M. F 


Kingston. 

McDermott, J 

. . . . . 2 

Eganville. 

McDonald, A. T 


Williamstown. 

McDowall, W 

...... 1 

New York. 

McKay, M. H. 

2 

Boston, Mass. 

McKenty, D. F .............. . 

3 

Kingston. 

McLaren, A. F 

5 

Lancaster. 

Neish, D. B....... 

... .. 4 

Kingston, Jamaica. 

Nugent, A 

1 

Lindsay. 

O’Connor, C. E. 

3 

Kingston. 

O’ Hogan, T 

1 

Fort William. 

O’Hara, J. J. 

3 

Camden East. 

Parker, R. D 

3 

Warwick, W. Ber. 

Paul, J. H 

3 

Newburg. 

Porter, S. E. . . . . 

...... 1 

Janetville. 

Power, J. F. 

1 

Guelph. 

Redmond, R. C 

3 

Lansdowne. 

Richardson, A. W 

2 

Kingston. 

Ross, A. E 

4 

Cobden. 

Sadler, G. S 

2 

Pakenham. 

Scott, W. B. 

4 

Port Hope. 

Scribner, J. F 

4 

Ottawa. 

Shaw, A 

2 

Kingston. 

Simpson, W. J 

2 

Kingston. 

Smith, S. M 

1 

Kingston. 

Stewart, A. E 

3 

Cataraqui. 

Sullivan, P. H . . 

3 

Kingston. 

Tinkess, A. L. 


Greenbush. 

Tripp, J. H 

...... 3 

Fitzroy Harbor. 

Vanluven, R. M 

1 

Kingston. 

Waldron, H. M. 

3 

Guelph. 

Walker, H 

4 

Belleville. 

Watson, E. C 

2 

Kingston. 

Williamson, A. R. 

2 

Kingston. 

Woodruff, G. A 

4 

Sydenham. 

Young, W 

3 

Odessa. 


Junior English. 


FIRST PAPER. 


I. 

1* In this respect Burns, though not perhaps absolutely a great 
poet, better manifests his capability, better proves the truth of 
his genius, than if he had, by his own strength, kept the whole 
Minerva Press going to the end of his literary course. He shows 
himself at least a poet of Nature’s own making; and Nature, 
after all, is still the grand agent in making poets. We often hear 
of this and the other external condition being requisite for the 
existence of a poet. Sometimes it is a certain sort of training; 
he must have studied certain things — studied, for instance, “the 
elder dramatists” — and so learned a poetic language; as if poetry 
lay in the tongue, not in the heart. At other times we are told 
he must be bred in a certain rank, and must be on a confidential 
footing with the higher classes; because, above all other things, 
he must see the world. As to seeing the world, we apprehend 
this will cause him little difficulty, if he have but an eye to see it 
with. Without eyes, indeed, the task might be hard. But hap- 
pily every poet, is born in the world, and sees it, with or against 
his will, every day and every hour he lives. The mysterious 
workmanship of man’s heart, the true light and the inscrutable 
darkness of man’s destiny, reveal themselves not only in capital 
cities and crowded saloons, but in every hut and hamlet where 
men have their abode. Nay, do not the elements of all human 
virtues and all human vices — the passions at once of a Borgia and 
of a Luther — lie written, in stronger or fainter lines, in the con 
sciousness of every individual bosom that has practiced honest 
self-examination? Truly, this same world may be seen in Moss- 
giel and Tarbolton, if we look well, as clearly as it ever came to 
light in Crockford’s, or the Tuileries itself. 

(а) “Not perhaps absolutely a great poet.” Make the 
meaning of this distinction clear by comparing the work 
of Burns with the work of any great poet. 

(б) “ A Poet of Nature’s own making.” Illustrate the 
meaning and implied contrast here. 

(c) W ho are the “ elder dramatists,” and what special 
benefit is here supposed to be derived from the study of 
them ? 

(d) “ He must see the world.” In what sense might it 


be said Burns did not see it ? In what sense does Carlyle 
assert that he had seen it better than most men ? 

(e) Explain the reference to “the whole Minerva press/’ 
“ a Borgia/’ “ Mossgiel and Tarbolton, ” “ Crockfords, ” 
“ the Tuileries.” 

2. What are the general characteristics of Carlyle’s 
diction ? Does the above extract furnish any striking ex- 
amples ? How would you describe its diction as a whole ? 

3. Give a summary of Carlyle’s estimate of Scottish 
literature in the time of Burns. 

II. 

4. Fair Portia's counterfeit! What demi-god 
Hath come so near creation? Move these eyes? 

Or whether, riding on the balls of mine, 

Seem they in motion? Here are sever’d lips, 

Parted with sugar breath: so sweet a bar 

Should sunder such sweet friends, Here in her hairs 
The painter plays the spider and hath woven 
A golden mesh to entrap the hearts of men 
Faster than gnats in cobwebs: but her eyes, — 

How could he see to do them? having made one, 

Methinks it should have power to steal both his 
And leave itself unfurnish’d. Yet look, how far 
The substance of my praise doth wrong this shadow 
In underprizing it, so far this shadow 
Doth limp behind the substance. 

(a) Counterfeit. How does the literal meaning of the 
word conform to its use here ? 

What demi-god creation . Explain the meaning 

here. 

Riding of .....mine. Explain. 

So sweet a bar friends. Explain. 

Plays the spider. Explain. 

Leave itself impoverish! d. Explain. 

Doth wrong this shadow. Explain. 

Doth limp behind. Explain. 


( b ) Point out the characteristics of Shakespeare’s lighter 
manner in this passage. Show how it reflects Elizabethan 
taste and fashions in style. 

5. Quote lines from the play showing the character of 
Gratiano. 

III. 

The old order changeth yielding place to new 
And God fulfils himself in many ways 
Lest one good custom should corrupt the world. 

Comfort thyself: what comfort is in me? 

I have lived my life and that which I have done. 

May He within himself make pure ! 

6. Explain the meaning of the lines italicized. 

7. What historical foundation is there for the history 
of Arthur ? 

8. Compare Tennyson and Malory’s manner of narrat- 
ing the incident of Excalibur. 

9. (a) Mark the accent and explain the principles which 
determine it in the following words : countryman , detour , 
caprice , restaurant , grotesque , picket and picquet , a torment , 
to torment 

(b) What are the various modes of indicating by marks 
a parenthetical clause ? Give examples. 





Junior English. 


SECOND PAPER. 


I. 

1. If ever there was a standing testimonial to the cumulative 
power and value of Character (and we need it sadly in these days), 
we have it in this gracious and dignified presence. What an an- 
tiseptic is a pure life! At sixty-five (or two years beyond his 
grand climacteric, as he would prefer to call it) he has that 
privilege of soul which abolishes the calendar, and presents him 
to us always the unwasted contemporary of his own prime. I 
do not know if he seem old to his younger hearers, but we who 
have known him so long wonder at the tenacity with which he 
maintains himself even in the outposts of youth. I suppose it is 
not the Emerson of 1868 to whom we listen. For us the whole 
life of the man is distilled in the clear drop of every sentence, and 
behind each word we divine the force of a noble character, the 
weight of a large capital of thinking and being. We do not go 
to hear what Emerson says so much as to hear Emerson. Not 
that we perceive any falling-off in anything that ever was essen- 
tial to the charm of Mr. Emerson’s peculiar style of thought or 
phrase. The first lecture, to be sure, was more disjointed even 
than v common. It was as if, after vainly trying to get his para- 
graphs into sequence and order, he had at last tried the desperate 
expedient of shuffling them. It was chaos come again, but it 
was a chaos full of shooting-stars, a jumble of creative forces. 

(а) How would you describe the prevailing type of 
sentence- structure here, and what is its general effect on 
the style ? 

(б) Give a critical estimate of the range and character 
of the phraseology, and make notes on striking or original 
phrases. How does the phraseology differ from Addison’s ? 

2. Give a brief account of Bacon’s life. How does his 
character reflect itself in his Essays ? Describe the style 
of the Essays. 


II. 


3. And they were clothed alle in oliveree, 

Of a solempne and greet fraternitee. 

Ful fresh and newe hir gere apyked was; 

Hir knyves were y-chaped noght with bras, 

But al with silver wroght full clene and weel, 

Hir girdles and hir pouches everydeel. 

Wei semed ech of hem a fair burgeys, 

To sitten in a yeldhalle on a deys. 

Everich, for the wisdom that he can, 

Was shaply for to been an alderman. 

For catel hadde they ynogh and rente, 

And eek hir wyves wolde it wel assente; 

And elles certein were they to blame. 

It is ful fair to been y-clept ma dame, 

And goon to vigilyes al bifore, 

And have a mantel roialliche y-bore. 

(а) Turn the above into modern English prose. 

(б) Explain the forms sitten, o , hem , goon, roialliche, 
y-bore, and scan the last six lines. 

4. State where the following extracts occur and explain 
their meaning : 

(a) Wel coude he fortunen the ascendent 
Of his images for his pacient. 

(b) In curteisye was set ful moche hir lest. 

(c) At sessiouns ther was he lord and sire. 

Ful ofte tyme he was knight of the shire. 

(d) His tythes payed he ful faire and wel, 

Bothe of his propre swink and his catel. 

In a tabard he rood upon a mere. 

(e) Ther was bailiff, ne herde, ne other hyne, 

That he ne knew his sleighte and his covyne. 

5. Show from Chaucer’s descriptions (1) what the ideal 
of chivalry was, and the standard of education and man- 
ners it required ; (2) what was peculiar in the training of 
of the scholar or, alternatively, of the physician of that 
time. 


6. (a) Name and estimate critically the figures of speech 
in the following : 

(1) Illusions, however imminent, are deadly as the canker- 

worm. 

(2) The cross, not the crown, has been my reward. 

(3) O, she doth teach the torches to burn bright! 

(4) Mark’d out by dang’rous parts he meets the shock, 

And fatal Learning leads him to the block. 

(5) Groans are the flowers plucked from the tree of anguish. 

(6) The sun that gilds yon mountain high. 

(7) And now the storm-blast came, and he 

Was tyrannous and strong. 

(8) The murmuring stream soothed his sleep. 

(9) Was not he too one of the Nimrods and Napoleons of 

the earth? 

(10) Tears lie in him, and consuming fire, as lightning lurks 
in the drops of the summer cloud. 

(6) What are the striking features in the sentence- 
structure of Macaulay’s prose ? What is their general 
effect on his style ? 



Senior English. 


FIRST PAPER. 


I. 

1. Woe, woe for England! not a whit for me; 

For I, too fond, might have prevented this; 

Stanley did dream the boar did rase his helm 
But I disdain’d it, and did scorn to fly. 

Three times to-day my foot-cloth horse did stumble. 

And startled when he looked upon the Tower, 

As loath to bear me to the slaughter-house. 

O, now I want the priest that spake to me; 

I now repent I told the pursuivant, 

As too triumphant, how mine enemies, 

To-day at Pomfret bloodily were butcher’d. 

And I myself secure in grace and favour. 

(а) Explain the previous history and the present cir- 
cumstances of the speaker. 

(б) Explain the allusions : “the boar did rase his helm/’ 
“ the priest that spake to me, ” “ how mine enemies to- 
day at Pomfret bloodily were butcher’d.” 

(c) What does the speaker mean when he says, “ Woe, 
woe for England !” and, “For I, too fond, might have 
prevented this ” ? 

2. W T hat is meant by i unity of action 9 in a drama ? 
Give Aristotle’s definition. Explain the narrower and the 
broader views which have been taken of this principle. 
Consider the appearances of Queen Margaret from this 
point of view. 

3. Describe the character of Buckingham briefly, proving 
your statements by quotations from the play. 


II. 


4. {a) Meantime he sadly suffers in their grief, 

Out-weeps a hermit, and out-prays a saint: 

All the night long he studies their relief, 

How they may be supplied, and he may want. 

(b) Whatever is, is right. — This world, ’tis true, 

Was made for Caesar — hut for Titus too: 

And which more blest? who chained his country, say, 
Or he whose virtue sighed to lose a day? 

(i c ) Say, Father Thames for thou hast seen 
Full many a sprightly race 
Disporting on thy margent green 
The paths of pleasure trace; 

Who foremost now delight to cleave. 

With pliant arm, thy glassy wave? 

The captive linnet which enthrall? 

What idle progeny succeed 
To chase the rolling circle’s speed, 

Or urge the flying ball. 

(d) How often have I led the sportive choir, 

With tuneless pipe, beside the murmuring Loire? 
Where shading elms along the margin grew, 

And freshen’d from the wave the Zephyr flew. 

(i e ) On Mincio’s banks in Caesar’s bounteous reign, 

If Tityrus found the Golden Age again, 

Must sleepy bards the flattering dream prolong, 
Mechanic echoes of the Mantuan song? 

(1) Mention the poems from which the above extracts 
are taken. Give a brief account of the scope and subject 
of each. 

(2) Explain the meaning of extract ( e ). 

5. What are the characteristics of Ballad style ? What 
are the common variations of its measure ? Classify the 
poems in either of the following groups, showing their re- 
lation to the ancient ballad in matter and style : 

(а) Ancient Mariner ; Cadyow Castle ; Song at the 

Feast of Brougham Castle, 

(б) Eve of St. John ; Ruth ; The Revenge. 


III. 


6. Give Dr. Johnson’s estimate of Dryden’s influence 
on poetic style and versification. Criticize it. 

7. “ Skelton is a transition from the old to the new.” 
Explain this judgment and show that the change in the 
spirit of poetry was owing to a change in the social and 
intellectual life of England. 

8. Define lyrical poetry. Mention its chief forms, 
classical and popular. Distinguish the general character- 
istics of the lyrical poetry of Surrey or Wyatt and that 
of the ‘ Cavalier Poets.’ 




Senior English. 


SECOND PAPER. 


I. 

1. Explain the following extracts with reference to the 
context : 

(a) Came like a deluge on the South, and spread 
Beneath Gibraltar to the Libyan sands. 

(b) — anon they move 

In perfect phalanx to the Dorian mood 
Of flutes and soft recorders. 

( c ) — for his thoughts were low; 

To vice industrious, but to nobler deeds 
Timorous and slothful; yet he pleas'd the ear. 

(d) — sage he stood 
With Atlantean shoulders fit to bear 
The weight of mightiest monarchies. 

2. Quote from the First Book of Paradise Lost the 
lines which describe the character of Satan. What are 
the inherent difficulties in combining the dramatic and 
theological sides of Milton’s conception of Satan ? 

3. That system of manners which arose among the Gothic 
nations of Europe, and of which chivalry was more properly the 
effusion than the source, is without doubt one of the most 
peculiar and interesting appearances in human affairs. The moral 
causes which formed its character have not, perhaps, been hither- 
to investigated with the happiest success : but chivalry was 
certainly one of the most prominent of its features and most re- 
markable of its effects. Candour must confess, that this singular 
institution was not admirable only as the corrector of the ferocious 
ages in which it flourished; but that in contributing to polish and 
soften manners it paved the way for the diffusion of knowledge 
and the extension of commerce, which afterwards, in some 
measure, supplanted it. Society is inevitably progressive. Com- 
merce has overthrown the ‘'feudal and chivalrous system" under 
whose shade it first grew; while learning has subverted the super- 
erstition whose opulent endowments had first fostered it. Peculiar 
circumstances connected with the manners of chivalry favoured 
this admission of commerce and this growth of knowledge; while 
the sentiments peculiar to it, already enfeebled in the progress 
from ferocity and turbulence, were almost obliterated by tran- 
quillity and refinement. Commerce and diffused knowledge have, 
in fact, so completely assumed the ascendant in polished nations, 
that it will be difficult to discover any relics of Gothic manners, 
but in a fantastic exterior, which has survived the generous 


illusions through which these manners once seemed splendid and 
seductive. Their direct influence has long ceased in Europe; but 
their indirect influence, through the medium of those causes 
which would not perhaps have existed but for the mildness which 
chivalry created in midst of a barbarous age, still operates with 
increasing vigour. 

(a) What is the' prevailing character of the sentence 
structure here ? 

( b ) What elements are predominant in the diction, and 
what elements are deficient ? Recast the second last sen- 
tence in more modern style. 

(c) How does this style compare with Gibbon’s ? 

4. Give an outline of the history of blank verse in 
English poetry to the time of Milton. 

II. 

5. Seint Dunstan was of Engelond * icome of gode more; 
Miracle oure Louerd dude for him * er he were ibore. 

For tho he was in his moder wombe * a Candelmasse day, 
The r folc was at churche ynouz * as to the tyme lay 

As he stode mid here lizt * as me doth zut nou 
Here lizt aqueynte overal * here non nuste hou; 

Her rizt hit brende suythe wel * and her rizt hit was oute. 
Th&t folc stod in gret wonder • and also in grete doute. 
And hi speke ech to other • in whiche manere hit were, 
Hou hit queynte so sodeynliche * the lizt £^at hi here. 

(а) Translate into modern English. 

(б) Explain the forms of the following words and give 
other examples of the same laws of change : icome, 
Louerd , lizt , doute, moder . 

6. Give the classification of consonants as labials, dentals, 
palatals, gutturals. Explain the processes of palatalization 
or of vocalization, which have taken place in the follow- 
ing words : church, edge, I. 

7. Give a complete history of the word damsel, ex- 
plaining its present form and pronunciation. 

8. Represent phonetically and explain the pronuncia- 
tion of looked, nature, nation, right . 

9. Define vowel mutation and show how it has influ- 
enced the following words ; kitchen, breed , kernel, defile . 




HONOURS. 


English. 


FIRST PAPER. 


There was a listening fear in her regard, 

As if calamity had but begun; 

As if the vanward clouds of evil days 
Had spent their malice, and the sullen rear 
Was with its stored thunder labouring up. 

One hand she press’d upon that aching spot 
Where beats the human heart, as if just there, 
Though an immortal, she felt cruel pain: 

The other upon Saturn’s bended neck 
She laid, and to the level of his ear 
Leaning with parted lips, some words she spake 
In solemn tenour and deep organ tone: 

Some mourning words, which in our feeble tongue 
Would come in these like accents; O how frail 
To that large utterance of the early Gods! 

I cannot rest from travel: I will drink 
Life to the lees: all times I have enjoy’d 
Greatly, have suffer’d greatly, both with those 
That loved me, and alone; on shore and when 
Thro’ scudding drifts the rainy Hyades 
Yext the dim sea: I am become a name; 

For always roaming with a hungry heart 
Much have I seen and known; cities of men 
And manners, climates, councils, governments, 
Myself not least, but honoured of them all; 

And drunk delight of battle with my peers, 

Far on the ringing plains of windy Troy. 

There is a comfort in the strength of love; 

“ Twill make a thing endurable, which else 
Would overset the brain, or break the heart: 

I have conversed with more than one who well 
Remember the old Man, and what he was 
Years after he had heard this heavy news. 

His bodily frame had been from youth to age 
Of an unusal strength. Among the rocks 
He went, and still looked up to sun and cloud, 

And listened to the wind; and, as before, 
Performed all kinds of labour for his sheep, 

And for the land, his small inheritance. 


(a) Describe the different movement and effect of 
these types of blank verse. 

( b ) Show by technical analysis the differences in 
their structure. 

1. Compare extracts (2) and (3) in respect of their dic- 
tion. 

2. ( a ) What is Arnold’s criticism (1) of Cowper’s blank 
verse, (2) of Newman’s ballad-manner as vehicles for ren- 
dering Homer ? 

( b ) A brief note on the versification of the Lamia , 
noticing the rhythmical type chiefly used and the principal 
variations. 

(c) What does Arnold mean by “the current English 
hexameter ” ? Scan and criticize the following lines : — 

(1) Till she beheld him no more, though she followed far into 
the forest. 

(2) Heaving, swelling, spreading the might of the mighty 
Atlantic. 

(3) Between that and the ships, the Trojans’ numerous fires. 



HONOURS. 


English. 

SECOND PAPER. 


I. 

1. A soul for every enterprise. 

That never sees with terror’s eyes; 

Friendship for each, and faith to all, 

And vengeance vow’d for those who fall, 

Have made them fitting instruments 
For more than ev’n my own intents. 

And some — and I have studied all 

Distinguished from the vulgar rank, 

But chiefly to my council call 

The wisdom of the cautious Frank — 

And some to higher thoughts aspire 
The last of Lambro’s patriots there 
Anticipated freedom share; 

And oft around the cavern fire 
On visionary schemes debate, 

To snatch the Rayahs from their fate. 

(а) Explain this passage with reference to the context. 
What is meant by “ the cautious Frank, ” Lambro’s 
patriots,” “ the Rayahs ” ? 

(б) What name is given to this metre? For what kind 
of poetry is it most suitable, and why ? What are the 
chief variations used in the poem from which the above 
Extract is taken ? 

(c) Criticize the conception of the hero in this poem 
with respect to its consistency and worth. 

II. 

2. Explain the significance of the following extracts 
from the Prelude and the experiences to which they refer : 

— let me dare to speak 
A higher language, say that now I felt 
What independent solaces were mine, 

To mitigate the injurious sway of place 
Or circumstance. 


— I saw them feel 

Or linked them to some feeling: the great mass 
Lay buried in a quickening soul, and all 
That I beheld respired with inward meaning. 

e — now and then 

Forced labour, and more frequently forced hopes; 

And worst of all, a treasonable growth 
Of indecisive judgments that impaired 
And shook the mind’s simplicity. 

— I seemed to see him here 
Familiarly, and in his scholar’s dress 
Bounding before me, yet a stripling youth — 

A boy, no better, with his rosy cheeks 
Angelical, keen eye, courageous look. 

3. (a) Laodamia . What is the ethical character of the 
thought in this poem ? In what kind of verse is it writ- 
ten? What qualities of its style are rare or unusual in 
Wordsworth’s poetry ? 

( b ) Peter Bell . Give a brief account of the subject. 
What, according to the poet, was the poem written to 
illustrate ? Explain the poet’s estimate of his own powers 
in the prologue. What are the qualities (1) of the verse, 
(2) of the thought and feeling in the poem ? 

III. 

4. (a) “Deep has been, and is, the significance of miracles.” 
State the origin and condition of the controversy to which 
Carlyle contributed his chapter on Natural Supernatural- 
ism. What is his solution of the problem ? 

(6) Explain precisely what meaning the following phrases 
have in Carlyle’s thought ; what current theories they 
refer to, or what points of view they represent. 

“To such readers as have discovered, in con- 

tradiction to much Profit-and-Loss Philosophy , that Soul 
is not synonymous with Stomach.” 

“The authentic Church- Catechism of our present cen- 
tury has not yet fallen into my hands.” 


“You discover, with amazement enough that your 
America is here or nowhere.” 

“ If good Passivity alone w r ere the thing wanted, 

then was my early position favourable beyond the most.” 
Explain carefully Carlyle’s estimate of the merits and de- 
fects of the early training of Teufelsdrockh. Can we 
regard this as autobiographical ? 

IV. 

(а) Comment briefly on Fra Lippo Lippi , Andrea del 
Sarto , and The Bishop Orders his Tomb as illustrating 
three phases of the art of the Renaissance. 

(б) State clearly what Cleon’s letter to Protus seeks to 
prove and indicate the line of argument. Can it be re- 
garded as fairly representing the condition of Greek phil- 
osophy ? Show the historical propriety in the manner in 
which the poem leads up to the message of the apostle Paul. 

(c) Give an account of the following poem, showing 
the poet’s intention and his manner of working it out : 
Bishop Blougram’s Apology . 

( d ) Illustrate the qualities of Browning as a moralist 
from the following poems : — Youth and Art ; A Toccata 
of Galuppi’s ; The Grammarian’s Funeral. 




HONOURS. 


English. 

THIRD PAPER. 


1. (a) Give the substance of the description of Guido’s 
character and career up to the time of his marriage as 
they are represented in Tertium Quid . 

(6) Explain the following passages, giving a brief 
account of the circumstances to which they refer : 

(1) “Here am I, foolish body that I be 
Caught all but pushing, teaching, who but I, 

My betters their plain duty, — what, I dare 
Help a case the Archbishop would not help, 

Mend matters, peradventure, God loves mar? 

(2) Comments the old Religious — “ So much good, 

Patience beneath enormity of ill, 

I hear, to my confusion, woe is me, 

Sinner that I stand, shamed in the walk and gait 
I have practised and grown old in, by a child” ? 

(c) What kind of man do you imagine the speaker in 
Tertium Quid to be ? Describe his way of looking at 
things generally and the value of his point of view for the 
case of Guido and Pompilia in particular. 

2. (a) Compare the world of Thackeray’s books with 
that of Hawthorne’s. What elements are predominant 
and what elements are wanting or poorly represented in 
each respectively ? Estimate the work of each from this 
point of view. 

( b ) Compare the styles of Thackeray and Haw- 
thorne. 

3. (a) Explain precisely what Carlyle prizes so highly 
in the teaching and the life (1) of Goethe, (2) of Johnson ? 

(6) Show what Carlyle and Emerson have in com- 
mon in their way of interpreting and judging life, and 
wherein they most differ. 







HONOURS. 


Anglo-Saxon. 


I. 

Hit gelamp on sumne seel th&t hi sceton eetgsedere Oswald and 
Aidan on ^am halgan easterdsege; th a beer man tham cyninge 
cynelice ^enunga on anum sylfrenan disce; and sona tha inn 
eode an thsz s cyninges thegna the his selmyssan bewiste, and scede 
thaet fela ^earfan seetan geond tha street gehwanon cumene to 
thses cyninges eelmyssan. Tha sende se cyning sona ^am thear 
fum thone sylfrenan disc mid sande mid ealle, and het toceorfan 
thone disc, and syllan thavn 7Aearfum heora selcum his dsel, and 
man dyde tha swa. Tha genam Aidanus se &the\a bisceop thee s 
cyninges swy^ran hand mid swi^licre blysse, and clypode mid 
geleafan, £Aus ewe^ende him to: *'Ne forrotige on brosnunge 
the os gebletsode swythre hand/ And him eac swa geeode, swa swa 
Aidanus him bsed, thset his switfAre hand is gesundfuU o th this. 

(a) Translate. 

( b ) Decline throughout “the holy easter-day/ ? in Anglo- 
Saxon. 

(c) Parse the verbs italicized and give their principal 
parts. 

Tha wear th a/eallen thzes /olees ealdor, 

JEthelre&es eor\\ ealle gesawon 
/^eor^geneatas thset hyra ^earra lseg. 

Tha thttr tendon for th fiance ^egenas, 
tmearge menu tffston georne: 
hi woldon tha ealle other twega, 
lit forteetan oththe teofne gewrecan. 

Swa hi 6ylde for th 5earn /Elfrices, 
wiga wintrum geong, wordun mselde, 

.JEdfwine tha cw &th, (he on ellen sprsec): 

‘ Gemuna^ thara meela, the we oft set meodo sprsecon, 
^onne we on bence &eot ahofon, 
h&leth on Aealle, ymbe Aeard gewinn: 
nu mseg cunnian hwa cene sy. 

(а) Translate. 

(б) Conjugate in full cunnian (not cunnan). 

(c) Scan last four lines. 


Seo ilce burg Babylonia, seo the msest wses ond arrest ealra 
burga, seo is nu lsest ond westast. Nu seo burg swelc is, the aer 
wees ealra weorca fsestast ond wunderlecast ond mgerast, gelice 
ond heo wsere to bisene asteald eallum middangearde, ond eac 
swelce heo self sprecende sie to eallum mormcynne ond cwe^e: 

‘ Nu ic tf/iuss gehroren earn ond aweg-gewiten, hwset, ge magan 
on me ongietan ond oncnawon thaet ge nanuht mid eow nabba^ 
faestes ne stronges thattte tfAurhwunigean maege/ 

Translate. 

II. 

Alle christene men owen don the wurschipe 
and singen the lofsong mid swu^e muchele gledschipe; 
vor thn ham hauest alesed of deoflene honde 
and isend mid blisse to englene londe. 
wel owe we the luuien, mi swete lefdi, 
wel owen we uor £Aine luue ure heorte beien: 
thn ert briht and blisful ouer alle wummen, 
and god thn ert and gode leof ouer alle wepmen. 

(а) Translate. 

(б) Explain by historical development the form and 
meaning of owen , luuien , lefdi , beien . 

1. Define vowel mutation and palatalization and show 
how they have affected the following words : — Welsh , 
inch , heal, keep, vixen, mill . 

2. Give a complete history of the following words 
showing their original form and meaning, their date of 
introduction into English, and the processes which have 
influenced their subsequent development : — knight, alms, 
delight , damsel. 







Junior Latin. 


Translate : 

Ita per variam fortunam diei majore parte exacta, quum in castra 
reditum esset. convocatis militibus, “ Saepe ego,” inquit, “au- 
divi, milites, eum primum esse virum. qui ipse consulat, quid in 
retn sit; secundum eum, qui bene monenti obediat: qui nec ipse 
consulere, nec alteri parere, sciat, eum extremi ingenii esse. 
Nobis quoniam prima anirni ingeniique negata sors est, secundam 
ac mediam teneamus: et, durn imperare discimus, parere prudenti 
in animum inducamus. Castra cum Fabio jungamus: ad prae- 
toriumejus signa quum tulerimus, ubi ego eum parentem appella- 
vero, quod beneficio ejus erga nos ac majestate ejus dignum est; 
vos, milites, eos, quorum vos modo arma dextraeque texerunt, 
patronos salutabitis, et si nihil aliud, gratorum certe nobis ani- 
morum gloriam dies haec dederit.” 

Livy, B. XXII. 

1. Parse exacta , reditum esset , consulat , tulerimus , texe- 
runt , dederit . 

2. State the syntax of parte, sit , prudenti, beneficio, de- 
derit. 

3. Mention the circumstances that gave rise to this ad- 
dress. 

Translate : 

Vestris amicum fontibus et choris 
Non me Philippis versa acies retro, 

Devota non extinxit arbos, 

Nec Sicula Palinurus unda. 

Utcumque mecum vos eritis, libens 
Insanientem navita Bosphorum 
Temptabo et urentes arenas 
Litoris Assyrii viator; 

Yisam Britan nos hospitibus feros 
Et laetum equino sanguine Concanum; 

Yisam pharetratos Gelonos 

Et Scythicum inviolatus amnem. 

Horace, Odes, B. III. 

1. State the syntax of Philippis, unda. 

2. Write notes on Bosporum, litoris Assyrii, Britannos 
feros, Concanum, Scythicum amnem. 


Translate : 


Dicunt in tenero gramine pinguium 
Custodes ovium carmina fistula 
Delectantque deum, cui pecus et nigrae 
Colles Arcadiae placent. 

Adduxere sitim tempora, Vergili; 

Sed pressum Calibus ducere Liberum 
Si gestis, iuvenum nobilium cliens, 

Nardo vina mereberis. 

Nardi parvus onyx eliciet cadum, 

Qui nunc Sulpiciis adcubat horreis, 

Spes donare novas largus amaraque 
Curarum eluere efficax. 

Id., B. IV. 


1. Deum . Who is meant? 

2. Amara curarum. Explain the construction. 
Translate into Latin : 

After completing the levy, the consuls waited a few days till 
the allies should arrive. Before setting out all the soldiers took 
the oath to assemble at the order of the consuls, and not to go off 
contrary to their orders. During this delay in camp, Varro ad- 
dressed many public meetings, and boastfully declared that he 
would finish the war the first day he caught sight of the foe. The 
reply of Paullus was, that he wondered how any man before he 
had become acquainted with his own or the enemy’s army could 
know, while still settled in the city, what would have to be done 
in the field, or how he could possibly predict the exact day, when 
he should engage the enemy in a pitched battle. 

Translate at sight : 

Itaque pro se quisque omnes, quum undique tela conjiceren- 
tur, armaque et corpora hostes objicerent, pervadunt, irrumpunt- 
que. Multi vulnerati, etiam quos vires, sanguisque desereret, ut 
intra vallum hostium caderent, nitebantur. Capta itaque momento 
temporis, velut in piano sita, nec permunita, castra. Caedes 
inde, non jam pugna erat, omnibus intra vallum permixtis. Supra 
sex millia hostium occisa, supra septem millia capitum, cum fru- 
mentatoribus Campanis omnique plaustrorum et jumentorum 
apparatu, capta. Et alia ingens praeda fuit, quam Hanno, popula- 
bundus passim quum isset, ex sociorum populi Romani agris 
traxerat. Inde, dejectis hostium castris, Beneventum reditum est. 
Pradaemque ibi ambo consules vendiderunt, diviseruntque. Et 
donati, quorum opera castra hostium capta erant: ante alios Ac- 
cuaeus Pelignus, et T. Pedanius, princeps tertiae legionis. 





Senior Latin 


1. Translate into Latin 

On the same night news reached Amsterdam that the citadel 
was taken, and the city generally in a disturbed state. Vandam, 
the burgomaster of Amsterdam, hurriedly called the council, intro- 
duced the messengers, and strongly urged that they should not 
wait till ambassadors came from the Hague to ask aid; maintain- 
ing that the peril itself, their common faith and the obligation a 
treaty implies called for it. Never would heaven give a like op- 
portunity to win by a kindly service a city at once so powerful 
and so near at hand. It was decided to send aid; the youth were 
enrolled and provided with arms. 

Van Houten History of the Dutch iii 18 

(Note: For modern proper names Latin names may be used). 

2. Translate into English 

(a) Inde, lupi ceu 
raptores atra in nebula, quos improba ventris 
exegit caecos rabies catulique relicti 
faucibus exspectant siccis, per tela, per hostes 
vadimus haud dubiam in mortem mediaeque tenemus 
urbis iter; nox atra cava circumvolat umbra. 

quis cladem illius noctis, quis funera fando 
explicet aut possit lacrimis aequare labores? 
urbs antiqua ruit multos dominata per annos; 
plurima perque vias sternuntur inertia passim 
corpora perque domos et religiosa deorum 
limina. nec soli poenas dant sanguine Teucri; 
quondam etiam victis redit in praecordia virtus 
victoresque cadunt Danai. crudelis ubique 
luctus, ubique pavor et plurima mortis imago. 

Virgil Aeneid ii 855-369 

(b) Primum ista nostra adsiduitas, Servi, nescis quantum inter- 
dum adferat hominibus fastidii, quantum satietatis? Mihi quidem 
vehementer expediit positam in oculis esse gratiam. Sed tamen 
ego mei satietatem magno meo labore superavi et tu item fortasse: 
verum tamen utrique nostrum desiderium nihil obfuisset. Sed ut 
hoc omisso ad studiorum atque artium contentionem revertamur, 
qui potest dubitari quin ad consulatum adipiscendum multo plus 
adferat dignitatis rei militaris quam iuris civilis gloria? Vigilas 
tu de nocte ut tuis consultoribus respondeas: ille ut eo, quo in- 
tendit, mature cum exercitu perveniat. Te gallorum, ilium bucin- 
arum cantus exsuscitat. Tu actionem instituis, ille aciem instruit. 
Tu caves ne tui consultores, ille ne urbes aut castra capiantur. 


Ille tenet et scit ut hostium copiae, tu ut aquae pluviae arceantur. 
Ille exercitatus est in propagandas finibus, tu in regendis, ac ni- 
mirum — dicendum est enim quod sentio — rei militaris virtus prae- 
stat ceteris omnibus. 

Cicero Murena 9 21 

(c) Sic res Romana * in antiquum statum rediit, secundaeque 
belli res extemplo urbanos motus excitaverunt. Gaius Terentilius 
Arsa tribunus plebis eo anno fuit. is consulibus absentibus ratus 
locum tribuniciis actionibus datum, per aliquot dies patrum su- 
perbiam ad plebem criminatus, maxime in consulare imperium 
tamquam nimium nec tolerabile liberae civitati invehebatur. 
nomine enim tantum minus invidiosum, re ipsa prope atrocius 
quam regium esse: quippe duos pro uno dominos acceptos, in- 
moderata, infinita potestate, qui soluti atque effrenati ipsi omnes 
metus legum omniaque supplicia verterent in plebem. quae ne 
aeterna illis licentia sit, legem se promulgaturum, ut quinque viri 
creentur legibus de imperio consulari scribendis. 

Livy iii 9 

3. Scan the following lines, noting anything irregular : 

Vos ego saepe meo vos carmine compellabo 
Pingue super oleum fundens ardentibus extis 
Ter sunt conati imponere Pelio Ossam 
Et cycnea mele Phoeboeaque daedala chordis 



FIRST YEAR AND FINAL HONOURS 

Latin 


Composition 

It is not only possible, but history shews that it often 
happens that a class which has risen to predominance by 
great public services remains predominant long after it 
has lost the qualities which entitle it to be so. Thus the 
religious faith which enabled the Spaniards to drive out 
the Moors had been nursed by the priesthood, and as a 
reward the priesthood obtained an unbounded influence. 
But two centuries later, when the Bourbon dynasty began 
to govern Spain, they found the country sacrificed to the 
Church, and it could no longer be perceived that the 
Church in any way deserved its predominance. 

Seeley Introduction to Political Science 











FIRST YEAR AND FINAL HONOURS 


Latin 


First Translation Paper . 

1. Sed prirao magis ambitio quam avaritia animos hominum 
exercebat, quod tamen vitium propius virtutem erat. Nam 
gloriam honorem inperium bonus et ignavos aeque sibi exoptant, 
sed ille vera via nititur, huic quia bonae artes desunt, dolis atque 
fallaciis contendit. Avaritia pecuniae studium habet, quam nemo 
sapiens concupivit: ea quasi venenis malis inbuta corpus anim- 
umque virilem effeminat, semper infinita insatiabilis est, neque 
copia neque inopia minuitur. Sed postquam L. Sulla armis re- 
cepta re publica bonis initiis malos eventus habuit, rapere omnes 
trahere, domum alius alius agros cupere, neque modum neque 
modestiam victores habere, foeda crudeliaque in civis facinora 
facere. Hue adeedebat, quod L. Sulla exercitum, quern in Asia 
ductaverat, quo sibi fidum faceret, contra morem maiorum luxu 
riose nimisque liberaliter habuerat, loca amoena voluptaria facile 
in otio ferocis militum animos molliverant. 

Sallust Gatilina 11 

3. Roma, fave coeptis: quid enim tibi laetius umquam 
praestiterint superi, quam, si civilia Partho 
milite bella geras, tantam consumere gentem, 
et nostris miscere malis? cum Caesaris arma 
concurrant Medis, aut me Fortuna necesse est 
vindicet aut Crassos. sic fatus, murmure sentit 
consilium damnasse viros: quos Lentulus omnes 
virtutis stimulis et nobilitate dolendi 
praecessit, dignasque tulit modo consule voces: 

siccine Thessalicae mentem fregere ruinae? 
una dies mundi damnavit fata? secundum 
Emathiam lis tanta datur? iacet omne cruenti 
vulneris auxilium? solos tibi, Magne, reliquit 
Parthorum Fortuna pedes? quid, transfuga mundi, 
terrarum notos tractus caelumque perosus, 
adversosque polos alienaque sidera quaeris, 

Chaldaeos culture deos, et barbara sacra, 

Parthorum famulus? quid caussa obtenditur armis 
libertatis amor? miserum quid decipis orbem, 
si servire potes? 

Lucan Phars viii 322-341 

3. Evenerant prodigia, quae neque hostiis neque votis piare fas 
habet gens superstitioni obnoxia, religionibus adversa. Visae per 
caelum concurrere acies, rutilantia arma et subito nubium igne 


conlucere templum. Et apertae repente delubri fores et audita 
maior humana vox, excedere deos; simul ingens motus exceden- 
tium. Quae pauci in metum trahebant: pluribus persuasio inerat 
antiquis sacerdotum litteris contineri, eo ipso tempore fore ut 
valesceret oriens profectique Iudaea rerum potirentur. Quae 
ambages Vespasianum ac Titum praedixerant: sed vulgus more 
bumanae cupidinis sibi tantam fatorum magnitudinem interpre- 
tati ne adversis quidem ad vera mutabantur. Multitudinem 
obsessorum, omnis aetatis, virile ac muliebre secus, sescenta 
milia fuisse accepimus: arma cunctis qui ferre possent, et plures 
quam pro numero audebant. Obstinatio viris feminisque par; ac 
si transferre sedes cogerentur, maior vitae metus quam mortis. 

Tacitus hist v. 13 





FIRST YEAR AND FINAL HONOURS 

Latin 


Second Translation Paper 

1. Horace Odes iii 24 25-44. 

2. Horace Epp i 7 21-34. 

3. Portitor has horrendus aquas et flumina servat 
terribili squalore Charon, cui plurima mento 
canities inculta iacet, stant lumina flamma, 
sordidus ex umeris nodo dependet amictus. 
ipse ratem conto subigit velisque ministrat 

et ferruginea subvectat corpora cumba, 
iam senior, sed cruda deo viridisque senectus. 
hue omnis turba ad ripas effusa ruebat, 
matres atque viri defunctaque corpora vita 
magnanimum beroum, pueri innuptaeque puellae, 
impositique rogis iuvenes ante ora parentum: 
quam multa in silvis autumni frigore primo 
lapsa cadunt folia, aut ad terram gurgite ab alto 
quam multae glomerantur aves, ubi frigidus annus 
trans pontum fugat et terris immittit apricis. 
stabant orantes primi transmittere cursum 
tendebantque manus ripae ulterioris amore. 

/ Virgil Aeneid 6 298- 314 

Final only: 

4. Turn vero in numerum Faunosque ferasque videres 
ludere, turn rigidas motare cacumina quercus; 
nec tantum Pboebo gaudet Parnasia rupes, 
nec tantum Rhodope miratur et Ismarus Orphea. 
namque canebat, uti magnum per inane coacta 
semina terrarumque animaeque marisque fuissent 
et liquidi simul ignis; ut bis exordia primis 
omnia et ipse tener mundi concreverit orbis; 
turn durare solum et discludere Nerea ponto 
coeperit et rerum paulatim sumere formas; 
iamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, 
altius atque cadant submotis nubibus imbres; 
incipiant silvae cum primum surgere, curnque 
rara per ignaros errent animalia montis. 
bine lapides Pyrrbae iactos, Saturnia regna, 

Caucasiasque refert volucres furtumque Promethei. 
bis adjungit, Hylan nautae quo fonte relictum 
clamassent, ut litus, Hyla, Hyla, omne sonaret. 

Virgil B 6 27-44 



. 



HONOURS 

Latin — First Year 


Third Translation Paper 

1. Plautus Trinummus I i 124-139. 

2. Dura haec Veis agebantur, interim arx Romae Capitolium- 

que in ingenti periculo fuit. naraque Galli seu vestigio notato 
humano, qua nuntius a Yeis pervenerat, seu sua sponte animad- 
verso ad Carmentis saxo ascensu aequo nocte sublustri, cum 
primo inermem, qui temptaret viara, praemisissent, tradentes inde 
arma, ubi quid iniqui esset, alterni innixi sublevantesque in vicem 
et trahentes alii alios, prout postularet locus, tanto silentio in 
summum evasere, ut non custodes solum fallerent, sed ne canes 
quidem, sollicitum animal ad nocturnos strepitus, excitarent. 
anseres non fefellere, quibus sacris Iunonis in summa inopia 
cibi tamen abstinebatur. quae res saluti fuit: namque clangore 
eorum alarumque crepitu excitus M. Manlius, qui triennio ante 
consul fuerat, vir bello egregius, armis arreptis simul ad arma 
ceteros ciens vadit, et dum ceteri trepidant, Galium, qui iam in 
summo constiterat, umbone ictum deturbat. cuius casus prolapsi 
cum proximos sterneret, trepidantes alios armisque omissis saxa, 
quibus adhaerebant, manibus amplexos trucidat. iamque et alii 
congregati telis missilibusque saxis proturbare hostes, ruinaque 
tota prolapsa acies in praeceps deferri. Livy v 47 

3. Tu, tu, inquam, M. Antoni, princeps C. Caesari omnia 
perturbare cupienti causam belli contra patriam inferendi dedisti. 
Quid enim aliud ille dicebat? quam causam sui dementissimi con- 
silii et facti adferebat, nisi quod intercessio neglecta, ius tribuni- 
cium sublatum, circumscriptus a senatu esset Antonius? Omitto 
quam haec falsa, quam levia, praesertim cum omnino nulla causa 
iusta cuiquam esse possit contra patriam arma capiendi. Sed 
nihil de Caesare: tibi certe confitendum est causam perniciosissimi 
belli in persona tua constitisse. O miserum te, si haec intellegis, 
miseriorem, si non intellegis, hoc litteris mandari, hoc memoriae 
prodi, huius rei ne posteritatem quidem omnium saeculorum um- 
quam immemorem fore, consules ex Italia expulsos cumque iis 
Cn. Pompeium, quod imperii populi Romani decus ac lumen fuit, 
omnes consulares, qui per valetudinem exsequi cladem illam fu- 
gamque potuissent, praetores, praetorios, tribunos pi., magnam 
partem senatus, omnem subolem iuventutis, unoque verbo rem 
publicam expulsam atque exterminatam suis sedibus! 

Cicero ii Phil 22 

4. Give a short account of the case of P. Sestius. 

5. Explain Cicero’s general attitude towards the politi- 
cal movements of his day. 










/ 











FINAL HONOURS. 


Latin. 


Third Translation Paper . 

1. Lucretius iii 894-911. 

2. Cicero de Natura Deorum ii 133 134, Sed quaeret 

quispiam molitur cibus. 

3. Sed haec vetera, illud vero recens, Caesarem meo consilio 
interfectum. Iam vereor, patres conscripti, ne, quod turpissimum 
est, praevaricatorem mihi adposuisse videar, qui me non solum 
meis laudibus ornaret, sed etiam alienis. Quis enim meum in ista 
societate gloriosissimi facti nomen audivit? cuius autem, qui in 
eo numero fuisset, nomen est occultatum? occultatum dico? cuius 
non statim divulgatum ? Citius dixerim iactasse se aliquos, 
ut fuisse in ea societate viderentur, cum non fuissent, quam 
ut quisquam celari vellet qui fuisset. Quam veri simile porro 
est in tot hominibus partim obscuris, partim adulescentibus 
neminem occultantibus, meum nomen latere potuisse? Etenim 
si auctores ad liberandam patriam desiderarentur illis auctoribus, 
Brutos ego impellerem, quorum uterque L. Bruti imaginem cotidie 
videret, alter etiam Ahalae? Hi igitur his maioribus ab alienis 
potius consilium peterent quam a suis? et foris potius quam domo? 

Cicero II Philippic 25 26 

4. Shew briefly and clearly the main points of re- 
semblance and difference between Lucretius and Virgil. 

5. Give an account of the circumstances which led to 
Cicero’s speech pro Milone . 



FINAL HONOURS 


Latin 


Fourth Translation Paper 

1. Plautus Trinummus 279-300. 

2. Terence Phormio II i 9-22. 

3. Natura locus iam ante praeceps, recenti lapsu terrae in 
pedum mille admodum altitudinem abruptus erat. Ibi quum, 
velut adfinem viae, equites constitissent, miranti Hannibali, quae 
res moraretur agmen, nuntiatur rupem inviam esse. Digressus 
deinde ipse ad locum visendum. Haud dubia res visa, quin per 
invia circa nec trita antea, quamvis longo ambitu, circumduceret 
agmen. Ea vero via insuperabilis fuit. Nam quum super vete- 
rem nivem intactam nova modicae altitudinis esset, molli nec 
praealtae nivi facile pedes ingredientium insistebant. Ut vero tot 
hominum iumentorumque incessu diljipsa est, per nudam infra 
glaciem fluentemque tabem liquescentis nivis ingrediebantur. 
Taetra ibi luctatio erat, ut a lubrica glacie. non recipients vesti- 
gium, et in prono citius pedes fallente: et, seu manibus in assur- 
gendo seu genu se adiuvissent, ipsis adminiculis prolapsi si iterum 
corruerent, nec stirpes circa radicesve, ad quas pede aut manu 
quisquam eniti posset, erant; ita in levi tantum glacie tabidaque 
nive volutabantur. 

Livy xxi 36 

Explain circumduceret. 

4. Adspice, Plautus 
quo pacto partes tutetur amantis ephebi, 
ut patris attenti, lenonis ut insidiosi; 
quantus sit Dossenuus edacibus in parasitis 
quam non adstricto percurrat pulpita socco. 

Horace Epp ii 1 170 

Translate and criticise this estimate. 

5. Compare Plautus and Terence. 




FINAL HONOURS 


Latin 

Fifth Translation Paper 

1. Cicero Murena § 74 At enim agit conservant. 

2. Juvenal YII 124-137. 

3. Tacitus Annals I 4 Igitur verso quandoque 

distrahunt. 

4. Compare Horace and Juvenal with special reference 
to the light each gives into his own life and character. 



Junior Greek. 


Translate : 

Abzap inei poyaz, pbv dneaxeSaa 1 dXXodez dXXvjv 
dyvrj Flepaecpoveta yovacxcbv drjXozepdcov, 
rjXde 8' ini poyrj ’ Ayapepvovo^ 5 Azpeidao 
dyyopevr)' nepi 8* dXAac dyrjyepad\ oaaoc dp abzcp 
olxlu iv Aiytadoco ddvov xai nbzpov ineanov. 
iyvco 8 ’ alp'’ ipe xelvo', inei ntev alpa xeXacvbv m 
x),ale S’ o ye Xcyeco^, daXepov xaza Sdxpoov eiflcov, 
nczvdt; e?z ipe ye! pa', dpezaadac peveaivcov 
dXX 5 ob yap ol it ' 9jv ?c ipneSo^ ou8e zt xtxo^, 
olvj nep ndpo$ iaxev ivi yvapnzolat peXeaat, 
zov pei ) iyco Sdxpoaa t8cov iXeyaa ze doped, 
xai ptv cpcovijaa^ inea nzepbevza npoarjbbcov 

Homer, Odyssey, B. XI. 

1. Parse dneaxedaa\ dyvjyepad\ ineanov, ntev, nezvd^, 
iaxev , npoaybScov. 

2. Scan the first four lines. 

3. Point out some Epic forms and give their Attic 
equivalents. 

Translate : 

2 {2. Kai prjV vecozepo^ ye poo el obx iXazzov rj oaco 
aoepebzepo c* dXX\ o Xeyco , zpoepac, bno nXobzoo riyc oocpia^, 
dXX\ ch paxdpee , f bvzeive aaozov xai yap ob8e yaXenbv 
xazavovjaac o Xeyco . Xeyco yap 8rj zb ivavztov 7j o notrjzrfi 
inoivjaev b noerjaa^ 

Zrjva 8e zbv 0’ ep^avza, xai oc zd8e ndvz 5 icpbzeoaev , 
Obx edeXecs elnelv' eva yap Seoi ;, ivda xai acScbz. 
iyco obv zobzcp Stapepopat zep nocrjzfj. — etneo aot onrj ; 


ET 6. Yldvv ye. 

Si2. Ob doxec pot elvac, r tva deo$, evda xoi acdd)£‘ 
xoXXol ydp pot doxoberc xal vocrouz xal xevcaz xal aXka izolld 
zotabza : dedtoze c dedtevat piv, aidetadat be pvjdkv zabza & 
dedtacrev. 

Plato, Euthyphro. 

1. Parse ep^avza, etxa >, dedtoze c. 

2. How does the distinction made here bear on the re- 
lation of Piety to Justice ? 

Translate : 

2Q. Obxobv xal vbv %prj xpcbzov abzo zobzo a xetpacr- 
Oac, ec ecrzt zee: fjpcbv zeyytxoc, nepl ob ftouXevopeOa, 7] ob' 
xal ec pkv ecrztv , ixecvqj xetdeadae kvl ovzc, zob$ J’ aXXou c 
lav' ec dk pvj, dXXov ztva £ rjzetv . vj Kept aptxpob oteerde 
vovl xevouvebeev xal ab xal Avert payo^, dXX ob nepl zobzou 
zoo xzrjpazoz o zebv bpezeptov peytazov ov zvyydvet ; vlecov 
ydp tcoi) rj ^prjaztbv rj zdvavzta yevopevcov xal nd$ o oIxoq 
6 zob Trazpbz ouzco c oixrjcrezac , ono'tot dv zcvez ol natde c 
yevcovzae . 

Id., Laches. 

1. fiouleubpeOa. What does the verb mean in the ac- 
tive voice ? 

2. On what grounds does Socrates declare himself un- 
able to decide the question at issue between Laches and 
Nicias ? 

Translate into Greek : 

1. He said that he had never seen so many ships before. 

2. He promised to send a large force to assist us. 

3. If he had told the truth before, we would have 
obeyed him. 


4. If you had come on that day, the city would not 
have been taken. 

5. After waiting ten days, they sailed off home with 
all speed. 

Translate at sight 

5 Ev zouzqj epyovzat ix 2tvd)7zyz npeafteu;, (poftobptevot 
Kept r^c noXecoQ. xat iX&ovzez ei$ to a zpazonedov iXeyov. 
Kporjyopet db c Exazcbvopo^ detvoz vopt^bpevot; ecvat Xsyetv 
* Enepipev jy/zac, <h dvdpe c azpaztajzat, ^ zebu StvcoKecov 
7roXc<z bnatveaovzd$ ze bpdc, ozt vtxdze r/ EXXvjvez ouzet; flap- 
ftdpouz, enetza db xat oovrjo&rjaopevooc, ozt dtd noXXtbv ze 
xat detvabv, a>z rff*eT<Z yxobaapev, npaypdzcov aeatoapeuot 
ndpeaze. dztoupev db f/ EXXrjves ovze$ xat abzol btp bptou 
ouzcou 'EXXr)va)v dya&du peu zt ndayetv, xaxov db prjdev' 
obde yap fjpeiq, bpdc, obdbu ncoKoze bnrjp^apev xaxtbq, 
Kotobuzeq. 


Xenophon, Anabasis. 



Senior Greek. 


1. Translate : 

zov d 9 dxapecftbpevoz npotzscpYji;, ' Eb pace aoftcbza' 
,,£e2V, ou fioc ftspcz it tz\ obd ’ si xa.xicov oedsv i)$oc, 
£etvov dzcfiYjcrar npoz yap Acoc, siacv dnavzez 
£e~tvoc zs nzcoyot re. dbocz S' oXtyrj zs (ptXrj re 
ytyvezac fjTiezkpr)' f) yap dpcbcov dtxrj loziv 
at el decdcozcov , or’ irccxpazicoacv auaxzez 
ol vsoc. rj yap zoo ye #eol xaza voazov idr[aau y 
oc xev ip ivduxicoz icpiXec xat xzrjaco onaaaev, 
olxov re xXrjpou re ibpopcpov zs yuvarxa , 
old re w oixrjc &va$ iodopo^ edcoxev , 
oc ol 7 ToXXd xdprjac , #ebz exi ipyov de?)j, 
cu~ xai spot zode epyov dezezac , o> encptpvco. 
zcp xe pe tioXX (bvrjaev avaq, ei abzod •’ eyrjpa, 
dXX oXeff' d ) c dxpeXX’ c A7e^c djro cpoXov dXJadac 
npoyyo, ine't ttoXXwu dvdpcbv imb yobvaz ’ e7o<rev 
*ar xeo/oc e/3iy ’Ayapipiouoz e7vexa ztprj$ 

* IXcov ei c iuTTcoXoi;, cva Tpcbeaac pdyotzo“ 

Odyssey, B. XIV. 

2. Parse lyrjpa , dpyopevoccrc, zediapev , hzepdaoazo r 
bnodsypevoz, dxa%ovzo, zezXyozc. 

3. Derive ftodypta , zqXoyezo c, ebdeceXoc , Xoxdfta^, 

dzpexscoz. 

4. Describe the character of Eumaeus and tell his story. 

5. Translate and account for the moods and tenses of 
the following passage : — 

Xpovou pev ouv ztva oXtyov obzco rcpbz dXXrjXoo c y;^oo- 
ftoXiaavzo • rcov ^e Aaxedatpovtiov obxszc osscdq iTrexdetv 
l ] npooTzinzotev dovapevcov, yvovze^ abzob c ol (ftcX<ot ftpado - 
re/)ooc owac rd> dpbvaadac xat abzot zfj re o^er roo 


dapaecD to tzXeIgzod elXycpozez noXXanXdGtot cpacDopeDoc, xai 
^UDetdtGpsDOt pdXXoD pYjxizc Secdouz abrob c opouo c Gcpu it 
(patvecrdac, on oux eudb^ ana zvjz npoo3oxta c ineTTODdeGaD^ 
&GTcep ore izpcozoD dneftatDOD zfj yDcopyj 3e3ouXcopeDOt a>z 
im AaxeSatpoDtouz, xazacppODYjGaDze^ xai ep^oYjGavze^ 
ddpoot wpprjaav ire auzob c xai iftaXXoD Xtdot<z ze xai 
zo^eupaGt xai dxoDztotz, &>c exaazoz zt izpoyetpoD ecyeD. 
yzvopevr}^ 3k zv )<; /3o^c dpa zfj intdpopyj ixnfafiis ze EDeneGED 
dvdpcorro^ dijdeGt zotabzrjq, pdyr^ xai b xoDwpzoQ zrjz uXvjz 
DecuGzi xexaupeD'Yj c eyebpet no)b c aDcu, arcopOD ze rjv 13 e7d zb 
n po abzou bno zwd zoljeupdzcoD xai XtdcoD dno ttoXXcod dvd- 
pcbrrcoD pezd zou xoDtopzou dpa cpepopsDcoD. zb ze epyoD 

EDzauda yolenbv zo7q AaxeSatpoDtot^ xadtGzazo. 

Thucydides, B. IV. 

Write a note on the use of xofiiozapat. 

6. Show how the experiences of Demosthenes in Aetolia 
contributed to his success at Pylus. 

7. Compare the Athenian and Spartan ideals. 

8. Translate at sight : 

zod $ ab NauGtxda XeuxcoXedo c gdzIod r/uSa * 
ircei obze xaxcp ouz' acppODt epoozi eotxan 
Zeb c S' abzoz Depet oXftoD ’ OXupTitoQ dD&pcbnocGcD , 
i<r#/o?c Xjdk xaxolotD , otcco c i&sXrjatD, kxdazw * 
xai ttou Goi zdS ’ idcoxe , gs 3k ypyj zezXdpeD epnYjn 
dud 3\ inei ‘rjpezeprjD ze TzbXtD xai yataD IxdDEtQ , 
obz' odd iG&rjzoc. : SeuYjGeat ouze zeu dXXou, 
cod eizeoty lxszyjd zaXanetptOD dDzcdaaDza. 
dazu 3e zot 3eis<jj, ipeco 3e zoc ouDopa XacoD. 

(PatYjxe^ pkD zyjd3e tcoIcd xai yalaD iyouGtD , 
el pi & iyco duyazYjp peyaXijzopo^ ’ AXxtDOOto , 

zou 3 y ex QatYjxcoD eyezat xdpzoc ; ze fitrj re. u 

Odyssey, B. VI. 


9. Make into Greek : 

He saw no way of escape from his own words. 

He took whatever came first to hand. 

It is too bad that he should not have exerted himself 
to deliver us. 

What was there to prevent the Athenians from crossing 
the river before the enemy arrived ? 

Cleon’s words were greeted by the Athenians with mur- 
murs and questions why he did not go himself if he 
thought the task so easy. Hereupon Nicias, who detected 
the implied reflection upon his own conduct, came for- 
ward and invited Cleon, in the presence of the assembly 
whom he called to witness the fact, to take any force he 
chose, so far as the generals were concerned, and try what 
he. could do. Cleon thinking the offer a mere feint ex- 
pressed himself as perfectly willing ; but when he saw that 
his opponent was in earnest about handing him over the 
command, he began to draw back, declaring that the other 
was general, not he. On this Nicias reiterated his invi- 
tation, and the more Cleon tried to back out, the more 
clamourously did the people urge him to undertake the 
expedition. 



\ 




FIRST YEAR HONOURS. 

Greek. 


Prose Composition , and Sight Translation . 

Make into Greek : 

These things are nothing either in number or in greatness com- 
pared with those other recompenses which await both just and 
unjust after death. These you ought to hear. 

Speak, he said, there are few things I should like better to hear. 
Well, I said, I will tell you a tale, about a brave man, Er the son 
of Armenius, aPamphylian by birth. He was slain in battle, and 
ten days afterwards when the bodies of the dead were taken up 
already in a state of corruption, his body was found unaffected 
by decay, and carried home to be buried. And on the twelfth 
day, as he was lying on the funeral pile, he returned to life and 
told them what he had seen in the other world. He said that 
when he had left the body, his soul went on a journey with a 
great company and that they came to a mysterious place at 
which there were two chasms in the earth; they were near 
together and over against them were two other chasms in the 
heaven above. In the intermediate space there were judges seated 
who bade the just, after they had judged them, ascend by the 
heavenly way on the right hand having the signs of the judgment 
bound on their foreheads; and in like manner the unjust were 
commanded by them to descend by the lower way on the left 
hand; these too had the symbols of their deeds fastened on their 
backs. 

Translate : Arrian’s Anabasis, vii, 10. 



FIRST YEAR HONOURS. 

Greek. 


Odyssey , Medea , Electra . 

Translate : 

evd' aur dll' £v6rjae dea, yXaoxdjTCtt; ' AdrjWj. 
jiij p levat npo c dcbpaz ’ Odoaarjo^ deioto' 
evda pvrjozrjpeGGcv £nl yXuxbv utcvov e%eu£v, 

TiXd^e 3i ncvovzaz, yetpCov d’ exft alle xbneXXa. 
of d’ eb dew (hpwvzo xazd nzofav, obd' dp ezi drp 
eiaz\ insi oycaw uttvo^ £ttI fileydpococv ininzev. 
abzap TrjXepa^ov npoaecpyj yXauxcoTrcz 'Adrjvrj 
ixnpoxahaaapevyj peydpcov £b vatezaovzcov, 

Mevzopc eidopiwj ijpkv depa<; ijde xal abdyv 
„ TyXepa%\ rjdvj pev zoc £i)xvr}pcdes kzacpoe 
etfaz' enYjpezpoc zrjv arjv k ozcdeypevoc bpur/jv' 
dlX topev, pvj drjdd dcazptftcopev odo1o. u 

(Lq dpa (pcovrjaaa' 1 fjyrjGazo IlaXXdz 5 Adrjvrj 
xapnaXtpco^' o d’ enecza pez ’ fyvca palve deo'lo. 
abzap insc p inc wja xazrjXodov ijde ddXaaoav, 
ebpov exee z* £ 7 zl dcvl xdpyj xopocwzaz kzacpou c. 

zoloi dk xal pezeeap feprj ?c TrjXepdyoto' 

Odyssey, B. II. 

1. Parse lyeoev, etdopevv], ecaz\ copev. 

2. Describe the character of Telemachus as revealed by 
his relations to Mentor. 

Translate : 

d) zexva zkx'ua, Gpcpv pev eazt drj 7zoXc c 
xal dcop £ , £v cp Xcnovze c ddXiav £pe 
oixvjGez ’ del prjzpo c £ozepY]pevor 
£yd) d> £<z dXXrjv yatav ecpe drj <puyd< 


nph> G(p(jjv ovaadat xdntdeHv eudaipova', 
nptv lixzpa xat yovdtxa xat yapyjltooz 
euvdz dyrjlat Xapndda^ t dvaa^edew. 
dj doazdlatva z9j c abdadta^. 

dXXios dp bpa$, w tsxu\ i^edpepdpyjv, 
dllto c d" ipoydoov xat xaze^dvdrjv novot^, 
azeppaq, iveyxobd i v zoxotq dlyrjdova q. 
fj firjv nod'" f] dbozrjvoq el%ov ilntdaq 
nolldq iv bpl v yrjpoftooxrjoetv r ipe 
xat xazdavobaav %epdtv eb neptazelew, 

^rjXcozbv d'udptbnotoe vuv d ’ olcole drj 
yloxeta tppovztq. atptpv yap iazeprjpewj 
Aonpbv dtd^co fttozov dlyetvov r’ ipot. 
bpetq de pvjzep" obxez ’ oppaatv tptAotq 
opead " , iq aXXo (T^rjp dnoozdvzeq fitoo. 
tpeb <peb • zt npoadepxeade p oppaatv, zkxva ; 
zt npoayeldze zov navbazazou yelcov ; 
aide zt dpaaco ; xapdta yap dtyezat, 
yuvdtxe c, op pa tpatdpov foq zexvcov. 

obx di> duvatpyv yatpkza) pooled paza 
za npoadew d£co ndedaq ix yataq ipobq. 

Euripides, Medea. 

1. Write grammatical notes on npiv with the infinitive, 
yilcov, dpdaco , eldov. 

2. How does Euripides diminish our sympathy with 
the daughter of the king ? 

Translate : 

xat drj Xeyuj aot ndv oaov xazetdopyv. 
inet yap JjlOov nazpbq dpyatov zdtpov , 
opd) xolcbvrjq dxpaq veoppuzooi. q 
nrjyaq ydlaxzoq xal neptcrzetpyj xbxlep 


ndvztov 8a iaz'cv dvOswv drjxrjv Ttazpbz. 
idouaa S' iayov Oabpa, xat rceptaxonaj 
pvj nob re c rfpw iyyb^ iyyp^prczrj flpozajv. 
o>C S' iu yaXrjvrj ndvz* idepxopyv zonov , 
zbpftou npoaetpnov daaov' iaydzvjG d ’ 
ni>pa<; vecoprj ^oazpoyou zezprjp&vov 
xebdb c zdhitv <hc ecdov, ipnacet zt pot 
(poyfj abvrjde c dppa, (pdzdzou j3pozah> 
ndvzcov ’ Opkazoo zobO ’ zexprjpw 

xal yepa't ftaazdaaaa duacprjpa) pkv oB, 

$£ ntpnXrjp ebdb^ oppa daxpbcov. 

Electra, 892-906. 

1. Explain the genitive ndvzcov, and the syntax of 
pnatet — zexprjptov. 

2. Analyse grammatically the following expressions : 

(а) dva)X6h)£e zou veavtav 

oV ipya dpdaaQ ola hayyavet xaxd. 

(б) xat vtv no pa xeavzes ebdbz i v ftpay£ 
yalxcp psytazov atbpa dedataz a: zodob 
tpepouatv. 

(c) azdvze c d* 66 ’ abzobz o\ zezay pivot ftpaftrjs 
xtypouc; hzrjlav xat xazeazyaav ditppouQ. 
yaXxrjQ bnat adhztyyoc, j)£av. 

Show the force of the Aorist azdvzzz. 

3. Discuss the ethical situation in the Electra. 



' 










f 








FIRST YEAR HONOURS. 


Greek. 


Aristophanes , Clouds , Thucydides. 

Translate : 

vbv obv dzeyy&z o zc [iobXovzac 
zoozl zobpov acdfi! abzolacv 
Tcape%co, zuTizew, Tiecvrjv, dajjyjv, 
aby^peiv, pcydjv, daxov detpecv, 
stTiep zd xpea dcacpeo^obpac 
zoc c t dvd pcbnoc^ elvac do^cu 
Opaaus, ebyXcozzoz, zoXprjpoz, I'zrjz, 
ftdeXopot;, (fteodcov aoyxoXXrjzrjZ, 
ebprjacemjt ; , neptpczppa dcxcbv, 
xbpftc c, xpozaXov , xtvadoQ, zpbpy, 
pdadXvjz, etpcov , yXocoQ, dXa^cov, 
xevzpcov , pcapo c, azpocpt^, dpyaXko c, 
pazzooXotyo c. 

ra&r’ sr' //£ xaXoba dnavzajvzez, 
dpcbvzcov dzeyycbc, o zc XPJlZ ol><TCV 
x£c fiobXovzac, 

vrj zvjv Afjprjzp ex poo %op8yjv 

zoTq (ppovzcazalG 7zapa0svzcoy. 

1. Explain doxbv decpecv. 

2. Explain the following : (a) Iwxpdzrjz o MijXco c ; (6) 
zohz ipaOe<z zd de&d ecaco naXeXdaiv dpzc napd zoo c yrjye- 
vel<z ; (c) zezztycov dvdpeaza , xar Krjxetdoo xat ftoocpovccov ; 
(c?) i* nrjpcdcoo yvtbpac, zpcbycov Ilavdeleze'tooz. 

3. Discuss the relation of the actual Socrates to Aristo- 
phanes’ caricature. 


Translate : 

Toiauza 8 s 6 dtoSozo c sins. pyj&siadjv 8s zcbv yvcopcbv 
zobziov pdXiaza dvzindXcov npb$ dXXrjXaz o? 5 Aftyvaloi fjXftov 
psv ic dycbva bpcoz r^c 86^7 ] c xai iysvovzo iv zfj y^stpovzo- 
v’ta dy%cbpaXoi, ixpdzvjas 8k f] rob AioSozou. xai zpirjprj 
sbdv c aXXyjv dnsazsXXov, xaza anooSijv , oncoQ prj (pxXaadarjs 
zrjz npozspaz supcoai Siscpftappsvrjv zrjv noXiv nposlys 8s 
fjpepq- xai voxzi pdXtaza. napaaxsoaadvzwv 8s zcbv Mu- 
zcXrjvaicov npsapscav zfj vrji olvov xai dXcpiza xai psydXa 
bnooyopsvayv, si ipftdaatsv, iysvszo anooSrj zoo nXou zot - 
abzy qjgzs f)<7&idv zs cipa iXauvovzs^, olvcp xai iXaitu aXcpiza 
nscpopapsva , xai ol psv bnvov rjpobvzo xaza pspoz, oi 8s 
yjXauvov. xaza zbyrjv 8s nvsbpazo c oi)3svb<z ivavzcco&sizoz 
xai zr)<z psv nzozspa c vsco$ ou anouSfj nXsobarj^ ini npdypa 
dXXoxozov , zabzvj c 8e zoiobztp zponcv inscyopsvrjz, fj psv 
ecpfiaas zooouzov oaov Tldyprjza dvsyvcoxsvai zb (prjipiapa 
xai psXXsiv Spdascv zd 8s8oypsva, fj S' bazspa abzrjQ ini - 
xazdyszai xai SisxcbXuas prj SiacpiXscpac. napd zoaouzov psv 
y ) MoziXrjvrj rjXfis xiv8uvou. 

Thucydides, III, 49. 

1. Account for tense of Scscpdappsvrjv. What would 
be the meaning of SiayOapscaav ? Explain the mood in 
sbpcoai and ipddaaisv. Remark on oaov, on the prepo- 
sition in 8isx(bXoasv , and on the negative in prj 8ia(pdsipac. 

2. What light does the speech of the Mytilenaean en- 
voys throw on the relations between Athens and her con- 
federacy ? 

3. Give with comments the substance of Diodotus’ re- 
marks on capital punishment, and of Thucydides’ patho- 
logical analysis of ozdoi c. 



FINAL HONOURS. 


Greek. 


Translate : 

(a) Homer, Odyssey, B. V, 458-473. 

(b) Id., B. XI, 404-420. 

1. (a) Explain the construction of jitj dapdar r 

2. ( b ) Account for the case of di^dpo; (414). Derive 
dho^co, uwXepeco c. 

Translate : 

Euripides, Medea 824-852. 

1. ycopa c dnopdyTou. What bearing has this claim on 
the date of the Medea ? 

2. State the connection in thought between this eulogy 
on Athens and the earlier part of the play. 

Translate : 

Aristophanes, Clouds, 1283-1302. 

1. Comment on 6 toxos, (rapcpopa, aetpcupopov, £uva)- 
piatv. 

2. To what stage in the career of Aristophanes does this 
comedy belong ? Account for the smaller use of Chorus 
and Parabasis in some of the plays. 



FINAL HONOURS. 

Greek. 


Plato and Aristotle . 


1. Translate : 

Rep. Ill, 405 C. ?j Soxet aot — alay^pov doxec. 

“ TV, 425 E. dp oibv — rjxcoza . 

Eth. Nicom. II, 5, 3—6. ndOrj — etprjzac . 

X, 9—20. zojv de ooytazdiv — - yivea Oac. 

2. Expound Plato’s Psychology, and criticize his an- 
alogy between the Individual and the State. 

3. What method is followed in the Ethical inquiries of 
Aristotle ? 

4. In what sense is the Definition of ebdatpovia an 
dpyj)' What are the real dpyal of Ethics? 

5. What place does zu^rj occupy in the Aristotelian 
Philosophy. Discuss the other spheres of Causation. 





PINAL HONOURS. 

Greek. 


Herodotus , Thucydides, Demosthenes. 


Translate, with short notes explanatory and grammatical 

Herod. VIII, 88. 

Thucyd. II, 63. 

Ill, 47. 

IY, 63. 

VII, 64. 

De Cor. 160-162. 




FINAL HONOURS. 

Greek. 


Pindar, Sophocles, Aeschylus. 


Translate, with short notes explanatory and grammatical 

Prom. Vin. 526-539. 

Agam. 681-698. 

Oed. R. 794-805. 

Ajax 646-658. 

Antig. 639-652. 

Electra. 804-819. 

Pindar, Isth. V. 40-51. 




FINAL HONOURS. 


Greek. 


Make into Greek : 

Herodotus opens his history by investigating the first occasion 
of the strife between Greeks and Barbarians which he undertakes 
to portray. He will begin, he says, by pointing out who was the 
first aggressor against the liberties of his countrymen, and then 
proceed with the narrative of the main struggle. Croesus the 
Lydian was, so far as we know, the first barbarian prince who 
reduced Greeks to the position of tributary subjects. He was the 
fifth descendant of Gyges who after the murder of Candaules 
founded the dynasty of the Mermnadae on the throne of Lydia. 
Croesus closed this dynasty and thus fulfilled the doom denounced 
against his blood-stained race by the Delphic God. Alarmed by 
the growing might of Persia he strained every nerve to resist it; 
but neither his military exertions nor the gifts he lavished on the 
Greek oracles could stop the unalterable course of fate. This 
tale enables us to form a clear conception of the Historian's view 
of the Power which reveals itself in human history. As the 
scion of a race which had waded through slaughter to a throne 
Croesus was from his birth the victim of an inevitable fate. This 
rigid necessity however is so far modified that he is the free or- 
iginator of all his actions and enterprises, and can attribute to 
none but himself the disaster which overtakes him in accordance 
with the Divine decree. 

Translate at sight : 

Xenophon, Hiero, V, 1. 



FINAL HONOURS. 

Greek. 


General Paper. 

1. To what political party in Athens did Pericles be- 
long ? What was his policy with regard to the war with 
Sparta ? Compare him with Cimon and with Nicias. 

2. What were the relations of Athens with Naupactus? 
Of what use was this place to Athens ? 

3. At the close of the war what was the condition of 
affairs in Athens ? What part did Sparta take in the re- 
construction of the Government ? 

4. Show the social and moral significance of the figure 
of Eumaeus in the Odyssey. 

5. Criticize the statement : — “ These few words of 
genuine grief (with which in the Electra she receives the 
news of her son’s death) humanize and therefore drama- 
tize Clytaemnestra more vividly than anything in Aes- 
chylus.” 

6. Illustrate the imaginative power of Aeschylus. 

7. Is the Zeus of the Prometheus a mere arbitrary 
tyrant ? 

8. To what extent is Oedipus to be regarded as having 
brought his doom upon himself? 

9. Show that the closing scene of the Ajax is not an 
otiose appendage but necessary for developing fully the 
main thought of the play. 

10. In what sense is Antigone a “ sinless criminal. ” 
oata navoopyiijaacm ? 

11. Show the conflict of duties involved in the position 
of Electra. 

12. In what way does Demosthenes show the influence 
of his careful study of the speeches in Thucydides ? 




H0N0U-R8. 


Grammar and Philology. 


1. What is implied as to the duty in %pvjv ae zauza 
Tzoirpai ? Translate into Latin. 

2. Give compound sentences in both Latin and Greek 
to illustrate indefinite frequency : (1) in past time, (2) in 
future time. 

3. What difference is there between ijpajzYjGev oozes rjv 
6 puOos and yjpcbzrjoev oozes sly o pudos ? 

4. Distinguish ou ptevecs ; from ou prj pevees ; and 
ou prj peevips- 

5. Translate epofioupae prj zouzo noefj and epoftoupae pyj 
zouzo noeeT and explain the difference in meaning. 

6. What case or cases follow rogare, imperare , donare , 
potiri , paenitere , peritus , similis , dignus ? 

7. What is the Latin for : the rest of the army ; it is 
my interest ; I envy you ; I am persuaded ; we must open 
a way with the sword ; he sold the book for ten denarii. 

8. What is the Oratio Obliqua of a direct question ex- 
pressed in the third person ? 

9. State the origin of the nom. plural of the first and 
the third declensions in Greek. 

10. Account for the forms odous, odcov, alongside of the 
Latin dens . 

11. Explain the augmented forms of Greek verbs be- 
ginning with a diphthong. 

12. Account for the diphthong and accent in ecdcb as 
compared with olda and Xua). 


13. Explain in accordance with phonetic law the forms 
eTtsTuOfiev, yeydr/jv. 

14. Give the earlier forms of videro, viderim , and show 
to what moods they originally belonged. 

15. Account for the infinitives Meev, Xaftecv, douvae, 
azyjvae, dscvac, dbfievae, do/iev, leluxivae. 

16. Give in full the 2nd Aorist imperative active of 
did a) fie, cazyfie, and dbvco and discuss the varying forms. 



Junior French. 


A. 

1. Refer the following passages to their context and 
translate (6), (c) and ( d ) : 

(a) C’est un peu ma faute. J’avais pratique des fouilles au 

bout du pare, sans prevenir personne et le soir il est tombe 

dedans! Mais j’ai trouve un manche de couteau du troisiemesiecle. 

( b ) La furaee s’elevait dans le nord est, et la petite troupe prit 
precipitamment cette direction. Le but a atteindre se trouvait k 
cinq ou six milles environ, et il devenait fort difficile de se diriger 
a coup sur. La fumee avait disparu, et aucune elevation ne pou- 
vait servir de point de repere, car la plaine de glace etait enti&re- 
ment unie. 

(c) Cbaque pas determine une pression, un rapprochement des 
deux membranes de cuivre appliques contre le soulier et reliees 
au podometre par un tube de caoutchouc d’un demi-centimetre de 
diametre, gaine protectrice d’un fil de cuivre et dissimule dans 
les vetements. 

(d) Quoique je n’ ignore pas les malheurs derives de la funeste 
entreprise qui le conduisit a forcer les portes des enfers pour 
venir troubler le menage de nos premiers parents, je ne puis, quob 
que je fasse, souhaiter un moment de le voir peril* en chemin dans 
la confusion du chaos. 

2. Translate into English : 

On accuse le corps de je ne sais combien de choses, mais bien 
mal a propos assurement; c’est a la bete qu’il faut s’en prendre. — 
Qu’on n’aille pas croire qu’ au lieu de tenir ma parole, je bats la 
campagne pour me tirer d’ affaire. — Il ne se doutait non plus de 
tout ce qui a produit le chapitre du portrait que de ce qui se 
passe dans la lune. — Il meurt a la fois de sa propre mort et de 
celle de tous ses enfants. — Il pensa plus d’une fois faire le voyage 
de F autre monde pour avois mis mal a propos sa robe de chambre 
dans celui-ci. — Je vous predis qu’avant peu vous ceindrez 
l’echarpe municipale. — Quelle drole d’idee! Be couper la gorge 
avec quelqu’un qui vous marche sur le pied par inadvertance. — 
La piste consiste en une sole de ciment et de briques en liege 
goudronne, surmontee d’une aire en plomb impermeable. 

B. 

Translate at sight : 

L’homme est plein de besoins: renvoye a lui-meme, il sent un 
vide que l’amitie seule est capable de remplir; toujours inquiet et 
toujours agite, il ne se calme et ne se repose que dans 1’amitie. 


Un ancien dit que 1’ amour ests fils de la pauvrete et du dieu des 
richesses: de la pauvrete, parce qu’il demande toujours; du dieu 
des richesses, parce qu’il est liberal. L’amitie ne pourrait-elle pas 
avoir aussi la meme origine? Quand elle est vive, elle demande 
des sentiments: les ames tendres et delicates sentent les besoins du 
cceur plus qu’on ne sent les autres necessites de la vie. Mais, 
comme elle est genereuse, eile merite aussi qu’on la reconnaisse 
pour fille du dieu des richesses; car il n’est pas permis de se parer 
du beau nom d’ami, des que Ton manque a ses amis dans le besoin. 
Enfin les caracteres sensibles cherchent a s’unir par les sentiments: 
le cceur etant fait pour aimer, il est sans vie, des que vous lui 
refusez le plaisir d’ aimer ou d’etre aime. 

c. 


Translate into French : 

1. It is good walking and I had intended to go down town this 
afternoon, but mother says I must write you a letter and tell you 
what is going on at our Young Ladies’ College. I have been here 
for a year, and though I am not a very good judge of such things I 
believe the College is one of the best in the country. There are 
about eighty pupils and most of them have come from this Prov- 
ince. We study the different subjects of which you spoke in your 
last letter. Father insisted that I should learn Latin, and became 
very angry with me when I tried to avoid it. “If you think you 
can do without it,” said he, “you are much mistaken. It is a 
fine thing to know the language from which your own has come, 
and it will help you also to understand other languages.” It was 
useless for me to refuse, and I am very glad now that I did as he 
wished. I have many friends in the College and am always sad 
when any of them goes away. Last week one of my best friends 
was riding on horseback, when she fell and hurt herself very 
badly. She came near breaking her arm and returned to the 
College bare-headed and quite pale. The next day she was too 
ill to work and finally decided to leave for home. I got word 
from her yesterday and she is better now. Mother came to the 
city this morning and has been with me all day. I wish to thank 
you for the flowers you sent me; they are the prettiest I have 
ever received. I should very much like to know how much you 
paid for them. What has become of your friend Mary? I am 
still waiting for the letter she has promised to write me. I was 
thinking about her yesterday and remembered the day she shut 
the door in my face and said she would never forgive the wrong 
I had done. The more I cried out, the more she made fun of me, 
until finall 3 r her mother arrived and we were glad to be silent. 

2. Galileo, an illustrious Italian mathematician, physicist and 
astronomer, was born at Florence in 1564. He invented the ther- 
mometer and discovered the laws of gravity. The construction of 


the thermometer is based on the fact that certain liquids expand 
under the influence of heat and contract under the influence of 
cold. The ordinary thermometer is composed of a very narrow 
cylindrical tube of glass having at its extremity a hollow bulb, 
which serves as a reservoir for the liquid. The tube is fastened 
to a small board, on which are marked the different degrees. 
Gravity is a force which makes all bodies fall towards the centre 
of the earth as soon as they are no longer sustained. Such bodies 
as smoke and clouds are no exception to the general rule. They 
are sustained in the air in the same way as a cork is sustained by 
water, and however strange the thing may seem, we may say 
that it is under the influence of gravity they rise instead of fall- 
ing. Galileo announced that the sun and not the earth is the 
centre of the planetary world and that the latter turns around 
the former, as do all the other planets, which have only a reflected 
light. He died Jan. 8th, 1642. 


D. 

Write a French Essay of not more than 250 words on 
either of the following subjects : 

“ Le Velocipede” or “LaPo^sie.” 


. 




' 



Senior French. 


A. 

Translate : 

(a) Toutes ces cotes de Brest qui se dessinaient en contours 
vagues a travers les voiles dela pluie, lui renvoyaient des souvenirs 
de ses annees de mousse, passees la sur cette grande rade bru- 
meuse, a regretter sa mere . . Ce passe etait rude, et, pour la premiere 
fois de sa vie, il songeait a ce que pourrait bein etre l’avenir. . . 

Sa m&re!. . .C' etait pourtant vrai que, depuis tantot deux ans, 
il ne lui avait pas ecrit. Mais les matelots font ainsi, et, malgre 
tout, ils les aiment bien, leurs meres! C’est la coutume: on 
disparait pendant des annees, et puis, un bienheureux jour, on 
revient au village sans prevenir, avec des galons sur sa mancbe, 
rapportant beaucoup d’ argent gagne k la peine, ramenant la joie 
et l’aisance au pauvre logis abandonne. 

Ils filaient toujours sous la pluie glac6e, sautant sur les lames 
grises, poursuivis par des sifflements de vent et de grands bruits 
d’eau. 

Pierre Loti, Mon Frere Yves . 

(b) Au moment ou commence cette histoire, un beau dimancbe 
de juillet 186., les dernieres vibrations de la clocbe venaient de 
s’evanouir le long des coteaux de vignes ou les maisons de Juvigny, 
eparpillees dans la verdure, devalent vers la riviere d’Ornain, 
comme un blanc troupeau indiscipline qui descend a l’abreuvoir. 
Dans un des jardins qui verdoient derri&re les vieux logis de la 
ville haute, un jeune homme, accoude au mur d’une terrasse, con- 
templait les pentes de la gorge de Polval, resserree entre deux 
vignobles et deja envahie par le crepuscule. Les premieres etoiles 
ouvraient leurs yeux de diamant au-dessus des lisieres boisees qui 
bordent Thorizon, et tout au loin, vers les bois, des roulements 
de chariots r6sonnaient sur la route pierreuse et s’en allaient dimi- 
nuant toujours. 

A. Theuriet, Le Mariage de Gerard. 

1. Write the pres, inf., pres, ind., 1st sing. pret. def., 
1st sing. fut. ind. and pres. subj. of venaient , s’evanouir de- 
scend, ouvraient, s’en allaient 

2. Write- word groups based on long, blanc, haute, and 
homonyms of dans, ville, vers, vent, sans, and synonyms of 
malgre, avenir, lame, s’evanouir, lisi&re. 

3. Write grammatical notes on voile, manche, and on the 
use or non-use of the partitive article in (a). 


B. 


Translate into French : 

‘ I assure you we are mounting in the world/ I hear my mother 
murmur, but I hurry on without looking up. The lady lives in a 
house where there are footmen — but the footmen have come on 
the scene too hurriedly. ‘This is more than I can stand’ gasps 
my mother, and just as she is getting the better of a fit of laugh- 
ter ‘ Footman, give me a drink of water,’ she cries, and this sets 
her off again. Often the readings had to end abruptly, because 
her mirth made her cough violently. 

Sometimes I read to my sister alone, and she assured me that 
she could not see my mother among the women this time. This 
she said to humor me. Presently she would slip up stairs to an- 
nounce triumphantly, ‘You are in again!’ 

Or in the evening I might make a confident of my father, and 
when I had finished reading, he would say thoughtfully, ‘ That 
lassie is very natural. Some of the ways you say she had your 
mother had them just the same. Did you ever notice what an 
extraordinary woman your mother is? 

c. 

1. Explain in French the following : 

Yieillir. — armateur. — prime. — depenaille. — depister. — roulis. 
tangage. — guet-apens. — ouailles. — A vous de couper. — Ce fait 
etait a l’ordre du jour.— Nous nous en rapporterons a votre hon- 
neur. — Ceux qui mettaient pied a terre. — Qui n’en pouvait mais. — 
En fin de compte. — II y eut grosse mer. — Le Rangoon larguait ses 
amarres. — Sous benefice d’ inventaire. — Retenez trois cabines. — 
Surpris au dernier chef. — Le Cher se prit entre ses berges. — 
Personne ne s’ etait doute de 1’ absence de la reine. — II faut de- 
fricher les terres, abattre les arbres, et plus tard extirper les 
souches. 

2. Turn the following into French : 

I think I am an honest fellow. — Your watch is fifteen minutes 
slow. — Although he had neither put it on nor back, his watch agreed 
with the chronometer on board. — The locomotive had to stop and 
wait till the track was clear again. — You shall hear from me soon. 
— Without waiting to be asked very much he told us the follow- 
ing story. — That is a question to which I shall return at leisure. — 
We left Owen Sound on Saturday at four o’clock in the evening. 
— The shores of the bay are covered with forests which the white 
cabins of the wood-cutters enliven. — A vital question for Canada 
is at stake. — The fences are primitive; they are of poles or rails 
placed zigzag on top of each other. 


3. (a) “ Mais le prineipe du self-government est-il ap- 
plicable a tout le monde ? ” Give in French Molinari’s 
answer, and your own opinion, 

4. Give in French Molinari’s economic views on Canada. 

5. State what you consider exaggerations in Le Tour 
du Monde en quatre-vingts jours. Tell what you know of 
the author and his works. 

D. 

Subject for Composition : 

“ Par le Rapide ” or “ L/Enfant Perdu.” 




\ 



French. 


Junior and Senior Dictation . 


Dans les personnes, comme dans les ouvrages, grace a tou jours 
signifie, signifie et signifiera toujours non-seulement ce qui plait, 
mais ce qui plait avec attrait. Aussi les anciens avaient-ils ima- 
gine que la deesse de la beaute ne devait jamais paraitre sans les 
Graces. La beaute ne deplait jamais, mais elle peut etre depour- 
vue de ce charme secret, de cet attrait qui invite a la regarder, et 
qui remplit Tame 6mue d’un sentiment doux. La grace dans la 
figure, dans le maintein, dans Faction, dans les discours depend 
de ce merite qui attire. Une personne, malgre sa jeunesse et sa 
beauts, n’aura point de grace dans le visage, si la boucbe est fer- 
mee au sourire, si les yeux sont sans douceur: le serieux n’est 
jamais gracieux. Un homme bien fait, dont le maintien est mal 
assure ou gene, la demarche precipitee ou pesante, le geste lourd, 
n’a point de grace, parce qu’il n’y a rien de doux, rien de liant 
dans son exterieur. La voix d’un orateur qui manque d’ inflexion 
ou cle douceur sera toujours sans grace. Enfin Tabus de la grace 
est T affectation, comme Tabus du sublime est T ampoule: toute 
perfection est toujours pres d’un defaut. 









I 




FIRST YEAR AND FINAL HONOURS. 

French. 


A. 

Translate and refer each extract to its context : 

(a) Monsieur, puisque vous le voulez, je vous dirai franchement 
qu’on se moque partout de vous, qu’on nous jette de tous cotes 
cent brocards a votre sujet, et que l’on n’est point plus ravi que 
de vous tenir au cul et aux chausses , et de faire sans cesse des 
contes de votre lesine. L’un dit que vous faites imprimer des 
almanachs particuliers, ou vous faites doubler les quatre-temps et 
les vigiles afin de profiter des jeunes ou vous obligez votre monde; 
1’ autre, que vous avez toujours une querelle toute prete a faire a 
vos valets dans le temps des etrennes ou de leur sortie d’avec vous, 
pour vous trouver une raison de ne leur donner rien. 

(b) La simplicity des bons peres en avait fait quelque chose de 
mysterieux et de formidable; et si, par aventure, un moinilon 
hardi et curieux, s’accrochant aux vignes grimpantes, arrivait 
jusqu’a la rosace du portail, il en degringolait bien vite, effare 
d’ avoir vu le Pere Gaucher, avec sa barbe de necroman , penche 
sur ses fourneaux 1 e pese-liqueur a la main; puis, tout autour, des 
cornues de gres rose, des alambics gigantesques, des serpentins 
de cristal, tout un encombrement bizarre qui flamboyait ensorcele 
dans la lueur rouge des vitraux. 

( c ) Je fais ce que je dis, et vous pouvez m’en croire. 

Vous n’etes que le gant, et moi, je suis la main. 

Si tu n'obeis pas, si tu n’es pas demain 

Chez toi, pour preparer ce qu’il faut que je fasse, 

Si tu dis un seul mot de tout ce qui se passe, 

Si tes yeux, si ton geste en laissent rien percer, 

Celle pour qui tu crains, d’abord, pour commencer, 

Par ta folle aventure, en cent lieux repandue, 

Sera publiquement diffamee et perdue. 

Puis elle recevra, ceci n'a rien d’obscur, 

Sous cachet, un papier, que je garde en lieu sur, 

&rit, te souvient-il avec quelle ecriture? 

Signe, tu dois savoir de quelle signature? 

Voici ce ques ses yeux y liront. 

(d) Certes, j’ai tort; se bruler le doigt, le tremper dans l’encre, 
faire des cornets aux bonbons de la petite Figaro, et dessiner ma 
veste au tambour! quoi de plus innocent! Mais que de mensonges 
entasses pour cacher un seul fait. . . Je suis seule , on ne me voit 
point ; je pourrai mentir d mon aise; mais le bout du doigt reste 
noir! la plume est tachee, le papier manque: on ne saurait penser 
a tout. Bien certainement, senora, quand j’irai par la ville, un 
bon double tour me repondra de vous. 


( e ) A ses emportements, je croirais qu’a la fin 
Elle a de son epoux reconnu 1’ assassin: 

Je croirais que ses yeux ont eclaire l’abime 
Ou dans l’impunite s’etait cache mon crime. 

Son cosur, avec effroi se refuse a mes vceux; 

Mais ce n’est pas son cceur, c’est sa main que je veux: 

Telle est la loi du peuple: il le faut satisfaire. 

1. Explain in French the italicized words and phrases 
in (a) and (6). 

2. Write the pres. inf., pres, indie., 1st sing. pret. def. 
indie, and pres. subj. of the irregular verbs of (c). 

3. Write in French a resume of Les Vieux and Les 
Deux Auberges , and state briefly their literary qualities. 

4. What fables teach the following truths : 11 Union 
fait la force; Travailler , prenez de la peine, C’est lefonds 
qui manque le moins ; Le mieux est Vennemi du bien ; La 
valeur de Vindependance ; 11 faut connaUre ses forces . 
Reproduce any one of the above in French, and quote any 
fable you can. 

B. 

1. Explain in French : 

Mais je crains qu’on ne soit aux ecoutes. — Qu’a cela ne tienne. 
— Tel, comme dit Merlin, cuide engeigner autrui, Qui souvent 
s’engeigne soi-meme. — Ce que c’est que de nous. — Que nous 
l’avons manquee belle! — Tous mes valets sont sur les dents. — 
Yous voulez me faire prendre le change. — II se met a la raison. — 
J’ai guigne ceci tout le jour. — Yous avez a voir la-dessus. — Je 
n’en suis plus. — C’est etre bien endiable apr&s mon argent. — Pen- 
dant qu’il faisait a tour de bras carillonner les cloches. — II file 
doux. Je veux faire le brave. — II commen§a a la deguster par 
petites fois. — On coula lalessive. — J’ai la chair de poule, rien que 
d’y songer. 

2. Turn into idiomatic French : 

Do you suspect my probity. —Let us make her inhale some 
essence. — Can the king come unexpectedly? — I wish you to use 
my money at your pleasure. — I take care not to commit myself. — 
He knows what good manners are. — Are you a judge of that? — 
It is a joke to constitute her dowry of what she will not spend. — 


While waiting till they are shod, I shall show the lady into the 
garden. — He might serve you as a lesson. — This is how I shall go 
about it. — We shall get off with an icy bath. — And I stood there 
alone thinking in the midst of the sleeping crew. 

c. 

1. State the sources of Moli^re’s L’Avare, and estimate 
the author’s originality in this work. 

2. Discuss this work with reference to truth to life. 

3. Compare it with Le Barbier de Seville. 

4. Write an appreciation of Merope. 

5. Sketch the two leading characters of Ruy Bias. 

D. 

1. Tell what you know of comedy in France in the 
16th and 17th centuries. 

2. Outline the life and literary work of Voltaire. 

3. Explain Romanticism in French literature. Note 
briefly the history of the movement. 

4. Write notes on Pascal, Montesquieu, La Harpe, Mme, 
de Stael, Coppee, Leconte de Lisle, Alphonse Daudet. 






FIRST YEAR AND FINAL HONOURS. 

French. 


Note : — Candidates for First Year Honours will omit B. 


A. 

Translate into French : 


Whence does this love of our country, this universal passion, 
proceed? Why does the eye ever dwell with fondness upon the 
scenes of infant life? Why do we breathe with greater joy the 
breath of our youth? Why are not other soils as grateful, and 
other heavens as gay? Why does the soul of man ever cling to 
that earth where it first knew pleasure and pain, and, under the 
rough discipline of the passions, was roused to the dignity of 
moral life? Is it only that our country contains our kindred and 
our friends? And is it nothing but a name for our social affec- 
tions? It cannot be this; the most friendless of human beings 
has a country which he admires and extols, and which he would, 
in the same circumstances, prefer to all others under heaven. 
Tempt him with the fairest face of nature, place him by living 
waters under shadowy trees of Lebanon, open to his view all the 
gorgeous allurements of the climates of the sun, — he will love 
the rocks and deserts of his childhood better than all these, and 
thou canst not bribe his soul to forget the land of his nativity; 
he will sit down and weep by the waters of Babylon when he 
remembers thee, O Sion! 

Sydney Smith. 


B. 


Translate into French : 

I really believe some people save their bright thoughts as being 
too precious for conversation. What do you think an admiring 
friend said the other day to one who was talking good things — 
good enough to print? ‘Why,’ said he, ‘you are wasting 
merchantable literature, a cash article, at the rate, as nearly as I 
can tell, of fifteen dollars an hour.’ The talker took him to the 
window, and asked him to look out and tell what he saw. 

‘Nothing but a very dusty street/ he said, ‘ and a man driving 
a sprinkling machine through it/ 

‘ Why don’t you tell the man he is wasting that water?’ What 
would be the state of the highways of life if we did not drive 
our thought-sprinklers through them, with the valves open some- 
times? Besides, there is another thing about this talking which 
you forget. It shapes our thoughts for us; the waves of conversa- 


tion roll them as the turf rolls the pebbles on the shore. Let me 
modify the image a little. I rough out my thought in talk as an 
artist models in clay. Spoken language is so plastic — you can 
pat and coax, and spread and shave, and rub out and fill up, and 
stick on so easily when you work that soft material, that there is 
nothing like it for modelling. Out of it come the shapes which 
you turn into marble or bronze in your immortal books, if you 
happen to write such; ’or, to use another illustration, writing or 
printing is like shooting with a rifle — you may hit your reader’s 
mind or miss it. 

O. W. Holmes. 

c. 

Write a composition in French on one of the following 
themes : 

1. La Question d’Orient. 

2. Louis XIII et Richelieu. 

3. Le Soleil, pere des fleuves. 





I 


'/ 


V 



FIRST YEAR AND FINAL HONOURS. 

French. 


Dictation . 


Nombre de faits prouvent que les souris sont capables d'imiter 
le chant des oiseaux. Un docteur elevait des canaris: or, une 
nuit, il ne fut paspeu surpris d’ entendre un chant qui ressemblait 
a celui de ses oiseaux. II alia done examiner curieusement sa 
cage pour savoir quel 6tait celui de ses oiseaux qui avait pris 
des habitudes si inusitees de romances nocturnes. Tous dormaient 
la tete sous l’aile, et le chant continuait toujours: d’ou pouvai-il 
provenir? Notre docteur se met au guet, epie avec mille precau- 
tions, et decouvre a la fin le mysterieux chanteur: e’etait une 
mignonne petite souris qui, la tete au vent, le nez vibrant, parais- 
sait se delecter des notes qu’elle faisait entendre. Pendant plus- 
ieurs mois, le docteur put observer sa chanteuse et la faire voir 
a ses amis. Elle se perfectionnait d’une manure evidente, sa 
voix devenait plus pure, son chant plus soutenu et plus prolonge. 
Bientot meme il y eut deux chanteuses: la premiere avait fait une 
eleve, que son inhabilete permettait de distinguer aisement. Mais, 
malheureusement, beaucop de muets comparses avaient, en meme 
temps que nos gentilles chanteuses, envahi le logis du docteur. 
Il devenait urgent de s’en d^barrasser: des pieges furent tendus, 
on en prit quelques-unes sans que le chant cessat; mais, un beau 
matin, les deux artistes furent a leur tour victimes de leur impru- 
dence et de la mechencete des hommes; et l’art compta deux 
martyres de plus! 





HONOURS. 

French. 


A. 

(а) E §o lor dist com s'en fuit par mer, 

Com en alat en Alsis la citet, 

E com rimagene Deus fist por lui parler, 

E por honor dont nes volst encombrer 
S’en refuit en Rome la citet. 

Quant ot li pedre go que dit at la chartre, 

Ad ambes mains deront sa blanche barbe; 

“E! filz,” dist-il, “ com doloros message ! 

Vis atendeie qued a mei repaidrasses, 

Par Deu mercit que turn reconfortasses.” 

A halte voiz prist li pedre a crider: 

“Filz Alexis, quels duels m’est presentez! 

Malvaise guarde t’ai fait soz mon degret. 

A! las, pechables, com par fui avoglez! 

Tant l’ai vedut, si nel poi aviser! 

(б) S’au bacin viax de Teve prandre 
Et desus le perron espandre, 

La verras une tel tanpeste, 

Qu’an cest bois ne remanra beste, 

Chevriax ne cers ne dains ne pors, 

Nes li oisel s’ an istront fors; 

Car tu verras si foudroier, 

Yanter et arbres pe§oier, 

Plovoir, toner et espartir, 

Que, se tu t’an puez departir 
Sanz grant enui et sanz pesance, 

Tu seras de meillor cheance 
Que chevaliers qui i fust onques. 

Del vilain me parti adonques, 

Que bien m’ot la voie mostree. 

(c) Ensi sejornerent enqui huit jorz por atendre les nes et les 
galies et les uissiers qui estoient encor a venir. Et dedenz cel 
sejor pristrent del blez en la terre, que il 6re moissons; et il en 
avoient grant mestier, quar il en avoient pou. Et dedens ces 
huit jorz furent venu tuit li vaissel et li baron. Et Diex lor dona 
bon tens. 

1. Translate the above into Modern French. 

2. Turn (a) and (c) into Latin. 


3. Write in French the substance of the poem from 
which ( b ) is taken, and add any pertinent remarks. 

4. State the rules for the transformation of vowels from 
Latin into French. Illustrate from the extracts where 
necessary. 

5. State the part played by inflection in Old French. 

6. Give instances of the intercalation of the euphonic d . 

7. Give instances of analogy and assimilation. 

B. 

1. Compare French literature up to the 13th century 
with that of Germany during the same period. 

2. Give an account of French prose to the 15th century 
inclusive. 

3. Write notes on Ben6it de Sainte-More, Wace, Adam 
le Roi, Thibaut de Champagne, Rutebeuf, Francois Villon ; 
Puys, fabliaux, Vilain Mire . 








HONOURS. 


French. 


Noth: — C andidates for First Year Honours will omit C. 

A. 


Translate into English : 

Et il alia chercher ses instruments que, par discretion, il 
avait laisses avant d’entrer, sur le palier, derriere la porte; une 
petite boite carree et plate, avec un grande cylindre voile de serge 
verte, en tout pared pour les dimensions et la forme aux monu- 
mentaux tourniquets que les marchands de plaisir trimbalent a 
travers les rues. La petite boite plate contenait le galoubet, la 
naive flute rustique qui fait tu. . . tu. . . tandis que le tambourin 
fait pan. . . pan! Le cylindre voile etait le tambourin lui-meme. 
Quel tambourin, mes amis! les larmes m’en vinrent aux yeux 
lorsque je le vis deballe: un authentique tambourin du siecle de 
Louis XiV, attendrissant et comique a la fois dan son enormite, 
groudant comme un vieillard pour peu qu’un bout de doigt l’ef- 
fleure, en fin noyer agremente de 16geres sculptures, poli, aminci, 
leger, sonore, et comme assoupli sous la patine du temps. Serieux 
comme un pape, Buisson accroche son tambourin au bras gauche, 
prend le galoubet entre trois doigts de sa main gauche (vous avez 
vu la pose et Tinstrument dessines dans quelque gravure du dix- 
huitieme siecle ou sur un fond d’assiette de Vieux-Moustier), et, 
maniant de la main droite la petite baguette a bout d’ivoire, il 
agace le gros tambour qui de son timbre frissonnant, de son bour- 
donnement continu de cigale, marque le rythme et fait la basse 
sous le gazouillement aigu et vif du galoubet. Tu. . . tu! pan. . . 
pan! Paris etait loin, Thiver aussi. Tu. . . tu! pan. . . pan! Tu. . . 
tu!... Un clair soleil, de chauds parfums remplissaient ma 
chambre. Je me sentais transports en Provence, la-bas, au bord 
de la mer bleue, a l’ombre des peupliers du Rhone; des aubades, 
des serenades retentissaient sous les fenetres, on chantait Noel, on 
dansait les Olivettes, et je voyais la farandole se derouler sous les 
platanes feuillus des places villageoises, dans la poudre blanche 
des grandes routes, sur la lavande des collines brulees, disparais- 
sant pour reparaitre, de plus en plus emportee et folle, tandis que 
le tambourinaire suit lentement, d’un pas egal, bien sur que la 
danse ne laissera pas la musique en route, solennel et grave, et 
boitant un peu avec un mouvement du genou qui repousse a 
chaque pas I’instrument devant lui. 

A. Daudet, Trente ans de Paris. 


B. 


Translate at sight : 

Dans un panorama infini et perpetuellement varie, dansaient 
des ours au bout de leur chaines, des negres en pagne de toile, 
des diables, des diablesses en etroit serre-tete de pourpre; gesticu- 
laient des lutteurs, tombeurs fameux, un poing sur la hanche, 
balan§ant au-dessus de la foule le calegon destine al’ amateur, une 
maitresse d’escrime au corsage en cuirasse, aux bas rouges A coins 
d’or, le visage couvert du masque, la main dans le gant d’armes 
a Crispin de cuir, un homme vetu de velours noir qui ressemblait 
a Colomb ou a Copernic decrivant des cercles magiques avec une 
cravache a pomme de diamant, pendant que derriere l’estrade, 
dans une odeur fade de poils et d’6curie, on entendait rugir les 
fauves de la menagerie Garel. Toutes ces curiosites vivantes se 
confondaient avec cedes que representaient seulement des images, 
femmes geantes en tenue de bal, les epaules a l’air, les bras en 
edredon rose de la manche courte au gant etroitement boutonne, 
silhouettes de somnambules assises, regardant l’avenir, les yeux 
bandes, pres d’un docteur a barbe noire, monstres, accidents de 
nature, toutes les excentricites, toutes les bizarreries, quelquefois 
abritees seulement de deux grands draps soutenus d’une corde, 
avec la tirelire de la recette sur une chaise. 

A. Daudet, Les Rois en Exil. 


c. 

Tarn into modern French : 

La ou je estoie a pie et mi chevalie r , aussi bleciez comme il est 
devant dit, vint li roys a toute sa bataille, a grant noise et a grant 
bruit de trompes et de nacaires; et se aresta sur un chemin levei. 
Mais onques si bel armei ne vi, car il paroit desur toute sa gent 
d£s les espaules en amont, un heaume dorei en son chief, une 
espee d’Alemaingne en sa main. 

Quant il fu la arestez, si bon chevalier que il avoit en sa 
bataille, que je vous ai avant nommez, se lancierent entre les 
Turs, et plusour des vaillans chevaliers qui estoient en la bataille 
le roy. Et sachies que ce fu uns tres biaus fais d’armes; car nulz 
n’i traioit ne d’arc ne d’arbalestre, aingois estoit li fereis de 
masses et d’espes, des Turs et de nostre gent, qui tuit estoient 
meslei. Uns miens escuiers, qui s’en estoit fuis atout ma baniere 
et estoit revenus a moy, me bailla un mien roncin flament, sur 
quoy je montai, et me trais vers le roy touz coste a coste. 

Joinville. 



PINAL HONOURS. 

French. 


A. 

1. Show how each extract is connected with the plot of the 
work from which it is taken, and translate (/), ( g\ ( h ) : 

(a) Seigneur, de vos bontes il faut que je l’obtienne; 

Elle a trop de vertus pour n’etre pas chretienne: 

Avec trop de merite il vous plut la former, 

Pour ne vous pas connaitre et ne vous pas aimer, 

Pour vivre des enters esclave infortunee, 

Et sous leur triste joug mourir comme elle est nee. 

(b) Ton premier coup d’epee 6gale tous les miens; 

Et d’une belle ardeur ta jeunesse animee 

Par cette grande epreuve atteint ma renommee. 

Appui de ma vieillesse, et comble de mon heur, 

Touche ces cheveux blancs a qui tu rends l’honneur, 

Yiens baiser cette joue, et reconnais la place 
Ou fut emprient F affront que ton courage efface. 

(c) Oui, je lui ferai voir, par d’infallibles marques, 

Qu’un veritable amour brave la main des Parques, 

Et ne prend point de lois de ces cruels tyrans 
Qu’un astre injurieux nous donne pour parens. 

Tu blames ma douleur, tu l’oses nommer l&che; 

Je 1’ aime d’autant plus que plus elle te fache, 

Impitoyable pere, et par uu juste effort 

Je la veux rendre egale aux rigueurs de mon sort. 

(d) Je me rends. Vous m’oi^rez un avis que j’embrasse: 

De tant de maux, Abner, detournons la menace. 

Il est vrai, de David un tresor est reste; 

La garde en fut commise a ma fidelite, 

C’etait des tristes Juifs l’esperance derniere, 

Que mes soins vigilants cachaient a la lumiere. 

Mais puisqu’a votre reine il faut le decouvrir, 

Je vais la contenter, nos portes vont s’ouvrir. 

(e) Servir le ciel, te meriter, te plaire. 

Ce glaive a notre dieu vient d’etre consacr6; 

Que l’ennemi de Dieu soit per lui massacre! 

Marchons. Ne vois-tu pas dans ces demeures sombres 
Ces traits de sang, ce spectre et ces errantes ombres. 

(/) C’est un homme, a. la verite, dont les lumi&res sont petites, 
qui parle a tort et a travers de toutes choses et n’applaudit qu’a 


contre sens; mais son argent redresse les jugements de son esprit; 
il a du discernement dans sa bourse, ses louanges sont monnoyees; 
et ce bourgeois ignorant nous vaut mieux, comme vous voyez, que 
le grand seigneur eclaire qui nous a introduits ici. 

( g ) Cependant elle aussi etait en proie a un bouleversement 
strange. Elle venait de se voir en quelque sorte disputee par 
deux puissances opposes. Elle avait vu lutter devant ses yeux 
deux hommes tenant dans leurs mains sa liberte, sa vie, son ame, 
son enfant; Tun de ces hommes la tirait du cote de 1’ ombre, 
T autre la ramenait vers la lumiere. Dans cette lutte, entrevue a 
travers les grossissements de l’epouvante, ces deux hommes lui 
etaient apparus comme deux geants, l’un parlait comme son 
demon; F autre parlait comme son bon ange. 

(h) Bon exaltation grandissait, il n’ecoutait meme plus les sup- 
plications d’Henriette et de Jean, terrifies. Et il continuait, dans 
une fievre chaude, abondante en symboles, en images eclatantes. 
C’ etait la partiesaine de la France, la raisonnable, la ponderee, la 
paysanne, celle qui etait restee le plus pres de la terre, qui sup- 
primait la partie folle, exasperee, gatee par F Empire, detraquee 
de reveries et de jouissances; et il lui avait ainsi fallu couper dans 
sa chair meme, avec un arrachement de tout l’etre, sans trop 
savoir ce qu’elle faisait. Mais le bain de sang etait necessaire, et 
de 'sang fran§ais, F abominable holocauste, le sacrifice vivant, au 
milieu du feu purificateur. 

2. Write in French a description of the following char- 
acters : Manasse, Eriphile, Monime, and reproduce, also in 
French, with a critique the fables whose lessons or truths 
are : (Jest par la force quHl faut gouverner ; — U absence est 
aussi bien un remede d la haine qu’un appareil contre 
V amour ; — Amuser les rois par des songes , * * I Is gobe- 
ront Vappdt ; vous serez leur ami ; — Il est bon d’etre char- 
itable ; mais envers qui? 

B. 

1. What is the dramatic conflict in each of the tragedies 
of Corneille under consideration. 

2. Write a criticism of Pompee. 

3. Compare, as to historic truth, Corneille with Racine. 

4. Remark on the repetitions and language in La Fon- 
taine’s fables and on the end served thereby. 


5. “ Mahomet vise plus haut qu’ Alzire et depasse le 
but qu’il veut atteindre. Le dix-huiti$me siecle y vit le 
supreme effort du genie, et nous y voyons, nous, la su- 
preme erreur de Voltaire et de son siecle.” Explain fully. 

6. What problems are treated of in Victor Hugo’s 
Miserables f 

7. An English critic says of Balzac that his characters 
are never quite human, and that he cannot draw a gentle- 
man or lady. Examine his statements with reference to 
Eugenie Grandet. 

8. Analyze briefly in French Le Roman d’un brave 
homme , and note critically its ethical teaching. 

C. 

1. Give an account of French tragedy from its origin 
to the time of Corneille. 

2. Give an account of Boileau and an estimate of his 
influence on French literature. 

3. How does Petit de Julleville classify the writers of 
the 18th century ? 

4. How did the romantic movement in French liter- 
ature originate? 

5. Who were the Parnassiens ? 














Junior German. 


1 . Translate : 

Dann hatte der alte Boslaf plotzlich an seiner Seite gestanden — 
er hatte ihn nicht kommen horen, und der Alte sagte auch 
nichts — : und so gingen sie sckweigend nebeneinander rechts am 
Strande hin, bis sie zu dem einsamen Hauschen des Alten zwis- 
chen den Diinen kamen. Und da machte ihm der Alte ein 
kunstloses Lager zurecht, sorgsam, schweigend, und strich ihm 
schweigend mit der Hand Liber das feuchte Haar, als er sich 
niedergelegt hatte, um eine Stunde zu ruhen, und in den Mon- 
dcnschimmer zu blicken, bis das Rauschen der Wipfel auf der 
Uferhohe und das Rauschen des Meeres ihn in Schlaf lullten. 

Gotthold erwachte aus seinem Traum. Der Wagen stand. Die 
Pferde schnoben in den Wald hinein, den der Weg hier auf eine 
kurze Strecke durchschnitt. Es war fast vollkommen dunkel, 
nur dass hier und da durch das dichte Gezweig der Buchen ein 
Strahl des eben aufgegangenen Mondes zitterte. 

Na, was haben denn die verdammten Pferde? sagte Jochen. 

Rechts vom Wege rauschte und knackte es in dem dichten 
Unterholz; naher jetzt und lauter, immer naher in gewaltiger 
Eile, und nun brach aus den Biischen heraus, wie im Sturmwind, 
eine dunkle, festgeschlossene und doch in sich bewegliche Masse, 
und krachte in das Unterholz auf der andern Seite — kaum gesehen, 
schon verschwunden, wahrend die Pferde in wahnsinniger Angst 
sich im Geschirr baumten und dann sich auf die Seite warfen, dass 
die beiden Manner, die vom Wagen gesprungen waren, ihrer nur 
mit ausserster Anstrengung Herr werden konnten. 

2. Translate into German : 

It was one of their happy mornings. They trotted along and sat 
down together, with no thought that life would ever change much 
for them: they would only get bigger and not go to school, and 
it would always be like the holidays (Ferien); they would always 
live together and be fond of each other. Life did change for Tom 
and Maggie; and yet they were not wrong in believiog that the 
thoughts and loves of these first years would always make part of 
their lives. We could never have loved the earth so well if we 
had had no childhood in it — if it were not the earth where the 
same flowers come up every spring that we used to gather with 
our tiny fingers as we sat lisping (lispeln) to ourselves on the 
grass — the same swallows that we used to call “God’s birds,” 
because they did no harm to the precious crops. What novelty 
is worth that sweet monotony (Einformigkeit) where everything 
is known, and loved because it is known? Our delight in the 
sunshine on the green grass to-day might be no more than the 
faint perception (Empfindung) of wearied souls, if it were not for 
the sunshine and the grass in the far-off years, which still live in 
us, and transform (verwandeln) our perception into love. 


3. Translate into English : 

Es kommt nur darauf an, dasz Sie ja sagen. — Sie hat gut re- 
den. — Diese Summe will ich Ihrem Herrn Yater zur Verfiigung 
stellen. — Wir haben uns ihrer angenommen. — Ich kann nichts 
dafiir; lassen Sie es mich nicht entgelten. — Sie packten ihn aus 
Mitleid etwas milder an. — Er beschlosz da zu gehen und koste 
es ihm den Hals. — Das giebt ein Paar welches sich sehen lassen 
kann. 

Translate into German : 

I am proud of being his friend. — He may have been here. — He 
could have been here if he had wished. — There was no lack of 
books, not to mention newspapers. — That does not concern you. — 
He moved his chair an inch nearer. — A soldier may never despair 
of his fortune. — That would be a pity. — We owe our children to 
the world. 

4. Write answers in German to any three of the follow- 
ing questions : 

(1) Was sind die physikalischen Eigenschaften des 

Wasserstoffs ? 

(2) Beschreiben Sie den Heber. Wozu dient er ? 

(3) Womit beschaftigt sich die Chemie? 

(4) Wie wird das Eisen gewonnen? 

5. Subject for German Composition : 

“ Wie der Meisensepp gestorben ist, ” 
or 


“ Robinson in der Schneiderkeuschen.” 




Senior German. 


A. 

Translate : 

(a) “ Als Denksteine stiirmischer Vorgeschichte unserer alten 
Mutter Erde, steheu jene schroffen, malerischen Bergkegel in 
der Niederung, die einst gleich dera jetzigen Becken des Sees 
von wogender Flut, iiberstromt war. Fur Fische und Wasser- 
moven mag’s ein denkwiirdiger Tag gewesen sein, da es in den 
Tiefen brauste und zischte, und die basaltischen Massen gluhend 
durck der Erdrinde Spalten sich ihren Weg uber die Wasser- 
spiegel bahnten. Aber das ist schon lange her. Es ist Gras 
gewachsen iiber die Leiden derer, die bei jener Umwalzung mit- 
leidlos vernichtet wurden; nur die Berge stehen noch immer 
ohne Zusammenhang mit ihren Nackbarn, einsam und trotzig, 
wie alle, die mit feurigem Kern im Herzen die Schranken des 
Vorkandenen durchbrechen, und ihr Gestein klingt, als sasse 
noch ein Gedachtnis an die frohliche Jugendzeit darin, da sie 
zuerst der Pracht der Schbpfung entgegen ge^beR.” 

Scheffel, Ekkehard. 

(b) So waren sie noch keine halbe Stunde gefahren, als der 
Wagen rechts in einen Hohlweg einlenkte und nach einem kurzen, 
muhsameren Anstieg vor einem hohen Gartentkore hielt, dessen 
machtige Steinpfeiler durch drei eiserne Gitter verschlossen 
waren. Der Kutscher sprang vom Bock und riss an einem rosti- 
gen Glockenzug. der weit ins Innere eines niedrigen Gebaudes 
hinter dem Eingang fiihrte, so dass der Schall der Klingel 
draussen nicht vernommen wurde. Auch dauerte es eine Weile, 
bis aus dem Hause drinnen ein Lebens-zeichen zuriickkam. 

Inzwischen hatten die Damen Zeit, durch das Gitter in den 
Garten zu spahen. Ein breiter Weg fiihrte zwischen zwei dicht- 
geschorenen Wanden von immergriinem Laube zu einer freien 
Hohe hinan, auf welcher ein viereckiges Gebaude von massigem 
Umfang mit flachrundem Dache stand. Ein Porticus mit nied- 
rigem Giebel sprang vor, auf sechs schlanken Saulen ruhend, zu 
denen eine breitstufige Treppe hinauffiihrte. Dieser zierlich- 
feierliche Bau lag in der tiessten Einsamkeit, rings von hohem 
Grase umwuchert, und die vielen Gotterbilder von gelblichem 
Stuck, die sich auf alien Yorspriingen des Daches und der Frei- 
treppe, ja schon auf den oberen Randern der beiden Hecken 
niedergelassen hatten, schienen als die alleinigen Herren den 
zauberhaften Frieden dieses verodeten Landsitzes zu geniessen. 

Paul Heyse, Unvergessbare Worte. 


1. Write the principal parts of the irregular verbs of 

( 6 ). 

2. Classify the nouns of (6) from Inzwischen hatten 
according to gender, giving the nominative singular and 
plural, where not already given. Give rules for telling 
the gender of nouns. 

B. 

Translate into German : 

Two clever students who were once travelling during their 
holidays put up at inn where they demanded food and lodging. 
The next morning, after breakfasting, the landlord sent up the 
bill. As they had no money, they resolved to try to deceive him. 
At last one of them said ‘I have it, ring the bell/ The bell was 
rung and up came the landlord. The students said they had no 
money about them, but that as they had learnt by their profound 
studies that things would return to the same condition every 
hundred years, they would come and pay him a hundred years 
hence. The landlord answered that he did not at all doubt 
what they asserted, but that as he also had been studying the 
occult sciences, he had made the additional discovery that they had 
just a hundred years ago come to his inn, dined #nd lodged, and 
had gone away without paying. Therefore he could not let them 
leave his house till they had paid the bill of last century, which 
was exactly the same amount, The students, finding themselves 
beaten with their own weapons, were obliged to send a messenger 
to their friends to borrow money to pay their reckoning. 

c. 

(а) Give in German words or expressions equivalent 
to the following : 

Und verrede dich nicht dabei. — Als ein paar Jahre ins Land 
gegangen waren. — Seine Durchlaucht sind auf dieses Vergniigen 
versessen. — Sie teilen bestandig Korbe an mich aus.— Er ist dir 
sehr gewogen. — Es sei denn diese Privat-Angelegenheiten die 
Staatsgeschafte tangieren. — Sie versuchten es mich hinters Licht 
zu ffihren. — Und ehe wir uns es versehen. — Wir verffigten fiber 
deine Hand. — Apropos. — operiren . — popfilar. — prasentieren . — In- 
struktionen. — nivellieren. — Tektonik. — rekonstruiren. — Abra- 
sion. — Protektion. 

(б) Turn the following into their equivalent German 
expressions : 


I would like to ask you for something. — As for his character I 
can answer for him. — I can rely on you. — Be so kind as to have 
that announced by the servant.— Do you take it amiss? — He was 
said to have turned about on account of the new wind that was 
blowing at court. — He said that he should have come to him. 

(c) Sketch the life of the author of the Geschichten aus 
der Tonne , indicating the part they play therein. 

(d) Comment on the realism of these Geschichten . 

(e) (1) Wie sind die Gebirge entstanden? (2) Worm 
beMeht der Verkohhmgsprocess ? Answer in German after 
Haas. 

D. 

Theme for German composistion : 

“ Der Geheime Agent,” noting intrigue and truth to 
life or realism. 



German. 


Junior and Senior Dictation . 


Ein uberaus reges Leben herrscht am Hafen, — bunderte von 
Booten liegen leicht befestigt am Ufer und erwarten die Passa- 
giere. Sowie ein Reisender sicb zeigt, wird er von einer Menge 
von Bootsleuten umringt, jeder sucbt ihn an sicb zu reissen, und 
es bedarf derber Fauste, um sich einen Weg aus dem Kreise 
dieser Leute hinaus zu bahnen. Heute zumal ist das Gedrange 
bedeutender denn je, da verschiedene Dampfschiffe abgehen und 
der Himmel dermasspn bewolkt ist, dass man trotz der Gasflam- 
men kaum drei Schritte vor sich sehen kann. Im Hafen von 
Genua ist das ein grosses Ubel, denn das Gepack der kurzsich- 
tigen Reisenden verschwindet manchmal auf eine ganz merk- 
wiirdige Weise. 

Der Kavalier ruft den Bootfiihrer, den er bestellt hatte. Dieser 
hebt mit kraftigen Armen die drei Damen, die mit dem Kavalier 
gekommen waren, in das Boot und rudert so rascb als moglich 
zu dem Dampfschiff, das eben abfabren will. 












FIRST YEAR AND FINAL HONOURS. 

German. 


A. 

Translate, indicating the context of 4 : 

1. Was that er dir, den Samen der Vernunft, 

Den er so rein in meine Seele streute, 

Mit deines Landes Unkraut oder Blumen, 

So gern zu mischen? — Liebe, liebe Daja, 

Er will nun deine bunten Blumen nicht 

Auf meinem Boden! — Und ich musz dir sagen, 

Ich selber fiihle meinen Boden, wenn 
Sie noch so schon ihn kleiden, so entkraftet, 

So ausgezekrt durch deine Blumen; fiihle 
In ihrem Dufte, sauersiiszem Dufte, 

Mich so betaubt, so schwindelnd! — Dein Gehim 
1st dessen mehr gewohnt. Ich tadle drum 
Die starkern Nerven nicht, die ihn vertragen. 

Nur schlagt er mir nicht zu: und schon dein Engel, 
Wie wenig fehlte, dasz er mich zur Narrin 
Gemacht? — Noch scbam’ ich mich vor meinem Yater 
Der Posse! 

2 . Sie horen nicht die folgendea Gesange, 

Die Seelen, denen ich die ersten sang; 

Zerstoben ist das freundliche Gedrange, 

Verklungen, ach! der erste Wiederklang. 

Mein Lied ert< nt der unbekannten Menge, 

Ihr Beifall selbst macht meinem Herzen bang; 

Und was sich sonst an meinem Lied erfreuet, 

Wenn es noch lebt, irrt in der Welt zerstreuet. 

8. Dem Herrlichsten, was auch der Geist empfangen, 
Drangt immer fremd und fremder Stoff sich an; 
Wenn wir zum Guten dieser Welt gelangen, 

Dann heisst das Bessre Trug und Wahn. 

Die uns das Leben gaben, herrliche Gefiihle, 
Erstarren in dem irdischen Gewiihle. 

Wenn Phantasie sich sonst mit kuhnem Flug 
Und hoffnungsvoll zum Ewigen erweitert, 

So ist ein kleiner Raum ihr nun genug, 

Wenn Gluck auf Gliick im Zeitenstrudel scheitert. 

4. Sie sehn nun selbst, welch ein gefahrlich Amt 
Es ist, das Sie vom Hof mir iiberbrachten, 

Wie misslich die Person, die ich hier spiele. 

Der leiseste Yerdacht des Generals, 

Er wiirde Freiheit mir und Leben kosten, 

Und sein verwegenes Beginnen nur 
Beschleunigen. 


(a) Rewrite (1) down to schwindelnd in literal German. 

(b) Write in German a commentary on 2. 

(c) Account for the tone of 3. From a comparison 
of it with 1 what inference would you draw ? 

(d) State in German Faust’s Glaubens-bekenntniss. 

(i e ) Write down with def. art. the nom. and gen. sing, 
and nom. pi. of all nouns in 1 and 2, and the pres, 
inf., sing. pres, ind., 1st sing, imperf., and past part, of 
the irregular verbs of the same extracts. 

(/) State the tendency of Hunger , Professor Hardtmut , 
Per Diamant , Silberne Gitter ; and sketch any one of them 
in German. 

B. 

1. Explain in German the following : 

Habe Dank der guten Zeitung. — Mein Gang stand ohnekin zu 
ihm. — Er wird sich unsrer Liebe noch immer werth genug bekaup- 
ten. — Denn die (meine Liebe) lasst nichts sich unterschlagen. — 
Durch diesen Tempel in die Richte gehen. — Religion ist auch 
Partei; und wer sich drob auch noch so unparteiisch glaubt, Halt, 
ohn’ es selbst zu wissen, doch nur seiner die Stange. — Das will 
ich auch nicht ganz verreden. — Ihr gierig Aug’ errieth ihn hinter 
Den dicht verschrankten Palmen schon, und folgt Ihm unver- 
riickt. — Wir konnten uns weit eher als andere regen. — Ich hah’ 
des Schwatzens Ueberdruss. — Damit du siehst, wie leicht sich’s 
leben lasst. — Man sieht doch gleich ganz anders drein. — Hans 
glaubte, er wolle ihn zum besten haben.— Und diesen muss ich 
was zum Besten geben. 

2. Turn into idiomatic German : 

Do not take it amiss. — Is he a soldier or a cleric? He is 
neither. — I gladly seized the opportunity of risking my life for 
another life. — It is for you to speak. — The tables were already 
occupied. — You cannot possibly imagine how good he is. — And 
in truth my relations with him have been somewhat straimu for 
a long time. — A cold shudder runs over me. — It would only de- 
pend on the like of you to set me right. — The disguise must suit 
me beautifully. — Be pleased to interest yourself in me. — It is 
enough to make one crazy. — I was well up in horsemanship. — He 
ordered a cup of coffee. — He studied in the school in which his 
brother was a teacher. — I wished so much to have asked him 
about him. — He knows the ways of the world. 


c. 

Note : — First year candidates may omit any two of the follow- 
ing questions: 

1. State the defects of Nathan der Weise as a dramatic 
composition. 

2. Show how far the characters of this work embody 
the principles of the authors Erziehuung des Menschen- 
geschlechts. 

3. Give the literary history of the story of the rings 
including Lessing’s version, and noting the development 
of the religious idea. 

4. Remark on the individuality of the characters in 
Nathan , and on its literary style. 

5. Sketch in German the Studirzimmer scene in Faust 
up to and including the “Vertrag” and explain the 
allegory in it. 

6. Refer to contradictions in the poem and account 
for them. 

7. When and why was the Prolog im Himmel written? 
Outline it. 

8. Judging from Neuland how would you define real- 
ism in literary art? 

D. 

1. Outline the literature of the Faust theme up to the 
appearance ol the First Part of Goethe’s Faust 

2. Indicate, by means of a line with depressions and 
elevations, the progress of German literature up to the 
19th century, adding in the proper places dates, repre- 
sentative names, and explanatory remarks. 

3. Sketch the life of Schiller, noting, in connection with 
his literary productions, his artistic development. 





FIRST YEAR AND FINAL HONOURS. 


German. 


Note: — Candidates for First Year Honours will omit B. 

A. 


Translate into German : 

“The place you desire/' and the place you fit yourself for, I 
must also say; because, observe, this court of the past differs from 
all living aristocracy in this: — it isopen to labor and to merit, but 
to nothing else. No wealth will bribe, no name overawe, no 
artifice deceive, the guardian of those Elysian gates. In the 
deep sense, no vile nor vulgar person ever enters there. At the 
portieres of that silent Faubourg St. Germain, there is but brief 
question. “Do you deserve to enter?” “ Pass. Do you ask to 
be a companion of nobles? Make yourself noble, and you shall 
he. Do you long for the conversation of the wise? Learn to 
understand it, and you shall hear it. But on other terms? — no. 
If you will not rise to us, we cannot stoop to you. The living 
lord may assume courtesy, the living philosopher explain his 
thought to you with considerable pain; but here we neither feign 
nor interpret; you must rise to the level of our thoughts if you 
would be gladdened by them, and share our feelings, if you would 
recognize our presence.” 

This, then, is what you have to do, and I admit that it is much. 
You must, in a word, love these people, if you are to be among 
them. No ambition is of any use. They scorn your ambition. 
You must love them, and show your love in these two following 
ways. 

John Buskin, Sesame and Lilies. 

B. 

Translate into German : 

My great chum in those days was a man about ten years older 
than myself, whom, for distinction’s sake, I will call Pitt, and 
who was the most audacious practical joker I have ever met. He 
had the most charming manners and the most perfect sang-froid ; 
nothing ever upset his balance, and he could perpetrate the most 
daring hoax without altering a muscle of his face. Two of his 
exploits I remember well. At the corner of one of the streets 
running from the Strand to the river, near St. Mary's Church, 
was a well-known Italian warehouse. One day, as Pitt and I 
were walking westward after office hours, we saw hanging at the 


shop-door a bundle of bananas, with an inscription, “ The last 
bananas we shall receive this season.” Pitt stopped and read 
the placard. “That is very curious,” he said, “and must be in- 
quired into! ” I followed him up the shop, a long, low addition 
to the original house, until we reached the counter at the far end, 
where two or three shopmen were busy serving customers. 

“ Could I speak to Mr. ? ” asked Pitt, mentioning the name 

he had read on the shop-door, and speaking with the greatest 
earnestness. “He’s in, sir, but he’s having his tea; but if you 
particularly want him, I’ll call him.” “ Thank you, I do want a 
word with him.” The proprietor came out of his parlor, wiping 
his mouth, and, rounding the counter, was immediately laid hold 
of by Pitt, who took him by the elbow and led him, astonished, 
to the door. Arrived there, Pitt pointed to the bananas. “Are 
these positively the very last bananas that you will receive this 
season?” “ Yes,” said the man, “ they are. Whatofit?” “Is 
there no probability then, of your having another batch? ” 
“No — not that I know of. What of it?” said the man, with a 
dawning suspicion of being hoaxed, but still impressed by Pitt’s 
excellent manner. “ What of it? Well, I think it a most inter- 
esting circumstance. Deeply obliged to you. Good-morning! ” 
And he took off his hat with' an air, and left the man, purple and 
speechless, on his own threshold. 

Edmund Yates, Fifty Years of London Life. 

c. 

Write a German Composition on one of the following 
themes : 

1. England zur Zeit der Konigin Victoria. 

2. Der Einflnss der Entdeckung Americas auf die alte 
Welt. 




! ‘ 



FIRST YEAR AND FINAL HONOURS. 

German. 


Dictation . 


Wohl bekannt ist das Wort des franzosischen Konigs Ludwig 
XL, der, auf die Nachricht von einem neuen Einfall der Tataren, 
entsetzt ausrief: “Diese Horden scheinen dem Tartarus entstie- 
gen zu sein! ” — ein Ausruf, der die Veranlassung wurde, dass man 
diese Stamme seitdem oft unrich tig Tartaren nannte. Vonihrem 
Fiihrer Timur ein klares Bild zu entwerfen, ist schwierig; denn 
die Quellen, aus welchen wir die Nachrichten iiber seine Regie 
rung schopfen, sind keineswegs zuverlassig genug, um ohne 
Bedenken angenommen zu werden. Einer der beiden wichtigsten 
Geschichtschreiber ist Timurs Glaubensgenosse und behandelt 
daher ihn und seine Thaten mit iiberschwanglichem Lobe, wah- 
rend der andere in ihm einen nationalen und religiosen Feind 
erblickt, den zu schmahen verdienstlich sei. Je diirftiger aber 
die zuverlassigen Nachrichten sind, um so uppiger konnte die 
Sage iiber einen so ausserordentlichen Mann sich entfalten, und 
sie tritt naturgemass am meisten da auf, wo die Wahreiht kaum 
mehr als vermutet werden kann. Uber die dunkelste Periode in 
Timurs Leben, seine erste Jugendzeit, wird folgendes berichtet. 
In der Nacht, als er geboren wurde, sah man eine Erscheinung in 
Gestalt eines Helms durch die Luft fliegen und endlich auf einem 
unbebauten Felde zu Boden fallen. Plotzlich platzte der Helm 
auseinander und heraus flogen Funken und gliihende Kohlen, die 
sich so reissend nach alien Seiten ausbreiteten und vermehrten, 
dass in kurzem alles Land von ihnen erfiillt war. Beide Hande 
des Kindes waren aber zur Stunde fest geballt und in Blut ge- 
taucht. Man befragte die Wahrsager und Traumdeuter, und 
diese erklarten, er wurde ein erobernder Krieger und blutdiirstiger 
Tyrann werden. 



FINAL HONOURS, 


German. 


A. 

1 . Translate and show the place of each extract in the 
plot of the work from which it is taken : 

(a) Warum so heimlich, hinterlistig laurend, 

Gleich einem Dieb und Diebeshelfer, schleiehen? 
Unserge Falschheit! Mutter alles Bosen! 

Du, jammerbringende, verderbest uns! 

Wahrhaftigkeit, die reine, hatt’ uns Alle, 

Die welterhaltende, gerettet. Yater, 

Ich kann dich nicht entschuldigen, ich kann’s nicht. 

Der Herzog hat mich hintergangen, schrecklicb; 

Du aber hast viel besser nicht gehandelt. 

( b ) Die Fiirsten sell’ ich, und die edeln Herrn 
In Harnischen herangezogen kommen, 

Ein harralos Yolk von Hirten zu bekriegen. 

Auf Tod und Leben wird gekampft, und herrlich 
Wird mancher Pass durch blutige Entscheidung. 

Der Landmann stiirzt sich mit der nachten Brust, 

Ein freies Opfer, in die Schaar der Lanzen. 

Er bricht sie, und des Adels Bliithe fallt, 

Es hebt die Freiheit siegend ihre Fahne. 

(c) Arglist’ger! Jetzt erkenn’ ich deine Tiicke! 

Du hast mich triiglich durch verstellte Flucht 

Yom Schlachtfeld weggelockt und Tod und Schicksal 
Yon vieler Brittensohne Haupt entfernt. 

Doch jetzt ereilt dich selber das Yerderben. 

(d) Ihr habt mir heut das Leben 
Gerettet, habt des Morders Dolch von mir 
Gewendet — Warum liesset Ihr ihm nicht 
Den Lauf ? So ware jeder Streit geendigt, 

Und alles Zweifels ledig, rein von Schuld, 

Lag’ ich in meiner stillen Gruft! Fiirwahr, 

Ich bin des Lebens und des Herrschens mud! 

Muss eine von uns Koniginnen fallen, 

Damit die andre lebe — und es ist 

Nicht anders, das erkenn’ ich — kann denn ich 
Nicht die sein, welche weicht? 


( e ) Wenn sie ihr nicht zuvorkommen, so wird sie den Augen- 
blick hier sein. — Ich war gar nicht willens, wie Sie mir zum 
Schein geboten, mich nach ihr umzusehen, als ich ihr Geschrei 
von weitem horte. Sie ist der Tochter auf der Spur, und wo nur 
nicht — unserm ganzen Anschlage! Alles, was in dieser einsamen 
Gegend von Menschen ist, hat sich um sie versammelt, und jeder 
will der sein, der ihr den Weg weiset. Ob man ihr schon gesagt, 
dass der Prinz hier ist, dass Sie hier sind, weiss ich nicht. 

(/) Auch die Waise des Fechtmeisters Andreas hatte mit ihnen 
zu schreien begonnen; als er aber einen grossen Kapitan seinem 
Fahnlein stolz voranschreiten sah, versagte ihm die Stimme, und 
mit der Hand vor den Augen lief er zu der Mutter nach Hause. 

( g ) Ich wiederhole dir, wir sind nicht Gaste, welche geladen 
wurden, mit den Menschen hier gesellig zu verkehren. Ich bin 
zur Arbeit hergerufen, und ich habe diesen Ruf angenommen, 
weil ich fur meine Wissenschaft so Grosses suche, dass ich weit 
andere Uebelstande ertragen miisste, als etwa unbequeme Ge- 
wohnheiten des Hofes. Dies wichtige Interesse darf ich nicht 
auf s Spiel setzen durch ein Auflehnen gegen gesellige Anspruche, 
die mir nicht gefallen. Gerade weil ich ohne besondere Ehrfurcht 
auf diese Ordnung sehe, stort sie mir nicht die Laune. 

2. Describe in German any two of the following char- 
acters : Margaretha, Docktor Fritz Hahn, Belotti, Posa, 
and analyze, also in German, any three of the follow- 
ing ballads, naming the author : Der Mohrenfurst , Das 
Riesenspielzeug , Das Schloss am Meer , Des Sangers Fluch , 
Cassandra . 

B. 

1. Comment on the action and the characterization in 
Emilia Galotti , and on the poetic justice of the catas- 
trophe in the same play. 

2. “ Im Tasso soil weder die Ueberwindung des 
Hofes und der Welt, des aussern Glucks durch den Genius 
noch die Besiegung der Phantastik durch den ruhigen 
Weltverstand dargestellt werden, sondern es handelt sich 
wirklich um eine Tragodie.” Comment on the above and 
criticize the conclusion, referring to the play. 

3. Mention, with reference to the play where necessary, 
the defects and excellencies of Wilhelm Tell . 


4. Characterize the two principal personages of Die 
Verlorene Handschrift , noting critically any development 
of character daring the action of the work. 

5. In the works of Scheffel read, refer critically to in- 
stances of humor, personification and description. 

6. “Das Material welches im historischen Roman 
immer nur als Mittel dienen darf wird hier (in den 
Ebers’schen historischen Romanen) zum Zweck.” Show 
how far this is applicable to Die Frau Burgermeisterin. 

C. 

1. Write a paper on “ Der Kampf der Liepziger and 
der Schweizer.” 

2. Write a concise account of Goethe and his works, 
noticing as fully as you can how far his own personality 
is reflected in his works. 

3. Give an estimate of the influence of Shakespeare on 
Schiller. 

4. Notes on Klinger, Tieck, Freiligrath ; Abderiten , 
Hamburgisehe Dramaturgie ; Bilder aus der deutschen 
VergangenheiL 






HONOURS. 

German. 


A. 


(a) Ith thuk taujandan armaion ni witi hleidumei theina hva 
taujith taihswo theina, ei sijai so armahairtitha theina in fulhsnja, 
jah atta theins saei saihvith in fulhsnja, usgibith thus in bairhtein. 
jah than bidjaith, ni sijaith swaswe thai liutans, unte frijond in 
gaqumthim jah waihstam plapjo standandans bidjan, ei gaum- 
jaindau mannam. amen, ditha izwis, thatei haband mizdon seina. 
ith thu than bidjais, gagg in hethjon theina, jah galukands 
haurdai theinai bidei du attin theinamma thamma in fulhsnja, jah 
atta theins saei saihvith in fulhsnaja, usgibith thus in bairhtein. 
Bidjandansuth-than ni filuwaurdjaith, swaswe thaithiudo; thug- 
keith im auk ei in filuwaurdein seinai andhausjaindau. ni 
galeikoth nu thaim; wait auk atta izwar thizei jus thaurbuth, 
faurthizei jus bidjaith ina. 


(b) Sie Siscotun thes kindes sario thes sinthes, 

ioh kundtun ouh tho mari thaz er ther kuning uuari; 
Uuarun fragenti, uuar er giboran uuurti, 
ioh batun io zi noti, man in iz zeigoti. 

Sie zaltun seltsani ioh zeichan filu uuahi, 

uuuntar filu hebigaz (uuanta er ni horta man thaz, 
Thaz io fon magadburti man giboran vuurti) 
inti ouh zeichan sin sconaz in Inmile so scinaz; 
Sagetun thaz sie gahuu sterron einan sahun, 
ioh datun filu mari, thaz er sin uuari: 

‘ Uuir sahun sinan sterron, thoh uuir thera burgi irron, 
ioh quamun, thaz uuir betotin, ginada sino thigitin. 

(c) Sin sarc der was bereitet wol umbe’n mitten tac. 
man huop in von der bare da er ufe lac. 

in wolde noch diu frouwe lazeu niht begraben. 
des muosen al die liute michel arebeite haben. 


In einen richen pfellel man den toten want, 
ich waene man da iemen ane weinen vant. 
do klagete herzenliche Uote, ein edel wip, 
und allez ir gesinde den sinen wsetlichen lip. 


Do man daz gehorte, 
unt in gesarket hete, 
durch willen siner sele 
er hete bi den vinden 


daz man zem miinster sane, 
do huop sich groz gedranc: 

waz opfers man do truoc! 
doch guoter vriunde gefiuoc. 


Kriemhilt diu arme zir kamerseren sprach: 

‘ si suln durch mine liebe liden uugemach, 
die im iht guotes giinnen und mir wesen holt; 
durch Sif rides sele sol man teilen sin golt.’ 


1. Tarn the above into Modern High German. 

2. Write (a) pres, indie., preterite indie., pres. opt. (or 
its equivalent) and past part, of verbs, and (6) the declen- 
sion of nouns and adjectives common to any two of the 
above extracts. 

3. Show from Gothic examples how the personal termi- 
nations of verbs and the case endings of nouns originated. 

4. Illustrate from the extract the changes that con- 
sonants preceding dentals undergo in Gothic. 

B. 

1. Outline with examples the history of the origin and 
development of language. 

2. Show how far MHG, OHG, and Gothic are in direct 
line of descent from each other. What is the general char- 
acteristic of this descent? Explain. 

3. Explain the second soundshifting ( Lautverschiebung ), 
stating when it acted and how far its influence extended. 

4. Estimate the influence of Latin on German. Give 
examples, including any occurring in (c) above. 

5. Explain with examples the terms Umlaut , Ruck- 
umlaut , Brechung , Ablaut 

6. Explain the conjugation and use of such verbs as 
erloschen , erschrecken , laden. 

C. 

1. Estimate the philological value of the work of Ulfilas. 

2. What Old German poetry prior to Christianity is 
extant. Remark on form. 

3. Causes that led up to the first Blutheperiode of Ger- 
man literature and to its decline. 

4. Notes on Wolfram von Esehenbach, Strieker; Meis - 
tergesung , Pariserhandschrift . 






HONOURS. 

German. 


Note: Candidates for First Year Honours will omit C. 

A. 

Translate : 

Die Handhabung der Disziplin unter den Arbeitern hat bisher 
keine Schwierigkeiten gefuuden: sie ist, um Willkur und Harte 
in der Behandlungzu verhuten, durch eine Verordnung der Kom- 
panie in eine feste Regel gebracht, welcke sich als ausreichend 
erweist. 

Die Anwerbung der chinesischen und malayischen Kulis erfolgt 
unter Vermittelung der Vertreter der Neu-Guinea-Kompanie. 

Die Erfullung der auf diese Weise zustande gekommenen Ar- 
beitsvertrage steht, was die Verpflichtungen der Arbeitgeber 
anlangt, unter Aufsicht der Landesverwaltung des Schutzgebiets. 
Dass die Kulis hinsichtlich ihres verdienten Arbeitslohnes, wel- 
cher, soweit irgend moglich, zu den auf der Ostkiiste Sumatras 
ublichen Satzen in Akkord festgestezt wird, nicht zu kurz kom- 
men, dafur sorgt ausser einer genauen Buchfiihrung auf den 
Pflanzungen ihre eigene Berechnung. Die Lohne werden weil 
die Kulis sich in der Markrechnung nicht zurechtsinden konnten, 
in mexikanishen Dollars, bezw. hollandischen Gulden gezahlt. 

R. Schmidt. 

B. 

Translate : 

Freilich ware es ein herrliches Ding um uusern Intellekt, 
wenn er fiir sich bestande, also urspriingliche und reine Intelli- 
genz ware und nicht ein bloss sekundares Vermogen, welches 
notwendig auf einem Willen wurzelt, vermoge dieser Basis aber 
eine Yerunreinigung fast aller seiner Erkenntnisse und Urteile 
zu erleiden hat. Denn ware dies nicht, so konnte er ein reines 
Organ*der Erkenntnis uud Wahrheit sein. Allein wie es jetzt 
steht, wie selten werden wir da ganz klar sehen in einer Sache, 
bei der wir irgendwie interessiert sind! Es ist kaum moglich: 
denn bei jedem Argument und jedem hinzukommenden Datum 
spricht sogleich der Wille mit, und zwar ohne dass man seine 
Stimme von der des Intellekts selbst unterscheiden konnte, indem 
ja beide zu einem Ich verschmolzen sind. Am deutlichsten wird 
dies, wenn wir den Ausgang einer uns angelegenen Sache prog- 
nostizieren wollen; da verfalscht das Interesse fast jeden Schritt 
des Intellekts, bald als Furcht, bald als Hoffnung. Es ist kaum 
moglich, klar dabei zu sehen, denn der Intellekt gleicht dann einer 
Fackel, bei der man lesen soil, wahrend der Nachtwindsie heftig 
bewegt. 


Schopenhauer. 


c. 


Translate into Modern High German : 

Ir vil minneclichen ougen blicke 
rfierent mich allhie, swann’ ich sie sihe 
in min herze: owe sold' ich sie dicke 
sehen, der ich mich fiir eigen gihe ! 
eigenlichen diene ich ir, 

daz sol sie vil wol gelouben mir. 

Ich trag’ inme herzen eine swaere 
der ich von ir lazen niht enmac, 
bi der ich vil gerne tougen waere 
beide naht und ouch den liehten tac. 
des enmac nu niht gesin, 

ez enwil diu liebe frouwe min. 

Sol ich miner triuwe alsus engelten 
so’n sol niemer man getruwen ir. 
sie vertriiege michels baz ein schelten 
danne ein loben, daz geloubet mir. 
we, war umbe tuot si daz, 

der min herze treit vil kleinen haz? 

Walther von der Yogelweide. 



I 






\ 


/ 


< 


\- 












HONOURS. 

Italian. 


A. 


Translate : 

(a) “ O tu che se’ per questo inferno tratto,”— 

Mi disse, — “ riconoscimi, se sai: 

Tu fosti, priraa ch’ io disfatto, fatto.” 

Ed io a lei: “ 1/ angoscia che tu hai 
Forse ti tira fuor della mia mente 
Si che non par ch’ io ti vedessi mai. 

Ma dimmi chi tu se\ che in si dolente 
Loco se’ messa, ed a si fatta pena 
Che, s’ altra & maggio, nulla e si spiacente.” 
Ed egli a me: “ La tua citta, ch’ d piena 
D’ invidia si che gia trabocca il sacco, 

Seco mi tenne in la vita serena. 

Voi cittadini mi chiamaste Ciacco. 

Per la dannosa colpa della gola, 

Come tu vedi, alia pioggia mi fiacco; 

Ed io anima trista non son sola, 

Che tutte queste a simil pena stanno 
Per simil colpa. ” — E piu non fe’ parola. 

Io gli risposi: “ Ciacco, il tuo affanno 
Mi pesa si che a lagrimar m’ invita. 

Ma dimmi, se tu sai, a che verranno 
Li cittadin’ della citta partita; 

Se alcun v’ e giusto; e dimmi la cagione 
Perche V ha tanta discordia assalita.” 

(b) Intan to il Sol, che de’celesti campi 

Ya piu sempre avanzando, e in alto ascende, 
L’armi percote, e ne trae fiamme e lampi 
Tremuli e chiari, onde le viste offende. 

L’aria par di faville intorno avvampi, 

E quasi d’alto incendio in forma splende; 

E co’feri nitriti il suono accorda 

Del ferro scosso, e le campagne assorda. 

Il Capitan, che da’nemici aguati 
Le schiere sue d’assecurar desia, 

Molti a cavallo leggermente armati 
A scoprire il paese intorno in via; 

E innanzi i guastatori avea mandati, 

Da cui si debba agevolar la via, 

E i voti luoghi empire, e spianar gli erti, 

E da cui siano i chiusi passi aperti. 


Non e gente pagana insieme accolta, 

Non muro cinto di profonda fossa, 

Non gran torrente, o monte alpestre, o folta 
Selva, che il lor viaggio arrestar possa. 

Cosi degli altri fiumi il re talvolta, 

Quando superbo oltra misura ingrossa, 

Sovra le sponde ruinoso scorre, 

N& cosa d mai che gli s’ardisca opporre. 

1. Give modern prose equivalents for poetical or archaic 
words in the extracts. 

2. Write explanatory notes on Ciacco, citta partita. 

3. Write 1st sing, pres., and 1st sing. pret. def. indie, 
and past part, of the irregular verbs of the above extracts. 

4. What is the aim and fundamental thought of the 
Divina Commedia ? 

5. Compare La Gerusalemme Liberata with the Divina 
Commedia as a work of abiding interest. 

6. Explain the metre of both poems. 

B. 

Translate and refer each extract to its work and context. 

(a) Ed io, io non sodo piu nulla per te? Ma che cosa ti ho 
fatto? non ti ho sempre appagata in ogni tuo desiderio? non ti 
ho io difesa ogni qualvolta la Contessa pretendeva di trovare 
nella tua condotta qualche cosa di reprensibile? Non ho sempre 
voluto che tu fossi libera nelle tue azioni, nelle tue opinioni? Mi 
accorsi del tuo amore per Piero Asciani, lo contrariai forse? 
eppure sapeva bene che questo parentado mi avrebbe posto in 
mala vista al Governo. Non era io disposto ad unirvi quando 
accadde cio che accadde? e col pa mia se ai liberali non ne va 
una bene? 

(b) Ah! Bah!. . .Singolare davvero! Come diavolo hai fatto? 
Sta a vedere che un bel mattino ti venne il ticchio di prender 
moglie, ti sei messo Tabito a coda di rondine, una cravatta bianca, 
i guanti bianchi. . . Erano bianchi o gialli i tuoi guanti? Uscisti 
di casa . . . infilasti la prima porta in istrada, domandasti al por- 
tinajo: Abita qui una mamma con delle ragazze? e poi su per la 
scala. . .e poi. . . Ah!, ah! ah! Che bel matto! 


1. hai, fatto , stai, vedere ( b ). — Write pres, and perf. 
def. indie, in full, and 1st sing, and plur. future indie, of 
these verbs. 

2. istrada ( b ) — Write a note on the form of this word. 

3. bel (b). — How used ? What words resemble it ? 

(c) What is the theme of La Nunziata ? Discuss the 
author’s point of view. 

(d) Write in Italian a brief summary of II piu bel 
Griovna della Vita . 


C. 

1. Give an account of Dante, and indicate his service 
to Italian literature. 

2. Give an account of the origin of the regular Italian 
comedy, and sketch history of it up to its culminating 
point. 

3. Give the history of romanticism in Italian literature, 
with some account of its principal modern representative. 

4. Tell what you know of the principal modern Italian 
historians. 

5. Write notes on Petrarch, Tassoni, Maifei, Metastasio, 
Guiseppe Mazzini ; Scienze Nuova , II Giorno , Commedia 
deW arte. 


' 



& 


HONOURS. 

Italian. 

A. 

Translate : 

Figuriamoci tre piccole stazioni ferroviarie disposte nelF ordine 
seguente: X, Y, Z. Mi par gia di sentirmi chiedere: o che si 
tratta d* una equazione a tre incognite? No, 1’ algebra non c’ 
entra per nulla, ma quelle tre lettere opache fanno benissimo al 
caso mio. 

E una sera d’ agosto soffocante, burrascosa. La luna, cinta di 
vapori sanguigni, scende la curva dell’ orizzonte; in fondo, verso 
il nord, spessi lampi fendono in tutti i sensi grandi masse di nuvole 
accavallate 1’ una sull’ altra come montagne gigantesche. II 
tuono romba sinistramente. 

II signor Cesare Favari, capostazione di Y, in maniche di 
camicia, senza cravatta e coll colletto slacciato seide nel suo ufficio, 
davanti all* apparecchio telegrafico. Fu una cattiva giornata pel 
signor Cesare, ii quale dovette supplire il telegrafista indisposto e 
non ebbe un momento di riposo. Ora bisogna notare che il signor 
Cesare 5 un’ ottima persona, ma e un po' facile a turbarsi, aeon 
fondersi, sopratutto quando la sua degna consorte, la signora 
Arpalice, scende dal suo primo piano e viene a intrattenersi con 
lui. E oggi, per esempio, la signora Arpalice fece un luughissimo 
soggiorno in ufficio. Adesso pero, grazie al cielo, la signora 
Arpalice e a letto, e il signor Cesare pensa che potra riposarsi 
anche appena siano passati i due treni 44 (proveniente da X) e 105 
(proveniente da Z). 

B. 

Translate into Italian : 

There was once a gentleman who married a widow full of pride 
and arrogance. She had two daughters of the same character as 
herself, and who resembled her like two drops of water. The 
husband also had a daughter, who was, however, very good and 
kind. In this she resembled her mother who had been the best 
woman in the world. The nuptials were scarcely over when the 
step-mother (matrigna) began to show her malice. She could not 
bear the good qualities of the young girl, in comparison with 
whom her own daughters became more repulsive than ever. She 
assigned her the lowest duties of the house. It was she who 
washed in the kitchen, swept the stairs, and took care of the 
rooms of the mistress and of the young ladies. She slept in the 
attic, on a poor, straw mattress, while the sisters were in rooms 
with inlaid floors of wood, in which were beds of the latest 
fashion, and mirrors in which you could see yourself from head 
to foot. The poor girl put up with everything patiently, and had 
not the courage to complain to her father, who would only have 
scolded her, for he was a man who let himself be led by the nose 
in all things by his wife. 



I 











Junior Philosophy. 


For Intra-murals . 


1. Why is Thales the founder of Greek philosophy? 

2. What is Aristotle’s interpretation of the doctrine that 
“ Virtue is knowledge ” ? Consider the value of this in- 
terpretation. 

3. State and examine Aristotle’s conception of Justice. 

4. What, according to Aristotle, is the relation between 
(a) science and action, (6) science and intuitive apprehen- 
sion ? Show how his views are connected with Plato’s. 

5. Discuss Aristotle’s doctrine of actuality and poten- 
tiality, and explain his application of these principles to 
(a) psychology and (6) ethics. 

6. Give Tolstoi’s conception of Christianity and esti- 
mate its significance. 

7. “ The infinite is beyond the finite.” Explain and 
criticize. 



Junior Philosophy. 


For Extra-murals . 

1. Outline Platons- objections to the Sophistic doctrine 
that ( Man is the measure of all things/ 

2. What is Plato’s conception of ‘ Dialectic ’ ? 

3. Discuss Aristotle’s view of 6 actuality ’ and 6 poten- 
tiality/ and show how he applies these principles to (a) 
psychology and (6) ethics. 

4. In what respects do Stoicism and Epicureanism 
agree ? Account for this agreement. 

5. State and examine Descartes’ proofs of the existence 
of God. How does he pass from the idea of God to the 
idea of external things ? 

6. What is meant by the term ‘ idealism ’ ? Consider 
its application to the philosophy of Berkeley. 




Is 
















/ 






Senior Philosophy. 


Only seven of these questions are to be done. 

1. (a) In Plato’s allegory of the cave what does he 
mean by (1) shadows of images, (2) images, (3) realities? 
(6) Explain the significance of each of these terms, (c) 
What faculty corresponds to each, and what is its dis- 
tinctive character ? 

2. “ The only true knowledge is of laws, not of causes.” 

(a) What did Comte mean by this saying ? (6) In what 

sense is it true ? in what sense false ? 

3. “ The definitions of geometry in their positive part 
are observed facts ; it is only in their negative part that 
they are hypothetical.” (a) Give Mill’s explanation of 
this statement. (6) Is the distinction tenable ? 

4. (a) Is natural selection consistent with Teleology as 

conceived by Paley ? (6) Is it consistent with immanent 

Teleology ? Give reasons for your answers. 

5. “ Matter contains the promise and potency of all 

kinds and qualities of life.” (a) Is there any ambiguity 
in the term “ matter ” as here used ? (b) In what sense 

must it be interpreted if it is to express the true concep- 
tion of reality ? 

6. (a) Why does Kant hold that desire for an object is 

desire for pleasure ? (6) Criticise his view by showing 

what “ desire for pleasure ” really means. 

7. “ The strongest motive leads to action.” (a) Ex- 
plain the true meaning of “ motive.” (b) Show that, on 
this interpretation, the proposition is unmeaning. 

8. (a) State Kant’s “ moral proof ” of the being of 
God. (6) How must it be revised in order to make it 
valid ? 


9. (a) What are the three characteristics of right ? ( b ) 
Is Kant’s opposition of law and morality tenable ? 

10. (a) How far is Kant’s conception of evil in advance 

of the doctrine of the Stoics ? (6) What is the truth in- 

volved in his conception ? 

11. (a) Can Mill legitimately distinguish pleasures ac- 
cording to their quality? ( b ) Is his proof of Utilitarian- 
ism valid? (c) How far can his derivation of Justice be 
accepted ? 



I 




HONOURS. 


Philosophy. 


FIRST PAPER. 


{Greek Section). 

1. Outline Euripides’ conception of the gods. Give 
and discuss Browning’s interpretation of Euripides’ re- 
ligious views. 

2. How does Plato conceive of the Sophists ? What is 
the essential limit of the Sophistic philosophy ? 

3. State and analyse Plato’s doctrine of the relation of 
God to the world. 

4. Define Plato’s attitude towards the Megarian and 
Cyrenaic views of happiness. What is the value of Plato’s 
criticism ? 

5. What, according to Aristotle, is the function of the 
central sense ? Compare this view with Plato’s view of 
the soul as found in the Thecetetus . 

6. “ The soul then thinks itself. ” When ? How far 
does this theory imply that the universe is intelligible ? 


HONOURS. 


Philosophy. 


FIRST PAPER. 


( English Section). 

1. Discuss Bacon’s conception of ‘form’ in relation to 

(a) matter, and ( b ) the object. 

2. What does Hobbes mean by (a) the state of nature, 

( b ) a law of nature ? What is the connection of each with 
the social state? 

3. Outline and examine Locke’s theory of knowledge. 

4. “ Though the Absolute cannot in any manner or 
degree be known, in the strict sense of knowing, yet we 
find that its positive existence is a necessary datum of 
consciousness.” Explain and estimate the value of this 
view of Spencer’s. 

5. Consider what Bradley means by the process of 
“ transmutation, ” by means of which appearances are con- 
verted into reality. 

6. Is there development of the Absolute ? Give reasons 
for your view. 



HONOURS. 


Philosophy. 


SECOND PAPER. 


1. Cogito ergo sum. (a) Is there any ambiguity in 

Descartes’ use of the term cogito ? (6) Is the proposition 

an inference ? (c) Is it meant to prove the independent 

existence of the thinking subject ? 

2. (a) Why does Spinoza deny that intellect and will 

are predicable of God ? (6) Does his denial point to a 

deeper truth ? If so, what is that truth ? 

3. “ True reality must be conceived, not only as sub- 
stance, but as subject.” Estimate the value of this saying 
of Hegel as a criticism of Spinoza. 

4. (a) How does Locke explain the origin of “ general ” 
ideas ? (6) What is Leibnitz’ criticism ? (c) Can a valid 
distinction be drawn between “ truths of experience ” and 
“ truths of reason ? ” 

5. Explain and examine Leibnitz’ view of freedom. 





/. 



I 









HONOURS. 


Philosophy. 


THIRD PAPER. 


1. (a) How does Kant distinguish between the “ math- 
ematical ” and the “ dynamical ” categories ? (6) What 

is the truth lying at the basis of that distinction ? 

2. “The analytic unity of Apperception presupposes 
the synthetic unity.” (a) Explain Kant’s meaning. ( b ) 
Criticise his doctrine. 

3. State and examine Kant’s “ Refutation of Idealism.” 

4. (cc) Give the substance of Kant’s criticism of Rational 
Psychology. (6) Examine his distinction of the self as 
(1) phenomenal, (2) subject, (3) ideal. 

5. Estimate the value of Kant’s criticism of the Onto- 
logical argument. 





HONOURS. 


Philosophy. 


FOURTH PAPER. 


1. (a) Why is the “ deduction” of the principles of 

morality different in method from the “ deduction ” of the 
principles of knowledge ? (6) Criticise the Kantian doc- 

trine of the “ primacy of Practical Reason.” 

2. “ Act as if the maxim from which you act were to 

become through your will a universal law of nature. ” (a) 
How does Kant apply this formula to duties of “ imper- 
fect ” obligation ? (6) What light does the application 

throw upon the validity of the distinction between duties 
of “ perfect ” obligation and those of “ imperfect ” obliga- 
tion ? 

3. “ A rational being can act only under the idea of 
freedom.” (a) Explain Kant’s meaning. ( b ) Criticise 
his doctrine that freedom is an object of “ faith.” 

4. State and examine Kant’s moral proof of the existence 
of God. 

5. Explain and criticise Kant’s view of the jus realiter 
personale . 



HONOURS. 


Philosophy. 


FIFTH PAPER. 


1. How does Hegel treat the question of slavery ? 

2. In what sense is Unpremeditated Wrong based on 
the common will found in contract ? Does possession 
imply this common will ? Examine Hegel’s dialectic at 
this stage. 

3. “ Self-consciousness, consisting of pure inwardness 
of will, may possibly convert the absolute universal into 
mere caprice. This is Evil.” Explain this account 
of evil. 

4; Discuss the position assigned by Hegel to the ac- 
ceptance of social usage as contrasted with morality. 

5. “ The Civic Community is the realm of difference.” 
Expound and examine this saying. 

6. “ The personality of the state is actualized only in 
the monarch.” Examine this view of personality, and 
exhibit the result of this conception in world-history. 



HONOURS. 


Philosophy. 


SIXTH PAPER. 


1. (a) How does Bradley criticise Materialism ? (6) Is 
his criticism adequate? 

2. ( a ) What contradiction does he find in the idea of 
time as “ presented ? ” (6) How would you deal with the 
question ? 

3. Estimate the value of Bradley’s treatment of Solip- 
sism. 

4. Criticise his view of the relation of body and soul. 

5. (a) How does Bradley conceive of the relations of 
Morality, Religion and Philosophy ? ( b ) Give your own 
view. 





Junior Political Science. 


1. How are the physical sciences related to Economics ? 

2. Compare the relative possibilities of the physical 
and mental powers of man as economic factors. 

3. What difficulties are met with in the attempt to 
compare different countries as to their wealth ? 

4. How are prices determined in (a) national and (6) local 
markets ? 

5. What are the chief influences which check, at the 
present time, the tendency to diminishing returns ? 

6. Show, with reference to Canadian banking, how it 
is possible for a banking system to limit the amount of 
money normally required to effect exchange. 

7. Contrast the immediate and ultimate effects of the 
supplanting of a certain line of labor by machinery. 












Junior Political Science. 


Extra-mural . 

1. What are the chief influences which check, at the 
present time, the tendency to diminishing returns ? 

2. What is meant by the statement that man produces 
and consumes only utilities ? How are utilities created ? 

3. Contrast the immediate and ultimate effects of the 
supplanting of a certain line of labor by machinery. 

4. Compare the relative possibilities of the physical 
and mental powers of man as economic factors. 

5. What is meant by normal price ? What influences 
tend to regulate it at the present time ? 

6. Contrast the Ricardian method with the more recent 
methods of economic study. 

7. How is the issue of paper money best regulated ? 



Senior Political Science. 


1. Why is it that only progress and not any absolute 
end can be the ideal of social life ? 

2. How does a country’s legal system stand related to 
its social ideals ? 

3. Explain the closer relation of politics and morality 
in the ancient as compared with the modern state. 

4. What is the significance of Aristotle’s assertion that 
the state is prior to the individual ? 

5. What was Machiavelli’s contribution to the ad- 
vancement of Political Science ? 

6. What does Locke understand by the statement that 
u all men are by nature equal ” ? Critically examine his 
view. 

7. How do social and legal rights originate ? In what 
sense may rights be called natural ? 



















FIRST YEAR HONOURS. 

Political Science. 


FIRST PAPER. 


1. Compare as to economic effects the public and private 
ownership of land. 

2. Show how modern systems of investment have led 
to an assimilation of profit and interest. 

3. To what extent is the Malthusian principle operative 
at the present time ? 

4. What element in England did Chatham represent, 
and what was his colonial policy as indicated by his oper- 
ations during the Seven Years’ War and his attitude during 
the peace negotiations at the close of it ? 

5. How did France seek to avoid the redemption of 
the Canadian paper money held by British subjects after 
the conquest ? 

6. What was the character of the exchanges between 
Canada, England and the American Colonies before the 
Revolutionary war ? 





FIRST YEAR HONOURS. 

Political Science. 


SECOND PAPER. 


1. What is the historic basis of International Law ? 

2. What were the characteristic features of the early 
Roman Patria Potestas f How were some of these modi- 
fied as the Roman state developed ? 

3. Account for the lack of distinction in ancient legal 
systems between civil and criminal law. 

4. What was the influence of Stoicism upon Roman 
Law? 

5. What is specially characteristic in Carlyle’s method 
of dealing with social problems ? 

6. Explain Carlyle’s distinction between the extrinsic 
and intrinsic value of symbols. 



HONOURS. 

Political Science. 


FIRST PAPER. 


a and b are alternative questions. 

1. “ The natural price of labour is that price which is 
necessary to enable the labourers, one with another, to 
subsist and to perpetuate their race, without either increase 
or diminution.” Ricardo. 

Compare this view of wages with the views of 
Smith and Mill. 

2. (a) By reference to what standard does Smith criti- 
cise the Commercial or Mercantile System ? 

(6) Estimate Smith’s view as to the function of the 
grain dealer. 

3. (a) State and examine Mill’s proposed remedies for 
low wages. 

( b ) Consider critically Mill’s analysis of profits. 

4. (a) What were the leading features in the economic 
theories of the seventeenth century ? 

(b) What are the characteristics of the modern Ger- 
man school of economists ? 

5. Compare as to economic effects the public and private 
ownership of land. 

6. Show how modern systems of investment have led 
to an assimilation of profit and interest. 

7. To what extent is the Malthusian principle operative 
at the present time ? 



HONOURS. 

Political Science. 


SECOND PAPER. 


1. Compare the economic effects of direct and indirect 
taxes. 

2. Compare, as regards origin and economic effects, the 
national debts and expenditures of the European countries 
and the British colonies. 

3. What are the chief defects in the American currency 
system ? 

4. What conditions gave rise to the Craft guilds, and 
what led to their decay ? 

5. “ Faith in machinery is our besetting danger. ” — 
Arnold. What is implied in this criticism of modern so- 
ciety ? 

6. What are the strong and weak features of Carlyle’s 
criticism of democracy ? 

7. Criticise Carlyle’s conception of the relations which 
should exist between capitalist and labourer. 





HONOURS. 

Political Science. 

♦ 

THIRD PAPER. 


1. Account for the influence of the lawyers in the 
establishment of the French monarchy. 

2. What is the historic basis of International Law ? 

3. Show how the ancient conveyance was gradually 
transformed into the modern will. 

4. What is the function of Law in civil society ? 

5. What is the essence of legal contract ? What has 
led to its great importance in modern Law ? 

6. Explain the “ Iron Law of Wages ” and criticise the 
use made of it by the Socialists. 

7. Compare concisely the aims and methods of Social- 
ism and Anarchy. 



. 


HONOURS. 

Political Science. 


FOURTH PAPER. 


1. What was the character of English industry during 
the Stuart period, and what was the general policy of the 
government with reference to it ? 

2. What were the leading effects of the great improve- 
ment in English agriculture during the latter half of the 
eighteenth century ? 

3. Account for the very different effects which the in- 
troduction of machinery had upon the different industries 
and localities of England. 

4. Great economic changes have taken place in recent 
years without the revolutionary effects upon society which 
accompanied similar changes a century ago. Account for 
this difference. 

5. Compare the English and French colonial policies 
and the actual English and French colonial conditions 
during the first half of the eighteenth century. 

6. What led to the depreciation of the paper money of 
Canada before the conquest; and who were the chief 
sufferers ? 

7. How was the economic condition of Canada affected 
by the change from French to British rule? 



HONOURS. 

Political Science. 


FIFTH PAPER. 


1. Criticise Bluntschli’s idea of the necessity for a 
universal state to express the common nature of humanity. 

2. Compare the ancient and modern state as regards 
rights, and account for the difference between them. 

3. What is the character and significance of modern 
nationality? 

4. Consider whether the state expresses any end in itself. 

5. Critically examine Montague’s idea of the function 
of the state in relation to social progress. 

6. On what grounds is the state justified in undertaking 
to promote education while declining to undertake the 
active promotion of religion ? 

7. What does Aristotle mean by saying that the pro- 
motion of virtue is the chief end of the state ? 



Junior History. 


1. What were the incidents of Feudalism ? 

2. State fully how the growth of Communes in France 
affected Feudalism ; also point out the encroachments of 
Royalty on the independence of the Communes. 

3. What were the powers of the States General ? 

4. Why were the Privileged Orders unable to stay the 
progress of the Monarchy to absolutism ? Why also was 
the Tiers Etat able to accomplish so little ? 

5. Give an account of the Guelphs and Ghibelines in 
Germany and also in Italy. 

6. What were the terms of the Golden Bull of Charles 
IV (1356). 

7. What were the functions of the Imperial Chamber, 
and what means were taken to carry out its sentences ? 

8. What was the form and the character of the consti- 
tution of the French Directory of 1795. 

9. At the Congress of Vienna (1814) what was the 
conduct of Russia and Prussia in regard to Poland and 
Saxony respectively, and to what arrangement did the 
Powers ultimately come ? 











% 




.... — 


Senior History. 


1. Name the several local Courts of the Anglo-Saxons. 
Who constituted them, and what were their functions ? 
What also were the functions of the Witenagemote ? 

2. What changes were effected by William I in regard 
to feudalism, and the church. 

3. Explain the origin of the institution of Justices of 
assize or itinerant Justices ; also of the various Courts of 
Common Law, Court of Common Pleas, &c. 

4. When was Parliament divided into two Houses ? 
What effect had this division on the several Estates ? 
Compare the Estates of the English Parliament with the 
Estates of the States General of France. Also compare 
the English with the French nobility. 

5. Hallam mentions four great accessions of power 
gained by the House of Commons under the Lancastrian 
kings. Explain them fully. 

6. What efforts were made by James I to control Par- 
liament, and what were the terms of the Protest of the 
Commons in the assertion of their privileges ? 

7. State fully what is meant by the responsibility of 
ministers. 

8. What circumstances induced the framers of the con- 
stitution of the United States to separate the Executive 
from the Legislature ? What advantages are derived; from 
their union, as in the English constitution ? 

9. State the terms of the Quebec Act of 1774, and also 
of the Constitutional Act of 1791. 




HONOURS AND LAW. 


History. 


FIRST PAPER. 


Answers to only six questions required, but candidates for 
LL.B. must answer 7, 8 and 9. 

1. Explain in Anglo-Saxon history the development 
from the personal to the territorial system. 

2. What in Anglo-Saxon times was the relation be- 
tween Church and State ? What changes were effected 
by William I ? Trace the results of these changes. 

3. Explain the change from Barony by tenure to 
Barony by writ. 

4. State fully the different forms of the writ of sum- 
mons to Parliament in the case of the Clergy, of the Peers, 
of Knights of the Shire, and the representatives from the 
Boroughs. What was the form of the returns ? 

5. What is meant by an estate ? What constitutes the 
Clergy, the Peers, and the Commons as distinct estates. 
In the 12th century there was a probability of the mer- 
chants, and also the lawyers, forming separate estates. On 
what grounds, and what prevented it ? 

6. Trace the development of the Courts of Common 
Law from the Curia Regis. 

7. Gneist says that a combination of circumstances in 
England in the middle ages, did not permit of knighthood 
becoming an exclusive hereditary dignity. Explain fully 
his meaning. 

8. Explain the following terms from Domesday Book : 
liberi homines, liberi homines commendati, sochemain, 


villani, bordarii, also the following passage : “Item tene- 
mentum non mutat statam liberi non magis quam servi. 
Poterit enim liber homo tenere purum villenagium, faci- 
endo quicquid ad villenagium pertinebit, et nihilominus 
liber erit, cum hoc faciat ratione villenagii, et non ratione 
personae suae ? What then was the position of the Villa- 
nus and what of the Servus ? 

9. Explain the following passage : “ De eo autem qui 
fugam ceperit diligenter inquirendum si fuerit in franc- 
plegio et decanna, tunc erit decenna in miseri cordia coram 
justiciariis nostris, quia non habent ipsum malefactorem 
ad rectum.” What is Gneist’s view of this ? 




HONOURS AND LAW. 

History. 


SECOND PAPER. 


Answers to only six questions required. 

1 . On the reissue of the Magna Charta at the accession 
of Henry III certain clauses were omitted. What were 
these clauses? Under what circumstances were they 
omitted, and what advantages were taken of the omission ? 

2. Under Edward III what was the condition of the 
County Court, and what were its functions ? 

3. What were the terms of the Ordinances of 1311? 
Criticise their general character. 

4. Under the Plantagenets what limitations were placed 
on the Royal power of taxation ? State the different at- 
tempts at evasion of these limitations. Also state the 
various steps taken to control the expenditure of the Court? 

5. What was the character of legislation on Petitions 
by Statutes and Ordinances ? What measures were taken 
by the Commons to prevent the alteration of the terms of a 
Petition ? Explain the substitution of Bills for Petitions. 

6. In the fourteenth century what were the rights of 
discussion in Parliament ? What was the form of com- 
munication between the estates? 

7. Guizot asks “ Where does the right of sovereignty 
reside, and what is the principle on which it rests ? 99 
Give an answer. 

8. Rousseau considers that representation is delusive 
and impossible, and that every representation is in its very 
nature illegitimate. Criticise this. 

9. Guizot defines liberty as the power in man to con- 
form his will to reason. Explain this, and show its relation 
to the representative system. 

10. What does Mill define as the limits of the authority 
of society over the individual ? 



! 















1 










HONOURS AND LAW. 


History. 


THIRD PAPER. 


Answers to only six questions required, but candidates for 
LL.B. must answer questions 1, 2, 4. 

1. What effect had the following article, from the con- 
stitution of Clarendon, on the financial and judicial rela- 
tions of the Clergy : “Archiepiscopi, episcopi, et universae 
personae regni, qui de rege tenent in capite, habeant poss- 
essions suas de rege, sicut baroniam ; et inde respondeant 
justiciariis et ministris regis, et sequantur, et faciunt omnes 
consuetudines regias, et sicut caeteri barones debent in- 
teresse judiciis curiae domini regis, cum baronibus, usque 
preveniatur in judicio ad diminutionem membrorum vel 
mortem/ 5 

2. In regard to the arbitrary government of John and 
of Henry III, Bracton wrote : “ Rex autem habet supe- 
riorem. Deum silicet. Item legem, per quam factus est 
rex. Item curiam suam, videlicet comites, barones, qui 
comites dicuntur quasi socii regis, et qui habet socium, 
habet magistrum, et ideo si rex fuerit sine fraeno, id est 
sine lege, debent ei fraenum ponere.” Apply this view 
to the government of the Stuarts. 

3. Trace the developement of the parochial system 
under the Tudors. Point out wherein it assimilated the 
parochial system under the Anglo-Saxons. 

4. Explain the militia, financial, and judicial system 
under the Republic or Commonwealth. 

5. What were the circumstances of the calling of the 
convention Parliament? Who constituted it? What was 
its conduct ? 


6. Give an account of the Council of the North. Men- 
tion any similar councils in England. Criticise the im- 
peachment of Strafford. 

7. In the case of an impeachment before the House of 
Lords, the Bishops are required to absent themselves on 
the forming of a verdict. Trace the growth of this prin- 
ciple. 

8. Give a short history of the question of the exclusive 
right of the Commons as to Money Bills. 

9. Trace the growth of cabinet government with re- 
sponsibility of ministers from the reign of William III. 






HONOURS AND LAW. 


History. 


FOURTH PAPER. 


Answers to only six questions required. 

1 . What are the relations of a Secretary of State to the 
Sovereign ? What were the grounds of Lord Palm- 
erston’s dismissal in 1851 ? 

2. In what respects may a creation of Peers be regarded 
equivalent to a dissolution ? 

3. What is meant by a general verdict, and also by a 
general warrant? In the first case define the respective 
duties of Judge and Jury. State how far, or in what cir- 
cumstances a general verdict may be justifiable. In regard 
to a general warrant state the resolution of the House of 
Commons in 1766. What gave rise to the discussion? 

4. What does Dicey mean by non-sovereign law mak- 
ing bodies? Name examples. Contrast them with the 
British Parliament. 

5. Dicey says : “ That rule of law which forms a fun- 
damental principle of the constitution has three meanings.” 
Explain this. 

6. Distinguish between the law of the constitution and 
the convention of the constitution. What is “ the force 
by which is enforced obedience to the convention of the 
constitution ? ” 

7. Bagehot says : “ From the Reform Bill the function 
of the House of Lords has been altered.” Explain fully 
his meaning. What were the views of the Duke of Well- 
ington as to the position which the House of Lords ought 
to take? 


8. What does Bagehot define as the functions of the 
House of Commons ? 

9. The constitution of the United States places the 
granting of supplies in the House of Representatives, yet 
in the late war, Mr. Lincoln “ relied not on the grants of 
Congress but on the prerogative of emission/’ that is the 
issuing of paper money. Explain this, and point out the 
natural result of such an exercise of prerogative. 

10. The American constitution makers shrunk from 
placing sovereign power anywhere. They believed that the 
English constitution divided the sovereign authority, and 
in imitation the Americans split up theirs, but instead of 
copying the English constitution they were contriving a 
contrast to it. Explain this. 

11. Where in the Canadian constitution is the power of 
confirming or disallowing acts of a Provincial Legislature 
vested. What are the grounds or occasion of such in- 
terference ? 






Junior Mathematics. 


(Not less than 25 per cent must be made upon each part, and 
40 per cent on the whole). 

A. 

1. (a) State the Index law in Algebra, and thence ex- 
plain the meanings of negative and of fractional indices. 

(b) Find x when 2 2 (2 x ~ 1 ) 2x =2^ x (2 x ) x ~~ 2 . 

2. Interpret (a-f6) 2 +(a — b) 2 =%{a 2 -\-b 2 ) as a theo- 
rem in arithmetic, and also as a theorem in geometry. 

3. (a) Give the relations existing between the roots and 
the coefficients of a quadratic. 

(6) If a, {9 be the roots of 3a? 2 -j-4x +2=0, find 
the quadratic whose roots are a-j-/9 and a/9. 

4. If the roots of x 3 — 1=0 are 1, w, w 2 , find the 
value of w, and show that l-\-w+w 2 =0. 

x 2 

5. Show that cannot have any value between 4 

x l 

and 0 for any real value of x. 

6. Solve the equations 

(а) x 3 + 2a? 2 + 2x + 1 =0. 

(б) 5x-{-2y=58 (in positive integers). 

7. How many numbers can be formed by writing 3 of 
the figures 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ? 

In how many of these will 1 appear ? 


B. 


8. Prove (a) that only one perpendicular can be drawn 
from a given point to a given line. 

(b) That this perpendicular is the shortest segment 
from the point to the line. 

9. (a) Define the circumcentre of a triangle and show 
how to find it. 

(b) If 0 be the circumcentre of ABC ' find the 
<CAOB , &c ., in terms of the angles of the triangle. 

10. (a) The angle in a semicircle is a right angle. 

(6) If any point 0 be joined to the vertices of a 
triangle ABC \ the circles on OA, OB, OC as diameters 
intersect upon sides of the triangle. 

11. Interpret (a) 

(i) V ab , (ii) l/a 2 -|-& 2 , (iii) (a-f-&) 2 +(a — 6) 2 =4a6? 
when a and b stand for line segments. 

(6) Give geometrical constructions for finding (i) and (ii). 

12. (a). The sum of the squares on two sides of a tri- 
angle is equal to twice the sum of the squares on the me- 
dian to the third side, and on one-half the third side. 

(6) ABC is a triangle and AD, BE, CF are me- 
dians, and P is any point 

Prove that 2PA 2 = 2PD 2 - \-^ Im 2 where m 
denotes a median, and I denotes the sum of the terms 
of the kind given as a type. 

13. Construct geometrically an equilateral triangle equal 
to a given rectangle. 


r~ 










Senior Mathematics. 


(Candidates must make not less than 25 per cent on each part, 
and 40 per cent upon the whole). 


A. 

1. (a) Find the relation connecting S, n, a and d in 
an A. P. 


( b ) The nth terms of two A.P.s are 2 n — 1 and 3n — 8. 
Examine (1) if they have a common term ; (2) if they 
have a common sum for the same number of terms. 

2. (a) Explain the meanings of the symbols n P r and 
n C r , and show how they are connected, one with the other. 

( b ) The digits 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 are written down 3 at 
at a time in every possible order. How many numbers 
will be formed, and what will be their sum ? 


3. (a) Expand I /a 2 +6. 

(6) Find the value of 

7 1.7 2 1.3.7 3 1.3.5.7 4 

2^3 2A3 3 + 2.4. 6. 3 5 2. 4.6.8. 3 7 


4. (a) Resolve 


Sx 

(1 — x)(l +F) 2 


into partial fractions. 


(b) Find the coefficient of x n in the expansion of 
the fraction of (a). 

5. Given the sine and cosine of (a-j-6) and (a — b ) prove 

(а) that cos A — cos B= — 2sin-i-(A -f- B) sin|-(A — B). 

(б) tan (A + jB) (1 — tanA tan^)=tanA + tanR. 


6. A parallelogram has its sides a and b and its angle 6. 
Find the cosine of the angle between its diagonals. 


B. 


7. Show how to construct the line segments denoted by 
V ab ) V a 1 — 6 2 ; when a and b are line symbols. 

8. Construct an isosceles triangle of which each basal 
angle is double the vertical one, and give any uses made 
of this triangle. 

9. (a) Show that similar triangles have their areas pro- 
portional to those of the squares described on homologous 
sides. 

(6) Extend this theorem to the circle. 

10. Prove that in any three faced corner the greater of 
two face angles is opposite the greater dihedral angle. 

11. If the face angles of a three faced corner are each 
60°, the cosine of the dihedral angle is 

12. (a) Explain briefly the methods of comparing volumes 
by means of laminae. 

(6) Prove that two pyramids are equal in volume 
if they stand on equal bases and have equal altitudes. 

13. (a) State the prismoidal formula, and show that it 
applies to the sphere. 

( b ) Find, by (a), the volume of a sphere. 



HONOURS. 

Algebra I. 


1. Show how to express x 3 — Sx 2 -f- 2# — 2 as a function 
of x — 2 ; thence approximate to the real root of this 
function. 


2. (a) Find the sum to n terms of (1) a geometric 
progression, (2) a series whose nth term is Jn(n + \)x n . 

(6) Find the present value of a fixed annuity. 

3. (a) Find the number of permutations of n things 
taken all together when u are alike. 

(6) Prove that n C r J r n C r _ 1 = n+1 C r . 

4. If the sum of n terms of a series is a function of n 
o f p dimensions the nth term is a function of n of p — 1 
dimensions ; thence find the sum of n terms of 

1-2-3 + 2-3*4 + 3*4-5+ .... 


5. Find the generating function of 

2 + 3^ + 5^ 2 +9^ 3 + ... ; 
thence find the nth terms and the sum of n terms. 


6. (a) Prove that the convergents to a continued frac- 
tion are alternately less and greater than the continued 
fraction. Hence show that the error made in taking the 


convergent 


Pn 

Qn 


for the fraction is less than 


1 

QnQn+ 1 


( b ) Find a fraction which differs from V 11 by less 
than -0001. 


7. (a) Write out the expansion of 6% and find from it 

n 

the sum of the series whose nth term is 7 77-, . 

(n — 1) ! 

(6) Prove that log 1 O a=log e a * log 1 0 e. 

8. Employ determinants to find x, y and z from the 
equations a x x + b x y + c 1 z=d l , a 2 x + b 2 y + c 2 z=d 2? 

^3 X + b 3y + G Z Z = d 3- 



HONOURS. 


Trigonometry I. 


1. (a) Find an expression for all the angles which have 
the same sine as 6. 

0 

(6) Given sin 0, write the expression for sin—, and 
explain the result geometrically when n= 3. 

2. Employ the method of projection to expand sin 
and cos + 

3. Prove (a) if A-j-B-j- C=7r f tan A -\- tan P-ftan C 
=tan A tan B tan C. 

(6) J(a+6)cos C=a-{-b-\-c. 

4. (a) If p be the perimeter of a regular polygon of 
n sides inscribed in a circle, and P be the perimeter of the 
corresponding polygon circumscribing the circle ; and also 
if p ly P ± be the perimeters of like polygons of 2 n sides, 
show that is a harmonic mean between P and p , and 
Py is a geometric mean between P 1 and p. 

( b ) Explain how the results of (a) may be used to 
find the value of 7r. 

5. If x=sin tf, and £/=sin <p show that 
0 -j-^=sin“ 1 ( 2 /l/ 1 — x^A-xV 1 — y 2 ); and that 

(yV 1 — x* 1 -\~xV 1 — y 2 ) 2 +(l/l — x 2 V 1 — y 2 — xy) 2 = l 

1 1 1 

6. Prove that tc=8 (tan - 1 -g- -j- tan - 1 - g-) + 4tan - 1 y . 

7. Given two sides of a triangle and the included angle, 
develope two formulas for finding any of the other parts. 

8. ABC is an equilateral triangle, and AE is drawn 
cutting BC in E and making tan EAC = J (3 — j/3). 
Show that E is a vertex of the inscribed square. 

ABC 

9. In any triangle prove that r=4P sin-ysin-ysin-y. 




■ 


HONOURS. 


Modern Synthetic Geometry. 


1 . Prove that the homologous sides of similar triangles 
are proportional. 

Extend this theorem to polygons and to circles. 

2. Find the conditions that points upon the sides of a 
triangle may be collinear. 

3. If 0 is the mean centre of the system of points A 
for the system of multiples a, and P in any point, 

I(a-AP 2 )= 2(a-A 0 2 ) + 1(a ) • OP 2 . 

4. If the circumcentre of a triangle is equidistant from 
the incentre and the centroid show that 

9a6c=4(a+6 + c) (a 2 -f-& 2 +c 2 ). 

5. The inverse of a circle is a circle. 

6. The polars of a point with respect to a system of co- 
axal circles are concurrent. 

7. A figure is composed of three circles, their radical 
axes, circles of similitude and antisimilitude and the eight 
circles touching the three. What is the effect of inverting 
the figure with respect to a circle cutting the three ortho- 
gonally ? 

8. Prove that the opposite sides of a hexagram in- 
scribed in a circle intersect collinearly. State the polar 
reciprocal of this theorem. 

9. A line is cut harmonically by a point, a circle and 
the polar of the point with respect to the circle. 

10. What are the double points of a doubly-homographic 
system and how may they be found ? 

11. In a given triangle inscribe a triangle whose sides 
shall pass through three given points. 



I- 









HONOURS. 


Conics, I. 


1. (a) Prove that every linear equation in x and y 
denotes a straight line. 

(6) The locus of a point when the difference of the 
squares of its distances from two fixed points is constant, 
is a line. 

2. If 0=0 and C f = 0 be two circles, show that 
O — 0 = 0 is a line, and that it is perpendicular to the 
line joining the centres of the circles. Give any other of its 
properties. 

3. Determine the conditions — 

(a) That a variable line may pass through a fixed 

point. 

(b) That the general quadratic in x any y may 

denote two lines. 

(c) That the lines in ( b ) shall be perpendicular to 

one other. 

4. If y =mx-\-b cuts y 2 = 4a#, and the intercepted 
chord subtends a right angle at the origin, then the line 
passes through a fixed point. 

5. Find the coordinates of the point inverse to x , y with 
respect to x 2 -\-y 2 — r 2 =0 ; and thence show that the in- 
verse of a line is a circle through the origin. 

6. (a) Determine the m-equations of a tangent to an 
ellipse, and thence deduce the point-of-contact-equation. 

( b ) Show that perpendicular tangents to an ellipse 
or a hyperbola intersect on a circle. 

7. (a) Show that two conjugate diameters are each parallel 
to the tangents at the end-points of the other. 


(6) If /?, /9 X be the angles which conjugate diameters 
make with the principal axis of an ellipse or hyperbola, 
show that tan /? tan /9 X is constant ; and explain the differ- 
ence of the results in the case of the two curves. 


8. Find the locus of the point where a tangent to 
x 2 — y 2 =a 2 is met by the perpendicular upon it from the 
origin. (Lemniscate of Bernoulli). 


9. (a) The angle between the normal and the vector 
to the centre, from the point ( x f , y r ) on an ellipse, is 

tan -1 a/y — —^) . (Angle of the vertical). 


( b ) Show that the angle of (a) is greatest for the 

/ a b v 

p0,I “ Sn ' 7v 

10. Illustrate on the equilateral hyperbola what ratios 
are denoted by cosh u , sinh u , and tanh u. 



HONOURS. 


Synthetic Solid Geometry. 

1. (a) Give a construction for finding a dihedral angle 
of a three-faced corner when the face angles are given. 

( b ) From (a) deduce the trigonometrical expression 
for a dihedral angle in terms of the face angles. 

2. Show that a sphere may (a) touch any given plane 
at a given point, and pass through any other point not in 
the plane ; (6) touch any two non-complanar lines at any 
two given points in the lines. 

3. Find an expression for the radius of the circumsphere 
of a regular dedecahedron. 

4. (a) Establish the prismoidal formula. 

( b ) Show that the prismoidal formula applies to the 
sphere, and thus find the volume of the sphere. 

5. (a) Find the volume described by an isosceles triangle 
which revolves about a line through the vertex, and which 
does not cross the triangle. 

(6) From the result in (a) find the volume of a segment 
of a sphere. 

6. State Pappus’ theorems for the volumes and surfaces 
of figures of revolution, and make an application in find- 
ing the position of the centroid of a segment of a circle. 

7. Prove that the orthogonal projection of a circle upon 
a plane oblique to its own plane is an ellipse, and that 
perpendicular diameters of the circle project into conjugate 
diameters in the ellipse. 

8. A cylindrical hole of radius a is bored centrally 
through a sphere of radius r. Show that the volume re- 
el 

moved is ^r 3 ( 1 — cos 3 $), where sin #=— . 

9. In question 8 find the portion of the surface of the 
sphere, which is removed. 



HONOURS. 


Algebra, II. 


1. Sum the series whose nth terms are 

(1) \a-\-nb \ {a+(n+l)6| ja+(n+r — 1)6 } 

(to n terms), 

(n 2 +n — 1) 

( 2 ) n] " (to infinity). 

2. (a) How far are congruences subject to the same 
laws as equations ? 

(6) If p is prime l + (_p — 1) !=0 (mod. p ). 

3. Show that 8*7 n + 4 n+2 is of the form 24(2r — 1). 

4. Prove that j / N can be converted into a recurring 
continued fraction. 


5. Express e x as a continued fraction and thence find 

l „ 112 3 

the value ofl- T + T + T+T + 


6. A straight line of length a is divided at 2 points at 
random find the chance that no part is greater than 6. 

7. Each of 10 persons writes one of the digits 0, 1, 2. . .9 ; 
find the chance (1) that all the digits are written, (2) that 
5 is written more than 7 times. 


8. (a) Find two positive integers whose squares differ 
by 45. 

(6) Find three positive integers which can be the 
tangents of the angles of a triangle. 



\ 





. 


^ * • • 



HONOURS. 

Calculus I. 


1. Prove in any way that d(x n )=nx n ~ 1 dx, and that 
d(sin #)=cos xdx. 

2. Differentiate the following with x as independent 
variable, and reduce to simplest form. 

7 x cos x 

(i) sin -1 # (2-\-x)V l—x* ; (ii) | log tan-g— 

(iii) e ap cos rp, where p=log x. 


3. (a) Write any two forms for the equation to a tan- 
gent to a curve at the point x 9 y on the curve. 

_2 _2 2 

( b ) Show that in the curve # 3 +3/ 3 =aJ, the portion 
of tangent intercepted between the axes is constant. 

4. (a) In the polar equation r=f(0) find expressions 
for the tangent, and the perpendicular upon the tangent. 

a 

( b ) Show that the curve r=-j- has its subtangent a 
constant ; and draw the curve approximately. 


5. (a) Investigate (i) the condition, and (ii) the criterion 
for a maximum or minimum value of a function of x . 

1 

( b ) Find the max. or min. value of x x . 


(l+p 2> ) 

6. Establish the formula r= J for the radius 

9 

of curvature of a curve, given in cartesian co-ordidates. 

x 


7. Find the wth diff. coefficients of 


a-\-bx 


and of 


sin x sin 2x. 


8. If u=e* in 1 ^=a 0 +a 1 #-fa 2 £ 2 + Prove that 

(a) (1 — x 2 )D n+2 — x(2n-\-l)D n+1 — (n 2 + l)D n =0. 

u 2 -f- 1 

( b ) a n+2=( n+ l^ n+ 2f n ' 

9. Find the values of 

f 1 /a*-x*dx fx*(\ogx)\ 


10. The witch of Agnesi being y 2 (2a — x)=4^a 2 x , show 
that its whole area between the limits 0 and 2 a is 4 na 2 . 







\ 







HONOURS. 

Analytical Solid Geometry. 

1. Prove the relation 

l 2 +w 2 -fn 2 + 2mn cos ^ + 2n^cos fi-\-2lm cos v=0. 

2. (a) Determine the condition that two lines shall in- 
tersect. 

(6) Find the equation to the plane generated by a 
line of fixed direction which moves along a fixed line. 

3. (a) If A denote any plane area, and A x , A y , A z 
be its projections on rectangular coordinate planes, show 
that A 2 =A X 2 -{-Ay 2 -\-A z 2 . 

(6) Show that the volume of a tetrahedron is ^\x x y ±\ 

where u is a unit variable. 

, . r/Za — xr zS — yr\ 

4. (a) Derive Jy — - — , — - — )=0, as the func- 
tional equation of a cone with vertex at the origin, and 
give the meanings of /i, y. 

(6) Reduce (a) to the condition that the cone shall 
have the i^-axis as its axis, and the section by the z= 0 
plane a circle. 

5. Find the polar plane of x'y'z f with respect to a sphere ; 
and if x f y f z f describes a line show that its polar plane 
rotates about a line perpendicular to the former. 

6. The tangent plane to a hyperboloid of one sheet cuts 
the surface in two straight lines. Prove this and explain 
the nature of these lines. 

7. Give the invariants when an ellipsoid is transformed 
from a rectangular to an oblique system, or vice versa, and 
explain their geometrical meaning. 

8. Prove that the area of a central plane section of an 
ellipsoid is abc~p , where p is the perpendicular from the 
centre to a parallel tangent plane. 

9. State and prove Meunier’s theorem. 

10. Explain what is meant by an umbilicus , and deter- 
mine the conditions of its existence. 








/ 


HONOURS. 

Differential Calculus II. 


1. If u=r n =(x <1 -\-y 2 -}-z 2 ) 2 , find for what value of n 

/ (J 2 (?2 ^2 

\^2~^% 2 ”^& 2 ) u= ® is satisfied. (5 denotes partial 
differentiation). 

2. Find the polar equation of the tangent to r=f(d ), 
at the point for which r=R. 

3. Give a brief description of the theory of the polars 
of a point with respect to a curve of n dimensions. 

Illustrate by application to Ax*-\-By* = 1. 

dt d 2 p 

4. In any curve prove that p=p^^^=p^-j-~ 2 • 

where ^ is the radius of curvature, p is the perpendicular 
on the tangent, and co is the angle between this perpen- 
dicular and the #-axis. 

5. In the curve f(xy)=0 an asymptote may be found 

cd 

by expanding in the form y=mx-\-b-\- — +“2 + ••• 

x x 

Determine the condition under which this expan- 
sion is, or is not possible. 

6. If a curve has an ^-multiple point, show that the 
tangents at the point are given by the equation — 

Y n fon= °> where 

ppm+nj 

X stands for x—x', Y for y—y', f mn for • 

7. Find an expression for the radius of curvature of 
the curve given by the implicit equation f(xy)= 0; and 
apply it to find the radius of curvature of x n -\-y n =k n . 

8. Find the equation to the evolute of a parabola, it 
being considered as the envelope of the normal. 

9. Develope La Grange’s criterion for the maximum or 
minimum value of a function of two variables. 




HONOURS. 

Integral Calculus. 


1. Integrate sin 2 0.dd and sinh 2 #.cZ#. 

2. (a) Show that sin m # cos n # dO may be directly in- 
tegrated when m or n or both are positive and odd ; and 
also when m-\-n is negative and even. 

/ sin 3 # 
cos^# 


3. (a) Obtain a formula for the reduction of J~tan n #eZ#. 
(6) Reduce j*e c t8Ln*xdx, and show that it depends 

s 


upon 


eH.cosxdx. 


4. Show that C e dx=± j/7r. 

J o 

/ GO 

c X x n ~ 1 dx be denoted by r(n ), show that 
o 

(a) r(n+l)=nr(n) ; 


00 

/ x n — ^ dx 

fi^V,=r(m)r(n). 

0 v 

6. The kissoid of Diodes being y 2 (a — x)=x z , show 
that its whole area is three times that of the circle on a as 
diameter. 

a n 

7. The length of the catenary y=—(e a +er a ) between 

the limits #=0 and x=a is a 

8. Establish Holditch* s theorem. 


?(2»+l)! 


9. Obtain an expression for the area of a surface gen- 
erated by a plane curve revolving about one of the rect- 
angular coordinate axes. 



HONOURS. 


Differential Equations, &c. 


1. Prove that y=Ae x sin x + Be* cos x is the primitive 
d 2 y dy 

of tt — 2-f J r 2y=0\ 
dx A ax * 


2. Find the differential equation of all conics whose 
axes coincide with the axes of coordinates. 


3. (a) Prove that Mdx-\-Ndy=0 can always be solved 
if M and N are homogeneous in x and y , and of the same 
degree. 


dy 

(b) Find the primitive of ~^-{-e x y=e x y 


4. (a) What is an exact differential equation ; and 
what is the criterion that Mdx-\-Ndy = 0 may be exact? 

( b ) How may an inexact differential equation be 
made exact. 

(c) Show that x m ~ 1 ~ a y^-^~ h i s an integrating factor 
of x a y h (mydx -f- nxdy). 

5. (a)' What is meant by a singular solution ? 

(6) Of what in the theory of the singular solution 
is the c-discriminant the equation ? The p-discriminant ? 

6. Sol ve the equations (i) x= 1 + p -\-p 3 , (ii) x=yfp + <pp; 
where / and <p are functional symbols. 

_ , , d 2 y dy 

7. Solve the equation ^ dx~^~y = ^ e2 9 

8. Prove that 

x^~ 2 ^ x ^ 3 ^ 

<px=<p(0)-^x<pd(0)-\r~2T + gV 

where x (r) ^x(x — l)(x — 2)... to r factors. 

d(p 

9. Prove that (p{E)0 n =E(p f {E)0 n ~ 1 , where 
and thence show that A m 0 n =ra{A m ~ l 0 n ~ 1 -j- 





HONOURS. 


Determinants and Theory of Equations. 


a 0 +«i^+ a 2^ 2 +••♦ 

1. Representing the expansion of — — r — r — 2 , 

1 +••• 

by ?o +?i^+?2^ 2 + ••• 9 show that 

6 n 0 0 c 

b. 0 c 


— b n+1 
% — u 0 


0 

K 


bn— 1 b n — 2 


...a. 


2. Establish the form for the multiplication of matrices. 

3. If a Determinant vanishes all the minors of its re- 
ciprocal, except the first, vanish. 

4. If Ka 1 _ n denotes the continuant in a 1} a 2 ,. . .a n , find 
the expansion of Ka 2 _ n -^-Ka 1 _ /ll . 


5. Approximate to one of the real roots of 
x 4 — x s — 3x 2 + 2#+2=0. 


6. Find the equation whose roots are the squares of the 
differences of the roots of x 3 -\-3px 2 -\-3qx-\-r=§. 

7. (a) Give the formation of Sturm’s functions. 

(6) Show that with these functions a variation is lost 
only when we pass a root of the original function. 


8. Explain Newton’s method of finding the sums of the 
powers of the roots of an equation, and show that 


f 

1! 

Pi 

1 

0 .. 

....0 


2 P 2 

Pi 

1 

...0 


3 

P 2 

Pi •• 

...0 


(n—l)p n _ 

-1 Pn — 2 Pn— 3 • • 

—Pi 



I 








HONOURS. 


Trigonometry, II. 


1. Show that 

(F2«+ F2«-.(F2 r+ F25)- = 
where Vff=cosff-j-i sin ff. 

2. Prove that 


cos nO =1 


2 n cos n d n C\ n C 2 
2 n ~ 2 eos n ~ 2 d 1 ”-2(7! 

2 n 4 cos w ~ 4 6 0 1 


n <V.. 

n ~*C 2 ... 

n ~ i C 1 ... 


3. Show that, to the same base, any number has an in- 
definite number of logarithms, only one of which is real. 

4. (a) Obtain, in any way, the expansion of tan - 1 x in 
ascending powers of x. 

(b) Show how, from the preceding, you would cal- 
culate the value of n. 


5. (a). Obtain the type factor in the factorization of 
x n +l. 

1 


( b ) Thence put 


into partial fractions. 


^ u +l 
cos# 

6. Expand 1 0 ^ - . • 2 in ascending powers of x 

JL - j~ Ax sin u — j- x 

and ascending multiples of 0. 


oo 


7. Sum the series 


8. Prove that 


00 


COS V' 


#, and sin rfl. 


isec#= jcos nd — /i 1 cosn-f-2# + ^ 2 costi+ 4# f-... I 

— 1) 
v ! 


where h = 



HONOURS. 

Conics II (Salmon). 

1. If 0 O' be the angles made with the #-axis by conjugate 
diameters of a conic, find the relation connecting 6 and 6 ' . 

2. In the central * equation ax 2 -{-2hxy-{-by 2 +c=0 
find the length of each semi-axis, and the value of the 
eccentricity. 

3. (a) Show that the radius of the circle which osculates 
the conic ax 2 + by 2 -f- 2 hxy + gx = 0 at the origin is 
— g-^-b sin co. 

(6) Thence show that if <p be the angle between the 
normal at any point on an ellipse and a focal line to the 
same point, the radius of curvature at the point is iV^sec 2 ^, 
where N is the length of the normal. 

4. Employ the method of trilinears to prove that the 
circumcentre, the orthocentre and the centroid of a triangle 
are in line. 

5. Interpret the equation Ifiy -f - my a -f na.fi— 0, giving 
all that it represents. 

6. (a) Obtain Dr. Hart’s equation for the chord join- 
ing a'P'y' and two points on the incircle of the 

triangle of reference. 

(6) Thence prove that Xa -\- will touch 

— ^ 7 — / — l m n 

j/7a+ V V ny = 0 \i-j = 

7. (a) From the equation ay=lcfid prove that the pairs 
of opposite sides of any hexagram inscribed in a conic meet 
in three points that are collinear. 

( b ) Show that the orthocentres of the four triangles 
formed by any four lines are collinear. 

8. Show how to inscribe a triangle in a conic so as to 
have its three sides pass through three given points. 

9. Find the equation of a conic which has double con- 
tact with each of two given conics ; and thence deduce the 
equation of the conic which touches four given lines. 





HONOURS. 

Quaternions. 

1. (a) If xa-\-yP=x'a-\-y'(3, explain how and why 
this determines two equations. 

(6) Prove that the medians of a tetrahedron divide 
one another in the ratio 1 : 3. 

2. Prove that (a) the square of a vector is minus the 
square of its tensor. 

( b ) Vector multiplication is not in general commu- 

tative. 

(c) A vector product or quotient may be expressed 

as a power of a unit vector. 

(d) Safiy= — Syfta, and Vafiy—Vyfia. 

3. (a) Develope the relation V. Vaji Vfty= — jUSafty. 

(6) Find the condition that the perpendiculars from 

two vertices of a tetrahedron upon the opposite faces may 
be complanar. 

4. Find the general equation to a sphere, and show that 
its inverse is another sphere or a plane. 

5. (a) Compare geometrically />, (pp and in the 
ellipse. 

(6) Prove that if a, jj be conjugate diameters, 
/S r ^«^/9=0, and interpret this result geometrically. 

6. (a) If p=xi-j-yj and p'^x'i+y'j be conjugate 
vectors to the hyperbola and its conjugate, find the func- 
tions which put for x, x f , y and y ' will satisfy all the con- 
ditions. 

( b ) Prove from (a) that TVpp f =ab. 

7. Find the vector to the point of intersection of two 
given tangents to a parabola. 

8. Find the vector equation to any conic with the focus 
as origin ; and show that it can be put into the form 
Sp<pp=l. 



HONOURS. 


Spherical Trigonometry and Astronomy. 


1. (a) Develope the relation 

cot a sin 6= cos 6 cos C-j-sin C cot A. 

(b) Make (a) logarithmic so as to find angle A ♦ 

(c) By what other method is this solution effected ? 

2. (a) State the relations known as Napier’s Circular 
parts. 

( b ) Apply these to find c when A, B, a and b are 

given. 

3. A star crosses the meridian at an angle m , and the 
prime vertical at an angle p. Show how from these data 
to find the latitude of the place of observation, and the star’s 
declination. 

4. Given the lengths of 1° of latitude at the Pole and 
Equator respectively, show how to calculate the earth’s 
polar and equatorial radii, assuming that the earth is an 
oblate spheroid. 

5. What is meant by the moon’s horizontal parallax ? 
Express her parallax at altitude a in terms of her horizontal 
parallax. 

6. Show how to find the meridian by equal altitudes of 
the sun ; and explain the nature of the correction necessary. 

7. Give a sketch of the nature and causes of the “ equa- 
tion of time ”, with graphs. 






Junior Physics. 


Properties of Matter , Dynamics , Heat , Magnetism , 
and Frictional Electricity. 


1. Define matter, mass, weight, kinetic energy, specific 
heat, magnetic equator, electric potential, dielectric power, 
magnetic retentivity. 

2. Describe an experiment to prove the rotation of the 
earth. 

3. Are the following questions of mass or of weight : 
(1) Pushing a car along a level railroad ; (2) The pressure 
of water in water-pipes ; (3) Raising ore from a mine ; 
(4) Action of a small hammer in driving nails ; (5) Action 
of the wind on a windmill. 

4. A vessel completely filled with mercury (s. w. 13*6) 
weighs 72 5 kilograms ; a kilogram of iron (s. w. 7*5) 
1) is laid on the surface of the mercury and allowed to 
float; 2) is pushed into the vessel and held completely 
immersed in the mercury ; what in each case will be the 
apparent weight of the vessel and contents ? 

5. The direction of the wind is along a railroad. Two 
trains are travelling in opposite directions, each with a 
speed of 40 miles per hour, and it is observed that the 
aqueous cloud-track from the locomotive of one train is 3 
times as long as that from the other ; find the speed of the 
wind. 

6. Enunciate the laws of passage from the liquid to the 
gaseous state of matter. 

P 

7. Interpret the equation j^=C, and prove it from 
Boyle’s and Charles’ laws of gases. 


8. The volume of a room is 400 cubic metres, its tem- 
perature is 17°, and the pressure of the air 74 cm. Find 
the volume of the same mass of air at — 15° C and 77 
cm. pressure. 

9. Steam at 100° is forced into snow at — 10°, how 
many grams of snow are melted by a gram of steam ? 
L. H. of steam at max. den. at 100°=537, 1. h. of water= 
79, and s. h. of snow=0*5. 

10. Describe and explain the anti-trade winds. 

11. What is the hypothesis of molecular magnetic 
polarity ? What does it explain ? 

12. Explain what is meant by the power of points in 
electricity. Give one important practical application 
thereof. 

13. How is it shewn experimentally that the dielectric 
in a condenser has the greatest influence in the storage of 
electric energy ? 

14. Shew (geometrically if possible) that if the angle at 
which two given forces are inclined to one another be in- 
creased, their resultant is diminished. 







Senior Physics. 


Dynamics, Electricity, Light , and Sound . 


1. The projectile fired from a gun of 100 tonnes weighed 
800 kilograms, and left the muzzle with a speed of 64 
kilotachs; find its destructive energy in kilogrammetres 
and the speed of recoil of the gun. 

2. Two heavy particles are connected by an inextensible 
string which passes over a fixed smooth peg ; required to 
find the tension of the string and the acceleration of mo- 
tion. 

3. What is a dimensional equation f State if the follow- 
ing equation is possible : 2 mv 2 -f-3ps=4ma£, m, v,p, s, a, t 
being the units of mass, speed, pressure- intensity, length, 
acceleration, and time respectively. If a metre, 10“ 4 of 
a day, and a kilogram be the units of length, time, and 
mass ; find in dyntachs and barads the derived units of 
rate of working and pressure-intensity. 

4. Given the velocities of two particles relatively to a 
third particle, find their velocities relatively to one another. 
A ship is sailing due E., and it is known that the wind 
is blowing from the N. W., and the apparent direction of 
the wind (as shewn by a vane on the mast-head) is from 
N. N. E. ; shew that the speed of the wind is equal to 
that of the ship. 

5. Define the moment of a force, and prove that the 
algebraical sum of the moments of two coplanar forces 
round any point in their plane is equal to the moment of 
their resultant. 

6. Describe fully the construction of a DanielPs cell, 
and state by an equation the chemical action therein. 


7. Give the nomenclature adopted by Faraday in electro- 
chemical decomposition. 

8. Give Ampere’s and Clerk Maxwell’s rules for the 
direction of the stress between an electric current and a 
magnetic pole. Also fhe rule for determining the direc- 
tion of the current in an electro-magnet. 

9. Give six important practical applications of the 
thermal effects of an electric current, and enunciate the 
law governing the production of induced electric currents. 

10. Describe and explain a total solar eclipse as seen 
from the moon. 

11. What is the aberration of light? Find its greatest 
value, and explain how from it the speed of light in 
interstellar space can be deduced. 

12. Enunciate the law of intensity of radiant energy, 
and explain how the sun’s heat is greater in summer than 
in winter, though it is farther from us. A gas-flame of 

4 candle power shines at an angle -g- on the grease-spot 

of a Bunsen photometer, and is 2 ft. from the screen • how 
far from the screen must an incandescent light of 8 candle- 
power be placed, so as to shine directly on the grease-spot, 
and make it invisible ? 

13. Enunciate the law of refraction. Explain the solar 
spectrum and the dark lines therein. 

14. Give the speed of sound in air. Why did Newton 
fail to deduce it correctly from dynamics ? 

15. Give the 3 properties of a musical note. On what 
does each depend ? How may each be graphically re- 
presented ? 

Note: — Candidates, who wish to write merely on Geometrical 
Optics , answer questions 10 to 13. 








'1 


. / 






- 



First Honour Physics. 


A. Stereodynamies and Electrodynamics . 


1. Three rods are jointed together at their extremities 
and laid on a horizontal table ; forces are applied at the 
middle points of the rods, respectively perpendicular to 
them ; if these forces be in equilibrium, shew that the 
stresses at the joints will be equal, and that their lines of 
action will touch the circle circumscribing the triangle 
formed by the rods. 

2. Prove that the velocity of the point describing the 
hodograph determines the acceleration of the moving body. 

3. Find the time of oscillation of (1) a simple pen- 
dulum, (2) any body oscillating through small angles 
about a horizontal axis. 

4. A projectile at its greatest distance from a plane 
normal to the plane of motion is vertically above the 
middle point of the range, and is then moving parallel to 
the plane. Enunciate the property of the parabola of 
which the demonstration of the above gives a kine- 
matical proof. 

5. Define principal axis of inertia and prove that for 
any body there is at least one set, and in general only one 
set, of pringipal axes passing through every point. 

6. Prove the following formula for planetary motion : 
v 2 =p (2 a — r)-r-ar. 

7. A uniform rod oscillates in a vertical plane about a 
smooth horizontal axis which is one foot from one end of 
the rod. What must be the length of the rod that the 
period of a single oscillation may be 1 second? 

8. If a body be supported by a vertical wire, and after 
rotation about the vertical line through the c. of m. be set 


free, prove that the resultant rotation will be angular 
S. H. M., and find the time of rotation. Give an im- 
portant practical application of this theorem. 

9. Define precession and nutation and prove that they 
are not accompanied with any change in the sidereal day. 

10. Explain the production of magneto-electric currents. 
What is meant by inverse and direct induced currents? 

11. Prove that the electric capacity of a spherical con- 
ductor is measured by its radius. 

12. Prove that the energy of a charged conductor varies 
as the square of its potential. 

13. Six small aqueous spherical particles at potential + ^ 
unite with two particles of the same size at potential — v ; 
find the capacity , potential, and potential energy of the drop 
formed by their union, and explain your answer. 

14. Prove that the reciprocal of the capacity of a battery 
of condensers arranged in series equals the sum of the 
reciprocals of the capacities of the condensers taken 
separately. 


I 


\ 





$ 









First Honour Physics. 


B. Hydrodynamics and Thermodynamics . 


1. Prove that in an atmosphere of uniform temperature 
at rest, and under the action only of weight, the pressure 
decreases in geometrical progression as the altitude in- 
creases in arithmetical progression. 

2. Define the centre of pressure on any surface exposed 
to a fluid. A triangular area is immersed in a liquid 
with its base at the surface ; find the centre of pressure. 

3. Define the meta-centre of a floating body. What 
does it shew ? Prove your statement. 

4. The tensile strength of cast-iron being 1250 kilo- 
grams-wt. per sq. cm. ; find the thickness of a cast-iron 
water-pipe whose internal diameter is 30 cm. that the 
stress upon it may be only f of its ultimate strength when 
the head of water is 100 metres. 

5. A hollow cylinder closed at both ends is filled with 
petroleum, and laid with its axis horizontal ; if the total 
pressure on its surface, including the plane ends, be 
thrice the weight of the liquid, find the ratio of the length 
to the diameter of the cylinder. 

P 

6. Prove that in any given mass of gas jyj, is invar- 
iable. The volume of a room is 400 cub. metres, its tem- 
perature 15° C. y and the pressure of the contained air 74 
cm. ; find the volume of the same mass of air at — 15° C. 
and 77 cm. pressure. 

7. The safety-valve of a small boiler is inch diam- 
eter, and its centre is If inch from the fulcrum of a lever 
which closes it. The greatest distance from the fulcrum 


at which a ball of 7 lbs. can be placed to hold down the 
lever is 11 inches. Find in atmospheres the least pressure 
of steam which can always open the valve. 

8. Prove that in an indicator-diagram if the tangent at 
any point P meets the axis of pressure in A, and if the 
the line through P parallel to the axis of volume meet the 
axis of pressure in B, then AB measures the elasticity of 
volume of the body in its state represented by P. 

9. Enunciate the two laws of Thermodynamics. 

10. Explain by means of Carnot’s cycle of operations 
the production of work from heat, and apply to your 
result the first law of Thermodynamics. 

11. What is meant by the absolute zero of temperature ? 
Explain how it is determined. 

12. Define the two elasticities of volume and the two 
specific heats of a substance, and prove the relation between 
these four quantities. 



■\ 


















U Z \ " >' : V^: 



Second Honour Physics. 


A. Analytical Statics. 


1. Prove the condition L Z{X)^MZ(Y) + N2(Z)=0 
that any system of forces acting on a rigid body in any 
directions may reduce to a single resultant, and then find 
the equations of the line along which the resultant force 
acts. 

2. Two equal forces act on a cube whose centre is fixed, 
along diagonals which do not meet of two adjacent faces ; 
find the couple which will keep the cube at rest. 

3. Define the central axis of a system of forces, and 
prove that when the origin of coordinates is on the central 
axis the couple G is then a minimum. 

4. Find the centre of mass of an indefinitely thin rod 
of uniform density and thickness in the form of a circular 
arc. 

5. Find the centre of mass of an indefinitely thin plate 
of uniform density and thickness in the form of half an 
ellipse. 

6. Find the centre of mass of the solid generated by a 
semi-parabola bounded by the latus rectum revolving round 
the latus rectum, density uniform. 

7. In the common catenary shew that the weight of 
the string between the lowest point and any other point is 
the geometrical mean between the sum and difference of 
the tensions at the two points. 

8. To find the gravitation of a uniform circular lamina 
on a particle situated in a straight line drawn through the 
centre of the lamina at right angles to its plane. 


9. Prove Gauss* theorem : If N denote the normal 
attraction at any point of a closed surface, and d(8) be the 
area of an indefini tely small element of the surface, then the 
integral of N.d(S) taken over the whole surface is equal 
to 4;r if, where M denotes the whole mass within the 
surface. 

10. Define the potential at any point in space due to a 
system of attracting masses, and express in terms of the 
potential the component attraction in any direction. 

1 1 . Calculate the value of the potential in the case of a 
spherical shell, the density being a function of the distance 
from the centre, and hence find the resultant attraction 
(1) at an external point, (2) at a point within the shell. 

12. Show how to find the conditions of stable, neutral, 
or unstable equilibrium, when one body rests upon another. 



- 



Second Honour Physics. 


B. Dynamics of a Particle . 

1. A particle moves in a plane curve; find its compo- 
nent accelerations at any instant along, and perpendicular 
to the radius vector. 

2. A particle moves under an attraction in its line of 
motion, varying directly as the distance of the particle 
from a fixed point in that line ; determine the motion. 

3. Find the law of force perpendicular to an axis that 
a free particle may describe a conic section. 

d 2 u P 

4. Deduce the equation -\-u =^— of the orbit of 

a particle acted upon by a force towards a fixed centre, 
P being a function of n. 

5. Prove that the speed at any point of a central orbit 
is independent of the path described, and depends solely 
on the intensity of the attraction, the distance of the point 
from the centre, and the speed and distance of projection. 

6. Define the true , mean , and excentric anomalies of a 
planet, and find the relations between these. 

7. Prove that the cycloid is the brachistochrone for a 
particle moving under the action of weight. 

8. A particle under a constant force in its line of mo- 
tion moves in a resisting medium of uniform density, of 
which the resistance varies as the square of the speed ; to 
determine the motion. 

9. Prove that an arc of the hodograph of a planet’ s 
motion measures the amount of radiant energy which the 
planet receives from the sun during the passage through 
the corresponding arc of the orbit. 

10. The hodograph of a body’s motion is a circle des- 
cribed with constant angular velocity about the origin 
which is on the circumference ; find the path of motion 
and the circumstances of its description. 


\ 


















Junior Chemistry. 


1. In what way is it discovered whether a given sub- 
stance is an element or a compound ? Give examples. 

2. Describe an experiment to illustrate each of the 
following cases of chemical change : — (a) replacement , (6) 
neutralization , and (c) double decomposition . Write equa- 
tions. [N.B. The experiments are to be described carefully , 
the different phenomena to be observed being noted in each 
case ]. 

3. What is the composition of the following : — (a) 
chloride of lime , (6) blue vitriol, (c) alcohol, ( d ) \yashing 
soda, and (e) common sand ? Write formulas. 

4. Describe in words and by equations where possible, 
the action of heat on the following substances : — (a) cal- 
cium carbonate, (6) sugar, (c) potassium chlorate, (d) am- 
monium nitrate, (e) a mixture of hydrogen and chlorine. 
In your description mention physical and chemical changes 
which take place during the process of heating, and state 
as nearly as you can the temperatures required in each 
case. 

5. ( a ) Write an outline of the molecular theory. ( b ) 
How are the relative molecular weights of gases found ? 

6. 196 grammes of sulphuric acid in solution is mixed 
with 150 grammes of sodium hydroxide in solution. Is 
the resulting solution neutral, acid, or alkaline ? Give 
reasons for your answer. 

7. (a) What evidence can you adduce that the burning 

of common gas is a chemical change ? (6) Mention the 

principal substances taking part in the change and the 
products. 


8. Write equations for the following chemical reac- 
tions 

(а) Decomposition of chlorine water in sunlight. 

(б) Action of chlorine on cold dilute solution of 

potassium hydroxide. 

. (c) Combustion of acetylene in air. 

(d) Action of ammonia on nitric acid. 

(e) Action of chlorine on potassium iodide. 

9. How are the following acids prepared : — Hydro- 
chloric, (6) Hydrobromic, and (c) Hydrofluoric ? 

10. Write an outline of the chemistry of carbon mon- 
oxide. 



Senior Chemistry. 


1. Point out those differences in the chemical proper- 
ties of nickel and cohalt upon which their separation in 
analysis depends. 

2. Outline briefly the chemistry of manganese and its 
compounds. 

3. How would you convert (a) barium carbonate into 
barium sulphate, and (6) barium sulphate into barium 
carbonate ? 

4. Outline briefly the chemistry of gold and its com- 
pounds. 

5. How would the numbers called atomic weights be 
affected if the atomic theory were discarded ? Discuss. 

6. (a) What is meant by atomic volumes ? (b) How 

do atomic volumes vary with atomic weights ? 

7. Describe the nature of mass action and the influence 
of gaseous pressure on chemical equilibrium, using calcium 
carbonate as an example. 

8. (a) What is the nature of crystallographic sym- 
metry ? ( b ) Describe carerully the symmetry of the 

orthorhombic system, and compare it with that of the 
tetragonal system. 

9. Describe and draw the following : — 

(а) The rhombic dodecahedron. 

(б) A tetragonal pyramid. 

(c) A hexagonal proto-prism combined with a 
proto-pyramid. 

10. Mention the system, forms, and symbols of forms, 
for models A and JB. 



HONOURS. 


Technical Chemistry. 

1. (a) Give details of the chemistry of the cyanide 
process for extracting gold from its ores. (6) How does 
the bromocyanide process differ from the ordinary cyanide 
process, and what advantage is claimed for the former ? 

2. Describe the principal ores of bismuth, of arsenic, 
and of antimony. 

3. (a) Describe from a chemical point of view the 
series beginning with wood and ending with anthracite 
coal. ( b ) What is the probable origin of the anthracite- 
like material found near Sudbury ? 

4. (a) How do the properties of a good slag depend on 

its chemical composition ? (6) Discuss the necessity for 

knowing the composition of fuel ash, gangue, &c., in order 
to decide upon the nature and proportion of the flux to 
be used in blast furnace work. 



- - - 


HONOURS. 


Physiological Chemistry. 


1. (a) What is the composition of haemoglobin ? ( b ) 

Mention some substances which form compounds with it. 
(c) What is the action of warm glacial acetic acid on 
haemoglobin ? 

2. In what parts of the body are the following com- 
pounds found and what is their composition : — (a) creatin, 
(b) sarcosin , (c) glycogen, (d) paralactic acid, and (e) lecithin ? 

3. (a) Give an account of the chemistry of urea. ( b ) 
How can it be converted into ammonium carbonate ? 

4. (a) What phosphates are excreted in the urine ? 
(6) How do you account for the phosphatic precipitate in 
alkaline urine ? 

5. Describe the principal fats of the human body. 



HONOURS. 


Organic Chemistry. 

1. The silver salt of an acid of the fatty acid series 
leaves on ignition 5T.68 per cent of silver. Calculate the 
formula of the acid. 

2. (a) Describe a general method for making isocy- 
anides. (6) How has their constitution been ascertained ? 
(c) How do they differ iu properties from the true 
cyanides ? 

3. How can glycerine be synthesised starting with 
propylene ? 

4. (a) Write the structural formula for malic acid. 
(6) What substances are produced by heating it ? 

5. (a) How is pyrogallol (pyrogallic acid) related to 

benzene ? (b) To gallic acid ? 

6. (a) How are rosaniline and para-rosaniline made ? 

(6) How are they related ? (c) How are they related to 

methane ? 



HONOURS. 

Chemistry and Mineralogy. 


Quantitative Analysis and Assaying . 


1. (a) Why is it necessary to free the water and nitric 

acid used in the assay laboratory, from the commoner im- 
purities ? ( b ) How can this best be effected ? 

2. State in detail the method you would adopt to as- 
certain the gold value of a low grade mispickel. 

3. Write notes on the assaying of lead. 

4. (a) How may nickel be separated from the other 

metals with which it is, in this country, commonly asso- 
ciated ? (6) How would you proceed to estimate the 

amount of nickel present in an ore ? 

5. Describe a volumetric method for the assay of lead, 
and write equations for the reactions involved. 

6. (a) Why is sulphuric acid added in the permanganate 
iron assay ? Write the equation. 

7. (a) What is the composition of the precipitate ob- 

tained in the magnesia method for estimating phosphoric 
acid ? (b) What is its composition after ignition ? (c) 

What impurities may it contain ? (d) What precautions 

are necessary in order to insure a minimum of impurity ? 

8. Describe a volumetric method for estimating the 
percentage of potassium cyanide in a solution and write 
equations. 




























HONOURS. 


Chemistry and Mineralogy. 


Crystallography. 

1. define distortion and explain how distorted cubes 
may simulate forms in other systems. How can distorted 
cubes be recognized as belonging to the cubic system ? 

2. Describe the principal forms in which garnets crys- 
tallize. 

3. Convert 4 0 4 and oo 0 2 into Miller’s and into 

¥ 

Dana’s symbols. 

4. Draw a combination of a tetragonal pyramid of the 
first order with a prism of the second order and indicate 
the directions of the crystallographic axes. 

5. (a) Indicate how the crystallographic axes are se- 
lected in the monoclinic and in the triclinic systems. ( b ) 
Show from consideration of crystallographic symmetry 
how many planes constitute a complete form of the pyra- 
midal and of the prismatic types in each of these systems. 

6. Discuss hemihedral forms in the orthorhombic sys- 
tem. 

7. Describe the “ iron cross” twins of pyrite. 

8. Draw the model A and the crystal B, and indicate 
by refrence to your drawings the forms present. Write 
the formulas of the forms and name the systems. 



HONOURS. 


Qualitative Analysis. 


Chemistry and Mineralogy . 


1. Describe in detail how you would attack a mineral 
not completely soluble in hydrochloric acid, so as to an- 
alyse it qualitatively. 

2. Describe carefully two methods for separating arsenic, 
antimony and tin qualitatively. 

3. How would you test for silica in a mineral ? 

4. Indicate the methods for separating cobalt and nickel, 
giving equations where possible. 

5. Give details of the qualitative analysis of mixtures 
containing phosphates and oxalates. 

6. How would you test for (a) gold, (6) chromium, 
(c) manganese, ( d ) aluminum, and ( e ) bismuth ? 



Mineralogy I. 


Those writing on blowpiping alone will take questions 9-12. 
All others are to take questions 1-11 inclusive. 

1. Discuss the scope and value of the science of miner- 
alogy. 

2. To what extent are color and molecular structure 
useful in determinative mineralogy ? 

3. Identify specimens A, B, C, D. 

4. Name the crystal forms x, y , z, and mention any 
minerals you know, of which these forms are characteristic. 

5. Describe the species pyrrhotite, dolomite, feldspar, 
serpentine, amphibole. 

6. A barite vein is found carrying galena. What 
might you expect to find as associated minerals. 

7. Mention the minerals you have found to occur com- 
monly in crystalline rocks. 

8. How would you identify by means of a blowpipe : — - 
tourmaline, bornite, titanite, chromite ? 

9. A white sublimate is formed in the open tube. What 
substances might have produced it ? How r would you 
proceed to determine from which it came ? 

10. Mention the most important uses of phosphor salt as 
a blowpipe reagent. What causes its effervescence on 
heating ? 

11. Determine by the blowpipe the specimens submitted. 

12. Describe the more important blowpipe reactions of 
chlorine, fluorine, boron, phosphorus, bismuth, antimony, 
arsenic, molybdanum, tin, carbon. 



HONOURS. 


Mineralogy III. 


1. Give two examples each of dimorphism and tri- 
morphism in minerals. 

2. (a) State the chief characteristics of the minerals of 
the pyrite group. 

(6) Mention some compounds which may exist as 
undiscovered minerals of this group. 

3. Describe the mineral diamond, noting its mode of 
occurrence and paragenesis. What conclusion do you draw 
from these as to the probability of its occurring in Canada ? 

4. What are the more prominent alteration products of 
feldspar, bornite, pyroxene, garnet, limonite, stibnite, 
amphibole ? 

5. Write notes on the feldspar group, referring par- 
ticularly to points of similarity between this and several 
like groups of minerals. 

6. Give a detailed description of: — sylvanite, erythrite, 
garnierite, corundum, stephanite, cassiterite. 

7. Write a paper on the mineralogy of the Kingston 
district, giving special attention to minerals of economic 
importance found or likely to occur in this region. 

8. Identify by field-tests the specimens A, B, C, D. 



First Year Geology. 


1. Give a short classification of igneous rocks. 

2. Draw up a list' of rock-forming minerals, silicates, 
which you have collected. State the chief microscopical 
characters of any two minerals in your list. 

3. Name the essential constituents and more common 
accessory minerals of diorite and gabbro. 

4. A series of limestone beds lies unconformably on 
gneiss. Basic dykes cut through the gneiss and gash veins 
are present in the limestone. 

Illustrate this statement by a section. 

5. Write notes on the geology of the gold districts of 
Ontario. 

6. Describe the modes of occurrence of magnetite, graph- 
ite, gypsum and fire clay. 

7. Name some of the more characteristic cephalopods 
and vertebrates of the Mesozoic, and some of the more 
important genera of the Cambrian and Silurian systems. 

8. Describe, by word or diagram, arthrophyeus, cephal- 
aspis, megatherium, modiolopsis, phacops, trigonia. 

9. Name the specimens labelled A, B, C, D, E, F, re- 
spectively. 



FIRST HONOURS. 


Physical Geography and Geology. 


1. State the more important ways in which the density 
of the earth has been estimated. 

2. What evidence have we of upheaval and depression 
of portions of the earth’s crust in Canada daring Quater- 
nary times? 

3. What theories are held concerning the origin of 
mountains ? 

4. Write notes on the unconformity between the Lau- 
rentian and Huronian, and between the Archsen and 
Palaeozoic in Ontario. 

5. Discuss the origin of tides and ocean currents. What 
do you understand by the term “ tidal friction” ? 

6. 66 Animals exhibit more marked peculiarities of dis- 
tribution than do plants.” 

“ It is a matter of dispute whether different races of 
mankind result merely from the different conditions in 
which they have developed.” Write notes on these state- 
ments. 






' 


HONOURS. 


Economic Geology. 


1. On what evidence is it held that certain ore deposits 
are of igneous origin ? Give examples of such deposits. 

2. State the characters and the modes of occurrence of 
the ores of tin and zinc. 

3. Draw up a list of metals which are used in alloys 
with iron or steel. Name their chief ores. 

4. What uses are made of the metals uranium, vana- 
dium and strontium, or their compounds, in the arts? 
Name the chief minerals in which these metals are found. 

5. What ores are most likely to be found in limestone 
strata ? In what form of deposits are the ores likely to 
be found in these rocks ? 

6. Give a list of minerals which have become of com- 
mercial importance only within the last few years. What 
uses are made of them ? 

7. State the characters of at least one important aurifer- 
ous deposit in each of six districts. How do segregated 
veins compare in productiveness with fissure veins ? 

8. You are engaged to make an examination and a 
report upon a deposit, which is supposed to be auriferous, 
in a well known mining district. State how you would 
proceed to determine its value. 

9. A certain area in a district is covered with an 
ancient basalt flow. The basalt is known to overlie a 
series of schists. Veins are found in the basalt. How 
might it be determined from a study of the geology of 
the district that they also cut through the underlying 
schists ? 



HONOURS. 


Petrography. 


1. Explain the terms : porphyry, porphyrite, ophitic, 
granophyric. 

2. What secondary minerals may be formed from pla- 
gioclase, pyroxene and biotite ? 

3. Classify the following minerals according to their 
indexes of refraction and doable refraction : albite, augite, 
nepheline, quartz. State what use can be made of micro- 
chemical reagents in determining any of these. 

4. Write notes on the distribution of the rarer metals 
in rocks. 

5. Characterize, briefly, the leucite and melilite rocks. 

6. Give an account of the lithological and petrological 
characters of volcanic products. 

7. State the leadmg characters of the plutonic rocks of 
the Kingston district. 

8. A plutonic rock is found to possess the following 
chemical composition : Si0 2 56.36, A1 2 0 3 20.05, Fe 2 0 3 
7.96, CaO 7.22, MgO 4.12, K 2 0 1.70, Na 2 0 2.74, H 2 0 
0.62. What are its essential minerals likely to be ? 

9. Discuss the origin and correlation of the pre-Cam- 
brian formations. 

10. Describe, by means of the microscope, the thin sec- 
tions labelled A, B, C, D, E, F, respectively. 

Name the specimens G, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q. 



Junior Botany. 


FIRST PAPER. 


Morphology. 

1 . Define each of the four members of which an ordinary 
flowering plant consists. 

2. The study of Botany is divided into two parts : (1) 
Morphology, (2) Physiology. How do these differ from 
each other? 

3. Give six characters by which roots are distinguished 
from stems. 

4. (1) Describe any three forms of Indefinite inflor- 
escence, and (2) show how they may all be derived from 
one form. 

5. Give a classification of the proofs upon which the 
doctrine rests that all the parts of the flower are only 
modified leaves. 

6. Explain two ways in which Dichogamy occurs. 
What is its object ? 

7. A compound pistil may have only one cell. Explain 
two ways in which this may occur. 

8. Describe a vegetable cell under the following heads : 
(1) Cell-wall, (2) Protoplasm, (3) Nucleus. 


//-n ! 


Junior Botany. 


SECOND PAPER. 


Practical Botany . 

1. Examine the plants submitted and make a list of 
them, giving their botanic names and the families to which 
they belong. 

2. Select one specimen from each of the following fam- 
ilies, and describe it fully, giving (1) ordinal, (2) generic, 
(3) specific characters : 

1. Ranunculaceae. 

2. Cruciferae. 

3. Leguminosae. 

4. Rosaceae. 


/ 



/ 




HONOURS. 


Botany — First Year. 

FIRST PAPER. 

Morphology and Physiology. 

1. Describe the different ways in which plants climb. 
How does climbing differ from twining ? 

2. Explain the different modes of leaf-arrangement. 

3. How is cross-fertilization secured in (1) Epilobium, 
(2) Campanula? 

4. Describe the three principal modes in which Anthers 
are attached to their filaments. 

5. Define four kinds of indehiscent dry fruits. 

6. Describe the movements of (1) naked protoplasm, 
(2) protoplasm enclosed in a cell-wall. 

7. Describe the Epidermal tissue under the following 
heads : — Epidermis, (2) Trichomes, (3) Stomata. 

8. Explain three ways in which the equilibrium of 
water in the plant is constantly disturbed. 

9. How does temperature affect (1) Absorption of water, 
(2) Evaporation and Transpiration, (3) Assimilation. 

10. Explain (1) Heliotropism and (2) Geotropism, and 
their effects upon plants. 




: 1 * • 


/ 



HONOURS. 


Botany— First Year. 


SECOND PAPER. 


Practical Botany . 

1. Make a list of the plants in the bundle submitted* 
giving the botanical name and order of each. 

2. Select from the bundle one plant from each of the 
following orders and describe it fully* giving (1) ordinal* 
(2) generic* (3) specific characters : — Cruciferae* Cary- 
ophyllaceae* Rosaceae, Lobeliaceae* Liliaceae. 

3. Give a list of the plants in the bundle presenting 
the following forms of Inflorescence : — (1) Raceme* (2) 
Corymb* (3) Glomerule* (4) Umbel. 

4. What plants in the bundle produce the following 
fruits : — (1) Berry* (2) Pod* (3) Achene* (4) Follicle ? 

5. What is the Botanical name of the fruits produced 
by the following plants : — (1) Caltha* (2) Pyrus* (3) Eu- 
patorium* (4) Lilium* (5) Acer* (6) Lathyrus ? 





HONOURS. 


Botany — Second Year. 


FIRST PAPER. 


Morphology , including Histology . 


1. State the morphological characteristics of (1) shoot, 
(2) stem, (3) leaf, (4) root. 

2. Explain the different kinds of symmetry found in 
plants, giving examples. 

3. Cell-formation takes place, (1) without division, (2) 
with division of the cytoplasm. Describe the different 
modes included in each of these divisions. 

4. Give a brief description of the structure of the extra- 
stelar fundamental tissue under the following heads : — 
(1) Tegumentary tissue, (2) Hypoderma, (3) General 
ground tissue, (4) Endodermis. 

5. Describe the following tissues developed from the 
Cambium : — (1) Secondary wood, (2) Secondary bast, (3) 
Secondary conjunctive tissue. 

6. Give a brief account of the secondary extra-stellar 
tissue formed by the Phellogen in (1) the stem, (2) the 
root. 

7. “ Whilst the sporangium of a Lycopodium is gen- 
erally homologous with all the sporangia on the sporophyll 
of an Osmunda, it is specially homologous with each in- 
dividual sporangium.” Explain. 

8. Describe the protoplasmic contents of a cell unde^ 
the heads of (1) Cytoplasm, (2) Nucleus, (3) Centrosphere, 
(4) Plastids. 



HONOURS. 


Botany-— Second Year. 


SECOND PAPER. 


Practical Cryptogamic Botany. 

A. 

1. Determine by aid of the microscope the alcoholic 
specimens of Cryptogams submitted. 

2. Describe three different modes of reproduction in 
Algae. 

3. Describe (1) the growth, (2) the mode of fertilization 
of Chara fragilis. 

4. Give the life history of Phytophthora infestans, or 
Claviceps purpurea, or Puccinia graminis. 

5. Mention three families of plants with which Fungi 
are symbiotic, and state any purposes which they serve. 

B. 

6. Make a list of the plants in the bundle submitted, 
giving ordinal, generic and specific name. 

7. Describe Funaria hygrometrica or Polytrichum 
commune under the heads : — (1) Gametophyte, (2) Ferti- 
lization, (3) Sporophyte. 

8. Select from the bundle a Fern and a Ly copod, and 
describe each under the following heads: — (1) Morphology 
and structure of Sporophyte, (2) Gametophyte and mode 
of fertilization. 

9. Select a Carex and a Grass and describe each fully, 
giving (1) ordinal, (2) generic, (3) specific characters. 

10. How are the Eusporangiate and the Leptosporan- 
giate Pteridophyta distinguished from each other. 



HONOURS. 


Botany — Second Year. 


THIRD PAPER. 


Physiological Botany . 

1. What external conditions are necessary that the plant 
may successfully perform its functions? Explain the effects 
of each condition. 

2. What are the functions of (1) Sieve-Tissue, (2) Par- 
enchymatous Tissue ? 

3. Explain the functions of (1) Foliage leaves, (2) Cata- 
phyllary leaves, (3) Floral leaves. 

4. Plants absorb water and substances which the water 
holds in solution. Explain the processes in operation and 
state the “ Law of Absorption.” 

5. Write notes on Transpiration under the following 
heads: — (1) Its dependence upon external conditions, (2) 
upon the development of the tegumentary tissue, (3) its 
physiological significance. 

6. How are (1) nitrogenous, (2) non-nitrogenous sub- 
stances distributed through the plant? 

7. Whence do plants obtain their supply of energy and 
how do they expend it ? How do plants without chloro- 
phyll obtain it? 

8. Describe and explain the movements of growth, in- 
cluding variations in the rate of growth and in the direction 
of growth. 

9. Write notes on (1) the Irritability of plants to 
variations in the intensity of light, (2) their Irritability to 
the direction of incidence of the rays of light. 

10. Discuss the combined effects of different stimuli. 



Animal Biology. 


1. Define anabolism , ectoplasm , cytoplasm , symbiosis, 
fertilization, polar bodies . 

2. What parts of a vertebrate animates body are de- 
veloped from the three germ layers ? 

3. Mention the varieties of cartilage ; describe their 
characters and tell where they are found in the body. 

4. Draw a diagram of a Sycon sponge and indicate its 
essential parts. 

5. Describe the essential parts of the typical pectoral 
girdle, and specify its modifications in man and in birds. 

6. Outline the life history of Trichina spiralis. Sketch 
the anatomy of a typical crustacean. 

7. (a) What are the sounds of the heart? Their cause? 

(6) What muscles are brought into action in labored 
respiration ? 

(c) Describe the structure of simple and of racemose 
glands, and indicate the parts of the body in 
which they may be found. 





First Honour Physiology. 


1. What experiments would you perform to get a 
colorless clot of blood, that is, a clot without the corpuscles. 
How can you obtain fibrin from blood ? 

2. Describe fatty tissue, and bone tissue. How is the 
latter nourished ? 

3. Specify as many causes as you can for variations in 
blood pressure. 

4. How would you prove the existence of a respiratory 
centre ? 

5. Discuss the physiological reasons for the daily food 
supply of different kinds of food. 

6. Describe the movements and functions of the spleen. 

7. Draw a diagram of a nerve cell from a spinal gan- 
glion and indicate its principal parts. 

8. What experiments would you perform to shew the 
action of the iris ? 




HONOURS. 


Second Year Physiology. 


1. Assuming that the approximate composition of blood 
is known, indicate the facts which point to the conclusion 
that fibrin is the result of some chemical change. 

2. Discuss the electrical changes which take place in 
muscle while at rest, and in contraction. Also the action 
of the constant current on a nerve. 

3. What is the action of the pancreatic juice on proteids ? 
What light does this action throw upon the composition 
of the proteid molecule ? What further evidence is there 
in support of this view ? 

4. Indicate the circumstances that influence the respir- 
atory centre. 

5. Discuss the formation of urea in the body. 

6. Point out the conclusions th%t may be based upon 
the variations in the anterior, lateral and posterior columns 
of the spinal end from below upward. 

7. Draw a diagram of the left cerebral hemisphere of 
the monkey (macacus) and mark on it the motor areas. 



HONOURS. 


Biology. 


1. Discuss and illustrate as fully as you can the “ Shifts 
for a living ” adopted by various animals. 

2. Discuss the origin of worms and their affinities to 
molluscs and to arthropods. 

3. In what sense may animals be said to be possessed 
of mind ? 

Optional . 

1. Draw, describe and identify the parts in the speci- 
men submitted. 

2. Classify the Crustaceans into orders, distinguishing 
one order from another. Mention animals typical of each 
order. 



HONOURS. 


Invertebrate Morphology. 

1. Crayfish . Describe (a) the typical abdominal seg- 
ment, and ( b ) excretory organ. 

2. Earthworm. Describe (a) the external apertures, 
and ( b ) the disposition of the viscera. 

3. Compare the heart of the squid with that of the 
fresh-water mussel. 

4. Sketch the anatomy of a Polyzoon. 

5. Compare the structure of a jelly-fish with that of 
a sea-anemone. 

6. Describe the water vascular system of a starfish, and 
the respiratory system of a grasshopper. 



HONOURS. 


First Year Histology. 


Candidates are recommended to make diagrams to accompany 
their answers. 

1. Make drawings of red and of white blood corpuscles 
and mark the names of important parts. 

2. What are the characters of Epithetial tissue ? De- 
scribe the ciliated variety. 

3. Describe the minute structure of a nerve fibre and 
of a muscle fibre. 


Practical . 

4. Make a drawing and identify the tissues in the sec- 
tions submitted. 



1 


HONOURS. 


Second Year Histology. 

Candidates are recommended to make diagrams to accompany 
their answers . \ 

1. Describe the minute structure of a large artery and 
of a small one. 

2. Describe a fundus gland, Brunner’s gland, coverings 
of a hair folicle. 

3. Distinguish between 

(а) a section of spleen and one of tonsil, 

(б) a section of testis and one of the fimbriated 

extremity of a fallopian tube. 

Practical. 

4. Draw, describe and identify the sections submitted. 




§ 1 mid 

IN 


PRACTICAL SCIENCE 



Trigonometry— Engineering . 


1. (a) Explain what is meant by a radian , and give in 
degrees the value of a radian, and in radians the value of 
a degree. 

( b ) If the moon subtends an angle of 32' and is 
2100 miles in diameter, what is her distance? 

2. Write out the expansions indicated, and prove any 
one of them 

(а) sin ( K A J r B)= 

(б) cos (A — B)= 

(c) tan ( A — B)=. 

3. (a) Prove that 

cos (p — cos 0 = — 2 sin J (<p-{-0) sin J (<p — 0). 

(6) Find the value of cos 52°30 / — cos 7°30 / . 

A A 

4. Given sin A=j^, find cosA, cos-g-, tan 2A, and tan 

5. The basal angle of an isosceles triangle is <p and the 
side is s. Show that the perpendicular from an end-point 
of the base to the opposite side is s sin 2 <p. 

6. The angle between two tangents drawn from a point 
to a circle of radius 12 is 30°. Find the distance of the 
point from the centre of the circle. 

7. Draw the graphs of the sine, the cosine, and the 
tangent. 

8. In any triangle show that b=a cos C-f ccos A , and 

sin A sin B sin C 

that = — i — =— . 

a b c 

9. Adjacent sides of a rectangle are a and b ; and lines 
are drawn through the vertices to form a new rectangle. 

Find the area of this new rectangle, if the angle 

between its side and that of the first rectangle is 0. 








FACULTY OF PRACTICAL SCIENCE. 

Elementary Astronomy. 


1. (a) Give a classified list of the planets and satellites 
of the solar system.* 

(6) Describe the apparent motion, among the stars, 
of an inferior planet like venus, and of a superior planet, 
like mars. 

2. Give the two measures which determine the position 
of a star in the heavens, stating the origins from which, 
and the directions in which, the measurements are taken. 

3. (a) Name the constellations of the zodiac. 

(b) What changes have taken place with these con- 
stellations in their relation to the seasons since the days of 
ancient Greece ? and What is the cause ? 

4. Give a sketch of any one method by which the dis- 
tance of the sun is obtained. 

5. (a) Give approximately, the size, and the distance 
of the moon. 

( b ) What changes take place in the moon's nodes, 
and what in the line of apsides ? 

6. Explain the cause of the tides. 

7. Explain what is meant by “ eclipse limits," and also 
by “ the eclipse periods of a year." 

8. (a) If two eclipses of the sun occur within a month 
of one another, they will both be small, and a total eclipse 
of the moon will lie between them. 

( b ) When a total eclipse of the sun occurs, there is 
usually no other eclipse within 5 months of it. 

Give explanations of (a) and (6). 








I 



FACULTY OF PRACTICAL SCIENCE. 


Junior Civil Engineering. 

Building Stones, Limes , Cements, Mortars, Wood, Brick. 

1. Explain the following kinds of stones : (a) Siliceous, 
(6) Calcareous, (c) Argillaceous. 

2. Explain the following tests of good building stones : 
(a) by lichens, ( b ) by previously constructed works of the 
given kind of stone, (c) by exposure to a winter’s frost. 

3. Explain (a) Air lime, (6) Hydraulic lime, (c) Port- 
land cement. 

4. Explain how to mix mortar in the best way. 

5. Explain how to decide on the proper proportions 
of sand. 

6. Explain the best way to make cement concrete. 

7. Explain the three ways of seasoning wood. 

8. In what positions or conditions is wood very durable ? 

9. Under what conditions will wood be very perishable? 

10. Explain the object of mixing sand with clay for 
making bricks. 

11. Explain the proper process of burning bricks in 
a kiln. 

12. How are bricks annealed ? 

13. Give the characteristics of 

(а) underburned bricks, 

(б) overburned bricks, 

(c) first quality bricks. 



FACULTY OF PRACTICAL SCIENCE. 


Junior Civil Engineering. 


Foundations of Masonry , Caissons, and Coffer Dams . 


1. Explain the following: (a) Settlement, ( b ) scour, 
(c) lateral yielding of material, (d) increasing base of sup- 
port by platforms, (e) increasing base of support by foot- 
ings. 

2. Sketch a grillage. 

3. Sketch a piled support. 

4. Explain piling for frictional support. 

5. Explain piling for confining foundation material 
(sheet piling). 

6. Explain piling for transfering the weight of the 
structure to a lower base of support. 

7. Sketch a coffer dam for say twelve feet of water below 
H. W; M. and six feet of mud overlying three feet of sand 
on blue clay of firm texture. 

8. Sketch a Pneumatic Caisson for thirty feet of water 
with forty feet of sand overlying firm rock. 



FACULTY OF PRACTICAL SCIENCE. 


Senior Civil Engineering. 

City Water Supply. 

When making estimates of the flow of water from streams 
for impounding purposes for determining the capacity of 
storage that will be required in a proposed reservoir — ex- 
plain the following : — 

1. Three year low rain cycles, being eight-tenths of the 
general mean rainfall. 

2. Mean annual flow of a stream being fifty per cent 
of the annual rainfall. 

3. Monthly mean available for storage in the reservoir. 

4. Sketch and explain the conditions which render 
Artesian wells possible. 

5. State the measures desirable to be taken for preserva- 
tion of the purity of water in a reservoir. 

6. Define Pipe, Tube, Orifice, Adjutage. 

7. Define Coefficient of velocity — Coefficient of dis- 
charge — Coefficient of reduction of area. 

8. Write the formula for theoretical discharge from a 
reservoir with 100 feet head over its discharge pipe. 

9. Write the formula for the actual discharge when the 
coefficient of discharge equals 0.815. 

10. Explain the subdivision of the head into h and h' 
and h". 

11. Explain the “ Resistance of Pipe wall/’ 

12. Draw a cross section of a reservoir embankment for 
say thirty feet depth of water upon strata partly porous 
overlying an impervious subsoil and showing the various 
necessary parts of the embankment. 

13. State the precautions to be observed in laying efflux 
pipes through an embankment. 






FACULTY OF PRACTICAL SCIENCE. 


Senior Civil Engineering. 


Strength of Materials and Bridge Stresses . 


1. By an example show howto get the upward reaction 
at an abutment. 

2. Give the equation of equilibrium for a system of 
forces in equilibrium in the plane. 

3. Give the formula for shearing force. Give the for- 
mula for the moment at the middle of a beam loaded by 
one load at the middle of the beam. 

4. Write out the theorem of sections. Show that a 
compressive force corresponds to a force acting from the 
section. 

5. State the theorems respectively for the positions of 
the rolling load for 

(а) maximum main stress on the main brace, 

(б) maximum counter stress on the main brace, 

(c) maximum stress on any chord bar. 



PRACTICAL SCIENCE. 


Electricity. 


1. Discuss electric displacement, giving the equations 
which connect it with other quantities. 

2. Calculate the capacity per unit length of two co-axial 
circular cylinders. 

3. Discuss the magnetic properties of iron, explaining 
the effects of hysteresis. 

4. State Kirchhoff’s Laws of the flow of currents. 
Apply to the measurement of resistance by Wheatstone’s 
bridge. 

5. State Faraday’s Law of electro-magnetic induction. 
Apply to determine the electro- motive force of a two pole, 
Gramme ring dynamo. 

6. An electro-motive force of 500 sin 60t volts is ap- 
plied to a circuit of resistance 5 ohms and self-induction 
0*2 henry. Find the current, lag and heat generated. 

7. Explain how to estimate the heating in an armature. 



FACULTY OF PRACTICAL SCIENCE. 


Surveying. 


Eight questions to be chosen. 

1. Describe fully a Gunter’s, or land-measuring chain. 

2. Describe chaining down a slope, you being the 
leader. 

3. How would you determine the position of the fol- 
lowing : (1) A straight line of any length, (2) any desired 
point, say a boundary stone or the corner of a building 
from that line ? 

4. Describe the difference between the magnetic and 
true meridian. What is meant by the declination of the 
needle ? 

5. Explain the principle of the vernier, and illustrate 
by sketch. 

6. How would you use the pocket sextant to ascertain 
the position of any point ? 

7. What classes of measurements are made with the 
transit or theodolite ? What devices in its construction 
give it its precision in measurement ? 

8. How would you “ set up ” the transit and proceed 
to define on the ground a field of any number of sides ? 

9. If a tree or house obstructed your line of sight how 
would you proceed without removing the obstacle ? 

10. What is a contour-line, and its use in topography? 

11. Describe the use of levelling instrument and staff. 

12. Work out the levels on accompanying slip and plot 
in the form of a section. Scale 10 ft.=l inch. 



FACULTY OF PRACTICAL SCIENCE. 


Drawing. 


Eight questions to be chosen. 

1. Describe the difference between linear and projection 
drawing. 

2. On a line AB, 30 ft. long, erect a perpendicular 
22 ft. 6 in. high, 16 ft. from B. Scale 10 ft. =1 in. 

3. Inscribe a circle within an equilateral triangle, and 
touching the sides, which are 2 in. 

4. Explain the use of the protractor. 

5. Construct a plane hexagon with sides of f in. 

6. In cutting a cone across, obliquely to its axis, what 
figure does the section-face represent ? 

7. What is a cycloid curve ? 

8. Project a straght line, 2 in. long, standing at 50° to 
the horizontal and 45° to the vertical plane. 

9. Draw plan and elevation of a triangular prism 3^- in. 
long with li in. sides, resting on one of its sides, the 
surface of each triangular end being at 43° to the vertical 
plane. 

10. A cone 2 in. high, diameter of base 1 \ in., lies on 
the horizontal, with axis parallel to vertical plane. Draw 
plan and elevation. 

11. What is the principle of the helix, and its application 
to machine drawing ? 

12. Project isometrically a cube of 2 in. side. 












FACULTY OF PRACTICAL SCIENCE. 


Mining — Third Year. 

Where possible all answers are to be illustrated by diagrams. 

1. What is the definition of a mine? 

2. How have veins probably been formed and what is 
the name of that part of them of economic value and that 
part of them which is of little or no value ? Enumerate 
the ordinary minerals usually found making up the latter. 

Mention some of the chemical changes you would 
expect in ores near the outcrop, and what would the 
original form of minerals be where all oxidation had 
ceased? Give examples. 

3. Where a vein dipping at a certain angle is thrown 
by a fault, dipping at another angle. Illustrate by sketch, 
with explanation, how you would find their line of junc- 
ture, and the direction in which the vein has been thrown. 

4. Mention the different systems of boring holes, and 
which you would use in very hard rock. How would you 
make a hole through very soft rock ? 

5. Is single or double hand drilling the more econom- 
ical ? 

What are the average depth and size of holes put 
in by each system ? What considerations come into 
play in chosing which shall be used ? 

Describe the procedure of loading and firing a 
hole by a modern system in hard rock. 

6. Give general classification of percussive drills gov- 
erned by valve action, with examples. 

Describe, with sketch, how you would place holes 
in the end of a drift. 


7. State the general systems in use for mining coal. 

Where underhand stoping is adopted in a metal 
mine, how is the ground most advantageously opened? 
Give sketch. 

8. Give a short description of each of the systems 
adopted for underground haulage. 

What kinds of engines and drums are generally 
used for hoisting ? 

9. Describe the action of a pulsometer and up to what 
height can it be used to advantage. What is “ slip ” in 
pumping and what allowance would you make for this ? 

10. Describe a Mueselers’s lamp. 

What precautions are taken to keep men from 
tampering with their lamps, and how is this done ? 

Explain how ventilation is arranged for in a coal 
mine, both in opening new ground and in workings 
opened up, following it from downcast to upcast. 

What are the laws relating to friction of air as re- 
gards (a) its velocity, (6) area of passage, (c) amount 
of rubbing surface? 



FACULTY OF PRACTICAL SCIENCE. 


Mining— Fourth Year. 


Where possible , all answers are to be illustrated by sketches . 

1. Mention three modes of occurrence of copper ores 
in Ontario. Allude to a similar occurrence to one of the 
above in British Columbia. 

2. How would you sink a six inch hole through gravel 
in which there were occasional large boulders ? Give 
details in your sketch of the plant, giving names of parts. 

A bed of coal dips 37 degrees. It is desired to 
sink a hole 897 feet along the outcrop to strike the 
seam. At what distance from the surface, will the 
hole strike the coal if not faulted, and if coal passed 
through is 10 feet thick what is the thickness of the 
bed? Cotangent of 53°=. 753, cosine of 37° =.798. 

Show the figuring in each case. 


3. A, B and C are three bore holes, the depths of w T hich 
from the same horizontal plane to a seam of coal are re- 
spectively 100, 103 and 106 yards. From A to B is 120 
yards and from A to C is 180 yards. 

The angle in a horizontal plane between AB and 
A C is 30 degrees. What is the direction of the 
dip of the seam and the angle of the dip ? Show 
the working. Given from engineering books follow- 
ing formulae : 

tan 46°4'= 1*069, tan 3°58'=*0694— sin 46°4'=*72 
sin 30° =*5 cos 30° =*866. 


da' 

d' 


sin W 


da 

a — -jr cos W 
d r 


tan S— 


d f 


tan V= 


a sin V 


where $=angle of dip of bed. 

V= angle between the strike of the bed and AB. 
a=dist. from A to B, a'=dist. from A to C. 

TF=angle in a horizontal plane between AB and AC. 
c?=diff. of depths of A and B, d'=diff. of depths of A 
and C. And if the coal passed through is 10 ft. thick what 
is the true thickness of the bed ? Show the figuring in 
each case. 

4. Describe the general types of dredges used for placer 
gold. 

Describe a Darlington drill with sketch. 

What is adibatic expansion ? 

5 . Describe the Pennsylvania system of opening rooms 
on a steep dipping seam of coal, with sketch showing 
arrangement for air. 

Describe, with sketch, a system of excavating and 
filling-in a wide deposit. 

Sketch a Nevada Square-sett naming, and giving 
size and lengths of, pieces of timber, showing clearly 
by sketch the manner in which the ends fit together. 

6. Describe the Bleichert and Hallidie systems of cable 
ways. In the latter, about how much will be delivered 
in 10 hours if the rope-way runs 200 ft. per minute, with 
100 lb. buckets every 100 ft., what would be the approxi- 
mate cost per foot of such a line and how much for the ma- 
chinery at the terminals, and the cost of delivery of the 
ore per ton-mile (inclusive of all allowances). 

What size of round iron wire winding rope would 
be required for a pit 200 fathoms deep with a full 
cage weighing two long tons, taking six as a factor 
of safety. 

Formulae for iron- wire rope found to be 



L 


F 


M 1-2X2240 


where (?=circum. of rope in inches. Z=load, full 
in long tons. M= factor of safety. jF=depth of pit 
in fathoms. 

7. What points have to be carefully noted in consider- 
ing the valve action of mine pumps ? 

Give a description of the ordinary valves in use. 

What is the usual standard of comparison of the 
work of a pump, and what is its duty ? 

Give an example of the duty of a small pump and 
of a compound pump. 

8. In a mine where 50,000 cub. ft. of air are circulat- 
ing per minute it is desired to increase the quantity by 
5000 cub. ft. per minute by building a chimney or cupola 
on to the upcast shaft which is 300 ft. deep. 

The formula H=(R 2 — 1 )D is found where R= 
ratio that the volume of air required bears to the 
volume circulating, D=depth of upcast in feet, and 
H= height of chimney or cupola. 

Describe a Guibal fan. How does it vary in size and 
running from the Capel fan? With three air ways 
3 ft. x 4 ft. and one large air way G ft. x 6 ft. which 
will give the most air with the same power applied, 
and what would be the difference and why ? 

9. What factors influence the loss in concentration? 
Describe Rittenger’s spitz-kasten and what it is used for ? 
How would you separate the slimes from the tailings? 

10. Describe the equipment of a small stamp mill for 
gold ore, considering its treatment from the mine mouth 
to tests of tailings and slimes from the the tailings. 

What provisions would you make in milling the 
ore, if on the one hand the gold was coarse and on 
the other it was fine ? 

What considerations would inf 



composition of the concentrates 


respect to their treatment by chlorination and the 
cyanide process ? 











First Hebrew. 


1 . 

Translate Gen. xlvii, 18. 


2. 

u 

“ xlviii, 14. 


3. 

(C 

“ 1, 17. 


4. 

u 

Ruth i, 13. 


5. 

u 

“ ii, 13, 15. 


6. 

u 

“ iv, 5, 7. 


7. 

u 

Ps. v, 10. 


8. 

(( 

“ vii, 5, 14. 


9. 

u 

“ ix, 6, 14. 


10. 

u 

“ x, 2, 3. 


11. 

u 

“ xvi, 4, 11. 


12. Analyze 

Gen. xlvii, 

2. 

13. 

u 

ron “ 

T | T 

15. 

14. 

u 


29. 

15. 

u 

‘irioD’ Ruth '» 

15. 

16. 

u 

Dhn « « 

< •• 

19. 

17. 

u 

nnv « 

• T 

9. 

18. 

u 

irw'n “ ii, 

10. 

19. 

u 

“ “ 

12. 

20. 

Root of 

(i) nrrs#p Ruth ii, 



(2) « 

(( 



(3) yy « 




(4) 

(6 


21. Plural of (1) 

( 2 ) 

(3) 

(4) 


J“I3 Ruth ii, 14. 

yiy “ « 17 . 

pit “ iii, 2. 

np“ty_ ; “ “ 7. 


22. Singular of (1) Ruth i, 22. 

(2) ono^ “ ii, 7. 

23. Explain the latter half of Gen. xlvii, 31. 


24. 

U 

Ps. vii, 6. 


25. 

(( 

UflK Unfits. Ps. xii, 5. 


26. 

(( 

last four words. Ps. xii ? 6. 


27. 

u 

second of the three clauses. Ps. 

xiv, 4. 

28. 

u 

connection of the second clause 
first. Ps. xiv, 6. 

with the 

29. 

(( 

how the kinsman’s inheritance 

would be 


marred if he married Ruth. Ruth iv, 6. 


30. What characterizes the descriptions of nature in 
the Psalms ? 

* 

31. Discuss the date of the book of Ruth. 

32. What is remarkable in the use of the conjunction 
1 in Ruth ? 


33. Give a paradigm of the Hiphil of 



v 






Second Hebrew. 


1. 

Translate 

Gen. xlix, 14. 22, 26. 

2. 

u 

Deut. xxviii, 28, 29. 

3. 

u 

Ps. xxxv, 1-8. 

4. 

u 

“ xxxvi, 2, 3. 

5. 

u 

Prov. xxx, 14, 33. 

6. 

u 

Jer. xlvi, 4, 16. 

7. 

(( 

Amos i, 11, 14. 

8. 

Analyze 

V12VI D Prov. xxix, 5. 

1 t r : . 

9. 

a 

fTV “ “ 6. 

10. 

a 

pFlpQO “ “ 16. 

11. 

u 

nppD “ xxxi, 10. 

12. 

a 

Jer. xlvi, 19. 

13. 

a 

nnio « « “ 

It : • 

14. 

u 

“ “ 20. 


15. Construct state of (1) Gen. xlix, 12. 

(2) Prov. xxx, 20. 

16. Absolute state of (1) PS Gen. xlix, 12. 

(2) iTT)D Prov. xxix, 24. 

17. Plural of (1) Gen. xlix, 6. 

(2pru “ “ 19. 

18. Root of (1) -ip “ “ 6. 

(2) N’pP “ “ 9. 

(3) « “11. 

(4) 1p"|p T “ “ 26. 


19. Difference in meaning of (1) HJ)V and JJO 

(2) ron and t 'thp r 

(3) i*rr 

ntv 

(4) ifirr 

nsrr 

(5) 

trifT. 

20. How do differ as prepositions of 

motion ? 

21. Why is Gen. xlix, 4 in the plural ? 

22. Why is Gen. xlix, 22 in the singular ? 

23. Name the alphabetical portions of the Hebrew 
Scriptures. 

24. Where were Mamre, Shiloh, Lebanon, Carchemish, 
Gilead, Migdol, Noph, Tahpanhes, Tabor, Carmel, Gaza, 
Ashkelon, Caphtor, Tyre, Zidon ? 

25. Explain the last three words in Gen. xlix, 33. 

26. “ last clause of Ps. xxvii. 3. 

27. “ second half of Ps. xxxii, 9. 

28. “ Prov. xxvi, 22, 23. 

29. « “ xxvii, 21. 

30. “ second half of Prov. xxviii, 12. 

31. When may the predicate not agree with the sub- 
ject? 




Third Hebrew. 


1. 

Translate Isaiah xliv, 

5, 11. 


2. 

u 

“ 1, 

4. 


3. 

u 

“ H, 

2, 14. 


4. 

u 

“ lii, 

15. 


5. 

u 

“ lv, 

12. 


6. 

a 

“ lvi, 

2, 3, 6. 


7. 

u 

“ lvii, 

5, 15. 


8. 

u 

“ lxi, 

4 , 7, 11. 


9. 

u 

“ lxv, 

15, 18. 


10. 

u 

“ lxvi, 

3. 


11. 

Analyze 

to 

Isaiah xli, 

5. 

12. 

u 

t : 

u a 

18. 

13. 

u 

ns*h 

(( u 

25. 

14. 

u 

O&'K 

) V 

“ xlii ? 

14. 

15. 

a 

’ry®j 

“ i, 

5. 

16. 

u 

nnn 

“ li, 

6. 

17. 

u 


“ lii, 

5. 

18. 

u 

WP 

“ lv, 

5. 

19. 

u 

’rnj 

. . 

“ lvi, 

8. 

20. 

(6 

vnN 

« a 

9. 


21. 

Explain Isaiah lii, 3. 

22. 

u u 

liii, 8. 

23. 

u a 

lvii, 2. 

24. 

u u 

lxiii, 3. 

25. 

u . u 

lxiv, 4. 

26. 

u a' 

lxVj 20. 

27. 

u u 

lxvi, 3. 

28. 

Give the different interpretations of xlii, 19. 

29. 

OTVD 1, 8. 

In what sense is the Hiphil of this 

verb i 

ised in the Scriptures ? Where is the only excep- 

tion ? 


* 


30. What country is meant by DIT") li, 9 ? Why is 
the country so named ? 

31. Shew that by **15^ lii, 13, the Messiah is meant? 

32. State (1) to what prophet liii, 7 has been supposed 
to refer. (2) The ground of the supposition. (3) Why 
the reference is a mistake. 

33. State the three parts into which chs. xl-lxvi have 
been divided. (2) The differences between the contents 
of the first and third parts of Isaiah. 

34. Shew that the promises in chs. lx, lxi, lxii refer to 
the Church Catholic. 




Chaldee. 


1. Translate Dan. iv, 16-18. 


2. 

U 

“ V, 2- 

-4. 

3. 

Analyze Dan. ii, 29. 

4. 

u 

rrn\*f? 

t t : _ : 

“ iii, 13. 

5. 

u 


“ iv, 11. 

6. 

u 

mjrr 

“ “ 14. 

7. 

u 

pt 

“ v, 9. 

8. 

u 

viyn 

“ “ 20. 


9. State the principal grammatical differences between 
Chaldee and Hebrew. 

10. Give a paradigm of (1) the demonstrative pronoun, 

(2) the pret. Peal of . 

11. Why has not the 3 s. masc. Fut. of HTT the usual 
performative of this part of a verb ? 

12. Explain the insertion of J in . 

13. What conjugation is not found in Biblical Chaldee? 

14. What Greek word is cognate to fJH and what 
Latin word to TVl ? 

15. How do the two musical instruments prqDi? and 
D'V)/lp_ differ? 

16. Shew that the names of the musical instruments 
Dan. iii, 5, do not prove that the date of the book was 
after the time of Daniel. 


17. Answer objections to the authenticity of Daniel 
founded on 

(1) the dimensions of the image ch. iii, 1. 

(2) the material of which it is said to have been 

made-ch. iii, 1. 

(3) there being no corroboration of ch. iv, 30 (33) in 

the rest of the Scriptures or in the monu- 
mental inscriptions. 

(4) Nebuchadnezzar’s speaking of Daniel by his 

Hebrew name. 

18. What is supposed to be the reason of the languages 
being different in the two parts of Daniel ? 

19. To whom and in what different modes were divine 
revelations made in the two different parts ? 

20. Why probably is the appellation “ God of Heaven ” 
frequently used after the Captivity ? 

21. Explain Daniel’s answer iv, 6. 

22. Explain v, 25-28. 




0. T. Exegesis. 


1. Translate Num, xiii, 21 in the Septuagint. 

2. “ I Kings viii, 12 “ “ 

3. “ Isaiah lvi, 10 “ “ 

4. “ “ lvii, 4 “ “ 

5. “ u lviii, 5, 6 u “ 

6. <• “ lix, 5, 13 “ “ 

7. “ “ lxi, 3, 11 “ “ 

8. Parse &vecz I Kings ix, 5> 

9. “ wou Isaiah lvii, 8. 

10. Tj/Jiat “ lx, 4. 

11. Derive (1) voaaoz Isaiah lx, 8. 

(2) aicovcov “ “ 15. 

(3) dcadrjfia “ lxii, 3. 

(4) &soz. 

12. What is the meaning of dvreyopac when it governs 

(1) the gen., (2) the accus. ? 

13. Account for the difference between the LXX and 
the A. V. in 

(1) I Kings viii, 16 ftouxofoa 

young men. 

(2) I Kings ix, 25 dcearpcoaav 

communed. 


(3) I Kings ix, 25 exocprjdrj 

“ “ 26 they arose early. 

14. Explain “ they are bread for us.” Num. xiv, 9. 

15. “ Isaiah lvi, 10. 

16. “ first clause Isaiah lvii, 8. 


17. Explain “ thy companies/ 5 Isaiah lvii, 13. 

18. “ “his mourners/ 5 Isaiah lvii, 18. 

19. “ “ the fruit of the lips. 55 Isaiah lvii, 19. 

20. “ Isaiah Ixiv, 5. 

21. Shew that Num. xii, 3 is consistent with the 
Mosaic authorship of the book. 

22. Shew that the two statements about the spies in 
Num. xiii, 1, 2, and Deut. i, 22 do not imply different 
authors. 

23. Shew that the “ breach of promise 55 Num. xiv, 34 
is not derogatory to Jahveh. 

24. Shew that the speaker Isaiah lxi, 1-3 is the 
Messiah. 

25. Shew that Isaiah lxv, 1 applies to the Gentiles. 

26. Why are Sharon and Achor mentioned Isaiah lxv, 

10 ? 

27. Where were Hamath, the wilderness of Paran, 
Hebron, Zoan, Eshcol, Kadesh, Ramah, Tabor, Bethel, 
Mizpah, Edom, Bozrah ? 



0. T. Exegesis, Lectures. 


1. Discuss the objection to the Mosaic authorship of 
Deuteronomy drawn from 

(1) the fact that the book makes no distinction 
between priests and Levites, 

(2) the non-observance of the law during a large 
portion of the period between Moses and Josiah. 

(3) Jeremiah vi, 21-23. 

2. Discuss the allegation that the law of the one sanc- 
tuary originated in the time of Jeremiah. 



N. T. Criticism. 


1. Give an account of (1) the Canon of Marcion, (2) the 
fragment of Muratori. 

2. State (1) the* periods embraced in the history of the 
formation of the Canon, (2) the questions under discussion 
during the different periods. 

3. What Uncial MSS give the reading v EXlyvat; Acts 
11 : 20 ? State also the arguments from the context in 
support of this reading. 

4. Discuss the identity of Paul’s visits to Jerusalem 
recorded in Acts 15:2-4, and Gal. 2 : 1—11, and give 
reasons for your conclusion. 

5. Translate Acts 17 : 2-6. 

(1) Account for the construction of zcp IJauXcp. 

(2) Who were the oeflopivcov ? 

(3) Distinguish (a) the noXczdpyac;, v. 6, and the 

c jzpazrjydcQ , ch. 16 : 20. (6) The civil status 

and privileges of Philippi and of Thessalonica. 

(4) Parse adfifiaza, iavpov, dvaazazcoaavze c. 

(5) What evidence have we that odfifiaza zpta do 
not cover the entire period of Paul’s stay in Thessalonica ? 

6. Where were Cyrene, Phenice, Azotus, Pontus, Beroea. 

7. Reconcile the declaration in Jas. 2 : 4 with that in 
Pom. 3 : 28. 

8. Translate and interpret Jas. 5 : 14-15. 

9. Distinguish dXa^cov, bneprjipavcxz and bftpcGzrjz ; 
Go<poz and intazrjpcov ; rcpoGeoy/j and devjG ^ ; §ee and yprj. 

10. Discuss the date of the composition of I Peter. 



Church History. 


1. How was it that as a rule the best emperors were 
most hostile to Christianity ? Explain the exceptions. 

2. Describe and’ contrast the general character of the 
persecutions under Nero, Marcus Aurelius, Decius and 
Diocletian. 

3. Explain the prevalence of Oriental rites in the Ro- 
man Empire. 

4. Give some account of Alexander of Abonoteichus, 
showing the significance of his career. 

5. Show how the ancient philosophies were incapable 
of regenerating ancient society. 

6. Describe the early Christian church in Jerusalem. 

7. Give a general description of Paul’s churches as 
their organization is reflected in his undoubted Epistles. 

8. What is the ecclesiastical situation in Rome and 
Corinth as we find it in Clement’s Epistle ? 



Church History, 


SECOND PAPEB. 


Epistle of Clement and Teaching of Twelve Apostles. 


1. Give some account of the Pseudo-Clementine Recog- 
nitions and show what inferences may be drawn from them 
as to real Clement. 

2. What is the view of the Eucharist set forth in the 
Didache ? Contrast the position there assigned to Prophets, 
Bishops and Presbyters respectively with what we find in 
the Pastoral Epistles. What circumstances point to a Syro- 
Palestinian rather than an Egyptian origin for the treatise. 

3. Translate with notes : Clement Y 5-7, YII 3-6, 
(remark on the Theology here) XXI 6-8, XLIY ; Di- 
dache XI 10—12. 



Apologetics. 

FIRST PAPER. 


1. By what lines of procedure may the preacher help 
in his pulpit to make the time in which we live less scep- 
tical ? 

2. State the principles by which the defender of Chris- 
tianity should be guided in discussion with unbelievers. 

3. What are the primary questions out of which arise 
all the other problems that demand an answer from the 
Apologist ? 

4. State and show how the special characteristics which 
Christianity claims to possess must be denied to it, if it 
be merely one of the natural religions of the world. 

5. How may the doctrine that sin is not a necessity, 
but the result of a wrong choice, be harmonised with the 
theory of the “Ascent of Man” from lower animal con- 
ditions ? 

6. Outline Spencer’s theory of Evolution, and point 
out the difficulties that beset it. 

7. In arguing with the plain man, what lines of proof 
for the Divine existence would you take as most likely to 
produce conviction ? 

8. What considerations serve to remove from God the 
charge that He is without pity or sympathy for the suffer- 
ings of mankind ? 



Apologetics. 


SECOND PAPER. 


1. Sketch briefly the course of unbelief from A.D. 1625 
to the present time. 

2. State (1) the aim of Butler’s Analogy, (2) the pre- 
mises from which the argument proceeds, (3) the course of 
the argument in Part I. 

3. Outline the argument for a future life based upon 

(1) the rational character of the universe, (2) the consider- 
ation that the present life is a moral discipline. 

4. State the fundamental principles of Conditional im- 
mortality, and criticise them. 

o. What were the successive steps in the process of 
rationalising Christianity in Germany ? 

6. Point out, and give illustrations of, the fundamental 
defect of modern Speculative Theism. 

7. Discuss the Secularistie principle “ of the providence 
of science/ 5 

8. Distinguish between (1) Scepticism and Agnosticism, 

(2) Materialism and Positivism, and show how these latter 
fail to satisfy the demands of our moral and religious 
nature. 



/ 


Divinity. 


FIRST PAPER. 


1. Distinguish - the truth of the Immanence of God 
from Pantheism. 

2. How are the opposite truths of God’s Sovereignty 
and man’s free will reconciled ? 

3. What forces mainly determined the spiritual devel- 
opment of Augustine ? 

4. What was Melanchton’s attitude to the doctrine of 
predestination ? 

5. State the positions of the Remonstrants, and explain 
the general attitude of Protestant theology to them. 

6. Show how the modern point of view transcends the 
old controversies. 

7. What, according to the O. T. and the N. T., is the 
nature of faith ? 

8. On what must faith be based ? 

9. What external conceptions of faith have been held ? 

10. What external conceptions of Election have been 
held ? 





Divinity. 


SECOND PAPER. 


1. State and define the great Apostolical types of Chris- 
tianity. 

2. Show the relations of these to the men, to the times, 
to one another, and to the Gospel preached by Jesus. 

3. In what respects did the work of Luther resemble 
that of Paul ? 

4. State and criticize the objections urged against 
Luther’s teachings. 

5. What is the relation of Christianity to the law ? 

6. Sketch the development in Scripture of the doctrine 
of a future life. 

7. Explain the reserve in O. T. revelation on the sub- 
ject. 

8. Give the Scriptural authority for the descensus of 
Christ. 

9. What is the doctrine of the Church on the Second 
Advent? 

10. Give Hatch’s views on the organization of the early 
Christian Churches. 





edictory addresses, Convocation Hall, at 2:30 p.rn. 

AFTERNOON TEA, 10 CENTS. 

High Tea will be served in the Museum, from 6 
to 8 p.m., 25 cents. 

Dramatic Entertainment in Convocation Hall, 8 pm* 



PROGRAMME 
















SIGN BOOK CARD 

AND LEAVE AT 
CHARGING DESK 
IF BOOK IS TO BE USED 
OUT OF THE 
• LIBRARY BUILDING